JGj M383 ey IN Dev, SA 


OF THE 


MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 


L\ee 


eee XD AG ane 


i i: Pa) i ie | 2 | 
oe VG ae ROR Un 
hs i ti thy 


Diss 
‘ 


. 7 tad 
1 me. 


} Mi 
Ea) 
‘1 1h 


| ui any 


‘| 


MEMOIRS 


OF THE 


MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY 


AT 


HARVARD COLLEGE. 


VOL, XXIV. 


CAMBRIDGE, U.S.A. 
PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. 
“1899. 


- — om 
- rf Se of. ae 7 
+ —. ei 
oe ee 67) 
« i 
wh - , =e 
ae he, 
= { 


: University Press: 
: ; ; Joun Witson anp Son, Campripcr, U.S.A. 


. a 
' ~ 
- + 
. 
¢€ 
: 5 
‘ 
' 
—s a - 
‘ = 


CONTENTS. 


ee 


REPORTS ON AN EXPLORATION OFF THE WEST COASTS OF MEXICO, 
CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA, AND OFF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS, 
in charge of ALEXANDER AGassiz, by the U. 8. Fish Commission Steamer “ Albatross ” 
during 1891, Lieut.-Commander Z. L. Tanner, U. S. N., Commanding. XXVI. Tue 
Fisues. By S. Garman. pp. 431. 97 Plates, and a chart of the route. December, 
1899. 


Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative soologn 
AT HARVARD COLLEGE 


VoL. XXIV. 


REPORTS ON AN EXPLORATION OFF THE WEST COASTS OF MEXICO, 
CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA, AND OFF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS, 
IN CHARGE OF ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, BY THE U. S. FISH COMMISSION 
STEAMER ‘ ALBATROSS,” DURING 1891, LIEUT. COMMANDER Z. L. 
TANNER, U. S. N., COMMANDING. 


XXVI. 


THE FISHES. 


By S. GARMAN. 


ONE VOLUME TEXT, 


WITH NINETY-SEVEN PLATES, 


AND A CHART OF THE ROUTE, 
Dex. 


[Published by Permission of MarsHatt McDonaLp and Grorcr M. Bowers, U. S. Commissioners 
of Fish and Fisheries.] 


CAMBRIDGE, U.S. A.: 


Printed for the Museum, 
Decemper, 1899, 


a 
aa 
, 


malt 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 
GENERAT DISCUSSION ss 6 2 4 6 eo 


SpeciaAL Discussions anpD Descriptions 20 


Houocepnaua. Plate LXIV. fig. 2 20 
PLAGIOSTOMIA . 21 
Platosomia . a eT 21 
Raiide. Plate VI. 22 
Antacea. 26 
Seviorhinide 26 


Squalida. Plate I fig. 2 PBlates 
IV.-V.; Plate LXIX. oe ern) 
Scymnorhinide. . . 31 
Isistiide. Plate I fig. i ‘Pines 
IT-Ill.; Plate LXIX. fig.2. 32 
Chlamydoselachide. Plate LXX. 41 


RMT HOS TWAMI Dies tuieet See rg ch ke ser 6 RAD 
Acanthoptenyetier.) «see | sap ise 40 
ercoids;) =) < 45 
Serranide. Plate BB XL x. Wien 3-6 45 
SaOnEORY No S85 5 co oo 6 OW 


Scorpenide. Plates VIL-LX. ; 
ele OIG tied! 5 6 a! 
Berycoids . . 55 
Berycidee. Plate “4: fa. a; Plate 
B; Plate D, figs. 1-2; Plates 
XXII; Plate LXX1., = LB 


late XR TS a ee . 56 
SEOMIOGH 6 8 b 6 5 6 6 5 We 
iboats 5°96 6 5 8 5 6 ae 
Menthidioids ieee we weet ies) ceeeen (0 
Teuthidide. Plate L’, fig.2 . . 70 
Atievelninenlts Baa sm Be a aol 
Tmt. Bias | 6B orig ta. 8} 
Wiranoscopideemecsmes sy 4: 
Wop aidiaiawers etrwe yess Mer ot i nD 
MGophiicdecyaees e-em fens Be edith 


Ceratiide. Plates XIUI-XV. . 81 


Antennariidx. Plate C; Plates 
XVI-XVIL ; Plate LX XIII. 
Jigs. 1,2 . a ee Aner 
Oncocephalide. Plates X VII[- 
D.OMAL 
Cottoids. Plate LXXI fae. 2, 8. 
Trigloids 
Triglidee Sag. poet 
Peristediide. Plate A, fig. 2 
Discoboles . 5 eco nate ae 
Liparidide. Plate D, fig. 3; 
Plates XX VIT-XXIX. . 
Gobioids 
Gobiide . 
Blennioids . : 
Blenniidee Plate Li fo 1 


Anacanthini . 


Lycodoids . 
Zoarcide. Plate E fig. fe “Plates 
XXX-XXXIIT. . 
Ophidioids 
Ophidiide. Plate EXNUIL fg 3 
Brotuloids . 

Brotulide. Plate E, fige2 ae Plate 
F; Plates XXXIV—-XL. ; 
Plates LXXIV.-LXXXT fig. 1 

Gadoids oa eo 1G) oe 

Gadide. Plates XLI-XLIIL ; 
Plates LXXXI. jig. 2- 
LXXXIII. fig. 1 

Macruroids 

Macruride. Plates G-H, Figs re 
Plates XLIV.-LI.; Plate 
EXXXTT jig. 2; Plate 
LXXXIV. figs. 1, 2 

Pleuronectoids Sas 

Pleuronectidee. Plate LIT. 


Pace 


Physostomi 
Sternoptychoids . jo Gnas 
Sternoptychide. Plate J, figs. 
1-4; Plate LIU. . ee 
Myctophoids . eo sc 
Synodontide. Plate L’, fig. 3 
Chlorophthalmide. Plate H. figs. 
2-38; Plate K, fig. 1; Plates 
LIV-LV. fig. 1 . Si ene 
Myctophide. Plate J, fig. 5 
Plate LV. figs. 2, 3; Plate 
LVI. figs. 1-3 6 
Stomiatoids EEA ok Ac 
Chauliodide. Plate K, figs. 
Stomiatide. Plate LVI. figs. 
4-6; Plate LVIL. fig. 1 
Idiacanthide . 
Salmoids 
Alepocephaloids . eo a 
Alepocephalide. Plate M, fig. 1; 
Plate LVIL. figs. 2,3; Plates 
GE VIE, GUX. *. : : 
Halosauroids . ; 
Halosauride. Plate LX.) Plate 
LXX XIV. figs. 3- 
Notacanthoids . 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 


231 
231 


232 
249 


bo 
= =I 
La i=) 


bo bo b> bt 
ao oO 
bn © 


(9/2) 
eo 


284 
294 


294 
300 


Notacanthide. Plate L’, figs. 
ow : ee 
Mureenoids 
Murenide. Plate YN; Plate LXL 
Jigs. 1, 1a; Plate LXIL. fig. 1 
Nettastomide. Plate M, figs. 2, 
2a; Plate LXI. fig. 2; Plate 
LXIL. fig. 2  echiggt toms aris 
Nemichthyide. Plate LXIIT. ; 
Plate LXIV. fig. 1; Plate 
LXV. fig. 1 ay ee: 
Atopichthyes. Plate LXV. figs. 
2,2a: Plates LX VI, LX VII. 
Myxinia . 
ape ener c c 
Myxinide. Plate LX PL. 
Homeidz 
Larerat CanaL System. Pitas LXIX- - 
LXXXIV. 
DistRIBUTION OF GENERA 
List oF Species witH DEPTHS AND Lo- 
CALITIES a 
List or STATIONS AND OF SPECIES . 
Systematic List . 
BIBLIOGRAPHY . 
INDEX. 


Pach 


301 
302 


304 


316 


DEC 25 1899 


DEEP SEA FISHES. 


GENERAL DISCUSSION. 


Tue collection upon which this report is based was made during 
February, March, and April, 1891, by the steamer “Albatross” of the 
United States Fish Commission in that part of the Pacific Ocean lying 
east of the Galapagos Archipelago, and of a line from it to the peninsula 
of Lower California. The area traversed is bounded on the east by the 
coasts of Mexico and of Central America; it is long and narrow, but by 
extending obliquely across the meridians and the parallels it reaches 
through thirty-five degrees of longitude and twenty-nine degrees of lati- 
tude, from 77° to 112° west longitude and from 1° south latitude to 28° 
north. The section is small in comparison with the entire extent of the 
Pacific, yet the importance of the material collected is greatly enhanced 
by the position of the locality, by the fact that much the larger portion 
of the dredging and trawling was done close to the equator, in the Gulf 
of Panama and immediately to the westward. More than twelve hundred 
specimens of fishes were secured; many of these were shoal water forms, 
nearly all of which belonged to species described by Jenyns, Giinther, 
Steindachner, Jordan, Gilbert and others, and having only an indirect pres- 
ent interest. About nine hundred of the specimens belong to the greater 
depths; they represent thirty-three families, a hundred genera, or about 
a hundred and eighty species hardly more than fifteen per cent of which 
have been heretofore described. The depths at which the bathybial fishes 
were taken range from a hundred fathoms downward; the greatest depth, 
2252 fathoms, occurred west of Costa Rica on a line from Culpepper Island 
to Acapulco, Mexico, and the nearest approaches to this were found off 
the Gulf of Panama about midway to the Galapagos in 1823 and 1877 
fathoms. 


6 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Previous to the year 1891 almost no deep sea collecting had been 
attempted in the equatorial regions. On other cruises the “ Albatross” 
had searched the depths off the western coasts of North America from the 
Gulf of California to Bering Sea. The same vessel and other vessels of 
the Coast Survey and of the Fish Commission of the United States had 
obtained a fair knowledge of conditions in the northwestern Atlantic 
from the Caribbean Sea northward, to which the British steamer “ Chal- 
lenger” also contributed something; the “Challenger” the “ Travail- 
leur,” the “Talisman,” and other vessels of various European governments 
rendered a like service in the northeastern Atlantic from the Cape Verdes 
and the Mediterranean northward; the “Challenger” researches added 
much to ichthyological knowledge of the northwestern Pacific and the Aus- 
tralian regions, also a little concerning the southwestern Atlantic and the 
Antarctic ; and the British Indian steamer “ Investigator”? has done a great 
deal of work in the northern reaches of the Indian Ocean. The most of 
these researches were effected far to the north of the equator and a compar- 
atively small amount was accomplished in southern latitudes. The present 
collection of the “Albatross” supplies data from the waters under the 
equator and in a measure provides the means of connecting the results 
obtained in the north with those from the south, which latter, however, 
pertain almost entirely to the shoal water fauna of that region. 

Genera of animals known toward the Arctic regions having been found 
to occur in the Antarctic, to some extent the fact that they had not 
been carefully sought in the equatorial waters was overlooked, and a theory 
of a bipolar distribution with absence from the torrid zone was accorded 
a considerable amount of favor. Acceptance of this theory was not at 
all general, for as early as 1880 Giinther had published his belief that 
separate horizontal regions could not be distinguished in connection with 
the fishes of the abyssal fauna, yet it was not until 1891, in the present 
collection, that abundance of material proof that the belief was well founded 
was secured, — proof that the bipolar theory could not apply to the bathy- 
bial fishes. So many of the least expected families appear in the collection 
that there are doubts of the absence from the localities from which it 
was gathered of any of the fishes of the deep sea. The presence of 
Raix, Pediculates, Discoboles, Gadoids and Myxinidx, among others, leads 
one to anticipate the occurrence in the same areas of any of the known 


fishes of great depths. If the collection is compared with collections made 


GENERAL DISCUSSION. i 


in distant localities it is seen that a certain degree of sameness runs 
through all of them. There is similarity in all of the higher groups 
and, a few new ones aside, the genera are either the same or very closely 
allied; it is only on reaching the species that distinctness is found to 
be the rule. The bathybial fauna of one locality corresponds as closely 
with that of each other as it might if one list had been made for all, 
with allowance for occasional exceptions and for differences among the 
minor divisions, that is in the species and the varieties. In comparisons 
of allied species from different and distant localities, it is among the 
forms for which nature has made the weakest provision in the way of 
locomotive organs that the divergences are greatest; those species of a 
genus that are fixed to particular places by reason of inability to travel 
distances of considerable length are most distinct, while those more able 
to migrate are less divergent in their specific characters. Migrations, 
possibly aided by the currents of the depths, widening the areas of dis- 
tribution of particular abyssal species no doubt occur, but in most cases 
they are limited in extent or the migrations proceed slowly through 
long periods of time, since the individuals taken in localities perhaps 
only a few degrees apart show marked differences as compared with 
others of the same species and the occurrence of identical species’ in 
localities separated by wide stretches of the ocean is really exceptional. 
Many so-called identical species from widely separated localities, as from 
the Atlantic and the Pacific, have been recognized by conservative author- 
ities, but subsequent comparative studies have led to such different con- 
clusions and subdivided so many of the species that doubts are raised 
as to absolute identity in any species said to occur in localities very 
distant from one another. The idea that the same species might exist 
in an abyssal depth under the equator and near the Arctic or the Antarctic 
circle, the tellurian conditions being supposed to be the same in the 
different localities, is not to be accepted unless applied to particular 
migrants and limited in time. The existence of separated localities in 
which all the conditions are identical is only supposable, not probable, 
and even if they might exist, which is not to be admitted, the same con- 
ditions affecting different individuals (varieties or species) differently 
induce, directly through impress and indirectly through the effort occa- 
sioned by it, different divergent tendencies in variation which preclude 


the existence of the same variety or species for any considerable length 


8 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


of time in localities far from one another without repeated migrations 
from one to the other. The possibilities of exact coincidence in the 
lines of variation of the same species in two localities or of convergent 
lines bringing different species to coincide are too remote to be con- 
sidered. In the case of an identical species discovered in widely sepa- 
rated localities it is safest to consider it to be in the line of its migrations, 
either upon its travels or a comparatively recent migrant at the time 
of its capture. An assertion of the existence of a non-migratory species in 
localities isolated by distance or physical barriers is not to be received 
without serious question. 

Given similarity in isolation, differences in degrees of plasticity not 
being taken into consideration, specific differentiation would probably be 
less active or less rapid in the low temperatures of the depths than among 
fishes near the surface, and in consequence it might be expected that con- 
ditions on the sea bottom would favor the existence of persistent types, 
that is of some of the fossil forms commonly designated as extinct types. 
That no such forms have yet been discovered among the deep sea fishes 
is in all probability due to the fact that the fossil forms were not them- 
selves deep sea fishes. Excessive amounts of lime in bones or armatures 
and great firmness and strength in skeletal structure characteristic of 
the fossils do not obtain in bathybial species of the present, and there 
are no reasons to suppose the earlier inhabitants of the abysses differed 
from them in these respects. Though the extinct forms may not have 
been of the depths it may be that, owing to retardation in the rates of 
differentiation by deep sea conditions, there is a likelihood that relatives 
exist in the abysses in possession of closer affinities than nearer the sur- 
face, such kindred being offshoots from the stem that produced the extinct 
forms rather than direct descendants of the latter. 

The decrease in the amount of heat, of light, and of oxygen, and the 
increase in the pressure encountered by the fishes on their way down to 
the great depths tend to reduce the activity and to prolong the lives of the 
individuals. From such conditions it is to be expected that as they descend 
beyond the influence of the sun and the seasons the deep sea fishes do 
not mature their eggs or develop their young so rapidly as their ancestors 
of the shoals or the surface were accustomed to do, that the periods inter- 
vening between the spawning times are lengthened and that the species 
gradually depart from the yearly recurrent extrusion period and become 


GENERAL DISCUSSION. 9 


affected by longer and longer intervals, the length of these last being 
dependent on the duration of the exposure of the species to the lower 
temperature and minor factors. In this more or less lengthened increase 
of time required for development of eggs or growth of young appears 
an effective agent in isolation and in differentiation of the isolated species. 
What the effect of the retardation may be in regard to a tendency to ovo- 
viviparity is problematical. 

Some of the deep sea fishes evidently, as suggested by Agassiz, have 
been vertically derived from pelagic Berycoids, Scopelvids, etc. ; others, as 
is shown with tolerable conclusiveness in the collection before us, are 
descendants of forms living on the bottom in shoal waters, forms that have 
gradually traversed the slopes from the shores to the abysses. The larval 
fishes secured by the tow-net at intermediate depths are mostly young of 
pelagic species and young deep sea Scopeloids and others descended from 
a pelagic ancestry. 

Reasons for concluding that many of the less powerful swimmers among 
the bottom fishes have worked their way down, slid down as might be said, 
are seen on comparison of shoal and deep water forms in such cases as those 
of the Oncocephali (JJalthe, Cuv.) and the Halieutoids, of the Lophioids and 
the deep sea Pediculates like Ceratias and allies, of the Liparids of the shoals 
and the deep sea Discoboles, and of the shoal water Pleuronectoids and their 
abyssal relatives. Similar evidence is seen in the Ratidx, the Zoarcide, the 
Mureenide, the Myxinide, and others. 

It was expected that by means of the tow-net near the surface and at 
various distances below it, something might be learned concerning the young 
of species frequenting the great depths. Such expectations have not been 
realized. Numerous young fishes were obtained in the net, but they are 
identified with pelagic Berycoids, Scopeloids, and others of the intermediate 
upper waters, and in greater part with the shoal water fishes, Sebastoids, 
Percoids, Pomacentroids, Scomberesocoids, Squamipinnes, Plectognaths, 
Pleuronectoids, Murzenoids, ete., and together they give no light on the 
breeding habits of bathybial species. This experience is similar to that of 
the “Challenger,” which also by towing secured a fine lot of specimens of 
pelagic species, but among them few or none of those of the bottom. Among 
the deep sea specimens at hand there are small ones, more often apparently 
taken in depths somewhat less than those given for the large individuals of 


the same species. In these depths the temperatures were commonly some- 


10 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


what higher, which is suggestive of a possible but comparatively short 
vertical migration in the breeding season, by which deep sea fishes secure a 
slightly greater degree of warmth for their young. These fishes no doubt, 
like their shoal water allies, make journeys in the spawning seasons, to give 
their progeny a warmer temperature or to place the fry in feeding grounds 
especially suited to it. With the immense vertical ranges of many of the 
species in mind, pressure is not to be considered a factor of moment in 
vertical distribution ; temperature is a great deal more effectual. 

The nearness of its locality to the isthmus of Panama is an important 
element in an estimate of the value of this collection, because of the bearing 
upon the question of a sometime passage between the Caribbean and the 
Pacific. In regard to this, however, the testimony of the material is not very 
definite, for there is much less evidence of a connection across the isthmus 
among deep sea fishes than among those of the shoals. In fact the 
abyssal forms that favor the existence of such a thoroughfare are those like 
Centroscyllium, Antimora and others, which swim freely and are not confined 
to the bottom, but are distributed around the continent to both southward 
and northward; while those which may be cited as against the idea, or, 
rather, as disproving the existence of a crossing in times at all recent, are 
everywhere present in such groups as the Raiw, the Discoboles, the Pedicu- 
lates, the Zoarcoids, the Brotuloids, the Myxinoids, etce., ete., of the less 
migratory. The weight of the evidence goes to substantiate the theory of a 
gradual upheaval of the isthmus, permitting a connection in the shoals to a 
much more recent date than in the depths, which would allow the fishes of 
the shoal waters readily to pass across while presenting a barrier to those of 
the deep sea. If the relative measurements of barriers and abysses remained 
the same as at present, and the isthmus underwent a subsidence sufficient to 
admit of the passage of the shoal water species without going low enough to 
affect the species of the depths, conditions similar to those indicated by the 
evidence of the collection would again prevail. Perhaps even a tidal wave 
of extraordinary dimensions might accomplish in a very short time a large 
proportion of that for which we have to account. As noted below there are 
in the material at hand surface species, such, for instance, as Oncocephalus 
porrectus, a close ally of O. vespertilio and others from the Caribbean, evi- 
dently of recent derivation from ancestors common to both the Pacific and 
the Atlantic species. The testimony of these and similar forms is to the effect 
that in comparatively recent times, yet so long ago as to permit of great 


GENERAL DISCUSSION. Ii 


differentiation from identical species on the two sides, there was a strait of 
moderate depth across the isthmus that favored the passage from the Carib- 
bean to the Pacific, with the current, of species living near the surface. 
This conclusion is reached from the collection, and independently of nearly a 
hundred species asserted with more or less confidence by various authors 
to be identical in Pacific and Atlantic. Subsequent examination of these 
so-called identical species shows that many of them are yet to be compared 
and accurately determined, and that those which probably are identical are 
pelagic and errant types, at home in all the oceans. 

The portion of the Pacific to which this report is confined lies within that 
designated by Agassiz as the Panamic region. Lying between the equator 
and the tropic of Cancer it receives the greatest amount of sunlight and 
heat. It is traversed by the Mexican coast current; it includes the eastern 
extremities of the north equatorial and the north equatorial counter currents, 
and also the northern extremity or efflux of the great Peruvian current. 
The meeting place of all these currents, over a diversified bottom, these 
waters swarm with living organisms and form an ideal locality for the 
ichthyologist. 

The variations in the kind of bottom are considerable. At seven stations 
deeper than 100 fathoms, down to 1152, the bed is marked “rocky;” ten 
others, down to 782 fathoms, are “sandy ;” “hard” bottom (Rhabdamina) 
occurred at several stations with depths ranging from 385 to 918 fathoms; 
at numerous points, with depths from 238 fathoms to 1879, “ Globigerina 
Ooze” was found ; for four locations, in depths of 1471 to 1823 fathoms, 
“Green Ooze” was recorded; and “Green Mud” formed the bottom at 
many places in depths of 85 to 2232 fathoms. Below a thousand fathoms 
of depth the ooze and mud prevail, and rocky and sandy bottoms are 
exceptional. 

The sunlight, striking the surface more directly, penetrates deeper in the 
“Panamic region” than in higher latitudes where it meets the water more 
obliquely. Judging from the fishes, the light must reach depths of nearly or 
quite 200 fathoms. Below these, at the bottom, in the greater depths, there 
is another light, the so-called phosphorescent, due in part to the organic life 
and probably in part to chemical action and reaction, which latter may aid 
the low temperature and the enormous pressure in retarding the decay and 
destruction of organic tissues, whether living or dead, and which possibly 
to some extent may do away with the necessity of so much oxygen, even 


12 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


if it does not make an addition to the supply needed for the support of life. 
In fresh condition the fishes and other animals secured at great depths, 
are tinted with pale greenish to pale yellowish green, or, somewhat rarely, 
to pale bluish. On Plates A to N of the illustrations herewith, the colors 
were taken by Mr. Westergren and Professor Agassiz from the fresh speci- 
men, before it was placed in alcohol. The pale greenish tint is seen to 
affect even such as become intense black when placed in the preserving 
liquids, Plates B and D, and Plate F, figures 1 and 38. That the abyssal 
light is of a pale greenish color is evident from the colors of the animals 
living within it; this proof is not at all confined to the coloration of the 
fishes, it obtains throughout the bathybial fauna. The harmony of colors 
between the creatures of the depths and their surroundings is paralleled 
by that obtaining between the ashy gray inhabitants of the desert and 
the arid wastes in which they live, or between the white in pelage and 
plumage in the Arctic fauna and in its snowy environment. From the 
general coloration of the animals of a particular region the zoologist may 
determine the character of the light by which it has been modified. Deep 
sea investigation has established the fact that life is pretty generally 
distributed on the ocean bed. From this it would appear that similarly 
bathybial light obtains nearly everywhere in the abysses. Probably the 
light of different localities varies in intensity since undoubtedly there are 
sections of the bottom that are more thinly clad with sedimentary deposits 
of organic origin, and consequently lacking in amount and activity of 
chemical interchange, or for other and various reasons not as well adapted 
for the existence of animal life. 

The general greenish tint in the coloration is assimilative and occulta- 
tive, as it renders the bearer like his surroundings and as it hides or con- 
ceals him. It is protective to the prey when it conceals the latter and 
destructive to it when the enemy is rendered invisible. As all the deep 
sea animals are predaceous the tint is helpful to the individual as it hides 
the latter from the enemy or the prey, and harmful as it increases the 
difficulty in discovering and securing the food. The story concerning the 
light at the bottom of the ocean is the same from whatever class of animals 
it is drawn. On the green mud and ooze the light is greenish. 

The lower belt of light, like that at the surface, is inhabited by multitudes 
of species, represented by myriads of individuals. Between the two belts, the 
upper and the lower, there apparently is a belt of darkness, the Azoic belt of 


GENERAL DISCUSSION. 13 


Agassiz, which, with perhaps the exception of a limited space at the lower 
edge of the upper and another at the upper edge of the lower belts of light 
serving as retreats and hiding-places, is comparatively uninhabited and 
deserted, except as crossed to and fro by bathybial species of vertical 
derivation, from a pelagic ancestry, Scopeloid or other, many of them 
provided with lanterns, flash lights, or other luminous organs to prevent 
mates or individuals of a school from losing one another, or with light 
organs to lure the prey. The size and development of the visual organs 
and the rarity of blind forms among deep sea fishes are further evidences 
in favor of the existence of a bathybial light. 

As the surface waters of the Panamic area are warmer than those of 
higher latitudes so the waters of the bottom in the tropics are higher in 
temperature than those to the north or to the southward. From the sur- 
face downward the temperature lowers with tolerable regularity as the 
depth increases. Approximately the warmth at 100 fathoms is 56° Fahren- 
heit, that at 300 fathoms is 46°, that at 500 fathoms is 41°, that at 1000 
fathoms is 37°, and that at 1800 fathoms is 36°. The lowest temperature 
for the collection, 35.8°F., was noted at 1772 and at 2252 fathoms; 36° was 
found at depths of 1322 to 1879 fathoms; 36.2° to 36.8° were recorded for 
depths of 1020 to 1823 fathoms; and 37° was taken at various depths from 
919 to 1588 fathoms. At the same depth in different stations the tempera- 
tures are higher or lower, conditions that would cause bathybial currents 
and which must be regarded as proof of their existence. No doubt there 
is an annual rise and fall of temperature at the bottom, however deep, but 
that it is sufficient to hold the fishes to the annual spawning periods of 
their ancestors in the long continued presence of the retarding effects of 
very low temperatures is somewhat doubtful. Farther from the tropics the 
annual variation of temperature at the bottom is much greater, but in those 
localities the greater retardation effected by still lower temperatures must 
also be considered. Fishes abound in the lowest temperatures taken in 
the Panamic region; no less than thirty genera were found in temperatures 
of 36° F. or lower. The lowest temperatures that can be endured by 
fishes is not yet definitely determined, but there is no doubt of their 
ability to exist in those of less than 32° F. The Norwegian steamer 
“ Viringen” secured specimens of MMyctophum Miilleri Gmel. in lat. 71° 
59’ N., long. 11° 40’ W., at a depth of 1110 fathoms in a temperature of 
29.7° F.; the English steamer “ Research ” reported the same species from 


14 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


the Fardée Channel at depths of 300 to 465 fathoms, in temperatures of 
31° to 33°, and at the surface, the temperature of which was 54° F. In the 
northwestern Atlantic this Scopeloid is said to have been taken by the 
“Blake,” the “Fish Hawk,” and the “ Albatross” on the surface where 
the temperature was 72°, and at a depth of 2369 fathoms where the heat 
was less than 36° F. From the foregoing data this fish has a thermal range 
of 42.3° F. and a bathymetrical range of 2569 fathoms. This would indicate 
that the thermal limits to distribution are hardly more confining than those 
set by pressure; yet there is abundant evidence that particular species 
affect rather narrow thermal limits and are rarely found much beyond 
them. Comparatively the number of the species that leave the lower belt 
of light and approach the surface, crossing the “ azoic zone,” is probably 
small. If the fishes are able to sustain themselves in a temperature of 
freezing or lower there evidently is no barrier but distance to the passage 
of a migratory species through the Arctic Ocean from the Atlantic or 
the Pacific. 


There appears to be a general modification attendant on the progress 
of the fishes from the shoals to the abysses in which the tissues become less 
firm, the bones more cartilaginous, the scales thinner, and the entire body 
in cases becomes almost gelatinous; but when in the depths the bodies are 
not supposed to be at all soft and flabby, compensation for the lack of firm- 
ness, from reduction in the amount of lime or other causes, being made by 
the weight of the water, the softness in specimens brought to the surface 
resulting from decrease in the amount of pressure. 

A noticeable change in fishes that attends their departure from the sun- 
light on the way to the great depths is that of coloration: the spots, bands 
and other special markings common near the surface disappear and the 
appearance becomes uniform, most often of a dark brown to black, with, on 
those not habitually dwelling in the mud or the dark belt, an added assimi- 
lative or occultative tint to bring the surfaces into harmony with the pale 
greenish to yellowish green light of the ocean bottom. The change to the 
darker coloration is illustrated by several species of the Halieutoids figured 
below. Malthopsis sparsa of Plate XVUL., from depths of 200 to 822 fathoms 
has a coloration that fixes the species as an inhabitant of zones within the 
reach of sunlight at recent dates, possibly a portion of each year; gen- 


erally it is grayish brown with yellowish to white reticulations surround- 


GENERAL DISCUSSION. 15 


ing brown spots, the whole fading rapidly in alcohol; the allied species, J/. 
spinulosa, from 511 fathoms, Plate XXI., has retained the spots, marks of an- 
cestry and of recent differentiation, but has become blacker and has lost the 
yellow and the white vermiculations; and J. spinosa, Pl. XXII. from 
depths of 1020 to 1270 fathoms lacks all spots and is uniform blackish. 
The pale greenish to yellowish or to bluish assimilative tint, seen on most of 
the colored plates herewith, is decidedly fugitive and disappears soon after 
death of the specimen, or after application of the preserving liquids; in 
many if not most instances it appears to be little more than the luminosity 
affecting the great majority of abyssal creatures. For instances see the 
sharks Isistius, Centroscyllium, and Chlamydoselachus, or the fishes 
Caulolepis, Dicrolene, Macrurus, and others. The occultative luminosity is 
generally distributed over the body and is to be distinguished from the 
monstrative light seen in the lanterns, flashlights, reflectors, lures, ete., of 
particular genera. The latter is a light pertaining to specialized organs of 
various species, is of a variety of tints, and serves on some fishes as means 
of recognition by kindred and on others to decoy and bring the prey within 
reach. The Scopeloids furnish good examples of the recognition marks 
(signa), and in the Pediculates instances are to be seen of a great variety of 
the lures (illicia). As is necessary for its discovery in the light in which it 
is used, the monstrative light is much the stronger; it varies in colors ac- 
cording to the genus or the species on which it is developed; and when in 
function is more or less completely under the control of the individual in 
respect.to appearance, disappearance and brilliancy. The structure of the 
different monstrative organs on a number of the species has been well 
worked out by Lendenfeld in Giinther’s report on the deep sea fishes of 
the “Challenger Expedition.” Creatures living in the ooze in many cases 
are of an intense black in which no luminosity can positively be asserted 
to exist; on such of these as are possessed of lures the latter are most 
often directed upward as if to capture a prey swimming above them, 
for instance Dolopichthys of Plate XTH. Many of the Stomiatoids and 
the Murznoids also are of the same deep black; it would appear as if 
the former inhabited the lower edge of the dark or azoic zone, their lures 
are extended downward as if to secure prey approaching from below. 

The condition of the eyes of deep sea fishes is important evidence in sup- 
port of the theory of an abysmal light; it also tends to establish the idea 
that this light in comparison with that of the sun is very weak indeed. 


16 : DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Most often the eyes of bathybial animals are larger than those of their kin- 
dred near the surface. Entire absence of light would have favored the de- 
terioration and loss of the eye, but the eyes have become rudimentary in 
hardly a dozen of the multitude of known deep sea species. The list of the 
so-called blind forms of great depths includes Benthobatis Moresbyi Ale., Typh- 
lonus nasus Giint., Aphyonus gelutinosus Giint., Aphyonus mollis G. B., Bara- 
thronus bicolor G. B., Alexeterion Parfaiti Vaill., Tawedophidium Heatii Alc., 
Sciadonus pedicellaris sp.n., Leucicorus lusewsus sp.n., Dysomma bucephalus Ale., 
Dysommopsis muciparus Ale., and Myzine circifrons sp. n. Other species of 
Myxine should be included in a complete list of marine blind fishes, but the 
loss of the eyes in this genus is to be attributed to parasitic habits rather 
than to bathybial conditions. Benthobatis, a recently discovered Torpedo, is 
the only blind Selachian known. Eight of the others on the list are Brotu- 
loids, and two, Dysomma and Dysommopsis are Murzenoids. In all these 
cases, Myxine being excepted, the eyes have become rudimentary and are 
more or less inefficient as visual organs. The case of Leucicorus is peculiar 
in that the blindness is comparatively recent, if indeed the loss of the eye 
is not an old age character and subsequent in the individual to an ordinary 
useful organ in the early stages. Nearly all of the species on the list, ex- 
cepting only perhaps Sciadonus and Myxine, dwell in the ooze, and on all 
of them compensation for the loss of sight appears in an inordinately devel- 
oped Lateral Canal System. On Sciadonus, Plate F, figure 4, in addition to 
the increased prominence in the development of the system there are con- 
siderable sensory developments on the fins. This genus is more likely to 
hav& the habit of swimming freely at a distance from the bottom. The 
greatest amount of differentiation of the visual organs known among bathiy- 
bial fishes occurs on Ipnops; here the ocular structures cover the whole 
top of the head and depart radically from the common definition of eyes, 
but, as Mosely has shown, they still retain the function of sight. Appar- 
ently they have the additional functions of flashlights and reflectors; they 
are to be seen on Plate H, figures 2 and 2a, as they appear on a fresh speci- 
men. ‘Two species of this extraordinary genus are now known, J. Muwrrayi 
and J. Agassizi’, the latter from the present collection. Commonly in the 
modification of the eye the outer structures are the first to deteriorate, 
while the ball remains and gradually becomes very minute, as in Aphyonus 
and others, before final disappearance. In Barathronus bicolor, however, the 
ball has disappeared and the large orbit has undergone a modification which, 


GENERAL DISCUSSION. 17 


so far as we know, has no parallel among the fishes unless it may be to a re- 
mote extent in the case of Ipnops, a genus belonging to avery different 
family. The floor of each orbit against the skull, is lined by an extensive 
sheet of silvery tissue, primarily the iris, so broad as to nearly meet its fel- 
low from the opposite side on the top of the forehead. This concave lining 
directed forward and upward, and to some extent toward the side, probably 
in part serves asa reflector, but it contains a small spot of black pigment, 
a little backward of its middle, that may retain something of the retinal 
function. The cavity appears, from the alcoholic specimen, to have been 
filled with liquid kept in place by the thin transparent outer covering. 
Crude as the organs appear they no doubt served as eyes and also as 
reflectors and luminous organs (signa) for recognition. Possibly these 
organs of Barathronus indicate the course in development of the ocular 
tracts of Ipnops. 

Most often on deep sea fishes the eyes and the lateral system are both 
well developed, but greater development of the system is likely to be 
attended by reduction in the size of the eye. On sedentary forms which 
mainly depend on tactile developments the eyes are minute, as on species of 
Ceratiid, for instance Dolopichthys allector, Plate XIII.; on others of which 
the main reliance is on sight the eyes are the larger. Free swimming forms 
with excessive tactile developments, again, like Bathypterois, Benthosaurus, 
Dicrolene, and Mixonus have the eyes much smaller, the gize of the organ 
being inversely proportioned to the excess in the tactile organs. There are 
cases in which tactile papille: and the lateral system are both highly devel- 
oped, as on Evetmichthys ocella, for instance, but commonly when one of the 
two is greatly favored the other is more likely to be slighted. 

In response to the demands of bathybial conditions the sensory organs of 
the Lateral Canal System have in many forms become modified from simple 
nerve papille of tactile functions to luminous, flashlight, and, in some at 
least, to electric organs of great complexity. As the system is given special 
treatment below, the reader is referred to it for further discussion. 

In the gills there is evidence of a decrease in the amount of oxygen 
consumed in the depths as compared with that used in the breathing ap- 
paratus of fishes near the surface, and the decrease naturally is accom- 
panied by a lessened amount of activity. The bathybial fishes have 
sinaller oxygenating surfaces, the laminz are reduced in size and in 


many cases the gills are reduced in number. Many of the Halieutoids 
2 


18 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


have but two gills on each side, the first and the fourth arches bearing 
none, though in these instances it is not entirely safe to infer much con- 
cerning bathybial influences since what at first sight appears to have been 
induced by abyssal conditions was actually in the inception near the sur- 
face resultant from the acquisition of an illicium (bait and rod) with the 
consequent sedentary habit. While nearly all of the deep sea Halieutoids 
are two gilled, those dwelling near the surface are mostly two and one 
half gilled, the reduction having proceeded thus far at least without aid 
from deep sea conditions; yet there are some of the two gilled species that 
approach the surface, for instance Dibranchus atlanticus Pet., or Malthopsis 
sparsa sp. n., and these are more likely to represent the ancestors of the 
deep sea species than to have been derived from the latter. 


Apparently the intestines have shortened with adaptation to life at great 
depths, as if the species were farther removed from dependence on vegeta- 
tion as food, through decrease in its consumption by the prey. This is 
counterbalanced in many fishes by an increase in the size and distensibility 
of the stomach. Unfortunately removal of the viscera, some time in the 
early history of the collection, from the larger specimens has taken away 
a source of information concerning food and habits. 

It is too early yet to say in which direction deep sea influences tend to 
modify the habits of reproduction, whether toward the egg laying or toward 
the ovoviviparous; it can only be said that many species lay eggs and many 
others extrude living young. 

From conditions necessitating reduction in the amount of activity and 
adoption of more sluggish habits the muscles of some bathybial fishes have 
become excessively reduced, see Dolopichthys allector, Plate XIV., fig. 1. 
Besides the general modifications undergone in the skeletons, many have 
suffered great modifications in particular sections of the osseous structure 
from lack of the uses to which they were adapted by ancestors; a marked 
illustration of this occurs in the neural spines of Caulolepis which have so 
declined as to lie nearly parallel with the vertebral column, Plate XII, fig. 1. 

Whether as much activity is possible in the midst of the great pressures 
surrounding bathybial species as exists in the species near the surface, the 
conditions of skeletons, muscles, fins, and gills indicate very plainly its non- 
existence. It may be said that activity such as exists near the surface can- 
not exist at great depths because of the diminished supply of oxygen, but, 


GENERAL DISCUSSION. 19 


in the presence of freezing temperatures and intense pressure acting as 
conservators of organic tissue and preventing its disintegration, a supply 
of oxygen such as that existing in the surface waters is not at all neces- 
sary. The reduction of activity, from difficulty of movement in the nearly 
solid media under enormous pressure, from the extreme low temperature, 
and from the limited supply of oxygen, alike affects all the animals of the 
bathybial fauna, so that the equilibrium is practically unchanged and none 
of the species is either more or less at a disadvantage on account of the 
greater inertness. 


The distribution of species is discussed in the general remarks on the 
different groups and is indicated in the lists that pertain to them; the dis- 
tribution of genera is made a subject of special treatment below. 


SPECIAL DISCUSSIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 


HOLOCEPHALA. 


Aolocephala Miiller, 1835, Vergleichende Anatomie der Myxinoiden, 10. 


Of the occurrence of species belonging to this group in the region 
traversed by the expedition there can be little doubt; they occur at a 
comparatively short distance to the north and to the south, yet the 
absence of representatives in the material under examination limits the 
‘discussion in these pages to matters pertaining to the group in general 
as inhabitants of great depths. 

One species of the genus Chimaera Linné, 1758, C. monstrosa L., has 
been noted by Vaillant, 1888, from a depth of 687 fathoms, off the Azores, 
and another species, C. afinis Capello, more often taken at great depths on 
both sides of the north Atlantic, is given by Giinther, 1887, a range from 
200 to 1200 fathoms, or by Vaillant to J285. An ege referred to C. 
monstrosa by Alcock, 1892, from a depth of 410 fathoms, off the Coroman- 
del Coast, probably belongs to a new species. Climaera Collie Lay and 
Bennett, 1859, is a shoal water fish that descends to depths of a hundred 
fathoms or more at particular seasons, off the coast of California. By 
some mistake the figure of this fish in the Zoology of Beechey’s Voyage, 
Fishes, Plate XXIII., fig. 1, has been copied in the ‘“ Oceanic Ichthyology,” 
Plate X., fig. 36 as “ Callorhynchus antarcticus.’ So far as now known, the 
species of Callorhynchus have habits similar to those of Chimaera Collie’; 
though the specimens secured have been taken at moderate depths, the 
species in all likelihood retreats at certain times to greater depths, as is 
the case with most Selachians and Fishes. It will be evident on compari- 
son with the egg figured below, Plate LXIV., fig. 2, as that of Cadlorhynchus 
antarcticus, that Giinther is probably correct in identifying the egg figured 
by J. Miiller, 1842, Ueb. den Glatten Hai, Taf. 6, fig. 3, and that figured 
by Duméril, 1865, Poiss., I., Pl. 8, fig. 8, as eggs of Callorhynchus, the 


PLATOSOMIA. 21 


opinions of Vaillant, 1888, Trav. et Tal. Poiss., 80, and of Goode and Bean, 
1896, Oc. Ich., 31, to the contrary notwithstanding. The egg figured by 
Alcock, 1891, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) VIII, fig. 1 on p. 22, as “ Callo- 
rhynchus? sp.” is intermediate between the egy of C. callorhynchus herewith 
figured and that figured by Giinther, 1889, Ann. Mag. N. H., (6) IV., 416, 
as the egg of Chimaera. Evidently Alcock’s figure does not represent the 
egg of Callorhynchus callorhynchus Linn., and, though it may ultimately have 
to be transferred to another genus, it might for the present be cited as 
Callorhynchus indicus. A recent addition to the group is the peculiar genus 
Harriotta of Goode and Bean, 1894, Pr. U.S. Mus., XVIL., 471. This genus 
contains a single species, 7. Raleighana, which possesses a known horizon- 
tal range included between the parallels of 36° and 40° of north latitude, 
and the meridians of 70° and 75° west longitude, with a vertical range so 
far as determined extending from a depth of 707 fathoms to one of 1081, 
off the eastern coasts of the United States. 

Present knowledge of the distribution of the Holocephala of great 
depths is approximately set forth in the list of the known species below. 


PLAGIOSTOMIA. 


Plagiostomes Dum., 1806, Zoologie Analytique. 
Plagiostomia Raf., 1815, Analyse de la Nature. 


PLATOSOMIA. 
Platosomia Raf., 1815, Analyse de la Nature. 


Though outside of the Raiz only one truly bathybial species of this 
group has been taken, there is abundant reason for believing the number 
will yet be greatly increased. The recent discovery of the blind Torpedo, 
Benthobatis, by Alcock, is a strong intimation that many if not all the 
different families of the flat-bodied Selachians, like the various shoal water 
Teleosts, also have their bathybial forms. 

The material at present under study contains a single representative 
of the genus Raia, described below, but that one is of much interest on 
account of its locality, and its depth with one exception is the greatest 
recorded for the genus. The distribution of the.deep sea species com- 
monly placed in Raia corresponds somewhat closely with the distribution 
of the species of that genus known to be inhabitants of the waters near 


22 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


the surface. In many, possibly in most cases the latter are yet to be 
placed in both lists, their vertical ranges being more and more extended 
as investigations proceed. Beyond this the presumption appears to be 
warranted that further research only is needed to extend the deep sea 
range of this genus through all the great depths, it may be including the 
seas under the poles. The discovery of Raia mammillidens, from the Gulf 
of Manaar, at nearly six hundred fathoms, and of Benthobatis Moresbyi, off 
the Travancore Coast, at four hundred and thirty, by Alcock, are indica- 
tions of what may be expected in future from the western and the south- 
ern parts of the Indian Ocean, or from the same portions of the Pacific, 
these waters having yielded very few Platosomia as compared with the 
northern and the western portions of the Atlantic, or with the eastern 
portions of the Pacific. Raia mammillidens Alc. is suggestive of the tran- 
sition from Raia by way of genera like Discobatus (Platyrhina, Auct.) 
and Platyrhinoidis, to the Rhinobatidae, or vice versa. 


RAILD i. 


Raiide Bonap., 1831, Saggio di una distribuzione metodica degli Animali Vertebrati, 99, 122. 


Raja badia sp. n. 
Plate VI, figs. 1 and 2. 


The total length of the female described is ten and one eighth and the 
greatest width is six and three fourths inches, while the length of the disk 
to the ends of the pectorals is about five, or the length to the ends of the 
ventrals is six. Disk thin, nearly half of the total length, little wider than 
long, almost right angled in front, taking the general directions of the for- 
ward outlines, blunt at the snout, convex opposite the eyes and again near 
the outer angles, slightly concave at the sides of the snout and opposite the 
gills, sharper than right angled on the outer angles of the pectorals. Head 
one fifth of the total length, not very prominent on the top, as wide as long. 
Snout elongate, thin, broad, blunt; rostral cartilage weak, slender. Eye 
small, two fifths of the width of the interorbital space; orbit one fourth of 
the length of the snout. Width of mouth equal to four fifths of the dis- 
tance from the end of the rostrum. Teeth small, about forty-four series 
across the upper jaws, in shape resembling a pair of small parallel disks 
united by a short narrow column, the upper of the disks being smaller than the 


RAJA BADIA. 23 


base, covered with dentine, and bearing at its hinder edge a sharp slender cusp 
directed obliquely back and upward. Spiracle smaller than the eye. Gill 
openings small, width of the widest less than the length of the eye. 

Dorsal fins equal, small, length less than half the width of the mouth, not 
separated by a spinous interspace, not united by membrane, close together, 
posterior nearly its length forward of the end of the tail. Ventrals divided 
by a deep notch into two lobes, of which the outer is narrow, slender, and 
equal in length to half the width of the mouth, while the inner is as wide as 
long and is broadly rounded on the hind margin from the notch to the 
blunted angle at the side of the tail. Tail slender, narrow, depressed, taper- 
ing gradually, acute, with a narrow dermal keel along the lower edge of 
each side. 

Upper surfaces of disk and tail with rather closely set sharp spinules, 
closer together and finer on the sides of the tail which are without large 
tubercles. A large tubercular spine stands in front of each orbit; another 
is located between the orbit and the spiracle, and a third behind the latter. 
A group of three large tubercles appears on each shoulder, the inner one 
being smaller than the outer pair. Between the occiput and the first dor- 
sal fin there is a series of twenty-nine tubercles ; and on the hinder portion 
of each pectoral, behind the shoulder, there is a scattered group of smaller 
ones. On the top of the outer end of the rostral cartilage there is a group 
of medium sized spines in a couple of series. Each of the larger tubercles 
is compressed and consists of a high swollen pedestal or base with sharp 
vertical ridges upon which is a sharp slender hooked spine, subtriangular in 
trans-section, excavated behind, resembling the claw of a bird. All of the 
tubercles are high; those on the tail are more compressed, becoming very 
narrow, blade-like, and more hooked. Entire lower surface smooth. 

Chocolate brown, blackish on the tail; ventral surface like the dorsal or 
a trifle darker, except in a white area about the mouth and a smaller trian- 
gular one behind the middle of the shoulder girdle. 

A couple of eggs which may or may not belong to this species were taken 
at stations 3357 and 3359. One of them is figured on Plate VI., figure 3. 
The egg case itself, without the tendrils, is two and one half by three and 
one half inches. The “horns” are mutilated; evidently they were of con- 
siderable length; their bases are stout and thick. Over the entire surface 
the case is covered with fine villi or pile, in longitudinal series, which 


though harsh to the touch gives the appearance of a soft rich black velvet. 


24 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Specimen 3357 from deeper water differs in a longer closer pile, in which 
the longitudinal arrangement is less evident, a possible indication of specific 


differences. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 
3392 7° 05! 30” N. 79° 40' W. 1270 fathoms 86.4° FE. Hard 
3357 6° 35’ N. 81° 44’ W. Tis 00 Bishi 1 Green sand 
3359 6° 22’ 20" N. 81° 52! W. AGh 20218 Rocky 


Raja borea nom. sp. n. 

This is the species described and figured by Giinther in the Fishes of the 
“ Challenger” Reports, page 8, Plate IV., as Raia hyperborea. There are too 
many points of difference, however, to admit of retention in that species. 
R. borea is somewhat closely allied to R. budia, but is more robust, broader 
on the forehead, less sharp in the angles of the disk, less slender in the tail, 
and less uniform in coloration ; it has a smaller number of tubercles all told, 
but has one directly above each orbit that is not found in the type described 
above. It agrees with &. dadia in the group of tubercles on each shoulder, 
but has a smaller number in the dorsal series. 

Compared with &. hyperborea, R. borea is less angular, shorter in the snout, 
longer in the tail, and has a large tubercle above each eye and another on 
each shoulder between the outer pair and the vertebral series, both of 
which tubercles are lacking on the type of L. hyperborea. The colors of R. 
borea are “ Grayish brown above with a trace of a darker spot on each side 
of the body; lower parts white, with large subsymmetrical brown patches; 
in very young specimens the lower parts are uniform white.” The &. hy- 
perborea of Collett’s figure is uniform dark grayish brown on the back, and 
white beneath with large subsymmetrical markings of brown toward the 
sides and around the edges. The leneths of the types secured by the “ Chal- 
lenger” varied from six and one half to twenty-four and one half inches. 
“ Farde Channel; depth 400 to 608 fathoms.” 


Raja hyperborea Collett, 1878, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra., No. 14, p. 7,— 
1880, Nordhavs—Exp., p. 9, Pl. I., figs. 1 and 2. The resemblance between 
this species and R. badia is not very close. R. hyperborea is distinguished 
by greater squareness in outlines as seen from above, including the ventrals 
in the disk, and by a shorter tail, by lack of the inner tubercle of the 
humeral group, by a smaller group of tubercles in the vertebral series, by 


greater uniformity in the spines of the back, and by the color of the ven- 


i 


RAJA BADIA. 25 


tral surface, where there is more of white than of brown. Length of the 
type about 20.4 inches. “Taken in lat. about 80° N., at sea, west of the 
northern coast of Spitzbergen, the most northerly locality, too, in which 
this genus is yet known to occur.” 

Among the known species of the genus the closest affinities of Raia badia 
apparently are not found in the species of the more immediate vicinage of 
its habitat, but rather with those noted above from the seas around the 
Farées or northward and through them with the thornback of the eastern 
coasts of the United States, a variety of Raia radiata Don. With R. equato- 
rialis J. B., 1889, taken by the “ Albatross” between the Galapagos Islands 
and Ecuador, it does not appear to be very closely related, and the same 
statement may be made concerning species in northern waters off the coasts 
of North America to Alaska. Its affinities with the southern forms, of 
Chili and Patagonia, are only remote; Raia brachyura Giint. approaches 
as much as any of them, yet it is very different, and none of those from 
the eastern coasts of South America makes a nearer approach. Imme- 
diately across the isthmus also no very close kinship is to be noticed in 
either R. Ackleyi Garm., 1881, from the Yucatan Banks, or &. alia nom. 
sp. n., from the northern portion of the Gulf of Mexico. The specific desig- 
nation aia alia is here first applied to the type figured by Goode and Bean 
in 1896, Oceanic Ichthyology, Pl. VIL, fig. 23, under the title Raiw Ackley. 
R. alia differs from that species in lacking the wide space between the 
dorsals, in having closely set spinules on tail and back, in having a group 
of tubercles on the middle of the back, in having tubercles on the crown 
between the orbital series, in having series of tubercles on the lateral edges 
of the disk, and in the lack of spots on the upper surface, particularly in 
the lack of the large transversely oblong spot of brown on each pectoral 
opposite the forward part of the abdominal cavity. Still farther removed 
are R. ornata Garm., 1881, taken by the “ Blake” off Alligator key, Florida, 
or R. plutonia Garm., 1881, taken by the same vessel off the coasts of South 
Carolina. In this connection it may be pointed out that the skate figured 
by Goode and Bean, 1896, Oc. Ich., Pl. VII., No. 24, as 2. ornata is not of 
that species but is a very young specimen of R. plutonia or an allied form. 


26 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


ANTACEA. 


Antacea Raf., 1815, Analyse de la Nature. 


SCYLIORHINID&. 


The commonly accepted orthography and etymology for the family 
name of the Dog-nosed sharks, “ Scylliorhinide,’ is somewhat liable to 
criticism. As compounded by Blainville the generic term from which it 
is taken was made up of the Greek name of the dogfishes, oxvAva, canicule 
(see Aristotle, History of Animals, book VI. chapter X.), with that of the 
nose, piv; whether correct in its original form, Seylorhinus, is another 
question. In the common form of the name derivation is traced to oxvdd@, 
to rend or to mangle. 

This family is unrepresented in the present collection. Species belong- 
ing to it occur on both sides of the area immediately concerning this paper: 
to the northward several types from considerable depths have been de- 
scribed by Gilbert and others, for imstances Scyliorhinus brunneus Gilb., 
from the Gulf of California, and S. ventriosus Garm., from Acapulco and 
northward, are likely to descend to depths of more than a hundred and 
fifty fathoms at particular times; to the southward again, there are several 
species, of which one at least, S. canescens Giint., from the southwest coasts 
of South America, is entitled to a place in the list of deep sea Selachians. 
Off the Atlantic coasts of the United States and the West Indies two species 
from great depths have been discovered in recent times, S. reifer Garm., 
and S. profundorum G. B. Two species were discovered by Alcock, in the 
collections made by the “Investigator” in the northern part of the Indian 
ocean, one of which he doubtfully identifies with Giinther’s South American 
species S. canescens, To the list of species from the eastern Atlantic Vaillant 
has added three new ones from the collections of the steamers “ Travailleur” 
and “Talisman,” but one of them, Pristiurus atlanticus, is identified by 
Collett, 1896, with the earlier described P. melastomus Raf. 


SQUALID. 
Squalide Bonaparte, 1831. 


The only member of this family obtained by the steamer “ Albatross ” in 
the vicinity of the Galapagos Islands is a species of the genus Centroscyllium, 
very closely allied to C. Fabrici’ from the western portion of the North 


ae 


SQUALID. 27 


Atlantic, to C. granulosus from the Falkland Islands, and to C. ornatum from 
the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. Without access to the types it is 
difficult to determine the degrees of affinity. One of the more prominent 
differential features of the species described below, C. mgrum, is apparent in 
the five-cusped teeth, the teeth of each of the other species being described 
as tricuspid. A small badly damaged specimen, taken by the French steamer 
“Talisman,” at a depth of more than eight hundred fathoms, “devant le 
bane d’Arguin,” off the northwestern portion of Africa, has been identified 
by Vaillant, with some hesitation, as belonging to C. Fabricii. This depth 
is the greatest reported for the genus, though all of the species are recorded 
from depths of more than two hundred fathoms. 

Of genera not reported in the “ Albatross” collection a number of species 
occur at great depths. Lztmopterus spinax has been noted from more than 
three hundred fathoms by Vinciguerra, as also 1. pusillus by Vaillant, in the 
Mediterranean and the neighboring Atlantic. The occurrence of 1. pusillus 
off the western coasts of the North Atlantic, noted by Goode and Bean, is 
to be questioned. The specimen taken by the steamer “ Blake” off St. 
Kitts, is at hand, and apparently belongs to Z. spinax ; it has the spines on 
the scales, and the peculiar markings of deep black seen on that species on 
the lower portions and immediately behind the ventrals, especially on young 
and lighter colored individuals. Comparing it with the type specimen of 
E.. Hillianus Poey discloses the fact that the latter would better be placed 
under £. spinaz than under L. pusillus. All the Squalidze commonly taken 
in the deep water fisheries off the coast of Portugal will probably appear in 
the list of deep sea species. This will include the species of Centrophorus, 
Centroscymnus, Seymnodon, Oxynotus, and others to which definite depths 
have not yet been assigned. The species of Centrophorus described by 
Giinther, 1877, from Japan, have habits similar to those of the eastern 
Atlantic. The depths for the genus range from two hundred or more to 
a thousand fathoms, more or less, the greatest being that assigned C. calceus 
and C. squamosus by Vaillant. The same author gives a similar record, of 
six hundred and seventy-two to ten hundred and thirteen fathoms, to Cen- 
troscymnus coelolepis, and one of seven hundred and eighty-four fathoms to 
Centroscymnus obscurus, & new species, taken by the “ Talisman” off the 
coasts of Soudan. According to Wright, C. coelolepis is taken by the Por- 
tuguese fishermen at four hundred to five hundred fathoms, and Goode and 


Bean state that it is “abundant on the offshore banks of New England, 


28 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


at the depth of two hundred fathoms or more.” The greatest depth noticed 
for any of the species of Squalus is that by Vinciguerra, of three hundred 


and twenty-eight fathoms for S. uwyatus Raf. in the Mediterranean. 


Centroscyllium nigrum psp. u. 
Plate 1, fig. 2; Plate IV. and V., Anatomy ; Plate LXIX., fig. 1, Lat. Syst. 


The proportions and shape of this species are similar to those of Centro- 
scyllium Fabricii Reinh., or of C. granulatum Giint. The type is moderately 
slender and elongate, and is compressed behind the shoulders; the body 
cavity occupies about three fifths of the entire length. Head large, broad, 
depressed, inclusive of the gill openings little more than one fourth of the 
total. Snout broad, in length nearly equal to the width of the forehead, 
broadly rounded across the front. Nostrils at the edge of the snout, nearer 
to the end than to the eye. Eye large, lateral, without a nictitating mem- 
brane; orbit with a more distinct angle on the back than on the front 
border. Mouth wide, inferior, curving forward moderately in the middle, 
where it extends but little forward of a line joining the hind borders of the 
orbits, with a short groove around each angle, from which another groove 
continues backward nearly half-way to the first gill opening. Teeth small, 
numerous; upper with three erect, slender, acuminate cusps, median cusp 
largest, and outer cusps each with a rudimentary cusp on the outer side; 
lower with five similar cusps, median largest, and outer two small, Plate IV., 
fig. 5, 6. Gill apertures five, hardly as wide as the eye, posterior two of 
each side closer together and near the base of the pectoral. Spiracles 
medium, superior, transversely crescent-shaped. Rostral ampullz numer- 
ous, Plate IV., fig. 3, those of the top of the head numbering a hundred, 
more or less, and those below the snout nearly twice as many. 

In the skull, Plate IV., fig. 1, 2, and Plate V., fig. 1, the affinities of this 
shark to Squalus acanthias Linn., to Etmopterus spinax Linn., and to Centro- 
phorus granulosus Bl. Schn. and their allies are very apparent. The entire 
skull is shorter and broader and the rostral cartilage is broader and shorter 
than in either of the mentioned forms. The width across the olfactory 
capsules is considerably greater, but the post-orbital processes are nearly 
of the proportions of those of C. granulosus. Above the symphysis of 
the upper jaws on the lower side of the skull there is a slender process, 
Plates IV. and V., fig. 1. At each side of the mouth there are three 


CENTROSCYLLIUM NIGRUM. 29 


labial cartilages, Plate IV., fig. 1. The two on the upper jaw, the pre- 
maxillary and the maxillary, are quite slender, and the anterior is shorter 
than the other. The one on the lower jaw is much stronger every way 
and widens toward its anterior extremity. In the branchihyal frame- 
work, Plate V., fig. 2, reduction has proceeded about as far as in any of 
the species mentioned above. The foremost hypobranchials have appar- 
ently consolidated with the anterior ceratobranchials. Behind the basihyal 
there are two basibranchials, the anterior one of which is short and joins 
the middle of the anterior border of the other one, separating the hypo- 
branchials of the third pair, and itself meeting the hinder extremities of 
those of the second pair on its forward end. The hinder basibranchial is 
a large broad plate that narrows backward to a point; at each side it 
directly supports the lower ends of the fourth and the fifth ceratobranchials. 
If this condition is compared with what obtains in Sgualus acanthias, see 
Gegenbaur, 1872, Das Kopfskelet der Selachier, Pl. XVIIL., fig. 3, it is 
found to be the case that in that species the branchihyals are rather less 
reduced, since it possesses three distinct pairs of hypobranchials, instead of 
only two, has its basibranchials separated by the hypobranchials instead 
of in contact, and has only the posterior pair of ceratobranchials, instead of 
the posterior two pairs, abutted directly against the sides of the hinder 
basibranchial. Thus in respect to the branchial skeleton the present species 
is the more specialized. On each side there are five extra-branchial car- 
tilages. The small subquadrangular spiracular cartilage is nearly divided 
into three short bars. 

The skeletal elements of the pectorals vary to some extent in individ- 
uals, see Plate V., figs. 2 and 4. Generally the propterygium, the meso- 
pterygium, and the metapterygium are comparatively large and about equal 
in size, the first bearmg one or two radials, the second three or four, and 
the third about ten, of which three or four of the posterior are unseg- 
mented. There is an elongate basal cartilage in the skeleton of the ven- 
tral supporting about fifteen radials that are in most cases segmented near 
the distal end; anteriorly against the end of the pelvic element three or 
four additional radials have coalesced to form a single large plate of 


cartilage. 


The viscera were destroyed. A few remnants are figured on Plate V., 


figs. 3 and 6. Figure 6 shows the heart with three series of valves in the 


30 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


bulbus. Figure 3 exhibits the internal arrangement of the intestine. The 
number of circuits in the spiral is small, only four or five, and a diagram- 
matic representation would somewhat resemble that of Chimaera monstrosa 
as given by T. J. Parker, 1879, in the Transactions of the Zoological Society 
of London, XI., Pl. IL, fig. 6. The peculiar structural arrangement of 
the papillose ridges of the absorbing surfaces of the membranes within the 
intestine of Centroscyllium mgrum is to be seen on Plate V., fig. 3 of the 
present work. The cecal appendage of the intestine is elongate and 
subcylindrical. 


On the skin the scales are more or less distant from one another; they 
are small harsh tubercular spines, each of which has an erect or hooked 
slender grooved cusp, and a comparatively broad stellate base, Plate IV., 
fig. 7. The lateral system is rather simple; the arrangement of the canals 
on the head does not differ greatly from that of Iswrus punctatus (Garman, 
1888, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XVII., Lat. Syst., Plate I.) or from that. of 
Isistius brasiliensis, Plate LXIX,. fig. 2 of the present work, except perhaps 
in that the halves of the aural canal do not meet in the middle. This 
separation of the part of a canal on one side from the part on the other 
side of the head is noted in widely different genera, for instance on Hepta- 
branchias maculatus, Lat. Syst., Pl. XIV., fig. 2, or particular canals on one 
or on both sides of the head may be similarly interrupted, as on Somniosus 
carcharias, Lat. Syst., Pl. XX., fig. 1, where cranials, orbitals, and occipitals 
are disunited. What credit for such breaks in canals ordinarily continu- 
ous may be given to individual variation is only to be determined by 
examination of a number of specimens of whatever species may be under 
consideration. 

The fins are of medium size; the amount of fin area is much the same 
in dorsals, pectorals, and ventrals. The first dorsal originates very little 
backward of a vertical from the axil of the pectoral; the spine is triangular 
in cross section, concave or grooved on each side, and is shorter and more 
erect than that of the second dorsal. The origin of the second dorsal is 
little, if any, backward of the middle of the bases of the ventrals; the spine 
is about one and one-half times as long as the anterior spine, and is similar 
in structure but more hooked. On the tail the upper lobe of the caudal 
is separated from the lower by a distinct notch and is subtruncate on the 
hind margin ; the lower lobe is the deeper, and has its lower angle slightly 


a ee 


SCYMNORHINID&. 31 


rounded off. Pectorals and ventrals are short, broad, and rounded on the 
margins, except in case of the hinder angle of the ventrals, which is sharp. 

Deep black, with a narrow edging of white on each of the fins excepting 
the caudal. 

This description is taken from a specimen of eleven and one-half inches 
in length. 

On a small individual, of four and three quarters inches, slight differ- 
ences in the outlines and in the positions of the fins are presented; the 
pectorals reach backward of the first dorsal spine, the spine of the 
second dorsal stands above the hind part of the bases of the ventrals, 
the eye is proportionally larger and the-snout is shorter, the white of 
the margins of dorsals, pectorals, and ventrals is much broader, and the 
color of the muscular portions of the body is brown. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 


3356 79! 307N 81° 8/ 30” W. 546 fathoms 40.1° F. Soft black mud. 
3358 6° 30’ N. 81° 44’ W. jaya) UC 40.2° F. Green sand. 
SCYMNORHINID A. 


Scymnorhinini Bonaparte, 1846, in part. 


The typical species of this family, Sceymnorhinus licha, is a small shark 
of the Mediterranean sea and the neighboring parts of the Atlantic. It 
was first described by Broussonet, in 1780, under the name “ Liche,”’ after- 
ward named Sgualus licha by Bonnaterre, in 1788, and in the same or the 
following year described by Gmelin with the name Squalus americanus. In 
1810, Risso described and renamed the species Squalus nicwensis. Blainville, 
1820-30, fixed upon the name Squalus (Acanthorhinus) americanus. Cuvier 
first applied the name Scymnus to the genus. The compound Seymnus lichia 
was made by Bonaparte, who also named its subfamily Scymninz, subse- 
quently, on account of prior application of Scymnus among insects, replac- 
ing these names by Scymnorhinus and Scymnorhinini. The family has been 
named Dadatiide by authors able to satisfy themselves that the species de- 
scribed by Rafinesque, 1810, as Dalatias sparophagus is identical with 
Seymnorhinus licha. The grounds for this conclusion appear to be the 
occurrence of the latter in the locality assigned the former, and absence of 
the shark actually described and figured by Rafinesque. The facts in the 
case are far from supporting the position. Bonnaterre’s species, S. dicha, 


32 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


has rather large spiracles, a smaller anterior dorsal situated behind the 
pectoral fins, a larger second dorsal the base of which is in part above the 
bases of the ventrals, a body chamber nearly two thirds of the total length, 
a deep and comparatively short caudal, and a black ventral surface; 
Rafinesque described and figured his type as having no spiracles, a large 
anterior dorsal above the pectoral fins, a small second dorsal “ quasi 
adiposa,” ventrals far in advance of the second dorsal, a body cavity less 
than half of the total length, an elongate narrow caudal, and white lower 
surfaces, Even if Rafinesque’s Dalatias should be re-discovered it would 
be excluded from the present family by the characters given: Nessuno 
Spiraglio, due ale dorsali, senza ala anale, cinque aperture branchiali da 
ogni lato, coda disuguale obbliqua— Oss. Questo genere di Sgualini 
differisce dal genere Carcharias per la mancanza dell’ ala anale e da quello 
del Squalus per quella degli Spiragli.’ The names Dalatiana and Dalatias 
lichia of Gray, 1851, owe their existence to guesswork identification with 
Rafinesque’s problematical species. The fact that Sceymnorhinus inhabits 
the greater depths accounts for the scarcity of representatives in the 
museum collections. While its distribution has not been determined be- 
yond the European seas it will probably be much extended by future 
research. Special interest is attached to the family, in this report, on 
account of the presence in the collection made by the “ Albatross” of one of 
the closest allies of Seymnorhinus, of a genus of much wider known distribu- 
tion and possessed of characters which in some respects are more than 
sufficient for generic distinction, as may be seen in the following diagnoses. 
The family may be subdivided thus: 

Dorsals unlike ; anterior smaller, in advance of the middle of the length ; 
lower teeth with serrate edges; scales with an acute cusp or trowel shaped 
— Scymnorhinide. 

Dorsals similar, nearly equal; anterior behind the middle; lower teeth 
with smooth edges; scales in pavement, without regular cusps — Lsistide. 


ISISTID. 


This group is based upon a small shark which is readily distinguished 
from the Scymnorhinide proper by the backward position of the first dorsal, 
the tile-shaped polygonal scales, the absence of serrations on the cutting 
edges of the lower teeth, and the presence of a dermal keel at each side of 


ISISTIUS. 33 


the tail. Its body is rather long and rounded, its head is small and taper- 
ing; it has moderately large spiracles and narrow gill openings; and its 
teeth differ greatly in shape and mobility on the two jaws. Its fins, except- 
ing the caudal, are all small; the dorsals differ little in size or shape and 
both are behind the middle of the body. The eyes are large, the nostrils 
are small and the body is phosphorescent. The single known genus is 
probably nocturnal and descends to great depths, though not an inhabitant 
of the bottom. 


IsISTIUsS. 


Scymnus, Quoy and Gaimard, 1824, part. 

Leius Kner, 1865, Denkschr. Ak. Wien, XXIV., Extr. p. 9 (Nov. 10, 1864), characterized. 

Isistius Gill, 1865, Pr, Phil. Ac., 264 (Nov. 22, 1864), named. 

Body elongate, subcylindrical, tapering backward, abdominal cavity long. 
Head moderate in size, narrowing forward, depressed. Snout subconical, 
blunt. Nostrils anterior. Mouth inferior, transverse, with a deep groove 
in front of the upper jaw and a deep fold behind each angle. Lips well 
developed; lower labial fold at the angle of the mouth, short, rounded, 
valvular. Teeth in the upper jaw small, raptorial, erectile, lanceolate, those 
of several series in function at once. Teeth of the lower jaw large, sectorial, 
erect, fixed, blade-like, the single series in function forming a continuous 
serrate-edged plate. Eye large, lateral; orbit cireular in front, angled 
behind; no nictitating membrane. Spiracles medium, on the top of the 
neck. Five small gill openings, not in a groove. No anal fin. Dorsals 
small, without a spine, similar, anterior backward of the middle of the body. 
Caudal short and deep. A short dermal fold on the side of the tail. Lat- 
eral system tubular. Stomach very long; intestine short, with a spiral 
valve. Scales small, depressed, in pavement. 

So far as yet determined the range of the known species extends through- 
out tropical seas to fifty-five degrees from the equator. 

The generic name is given as accepted by others, though the records 
appear to favor the name Leius given by Kner. 


34 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Isistius brasiliensis. 


Scymnus brasiliensis Quoy and Gaimard, 1824, Freycinet’s Voyage, Zool., I., 198. 

Squalus (Scymnus) fulgens F. D. Bennett, 1840, Narrative of a Whaling Voyage, IT., 255; 
G. Bennett, 1860, Gatherings, 66. 

Scymnus (Scymnus) brasiliensis Miller and Henle, 1841, Plagiost., 92, with varieties S. torguatus 
and S. unicolor, both of which are credited to Valenciennes ; Dum., 1865, Elasm., 453. 

Dalatias brasiliensis Gray, 1851, Chondropt., 76. 

Leius ferox Kner, 1865, Denkschr. Ak. Wien, XXIV. (for 1864, Nov. 10), Extr., p. 10, Plate 4, 
fig. 2, described and figured. 

Tsistius brasiliensis Gill, 1865, Pr. Phil. Ac., 264 (for 1864, Nov. 22), name only; Giint., 1870, 
Cat., VIII, 429, described; Pet., 1876, Sb. Brl. Akad., 853, locality. 


Plate I. fig. 1, Plate If, III, Plate LXIX. fig. 2. 


Body elongate, subcylindrical, tapering behind the middle, slender in the 
caudal region, body cavity extending through the anterior two thirds of 
the total length. Head small, length to the hindmost gill opening less than 
one fifth of the total, subconical, depressed to a very low arch or nearly flat 
on the crown, wider than high. Snout short, blunt, rounded, hardly as long 
as the orbit, little broader than deep. Nostrils, small, anterior, rather close 
together. Mouth of medium size, inferior, slightly backward of a vertical 
from the hind border of the orbit, transverse, with a deep groove in front of 
the upper lip, and a deep fold behind each angle reaching more than half 
way to the first gill opening. Upper lip distinct, separate from the lower ; 
lower labial folds lateral, short, narrow, rounded, at the angle of the mouth, 
attached to the labial cartilages, not extending toward the symphysis on the 
lower jaws. Upper teeth small, raptorial, oblique, acuminate, movable, in 
thirty-three longitudinal rows, several of the transverse series in function 
at the same time, Plate II., fig. 8; lower teeth large, sectorial, erect, fixed, 
broad, thin, sharp angled on the middle of the cusp, smooth on the cutting 
edges, decreasing in size from the median to the outer tooth, which is 
shortest and broader, interlocking on the edges so as to form a continuous 
saw-like plate of thirty-one teeth, all of which are in function at once, Plate 
II., fig. 9. The number of teeth noted by Giinther (25) and that by Kner 
(26) were taken from young individuals. Eye large, nearly one sixth of the 
length to the hindmost gill aperture; pupil round; orbit longer than high, 
not angled in front, with an angle on the hind border where the upper edge 
overlaps the lower; no nictitating membrane. Spiracles moderately large, 
superior, nearly transverse, Plate II., fig. 1. Gill openings five, narrow, 


ISISTIUS BRASILIENSIS. By 


half as wide as the spiracle, above the level of the base of the pectoral, not 
in a groove. 

The Skull. As might be expected from external resemblances, there is 
much evidence of affinity in the skeletons of Jsistivs and Scymunorhinus, yet 
differentiation has carried Isistius the farther from all the other sharks, as 
may readily be seen in comparisons of the features in which it differs most 
from the species of Scymnorhinus. The skull, as seen from above, Plate IL., 
fie. 8, is narrow and elongate, the width across the nasal capsules is about 
equal to that across the postorbital processes, or to that across the occiput. 
A distinguishing feature of prominence is to be seen in the rostral cartilage, 
which is reduced to a slender rod, rounded at the forward end, slightly 
attached to the cartilages below it between the nasal capsules, and tapering 
backward to a slight, possibly ligamentous attachment above the prefrontal 
foramen, Plate IL, figs. 8 and 5. The openings for the passage of the eth- 
moidal canal and the ophthalmic branch are rather close together in a 
depression, and the supraorbital openings, so noticeable on other sharks, are 
minute or invisible. The aqueducts of the vestibule are shown in fig. 5; 
in fig. 3 they are hidden by projecting cartilage. The cranial chamber is 
deepest backward, behind the pituitary fossa; it loses depth rapidly forward 
and is sugyestive of a comparatively greater development of the hind brain. 
Between the orbits the lower portion of the skull is narrowly compressed. 
The section from which fig. 5 of Plate II. was drawn was cut a little to the 
right of the middle; this has left intact the blade-like portion between the 
orbits, bounded anteriorly in the figure by the cut surface behind the nasal 
capsule, and posteriorly by that below the pituitary cavity, the line from 
this last to the lower surface being an accidental result of drying. As in 
Seymnorhinus the mandibles are very massive, and together they are so 
much wider than the skull that the hyomandibular lies transversely, with 
the end to which the lower jaws and the ceratohyal are attached higher 
than that attached to the skull. In normal position, what in fig. 4, Plate IT., 
is the lower end of the hyomandibular rests against ceratohyal and mecke- 
lian, with its anterior angle against a solid, inward-directed process of the 
latter, that from the side, in fig. 4, presents the appearance of a separate 
cartilage. The upper jaws, quadrato-pterygoids, are compressed, blade-like, 
and twisted. At the symphysis the narrow lower edge of the skull rests in 
a deep notch between them. The teeth are situated on the hinder side of 
the lower edge. At the point of attachment to the lower jaw, immediately 


36 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


above the hindmost tooth in the latter, or over the junction of the labials, 
the outer end of the upper jaw appears as a short horizontal bar. Above 
the end of the upper jaw and forward of the inward process of the lower, 
fiz. 4, there is a small subquadrangular spiracular cartilage. Behind each 
half of the lower jaw, in fig. 4, Plate II., behind the end of the broadened 
lower labial, there is an unnamed subcrescentic, very thin, apron-like 
cartilage, strongly invested in ligamentary tissue, underlying the ends of 
ceratohyal and basihyal. Rudiments of these cartilages are to be seen in 
the same positions on Scymnorhinus licha, where apparently they are in 
process of acquisition. 

The basihyal is wide and strong, and is deeply excavated on its lower 
surface for the ends of the ceratohyals, which it overlaps considerably. Be- 
hind this arch the branchihyal skeleton is decidedly feeble, Plate II., figs. 6, 
7. In the specimen at hand the basibranchials appear to be obsolete, unless, 
perhaps, exception is to be made for a couple of short longitudinal bars of 
cartilage lying between the ends of the hindmost branchihyals but not in 
contact with them. The lower ends of the ceratobranchials taper to points 
that are neither in contact with one another nor with the basihyal; the an- 
terior ceratobranchial is short and does not extend down as far as either of 
the others. Below the ceratobranchials the extrabranchials form an irregu- 
lar sheet of cartilage as thin as paper, Plate IL. fig. 6. In figure 7 a dorsal 
view of the branchial skeleton of the right side is given, the forward por- 
tion being turned to the left. The segmentation of the second and third 
pharyngobranchials in this figure is no doubt accidental, as also is the divi- 
sion between the hindmost two of the arches, where the epibranchials should 
be so united with and by the pharyngobranchials as to be a continuous 
cartilage. 

A specimen of Scymnorhinus licha dissected for comparison with Isistius 
differs slightly from that figured by Gegenbaur, especially in regard to the 
branchial cartilages. It has three distinct basibranchials behind the basi- 
hyal, the second of which is like the first in shape and attachments and in 
being without the division near the middle as seen in the mentioned figure 
(Das Kopfskelet, Plate XIX., fig. 2). In this specimen the pair of basihyals 
immediately in front of the hindmost: basibranchial are in contact on the 
median line and separate that basibranchial from the one next in front of it. 
in Ge- 


m"oyy 


There is, in fact, no trace of the small median plate marked “ C’ 


genbaur’s figure. 


ISISTIUS BRASILIENSIS. on 


In the bulbus of the heart there are three rows of valves, Plate HI, 
figs. 4, 5. 

Together the stomach and the intestine form a straight tube hardly 
longer than the distance from the gullet to the vent; they overlap at 
the pylorus only about one ocular diameter. The stomach is a long 
straight sac occupying five eighths of the length of the abdominal cham- 
ber; the intestine contains a spiral valve of about nine circuits, and has 
an elongate subcylindrical execal appendage, Plate IIL, fig. 8. The pancreas 
is two-lobed and lies against the stomach on the forward extremity of the 
intestine. 

The shoulder girdle is very slender and flexible. Pro-, meso-, and meta- 
pterygia in the pectorals have coalesced so as to form a subquadrate plate 
articulated with the girdle. The small distal extremity of the propterygium 
and that of the metapterygium have the appearance of radials; the latter 
bears six radials, several of which are segmented into two series. On the 
mesopterygium there are five radials, each divided near the middle of its 
length, Plate III., fig. 6. In the skeleton of a ventral fin, Plate II, fig. 1, 
there is a strong basal cartilage, in three segments, bearing about a dozen 
radials, each also in three segments. The anterior radial, against the pelvic 
cartilage, was probably formed by coalescence of several radials. 

The dorsal fins are small and similar in size and shape; their distance 
apart is equal to the distance of the posterior from the caudal fin or to the 
width of the head; the origin of the anterior dorsal is three fifths of the dis- 
tance from the snout to the end of the caudal, its posterior angle is acute 
(mutilated in the specimen drawn), and the hinder part of the base is above 
the bases of the ventrals. The pectorals are small, nearly as wide as long, 
their angles are rounded off, and their bases are low on the side of the body. 
The ventrals are smaller than the pectorals, they are about twice the size of 
the dorsals, and they are shorter than the space between these fins and 
almost entirely below it. The caudal fin is short and deep, its lower lobe is 
two thirds as deep as long; the upper lobe is longer, subtruncate or convex 
on the hinder margin, and separated from the lower by a notch at the end 
of the vertebral column; the caudal pedicel is wider than deep, its depth is 
less than one fourth of that of the body, and it has a short low dermal 
keel on each side below the lateral line. 

There is probably no shagreen better adapted for scouring purposes than 


that of the shark here described; its fineness makes it less desirable for 


38 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


covering the grip in the handles of swords. The scales are very small, they 
are subquadrangular in base and superstructure, and are arranged in regular 
series, in pavement, the individual scales being placed so as to present an 
angle forward and another backward. The outer surface has a low sharp 
keel surrounding a central area; in most cases this keel bears erect irregular 
projections, those at the corners rising highest. Scales that have been 
worn off on the top are shown on Plate IIL., fig. 7; the bases are shown in 
figures 8 and 9. At first sight this type of scale would be described as radi- 
cally different from that of Scymnorhinus, but to a considerable extent the 
differences disappear on closer examination. On the scales of S. dicha the 
superstructure is a sharp pointed and keeled retrorse spine rising obliquely 
from the hinder portion of the base and giving the entire scale a triangular 
appearance. The keel extends from the end of the spine forward across the 
base to the anterior angle. If the keel and the spine are cut away the 
scales are seen to be subquadrangular, somewhat as in Isistius, and their 
arrangement is similar in the two genera. The principal differences are 
those pointed out in the superstructures. The ancestor common to Isistius 
and Scymnorhinus probably had serrated teeth, spiny scales, a smaller 
middle and hind brain, and a branchihyal skeleton more like that of 
Seymnorhinus. 

Lateral System. The lateral system is tubular and is not so complex as 
on many of the other sharks. From the aural region the corporal tube 
bends outward slightly to a point above the base of the pectoral, whence it 
runs directly to the tail, on which, a trifle below the middle of the mus- 
cular portion, it extends about two thirds of the distance from the origin 
of the lower lobe to the notch separating this lobe from the upper. On 
the head, Plate II., fig. 1, the aural tube crosses immediately behind 
the aural apertures. The occipital tube is comparatively long, cranial 
and rostral pass forward with tolerable directness. From the end of the 
occipital the orbital goes down to the angular and suborbital, which 
latter meets the nasal and the subrostral with or without the intervention 
of a short orbitonasal, below the middle of the eye. Immediately behind 
the buccal fold, from the corner of the mouth, the angular joins the oral, 
which continues forward to the end of the lateral lip. Behind the junc- 
tion with the oral there is a short jugular. In front of the mouth the 
nasals meet in a very short median, from which the prenasals diverge 


forward to join the rostrals. The subrostral section of the tube goes 


— 


ISISTIUS BRASILIENSIS. 39 


directly forward from the suborbital for some distance, then curves out 
and upward to connect with the rostral above the nostril. All the 
sections of the tube, or tubes, present on Jswrus punctatus, as on the 
figure shown in the “Lateral System,” Plates I. & X., in Mem. Mus. 
Comp. Zodél., XVII., are represented on Isistius, the short orbitonasal 
excepted, 

There is more resemblance between these greatly differentiated genera 
in the lateral systems than in most other respects. Outside of the Scym- 
norhinide the closest affinities, as indicated by the lateral systems, are 
to be seen in the spinacoids; this will be sufficiently demonstrated by 
comparison with Centroscyllium, Plate LXIX., fig. 1. 

The individual described represents the most common type of color- 
ation; it is chestnut brown, darker on the back, and on the hinder portions 
of the caudal lobes. The hind borders of the fins, excepting the border 
of the upper lobe of the caudal, are light. Commonly a dark band crosses 
the throat; it does not show on specimens of very dark color. In life 
a remarkable feature of this shark is its phosphorescence. The peculiarity 
is well described by F. D. Bennett, 1840, from living examples. “The 
entire inferior surface of the body and head emitted a vivid and greenish 
phosphorescent gleam, imparting to the creature, by its own light, a 
truly ghastly and terrific appearance. The luminous effect was constant, 
and not perceptibly increased by agitation or friction... . The only 
part of the under surface of the animal which was free from luminosity 
was the black collar around the throat; and while the inferior surface of 
the pectoral, anal, and caudal fins shone with splendour, their superior 
surface (including the upper lobe of the tail-fin) was in darkness, as also 
were the dorsal fins, back and summit of the head.” The luminous gleam 
was constant during the life of the captive, but declined and vanished 
when the shark died. G. Bennett, 1860, describes another specimen. “ On 
placing my fish in sea-water and observing it in a dark cabin, it swam about 
for some time, emitting a brilliant phosphoric light; and when this had 
become so faint as to be almost imperceptible, it was readily rekindled 
on the animal being disturbed or excited. My specimen was of a perfectly 
black colour, and died about four hours after it had been taken. The 
luminosity was retained for some hours after life was extinct.” These 
observations were confirmed by those of Professor A. Agassiz on the speci- 


men here described. 


40) DEEP SEA FISHES. 
The species is mature at a length of eighteen inches. 


Station Latitude. Longitude. Depth, Temperature. Bottom. 
3413 9-2. 34’ N. 92° 06’ W. 1360 fathoms _—36° F. Globigerina ooze dk. sp. 


The first unquestionable mention of this species is that of Quoy and 
Gaimard, 1824, in the Zovlogy of Freycinet’s Voyage, I., 198, at the 
end of their description of Seymnus bispinatus. “Un autre trés-petit 
individu femelle, pris par nous au Brésil, et nommé Scymnus brasiliensis 
par M, Cuvier, a & peu pres la forme du précédent; mais il se fait remar- 
quer par la grosseur démesurée de sa machoire inférieure, par sa gueule 
plus rapprochée de lextrémité de son museau, par la largeur plus grande 
de ses nageoires dorsales, et par labsence d’aiguillon aux ventrales. Les 
deux lobes de la caudale sont aussi plus profondément divisées. Enfin, 
sa couleur est d'un brun plus clair, et on remarque une large bande 
d'un brun foncé sous la gorge.’ In 1840, F. D. Bennett notes the 
occurrence of the genus in Lat. 2” 30’ South, Lon. 163° West, a ten-inch 
specimen captured in a tow-net af the surface, and again in “Lat. 65° 
North, Lon. 110 West,’ an eighteen inch specimen. Bennett’s longitude 
is incorrect; it probably was 140° W. Miiller and Henle, 1841, give 
Isle de France, St. Jago, and Rio de Janeiro as the localities of the 
specimens examined by them. G. Bennett, 1860, reports on a five and 
one half inch individual from Lat. 2° 15’ South, Lon. 163° West. Kner, 
1864, gives the locality “ Australia” for a seven inch specimen studied 
by himself. Dumeril, 1865, records one from Mauritius of more than 
nineteen and one-half inches, the largest yet recorded. Giinther, 1870, 
had a ten inch specimen from the South Pacific and a six inch specimen 
from the Gulf of Guinea. Peters, 1876, had one from Lat. 14° 23’ 07” 
South, Lon. 118° 16’ 03” East, in the Indian Ocean. The “ Albatross” 
collection adds a locality near the Galapagos Islands, station 3413, Lat. 
2° 84’ North, Lon. 92° 06° West. The depth given for this station is 
1360 fathoms. In the same haul Bathytroctes and other undoubted deep 
sea forms were taken. The large eyes and the phosphorescence of Isistius 
certainly would not be out of place at very great depths; yet in view 
of the fact that all of the captures previously noted were from the surface 
or from depths much nearer to it than that reported by the “ Albatross,” 
and of the fact also that the trawl was open on its way up, there 


is still some uncertainty as to whether this shark descends so far. 


CHLAMYDOSELACHUS ANGUINEUS. 41 


From the data at hand it is not possible to determine the variation 
in the specimens taken at these widely distant localities. It is true 
that Giinther found but twenty-five teeth on the lower jaw of his 
specimen, and that Kner’s specimen had but twenty-six, but it must 
be remembered that these specimens were ten inches or less in length 
while the individual taken by the “ Albatross,” having thirty-one teeth on 
the lower jaw, has a length of more than eighteen inches, which at once 


raises questions as to differences in this respect on account of age. 


CHLAMYDOSELACHID. 
Chlamydoselachus anguineus. 


Chlamydoselachus anguineus Garman, 1884, Jan. 17, Bull. Essex Institute, Vol. XVI., with figures ; 
1884, Feb. 1, Science, p. 116; 1884, March 21, Science, p. 345; 1884, Nov. 28, Science, 
p- 484; 1885, July, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., Vol. XII., No. 1, with 20 plates; 1885, 
July, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Ady. Sci., 537; 1887, March 18, Science, p. 267. 

Didymodus anguineus Cope, 1884, March 7, Science, p. 275; 1884, April, American Naturalist, 
p. 412; 1884, May 30, Science, p. 645; 1884, “ Printed July 1,” Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 
p. 572. 


Plate LXX., Lateral Canal System 


This shark is one that may confidently be expected to appear in future 
collections from the region about the Galapagos. It occurs in both the 
Atlantic and the Pacific, like Isistius and Centroscyllium ; it is of present in- 
terest mainly in comparisons. At different times the Museum of Comparative 
Zoblogy has come into possession of several specimens and opportunity has 
been taken to verify items originally derived from the type. As long ago 
as 1886, on the arrival of a second individual from deep water near Tokyo, 
Japan, it was seen that the tail of the type was deformed, as previously 
suspected, and the following note was printed by the writer in “Science,” 
Vol. IX., No. 215, p. 267, March 18, 1887. “ The Tail of Chliamydoselachus. 
A recent opportunity of examining a second specimen of Chlamydoselachus 
furnished the means of adding an item or two to our knowledge of that 
peculiar genus. In several points the example differed from that originally 
described. This was notably the case with the tail. On the later capture 
this organ was a little more than one-fourth of the total length, and, with 
the vertebral column, tapered to a sharp extremity; whereas in the first one 
it stopped abruptly, with vertebrae of considerable size, as if truncate. On 


the new one, the lateral line, with a few short breaks posterioriy, continued 


42 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


to within an inch of the end of the tail. All this indicates that the tail of 
that which served as the type was deformed and incomplete: the deformity, 
in all likelihood, being of embryonic origin. Proportioned as the new one, 
the tail of the type would have been seventeen inches long, instead of which 
it was but little more than ten. Completed, the type would have had a 
total length of sixty-six inches, to a circumference of eleven and a half. 
The more recent specimen had a length of forty-eight to a circumference of 
ten and a half inches, which made it rather less slender and snake-like than 
its predecessor. Another difference occurred in the dentition, which, in the 
last examined, showed variations in the number of denticles between each 
lateral cusp and the median: sometimes there were two, sometimes but one. 
The tropeic folds, abdominal keel, were present as on the specimen from 
which the original description was taken.” 

Giinther’s “Challenger” Report, likewise of 1887, confirmed this and made 
important additions to knowledge of the anatomy from specimens caught 
in deep water in Yeddo Bay, opposite Tokyo, that is, about the locality from 
which the type was secured. The range was not extended until 1890, when 
Collett, Bull. Soc. Zobl. de France, p. 219, published the fact of the occur- 
rence of this shark off Funchal, Madeira. In 1897 he still further extended 
the distribution by the identification of a specimen taken in Varanger Fjord, 
Norway, at a depth of about one hundred and fifty fathoms. The last is 
the longest specimen yet taken, being about six feet three inches in length. 
It is a female, and compared with the males and females previously taken 
indicates that this sex is the larger. The shortness of the snout, and the 
position of the nostrils, in the colored figure of the head in Collett’s paper 
(Seeraftryk af Universitetets Festskrift til Hans Majesteet Kung Oscar II. 
i Anledning af Regjeringsjubileet 1897, with 2 plates) would indicate 
specific differences, but comparison with his descriptions dispels any such 
ideas. If the Norwegian specimen is not identical in species with those 
from Tokyo it certainly is very closely allied. To be sure there are differ- 
ences, as in the numbers of branchial rays, and the numbers of rows of 
teeth, but apparently these are, as Collett remarks, quite within the range 
of individual variation, 

The discovery of a fossil Chlamydoselachus, C. Lawleyi, from the Pliocene 
of Tuscany, by Davis, Proc. Zoul. Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 542, has added some- 
thing to a knowledge of the early history of the genus; and beyond this 
some advance has been made toward the determination of relationships in 


CHLAMYDOSELACHUS ANGUINEUS. 43 


the Carboniferous and earlier. The excellent work done by James -W. 
Davis, by L. Déderlein, by Fritsch, and by a number of others, in the elu- 
cidation of the Pleuracanthidae has finally disposed of as non-existent the 
asserted affinities of Chlamydoselachus with Cope’s Didymodus, 1884, that 
is, with Pleuracanthus of Agassiz, 1857. As now separated from the spine- 
bearing fish-like Pleuracanths, Xenacanths, with which it should never have 
been placed, the first suggestion, in 1884, regarding the allies of Chlamy- 
doselachus is seen to retain its pertinence ; the affinities are to be looked 
for away back among the Cladodonts, “ probably earlier than the Carbon- 
iferous.” The idea that the Cladodonts were distinct from the Diplodonts, 
of the Xenacanthini, the Pleuracanthide, is well supported by the fossil 
Cladodont restored by Dean, 1894, under the name “ Cladoselache”’ (see 
“Fishes, Living and Fossil,” 1895, p. 79, fig. 86), from the Cleveland 
Shales of the Ohio Waverley (Lower Carbon). This form evidently was 
a true shark with Cladodont dentition and no dorsal spines; it has no 
close resemblances to Chlamydoselachus, yet it is sufficiently near to 
lend support to the theory that the ancestors of the latter had separated 
from the Diplodonts, the Pleuracanths, and Teleosts at a much earlier 
date, and to justify search for a Cladodont without dorsal spines, with 
more than five gill openings, with longer dorsal and anal fins, and with a 
tail somewhat nearly diphycercal, from which to trace the descent of the 
Chlamydoselachidee. 

The name originally applied to the genus was Chlamydoselachus, from 
xXAapvs and oédayos; Giinther’s change to Chlamydoselache is not to be 
countenanced, oehayyn being the plural form. Similar criticism is to be 
applied to Selache of Cuvier, 1817 (= Cetorhinus Blainville, 1816), and to 
Cladoselache of Dean, 1895, generic names which are better written 
Selachus and Cladoselachus. 

To remark upon one more of the numerous entries in a complete bibli- 
ography of the genus it may be pointed out that the diagnoses and descrip- 
tions occupying pages 22, 23, and 24 of the “Oceanic Ichthyology” by 
George Brown Goode and Tarleton H. Bean, 1896, are transcribed word for 
word, without quotation marks, but with changed punctuation, from the 
article, “ An Extraordinary Shark,” in vol. XVI, 1884, of the Proceedings 
of the Essex Institute. It is indeed gratifying to know that the article was 
so highly appreciated as to demand an expenditure of so much energy as 


was necessary in making all the changes, yet it is greatly to be regretted 
fo) fo} ? 5 vi fo) 


44 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


that the text was not improved by the transformation at the same time that 
it was made to appear as if original with these authors. 

Lateral System. In the work on the Lateral System published in the Bul- 
letin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, vol. XVII., 1888, p. 57, the 
cephalic canals of Chlamydoselachus were traced from the openings on the 
surface of the skin. Whether the diagram thus obtained agreed accurately 
with the course of the tubes within could only be determined by dissection, 
which was accomplished later and the results are given on Plate LXX. It 
will be seen that in the two cases the diagrams are in close agreement. 
The most peculiar features of the system in the genus appear in the pres- 
ence of gular (y) and spiracular (sp) canals, in the transverse median (7), and 
in the tranverse prenasals (pm) parallel with the nasals (7) for some distance 
at each side of the median. On individuals there is a manifest tendency to 
irregularity in the lateral canal just above the forward end of the caudal ; 
on one specimen the line on the right side makes a sharp curve down at this 
point, then takes a straight course backward, but on the left side the line turns 
down, then up, and then down again, making a sinuous line for about an inch 
and a half before continuing straight back. Transverse median (m) tubes 
are not rare among the other selachia, as will be seen by reference to Prio- 
nodon, Alopias, Rhinobatus, Raia, Myliobatis, Rhinoptera, and Dicerobatis 
(Lat. Syst., Plates VI, XH, XXIV., XXV., XXIX., XLIX., LI, LI). 

If Isistius and Centroscyllium are compared with this genus, Plates LXTX. 
and LXX. of the present work, gular and spiracular tubes are seen to be 
absent in the first two, and the median is longitudinal, the nasals are trans- 
verse, while the prenasals are continuations of the rostrals on the top of the 
snout. The connections of orbital (07d) with suborbital or orbitonasal (oz) 
and angular (amg) are the same in each of the three cases. Whether the 
gular and the spiracular tubes of Chlamydoselachus are to be regarded as 
primitive features derived from a remote ancestry or whether they are more 
recent differentiations is yet undetermined, but perhaps the better conclu- 
sion is that they have accompanied the peculiar branchial structure from 


some of the earliest of the sharks. 


LIOPROPOMA LONGILEPIS 45 


TELEOSTEA. 


ACANTHOPTERYGII. 
PERCOIDS. 


In present knowledge of the group there is little concerning species of 
the Percoids at very great depths. Possibly it is because of greater wariness 
and activity that they are so rare in our collections, yet it may be that their 
habits and activity prevent them being carried below the reach of the sun- 
light as readily as forms habitually resting on the bottom of the sea, like 
Pediculates or Ophidioids. While future collecting will greatly increase the 
numbers from the depths, it may do it without changing the proportions, as 
compared with other groups, to any very great extent. The greatest depth 
at which a species has been reported heretofore is that of Brephostoma Car- 
penteri, from the Bay of Bengal, at 1520 fathoms, discovered by Alcock and 
classed as one of the Serranidz. The nearest approaches to this have been 
in the cases of an Anthias, from the western part of the north Atlantic, at 
524, and an Epigonus, from the European coasts, at 530 fathoms. None of 
the others of the twenty-five or more species in the list descends below 350 
fathoms, Each of the following divisions contains representatives of three to 
four of the genera: the eastern and the western parts of the north Pacific, 
the western part of the south Pacific, the eastern and the western parts 
of the north Atlantic and the northern part of the Indian Ocean. Anthias is 
the only genus found to be included in so many as three of the divisions ; 
and from it, as from the others, there is little to be drawn relating to con- 
nections or affinities between types from the different regions. 


SERRANID AN. 
Liopropoma longilepis sp. n. 


Biers; NUE lol BV. 1, 5; Pe lo; He 78; Lim to 265 
Vert. 24. 

In this species the form is moderately elongate and compressed ; it tapers 
from the dorsal and the ventrals to the end of the snout; the depth is about 
one sixth of the total length, and the greatest width three fourths of the 
depth. Head equal to one third of the length from the snout to the base of 


46 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


the caudal, as broad as high, anteriorly wider than deep. Snout rather 
large, as long as the orbit, broad and somewhat truncate when viewed from 
above, acute as seen from the side, the extremity being the lower jaw 
extended forward of the upper. Mouth protractile, of medium width ; cleft 
rising forward ; maxillary nearly reaching a vertical from the hind border 
of the orbit, obliquely rounded on the end, three fourths as wide as the eye, 
bent downward behind the intermaxillary. Teeth small, in comparatively 
wide villiform bands on the jaws, in narrower ones on the palatines, and in 
a V-shaped group on the vomer. Tongue long, narrow, pointed, toothless. 
Kye large, prominent, hardly as long as the snout, less than one fourth of 
the length of the head. Nostrils small, widely separated ; anterior tubular, 
at the lip; posterior immediately forward of the orbit. Interorbital space 
convex, width equal to two thirds of the orbital length. Operculum with 
three somewhat hidden and drooping spines, median strongest. Preopercle 
curved and finely serrated along the middle of its hind edge. Subopercle 
elongate, thin, flexible, extending back of the opercle in the long opercular 
flap. Flap rather wide, reaching above the base of the pectoral. Gill 
openings wide; membranes not united, free from the isthmus. Gill rakers 
slender, three plus nine, with four rudiments at each end of the series. 
Pseudobranchie well developed. Suprabranchial gland  subtriangular, 
grooved in the middle. 

Hinder extremities of the fins acute. Dorsal originating little backward 
of the axils of the pectorals, outline descending toward the end of the 
spinous portion, soft rays longer and increasing in length backward, longest 
ray filamentary, two thirds as long as the head, and reaching the base of 
the caudal. Anal origin below the fifth of the soft rays of the dorsal. 
Pectorals narrow, little longer than the ventrals. Ventrals small, close 
together, inserted below the bases of the pectorals. Caudal deep, lobes 
sharp, notch one third of the length of the fin, rounded. 

Scales small, ctenoid, longitudinally striate, covering body, head, bases of 
the fins, and, to a considerable extent, the fin rays; those of the flanks 
nearly twice as long as wide. Lateral line complete, rising to within four 
scales of the fifth dorsal spine, thence gradually descending till not quite 
reaching the middle of the caudal peduncle. Four pyloric ceca. Longest 
specimen seven and one fourth inches. 

Red in life; with a band of brown from each eye to the end of the snout, 
with a narrow white (or blue) band from the suborbital to the pectorals. 


CENTRISTHMUS. ef 
Some individuals are darker on the internarial region and on the crown, and 
have a faintly defined band of brownish along each side of the back. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3397 7° 33’ N. 78° 34’ 20” W. 85 fathoms 57.3° F. Stf. gn. m. brk. 
Serranus Bulleri. 
Serranus Bulleri Boul., 1895, Cat., I., 288, Plate 10. 


By Op Dy 2 An Li 7s V0: P18; Ll 49-54. Lire > -- 13. Gall 
rakers 7 + 16. 
Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 


3367 5° 31’ 30’ N. 86° 52’ 30” W. 100 fathoms 57.1° FE. Rocky 


Anthias eos. 


Pronotogrammus eos Gilb., 1890, Pr. U. S. Mus., XIIT., 62. 
Anthias eos Boul., 1895, Cat., I., 324. 


B.7; D.X, 15; A. III,8; V.6; P. 17; Ll. scales 44-46, pores 40; Ltr. 
3+ 14; Vert. 26. Crown and maxillary scaleless; tongue toothless. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3387 7° 40’ N. 79° 17’ 50” W. 127 fathoms 56.2° F. Fine gray sand 
3391 7° 33/ 40” N, 79° 43! 20” W, 153 6 55.8° F. Green mud 


Anthias multifasciatus. 


Pronotogrammus multifasciatus Gill, 1863, Pr. Phil. Ac., 81. 
Anthias multifasciatus Boul., 1895, Cat., I., 323. 


B.7; 'D. X, 15; A. TI, 7; V.6; P. 19-20; Ll. scales 55, pores 50; Ltr. 
4+ 18; Vert. 26. Entire head, including top and maxillary, covered by 
scales; tongue with a group of teeth. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3378 3° 58/ 20” N. 81° 36’ W. 112 fathoms 55.9° F. Brk. sh. 
3397 + 7° 33/ N. 78° 34’ 20” W. 85) 57.3° BF. Stf. gn. m. brk. 
3368 5° 32! 45” N. 86° 54’ 30” W. Go sf 58.4° F. Rocky 


CENTRISTHMUS gen. n. 


General appearance like that of species of Anthias. Body strongly com- 
pressed, acute anteriorly; tail deeply forked. Mouth large, anterior, pro- 
tractile ; lower jaws longer; maxillaries exposed. Jaws with villiform and 
an outer series of larger teeth intermixed with canines; vomerine and pala- 


48 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


tine teeth; tongue smooth. Eyes large, lateral. Edge of preopercle ser- 
rate; a large spine at the angle. Opercle with three spines. Gills four; 
gill openings wide; membranes not united, free from the isthmus; rakers 
numerous, slender. <A vertically elongate suprabranchial gland. Seven 
branchiostegal rays. A strong sharp antrorse spine on the middle of the 
lower edge of the urohyal. Scales small, ctenoid, covering cheeks and 
interorbital space, absent from bases of dorsal and anal and from snout. 
Lateral line complete, nearly parallel with the vertebral outline. Dorsal 
with ten spines and about fourteen soft rays. Anal with three spines and 
eight soft rays. Ventrals inserted below the bases of the pectorals, close 
together, each with a moderately strong spine and five soft rays. Pyloric 


ceca few. Vertebra twenty-six. 


Centristhmus signifer sp. n. 
Plate LXIX. fig. 5, urohyal. 


Br. vr. 7s D. X, 13=14; A. MS >: Vu, (5; aoe tal. UO scales 62 
pores; Ltr. 7 + 28; Vert. 26. 

In its outlines this species bears some resemblance to Anthias multifas- 
ciatus, but the snout is larger, the lower jaw is more prominent, the head 
is less completely covered by scales, the preopercular spine is larger, and 
the scales are much smaller. Body much compressed, greatest depth nearly 
one fourth of the entire length, two thirds as deep and two fifths as wide as 
long, nearly straight from end of snout to nape or slightly concave above 
the eyes, little arched across the crown, vertical on the sides, hardly swollen 
on the narial region. Mouth medium, oblique; maxillary reaching a verti- 
cal from the middle of the eye, truncate at the end, which is half as wide as 
the eye. Teeth on the jaws in villiform bands, with a larger outer series, 
with one or two small hooked canines near the symphysis in front and one 
or two smaller ones close at each side of the symphysis a little backward of 
the first in the upper bands, and with one or two similar canines in front on 
each lower jaw and behind these near the middle of the cleft a smaller one 
or more; teeth on the vomer ina narrow V-shaped band, of which the tooth 
at the apex resembles the canines; palatine teeth in narrow bands, of one or 
two series. Tongue paliform, narrow, pointed, toothless. Nostrils superior, 
small, close together; anterior very small, with a short tubular valve; 
posterior near the upper half of the eye. Eye large, prominent, as long as 


CENTRISTHMUS SIGNIFER. 4g 


the snout, more than one fourth of the length of the head. Preopercle with 
numerous fine and regular serrations on the hinder edge, with larger and 
more irregular ones on the lower edge, and with a large sharp compressed 
spine on the angle. Opercle with three flat spines, median stronger and 
nearer the lower, which is very weak. Margin of gill cover thin, concave 
on the edge both above and below the median opercular spine. Urohyal 
very long, as long as the snout and the eye together, upper portion thin, 
ending in a sharp retrorse angle; lower portion less compressed, hinder ex- 
tremity a long sharp point, in front of which there is a groove on the lower 
edge, middle with a strong antrorse spine. By great length in the urohyal 
necessity of much forward extent in the shoulder girdle is obviated; in the 
present species the halves of the girdle are more nearly erect and straight. 
Gills four; rakers short, longest more than half as long as the eye, slender, 
nine plus twenty-four; membranes hardly united, free from the isthmus; 
suprabranchial gland of moderate size, bent forward in its upper half. 
Pseudobranchize well developed. 

Origin of the dorsal above the upper angle of the gill opening; third spine 
very long, with its pennant as long as the head, other spines hardly as long 
as the snout; longest soft rays twice as long as the spinous. Anal medium, 
third spine longest, first spine below the first soft ray of the dorsal. Caudal 
three fourths of the length of the head, lobes sharp, notch deep and rounded. 
Pectorals smaller than the ventrals, pointed. Ventrals one third longer than 
the pectorals, reaching the spinous rays of the anal. inserted below the 
bases of the pectorals, third and fourth rays forming a very long point. 

Scales small, ctenoid, covering body, cheeks and interorbital space, and to 
some extent the bases of the caudal fin and of the paired fins, absent from 
the bases of the dorsal and of the anal and from the maxillaries and the 
lower jaws, as also from a short transverse area behind the interorbital 
region. Lateral line complete, nearly straight to a point below the seventh 
dorsal ray, from which it is distant about seven scales, thence it continues 
nearly parallel with the vertebral outline to the base of the tail. Three large 
pyloric appendages. Air bladder of moderate size. 

Color probably red in life, darker on the back with faint freckles of 
brown, with short streaks or spots of brownish on the crown, with cheeks 
and lower portions of head and body silver. In cases the scaleless area 
back of the crown is darker, and a darker shade in the middle of each scale 


gives the sides a streaked appearance. 
4 


50 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Largest individual eight and one half inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 

3397 TSB! INS 78° 34/ 20” W. 85 fathoms Dieooels Stf. gn. m. brk. 

3387 7° 40’ N. 792 W750! We Wpyp Ge 56.2° F. Fine gray sand 
SCORPAENOIDS. 


On the list of deep sea fishes there is a larger proportion of the Scorpze- 
noids than of those provisionally grouped as Percoids. This is in accord 
with the differences in habits, the former being more habituated to the 
bottom and recovering higher levels with less facility when carried down- 
ward by impulse or accident. The greatest depth on the present record is 
that noted by Vaillant in case of Sebastes Kuhlii Bowd., taken by the “Talis- 
man” off the “Bane d’Arguin” in 1274 fathoms, and again off the coasts of 
Soudan in 622 fathoms. The “ Challenger” Expedition as reported by Giin- 
ther secured S. ocuwlatus C.V. in the Straits of Magellan in 545 fathoms, and 
S. macrochir Giint. off Inosima, Japan, at 365 fathoms. In the “ Alba- 
tross” collections from the northwestern Atlantic, Goode & Bean identified 
S. marinus Linn. taken at depths of 55 to 917 fathoms; and from the east- 
ern part of the North Atlantic Scorpena dactyloptera De la Roche, in Vail- 
lant’s work on the fishes of the “ Talisman,” is given depths of 503 to 532 
fathoms in the Mediterranean and off the Canaries. Species of the Scorpe- 
noids that descend 100 to 250 fathoms are rather numerous; and it may’ 
be that all species, located where it is possible, range from the shoals to 
considerable depths. Between the Atlantic and the Pacific across the 
isthmus connections are more apparent and closer in this group than in the 
preceding ; compare Scorpeena, Pontinus and Sebastes. 

The detailed discussion of the Scorpzenidx has been transferred to 
the report on the shore fishes, excepting in case of two forms de- 
scribed below. One of the latter, Pontinus furcirhinus, properly belongs 
with the shore fishes, though descending to 200 fathoms or more. Speci- 
mens of small to medium sizes lacking the filaments and with jaws 
about equal in length have outlines resembling to some extent those of 
S. diploproa or S. aurora of Gilbert. The latter, however, have twenty-six 
vertebra, rarely twenty-five, while the present form has but twenty-four. 
The specific name furcirhinus is given it because of the forked appearance 
of the upper jaws, due to the great bunches of teeth. The other form 
described here is a degenerate type, in which the air bladder is obsolete or 


PONTINUS FURCIRHINUS. 51 


rudimentary, the head is entirely covered with comparatively large scales, 
and the excavations in the skull for the lateral system are broad and 
shallow. In all respects it is evident this form is adapted to life at a great 
distance from the surface. 


SCORP ANID Al. 


Pontinus furcirhinus sp. n. 


Plate VII. 


Br rad; Di xa 9" (10);) A: To (6), V. I, os5Pe 17; Li 54 scales, 24 
pores; Vert. 24. The figure given on Plate VII. will recall that of Sebastes 
jilifer Val., a species to which the present evidently is somewhat closely 
related. The main outlines bear some resemblance to those of Sebastes 
macrochiy Giint. Body moderately elongate, much compressed, tapering 
rapidly behind the pectorals, rising to the greatest height at the third or the 
fourth dorsal spine, whence the outline descends steeply to the snout; 
width two thirds of the depth, the latter less than two sevenths of the total 
length. Head large, one third of the entire length, width equal to the 
depth at the occiput, rough with keels and spines; crown flattish, without 
a transverse groove, but with a faint transverse ridge at the end of the 
interorbital space; with a moderately deep longitudinal groove between 
the eyes, and a low prominence on the internarial space. On the cheeks 
there are two strong divergent spines, behind the opercle, the lower of 
which ends a keel across the operculum; the preopercle bears a strong in 
most cases doubled spine, a continuation of the infraorbital series of four 
spines rising from a ridge, and below this spine, commonly, there is a wide 
space in which the majority of the specimens have a very small spine close 
to the upper edge, which also in the larger individuals ends a low ridge from 
the mouth; below the space mentioned there is a series of three short 
spines of which the foremost is more or less completely hidden ; below the 
infraorbital ridge, above the maxillary, there are two strong hooked spines. 
At each side of the internarial space there is a small spine directed upward ; 
between the eyes above each orbit there is a series of four sharp spines, and 
behind each of these series there is a couple of stronger spines at the back 
of the head. Snout blunt, nearly as long as the eye, most prominent in 
the rounded groups of teeth on the intermaxillary. Eye large, nearly one 
fourth as long as the head, very prominent. Interorbital space a groove of 


52 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


moderate depth. Mouth wide, rising but little forward; maxillary broad 
and truncate posteriorly, extending to or little beyond a vertical from the 
hind border of the orbit. Tongue broad, pointed in front, free at the 
edges. Teeth in villiform bands which, anteriorly on the jaws, end in large 
rounded bunches; Plate VII., figs. 2 and 3, shows the arrangement of the 
teeth on the jaws and the palate. Nostrils small, nearer to the eye than to 
the end of the snout; anterior smaller, with a short tube and a long, fringed 
dermal filament. Suprabranchial gland vertically elongate and grooved, 
Four gills, a short slit behind the fourth; lamellze of medium length; gill 
rakers five plus eight, with several rudiments, longest one fourth as long as 
the eye, club-shaped. Pseudobranchiz large. Scales of medium size, 
ctenoid, on large specimens bearing dermal filaments, Plate VII., fig. 1. 
The spines of the crown and of the dorsal fin also have filaments in many 
cases. The pore-bearing scales of the lateral line are modified, the tube 
being raised above the scale so as to form a longitudinal ridge along the 
flank. Cheeks, snout, top of head, and upper portions of maxillaries 
covered with small scales, mandibles and chin naked. 

Dorsal origin above the upper angle of the gill opening, forward of 
the bases of the pectorals, spines toward the soft rays shorter; third spine 
on many of the specimens much longer than the second or the fourth, 
half as long as the head, on other individuals it is hardly longer than the 
spines at each side of it. This long spine is present on specimens of 
two and three-eighths inches in length, in one case both the second 
and third spines are long; and on others much longer, the third spine 
is short. Possibly the difference is sexual, but this cannot be deter- 
mined from the material at hand. While apparently there are no differ- 
ences that may be seized upon as varietal or specific in the specimens 
from different stations, they yet group themselves in some degree when 
compared; thus all taken at depths from 66 to 112 fathoms have the 
elongate third dorsal spine, but seventeen from depths of 127 to 210 
fathoms have only the short form of the same spine. Inference from 
this is impeded by the fact that in a lot of five specimens from a depth 
of 182 fathoms there are three that have a long third dorsal spine, while 
on the other two that spine is short. On each of several individuals 
there are thirteen spines in front of the soft rays of the dorsal. Pectorals 
broad, pointed; rays simple, more or less prolonged beyond the mem- 
branes. Second spine of the anal much stronger and larger than the 


ECTREPOSEBASTES IMUS. 53 


third, first spine below the first soft ray of the dorsal. Ventral reaching 
the vent. Caudal about two thirds as long as the head, truncate. 

Pyloric appendages three. Air bladder large. This species has but 
twenty-four vertebre; the nearest of the known species of Sebastes 
have twenty-six. On the largest specimens there are streamers on scales 
and spines; on the smaller ones the filaments are hardly noticeable, 
if present. 

Apparently rose color in life, brownish red in alcohol, flecked with 
brown below the eye, on the side of the head, along the lateral line, at 
the base of the dorsal, and on the dorsal and the caudal. A darker area 
on the parietal region sometimes has a light centre. Some have three 
larger blotches of brown below the spinous dorsal and two more below 
the soft dorsal above the lateral line. Very small individuals are similar 
to the larger ones in color, but the bunches of teeth are less prominent. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

3355 7° 12’ 20” N. 80° 55’ W. 182 fathoms ba Osby Bk. g. sh. 

3367 BY BOY INT 86° 52’ 30” W. 100~ “ 57 R Rocky 

3368 52 32" 45/7 Ni. 86° 54’ 30” W. 66; *< 58.4° F. Rocky 

3378 So 58! 20" N. 81° 36’ W. WIIDy 103 55.9° F. Broken shells 
3387 7° 40’ N. TOL e OU! Wie Wy 56.2° F. Fine gray sand 
3389 7° 16’ 45" N. 79° 56’ 30” W. DAD) > 48.8° F, Green mud 
3391 72°33! 40” N. 79° 43/ 20” W. lp} & Ho.Sein: Green mud 
3397 7° 33’ N. 78° 34’ 20” W. 8 57.3° BF. Stf. gn. m. brk. 


ECTREPOSEBASTES gen. n, 


Body much compressed, short, deep, caudal peduncle small. Head 
massive, entirely covered with scales; snout broad, blunt, lower jaw longer. 
Cephalic spines moderate, opercle with two. Mouth large, maxillary deep, 
with a longitudinal keel in the middle. Teeth small, in villiform bands 
on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Pseudobranchiw well developed, a pre- 
scapular gland; seven branchiostegal rays. Scales small, thin, cycloid, 
covering snout, jaws, and chin. Lateral line wide, shallow; scales much 
differentiated. Dorsals continuous, with eleven spines. Anal short, with 
three spines. Pectoral deep, pointed. Caudal not forked. Stomach 
siphonal; intestine small, short; pyloric caeca few. Twenty-four vertebra. 


Ectreposebastes imus sp. n. 
Plate VII. ; Plate IX.; Plate LXXT. fig. 1, Lat. Syst. 


Beyre 73D: Mi, 10, A. TE 6 (7); V..1,5; By 195, LL. seales 60: ca, 
pores 27 ca.; Vert. 24. Shorter and deeper in form than most of the 


54 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


species of Sebastes; compared with Sebastes diploproa the depth is greater, 
and is maintained farther backward under the soft dorsal, thus giving 
the back a higher and longer arch and making the caudal portion appear 
shorter. Body much compressed, depth about one third of the total 
length, and greatest width about two fifths of the depth; caudal peduncle 
small, its greatest depth less than one fourth of that of the body; lower 
outline of the body much less arched than the upper. Head short, hardly 
one third of the entire length, two thirds as wide as deep; crown broad, 
convex transversely, descending rapidly in a nearly straight line from the 
nape to the intermaxillary prominence on the snout; sides nearly vertical. 
Excepting those of the preopercle the spines of the head are rather small 
and feeble; there is a short spine at each side of the nape above the occi- 
put, another above each preopercle, and two smaller ones above each 
suprascapular; the spines above the eye or on the internarial area are 
hardly perceptible; at the anterior extremity of the suborbital ridge there 
is a short antrorse spine, backward from this one there are two rather close 
together directed down and back, below the orbit there is another, and 
above the end of the maxillary there are two more; there are five short 
preopercular spines, the third or middle one of which is the largest; and 
there are two opercular spines, the upper of which is the longer and more 
slender, the lower the stronger, both of them at the ends of a couple 
of ridges across the operculum. The excavations in the skull for the ves- 
sels of the lateral system are broad and shallow. There is a concave, dish- 
like depression above the eyes on the middle of the crown behind which 
the parietal region is higher and quite flat. Snout large, twice as wide as 
the eye, nearly as long as broad, blunt, most prominent in the symphyseal 
angle of the lower jaws. Nostrils superior, nearly midway from eye to end 
of snout ; anterior smaller and provided with a short tube and flap. Mouth 
very large, cleft rising forward a little above the horizontal; maxillary 
more than half as long as the head, reaching backward of the orbit, with 
a longitudinal keel along its middle, subtruncate and as wide as the eye 
at the end. Teeth in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, and palatines, Plate 
IX., fig. 2. Eye small, hardly one sixth as long as the head, nearly two 
fifths as wide as the interorbital space. Gill covers with thin margins 
and weak spines. Gills four; lafnelle short; rakers three plus eleven 
(with several rudiments), slender, blade-like, acuminate, striate on the 
sides, denticulate on the inner edges, not as long as the eye. Pseudo- 


BERYCOIDS. 55 


branchiz medium. Suprabranchial gland polygonal or subtriangular, with 
a depression in the centre. The stomach and other viscera are figured 
on Plate IX., figs. 3, 4. Scales thin, cycloid, irregular, those on the top 
of the snout and head comparatively large, those bearing the canals of the 
lateral system on the flanks much differentiated, being twice the diameter 
of those in adjacent series. Lateral line covered by a fold of the skin with 
scales; disks resting on larger scales, somewhat as on Lamprogrammus, 
Plate XXXIV., fig. 4, each as wide as two ordinary scales, twenty-seven 
from head to tail. The line makes a short upward curve from the head 
till above the axil of the pectoral, whence it is straight or but slightly 
curved until it reaches the middle of the caudal peduncle at the tail. 
Dorsal origin forward of the base of the pectoral; a shallow notch near 
the soft rays of the fin, rays varying in number from eleven plus ten 
to eleven plus twelve. Hinder margin of caudal subtruncate or rounded. 
Pectorals broad at the bases, pointed, median rays longest, reaching 
the middle of the base of the anal. Ventrals with a slender spine and 
five segmented rays. 

Deep black over entire surface, and on the linings of the body cavity. 


Largest specimen six and one-half inches in length, 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3403 0° 58’ 30’ S. 89° 17’ W. 384 fathoms 43.3° F. Fue. gy. s. bk. sp. 
BERYCOIDS. 


This is one of the most widely distributed groups of the fishes; it in- 
cludes a moderately large number of the living, and besides has an exten- 
sive representation among the fossil forms. Though at present known in 
greater part from the tropical waters, there is that in the fact of inhabiting 
levels at a temperature of thirty-six degrees Fahrenheit, or lower, which leads 
to expectation of members of the group at similar temperatures in all waters 
containing a proper food supply outside of the torrid zone. In the collec- 
tion there are individuals belonging to eight different species of the group, 
but two of which have been described heretofore; one of them is the species 
described by Gilbert under the name Melamphaés lugubris, from nearly the 
same locality, the other is with some hesitation identified with Giinther’s 
M. mizolepis, originally described from south of New Guinea, more recently 
reported by Alcock from the Bay of Bengal. In making the necessary 


56 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


comparisons it was found that not so many of the species from the western 
Pacific were identical with others in the Mediterranean and the eastern 
Atlantic as has been supposed, and this has led to doubts of a number of 
which only descriptions are available with which to compare. In general 
it may be said that the affinities of the species in the collection, from the 
region about the Galapagos, are closer to those of the western Atlantic than 
to those of the western Pacific. In case of Caulolepis the species from the 
eastern Pacific is so nearly allied to that from the western Atlantic that 
they can hardly be separated by the characters ordinarily used in specific 


diagnoses. 


Species of Melamphaés and of Stephanoberyx have been taken in the 
north Atlantic, Lat. 37° N., Lon. 73° W., at a depth of 2949 fathoms, the 
deepest as yet reported for the group. Species of Melamphaés have also 
been taken at 1998 fathoms off the Cape Verde Isles, at 2232 fathoms off 
the Galapagos, at 1575 fathoms in the southern part of the Indian Ocean, 
and at 1805 fathoms in the Bay of Bengal. Malacosarcus was secured at a 
depth of 2550 fathoms near the Low Archipelago in the Pacific. When 
properly completed a list of the species of this group belonging to a depth 
of 150 fathoms or more will no doubt include nearly or quite all of the 
family; at present a considerable number have no definite depths assigned 
to them. 


BERYCID A. 


Hoplostethus pacificus sp. n. 
Plate A. fig.1; Plate X.; Plate XI. fig.1; Plate LXXTI. fig. 4, Lat. Syst. 


Br. t.8; D. V, 18=14; A. Ti, 9; Vo1, 63 B: 19); ILM 58 cavscalesy28 
disks; Vert. 27. 

This species differs little from either Hoplostethus mediterraneus C. V. or 
HT. japonicus Hilg. in general outlines; in many respects it agrees with them 
very closely, but it may readily be distinguished by less development in the 
anterior portion of the dorsal fin, by a greater development of the pectorals, 
and by a larger number of scales in the median series on the abdomen, 
Form much compressed, tapering rather abruptly backward of the body 
eavity, depth five elevenths of the length to the base of the caudal or five 
fourteenths of the entire length, little more than the length of the head. 


af 


HOPLOSTETHUS PACIFICUS. o7 


Depth of head equal to its length, which is twice its width; forehead very 
convex, a prominent median ridge above the nostrils. Snout short, hardly 
as long as the eye, blunt, steep and strongly curved above the mouth, most 
prominent forward in the angle at the mandibular symphysis. Nostrils 
small, immediately in front of the eye; hinder larger, vertically oblong; 
anterior small, round, lower than the posterior. Eye large, prominent, 
one fourth as long as the head, less than the width of the interorbi- 
tal space, considerably below the level of the top of the head. Skull 
deeply excavated for the lateral system; the channels of the system, 
between the bridges protecting the disks, are covered by very thin and 
delicate membrane in which there are numerous minute pores. Mouth 
large, oblique; lower jaw longer; maxillary visible backward of the nostrils, 
broadening till nearly as wide as the eye at the end, curving downward in 
the middle of the upper edge, not entering the mouth border, with a supple- 
mental bone as long as the orbit. Teeth in villiform bands on jaws and 
palatines, absent from the vomer. <A prominent angle at the mandibular 
symphysis, another below the articulary; a spine-like prominence behind the 
scapulary, and another at the angle of the preopercle. All exposed por- 
tions of the skull are roughened; the bridges crossing the canals of the lat- 
eral system are comparatively strong, though the bony structure generally 
is fragile. Edges of gill covers thin and membranous; operculum twice as 
high as long. Gills four; lamella of medium length; rakers six plus fifteen, 
acicular, shorter than the eye. Pseudobranchiz moderately developed. 
Suprabranchial gland of medium size, vertically oblong or subelliptical, 
with a groove in the middle, resembling that of Lamprogrammus but not 
quite so annular. The position of this gland and the arrangement of the 
disks of the lateral system on the head, with several of the anterior disks 
of the body, are shown on Plate LXXI., fig. 4. Scales irregular, somewhat 
convex, more or less rough with ridges or crowded small spines or granula- 
tions, in about fifty-eight transverse series; scales of the lateral line twenty- 
eight, much larger, prominently convex, forming a strong ridge along the 
side. The scales of this line belong to alternate ones of the transverse 
series, but each scale in the line is so large as to crowd out the scales of the 
intermediate rows, thus forming a continuous row of large scales. In the 
median abdominal series there are about eighteen sharp scales, varying from 
fifteen to nineteen. 

Dorsal origin midway from anterior nostril to end of the base of the 


58 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


dorsal, above the base of the pectoral, fifth spine as long as the eye, anterior 
segmented rays shorter than those of HZ. mediterraneus or of H. japonicus. 
Anal origin below the eleventh ray of the dorsal. Pectorals rather broadly 
rounded on the hind margin, three fourths as long as the head, inserted 
above the axils of the ventrals. Ventrals small, two thirds as long as the 
pectorals. Caudal peduncle sharp-edged above and below the bases of the 
fin rays. 

The colors of a fresh specimen are shown on Plate A, fig. 1; the 
alcoholic eclors are grayish brown, blackish toward the ends of pectorals 
and ventrals and toward the base of the caudal, black on the linings of 
the body cavity, and yellowish on the hinder portions of dorsal, anal, and 
caudal. 

The skeleton is figured on Plate X., and Plate XI., fig. 1, shows the 
inside of a longitudinal section of the head, 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3403 0° 58’ 30” S. 89° 17’ W. 384 fathoms 43.3° F. Fne. gy. s. bk. sp. 


Trachichthys mento sp. n. 
Plate XI. figs. 2-7. 


Br. r.8; D. 17-18; A. 12-11; V. 7; P. 14-16; I . scales 60 ca., pores 
28; Ltr. 7 + 20 ca.; Vert. 27. 

Excepting the caudal region, the outlines of the head and body of this 
species as seen from the side would approach the subelliptical; the caudal 
peduncle is slender and the caudal fin deeply notched. The form is much 
compressed ; the greatest depth is one half, and the length of the head two 
fifths, of the distance from the snout to the base of the caudal. From 
isthmus to nape the outline of the head is nearly a semicircle; the length is 
less than the depth, and the width is two fifths of the latter; bones of the 
skull fragile, deeply excavated for the vessels of the lateral system; sides 
nearly vertical; crown very convex; a high ridge along the interorbital 
space. Snout longer than the eye, blunt, curving steeply to the crown, chin 
vertical in the anterior halves of the mandibles; symphyseal angle promi- 
nent, sharp. Mouth wide, almost vertical when closed; maxillary three 
fifths as long as the head, wider than the eye, and slightly indented on the 
hind border, upper edge bending up backward, lower edge not forming the 
border of the mouth, supplemental bone as long as the eye. Teeth very 


TRACHICHTHYS MENTO. 59 


small, in villiform bands on the jaws, larger forward, in a small group on the 
vomer, and in narrow series on the palatines. Nostrils small, close together, 
immediately in front of the eye, anterior smaller. Eyes small, less than one 
fifth of the head length, shorter than the snout, equal to their distance 
from the mouth. Membranes covering the vessels of the lateral system be- 
tween the prominent ridges at their sides very thin; disks approximating 
those of Hoplostethus pacificus, Plate LX XL, fig. 4. An angle of some promi- 
nence below the angular, another on the angle of the preopercle. Gills 
four ; lamellz short; rakers nine plus fifteen, longest equal the length of the 
eye, slender and sharp, rough on the edges; membranes hardly united, free 
from the isthmus; hinder edges of gill covers very thin. Pseudobranchize 
well developed. Scales mostly small, irregular, and rough with small spines, 
in fifty-eight to sixty or more series from head to tail and about twenty- 
eight from back to belly; those of the lateral system three times as wide as 
long, about twenty-eight in the series, deeply notched on the middle of the 
hinder edge. Individual variation in regard to the scales is shown on Plate 
XI. figs. 4 to 6; on some specimens a median line of large scales is pres- 
ent between the ventrals and the anal, somewhat as in most species of 
Trachichthys, but on others the variations lead to those on which the 
median series is quite undifferentiated. Fourteen pyloric ceca. Females 
of five and one half inches in length contain immense numbers of mature 
eggs. 

Dorsal origin midway from snout to base of caudal, length of base equal 
to its distance from the front edge of the eye. Origin of the anal near a 
vertical from the tenth ray of the dorsal, end of the base opposite that of the 
dorsal. Bases of the pectorals little forward of the base of the dorsal. In- 
sertion of the ventrals slightly forward of that of the pectorals. Caudal 
peduncle narrow, twice as long as deep. 

In life this fish was probably rose-colored, with more or less of purple on 
the scaly portions ; alcoholic specimens are brown tinged with purple on the 
body and whitish or yellowish on the head and fins; some individuals are 
blackish on the opercular regions and at the sides of the abdomen; linings 
of the body cavity blackish. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3384 TP BAS SOU ANG 79° 14’ W. 458 fathoms 42° F. Gn. s. 
3394 7° Q1'N. 79° 35’ W. 511 sé 41.8° F. Dk. gn. m. 


3396 7°: 32' N. 78° 36’ 30” W. 259 « 47.49 F. Hrd. gy. m. s. 


60 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Caulolepis subulidens sp. n. 
Plate B; Plate XII, Anat.; Plate LXXII. fig. 1, Lat. Syst. 


Br. r. 8; D. 185A: 8; V.7; BP. 155° 78 %scales;a3 disks; Ltr) 11 —- 
36 ca.; Vert. 27. 

Greatly compressed, high and blunt forward, tapering rapidly from the 
head to the tail. Head narrow, its width nearly half of its length, much 
deeper than long, the depth being nearly one balf and the length about 
three eighths of the distance from the snout to the base of the caudal; 
crown twice as wide as the eye; skull deeply excavated on the top; sides 
vertical. Snout short, longer than the eye, most prominent in the longest 
pair of the upper teeth, very steep below the chin and forward of the eyes. 
Mouth oblique, very wide; maxillary nearly as long as the head, hidden in 
the anterior two thirds of the length, broadened and rounded posteriorly ; 
premaxille forming the upper border of the mouth, with teeth-like granules 
on the lower edges, outside of the series of long teeth; mandibles much 


broadened in the middle, two fifths as broad as long. Teeth long, slender, 


g 
awl-shaped, more or less hooked; each upper jaw with three teeth, of which 
the anterior is hardly as long as the eye and passes down in front of the 
lower jaw when the mouth is closed, and the second is less than half the 
length of the first or a little shorter than the third; each lower jaw with 
four teeth all closing within the mouth, the anterior nearly one and one half 
times the length of the eye, the third half as long as the first and longer 
than the second, which last is longer than the fourth. On the upper jaw the 
second and third teeth are directed obliquely backward and inward, while all 
of the other teeth are nearly vertical. The lower forward extremity of 
each of a couple of the branchial arches bears an irregular bunch of smaller 
teeth. A vertical band of half a dozen small teeth on the forward end of 
each palatine; vomer and tongue toothless. Skull bones thin and fragile, 
rough with deep excavations, ridges, grooves, and granules, as shown on the 
figures. Nostrils small, nearer to the eye than to the end of the snout; 
posterior vertically oblong; anterior smaller, rounded. Eye medium, little 
shorter than the snout, five elevenths of the length of the head. Gill cover 
indented in front of the pectoral, operculum scalloped. Gill openings very 
wide ; membranes hardly united, free from the isthmus. Four gills; arches 
long, slender; lamelle very short; rakers short, spine-like, nine plus thir- 
teen. Pseudobranchiw small, with fourteen or fifteen short lamelle. A 


CAULOLEPIS SUBULIDENS. 61 


prominent angle on the preopercle, another below the articular, and one of 
moderate size below the symphysis of the lower jaws. A peculiar modifica- 
tion of the skeleton is apparent in the anterior vertebre where the neural 
processes are short and declined toward the column, so that the supports of 
the dorsal fin are without the ordinary connection with the vertebral 
processes. 

Fins very fragile; dorsal origin three sevenths of the distance from the 
snout to the base of the caudal, length of base equal to its distance from the 
nostrils; anal short, base twice the length of the eye, origin near a vertical 
from the fifteenth ray of the dorsal; caudal deeply forked, of nineteen long 
rays; ventrals inserted below the hindmost rays of the pectorals; pectorals 
narrow, one and one half times as long as the ventrals, reaching the lateral 
line but hardly reaching the vent. 

Seales thin, small, with a spreading radiate base and a leaflike or cuplike 
crown which is more or less spiniferous, ridged, and angulated. See Pl. XII., 
figs. 6, 7. There are about eleven scales above and thirty-six below the lat- 
eral line in a transverse series, and about seventy-eight in a longitudinal 
row. Lateral system on the body a naked canal crossed by thirteen disks 
each protected by a large scale which forms a bridge over the channel. Plate 
LXXIL, fig. 1, shows several of the anterior disks of the series as continued 
back from the head. With slight variations in the groupings on the inter- 
orbital space and below the eyes, the arrangement of the lateral system 
on the head recalls that on Dicrolene and Pteroidonus, Plate LXXV., 
figs. 1,2; on Lamprogrammus, Plate LXXXL., fig. 1; on certain Gadide, 
Plate LXXXIL, figs. 1,2; and on other Berycoids, Plate LXXII., fig. 2. 
The stomach, pyloric czca, intestines, and other viscera are figured on 
Plate XIL, figs. 1, 2, 3. The stomach is comparatively large and has five 
cca; the intestine is short; the vent is midway from the head to the 
base of the caudal. Normally there are eight branchiostegal rays; the 
foremost is small and slender and is not seen on fig. 5 of Plate XII. 

The colors of the fresh specimen are shown on plate B; alcoholic speci- 
mens are deep black over the entire surface and on the linings of the body 
cavity. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3383 7° 21’ N. 79° 2! W. 1832 fathoms 36° F. Gr. glob, oz. 


62 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Melamphaés mizolepis. 


Scopelus mizolepis Gint., 1878, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist., IL, 185. 
Melamphaés mizolepis Giint., 1887, “ Challenger” Deep Sea Fishes, 28. 


DAM, 105A. 1, 8: V1 GsaR. 1A rie 20Kea: : 

Compressed, high at the nape, greatest height about one fourth of the 
total length, greatest width about three fifths of the height, body cavity 
nearly half of the total length. Head large, two fifths of the length 
to the base of the caudal, half as wide as long, transversely convex, and 
nearly straight or with a slight longitudinal concavity on the top, much 
curved from the chin to the isthmus. Skull thin and fragile, with prom- 
inent ridges along the canals of the lateral system. These ridges give 
the skull a trough-like channel on the crown hardly as wide as the eye 
and extending forward to the interorbital space ; above each orbit a kidney- 
shaped cavity; suborbital, opercular, and submandibular grooves deeply 
traced. The median keel below the chin, formed by the thin inner edges 
of the mandibles, is very prominent. The maxillary is almost entirely 
hidden by the suborbital expansions, and the orbital edges are well devel- 
oped. Both preopercular ridges are prominent; operculum extended in 
a sharp point. Snout massive, nearly twice as long as the eye, blunt, the 
angle on the chin of moderate prominence. Mouth wide, oblique; lower 
jaws longer, much produced downward, forming a median keel; mavxillaries 
extending below about half of the eye. Teeth very small, apparently in 
a single series on each jaw. Eye small, less than one sixth of the length 
of the head, and less than one half of the interorbital space. Gill rakers 
seven plus fifteen, little longer than the eye, compressed, acuminate. 
Pseudobranchiz small. 

Dorsal origin in front of half-way from the snout to the base of the 
caudal; base less than half the length of its distance from the snout. Anal 
origin below the ninth ray of the dorsal, seventh anal ray below hindmost 
dorsal ray. Caudal peduncle, from the dorsal, three fourths as long as 
the head. Bases of the pectorals forward of the base of the dorsal and 
backward of the insertions of the ventrals, fin long, extending above the 
greater portion of the base of the anal. Ventrals nearly one diameter of 
the eye forward of the pectorals, elongate. 

Scales large, apparently about twenty along the lateral line. 


——— reer 


MELAMPHAES LUGUBRIS. 63 


Surfaces and linings of the body cavity deep black. 

If not identical, the present specimens represent a species so closely 
allied to Melamphaés mizolepis Giint. that the description of the latter is 
insufficient for purpose of distinction. If identical, the range of IZ. nuzo- 
lepis is much extended. It has been taken south of New Guinea off the 
Arrou Islands, by the “Challenger,” in 800 fathoms, and in the Bay of Ben- 
gal, by the “ Investigator,” in 1310 fathoms, and from the following locali- 
ties by the “ Albatross.” 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3388 7261 aN. 79° 48’ W. 1168 fathoms 36.2° F. Gn. glob. oz. 
3356 7° 9' 30’ N. 81° 8/ 30” W. 546 f° 40.1° F. Sft. bl. m. 
3358 6° 30' N. 81° 44” W. 555 Ke 40.2° F. Gn. s. 

3398 or iaaNs 80° 21’ W. 173 £* 36° F. Gn. 02. 


Melamphaés lugubris. 
Melamphaés lugubris Gilbert, 1890, P. U. S. Mus., XIII., 59. 


Breese D. WG Wb=-1G5 AT, 783. Vol 7; PB. 143 Lh 27. 

The form of this fish is moderately stout and compressed ; the outlines 
are similar to those of Melamphats nigrofulvus, Plate D, fig. 2, and the 
agreement in the formule is close except in case of that for the dorsal 
fin, in which the number of rays is much larger for the present species. 
Body cavity more than half of the total length. Head large, two fifths 
of the length without the caudal; its depth is two thirds and its width 
less than one half of its length; the upper and the lower profiles are 
convex; there are moderate ridges at the sides of the parietal region 
and in the suborbital, the opercular, and the submandibular regions. 
The excavations in the bones of the skull for the canals and disks of the 
lateral system are wide and deep; apparently they are continued across 
the aural region of the crown. The short median interorbital ridge is 
of moderate height; the internarial prominence is low. There are one 
or two small spines at each side of the occiput. Snout short, one and 
one half times the length of the eye, ending in a point below the 
symphysis of the lower jaws. Mouth wide, oblique; maxillary more than 
half as long as the head, reaching to a vertical from the hind border of the 
orbit. Teeth small, subequal, in two or more rows on each jaw. Eye 
medium, lateral, one sixth of the length of the head, two thirds of that of 
the snout, less than half of the interorbital width. A couple of short spines 


64 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


at the lower angle of the preopercle. Operculum wide, thin, with a ridge 
from the hinge backward, membranous on the edges. Branchial lamellee 
short; gill rakers five plus thirteen, compressed, lamelliform, blunt at the 
ends, longest as long as the eye. Pseudobranchiz small. 

Scales deciduous, rather large, with fine striations. 

The distance from the snout to the origin of the dorsal is contained two 
and one fourth times in the length to the base of the caudal; the length of 
the base of the dorsal fin is equal to its distance from the bases of the 
caudal rays. Origin of the anal fin below the fourteenth ray of the dorsal; 
length of the base equal to the length of the eye together with that of the 
snout. Pectorals long, reaching backward of the first rays of the anal fin; 
the bases lie forward of the origin of the dorsal. Ventrals long, inserted 
below the bases of the pectorals. Caudal forked. 

Entire surface, and the linings of the body cavity, deep black. 

This species has been compared with Melamphaés typhlops Giint.; it differs 
from that species in having a larger anal, situated much farther forward, a 
longer dorsal, a larger eye, and ventrals that reach beyond the vent. The 
specimen originally described by Gilbert was taken by the “ Albatross” in 
1889 at station 2923; Lat. 32° 40’ 30” N.; Lon. 117° 31’ 30” W.; Depth 
§22 fathoms; Temp. 39° F.; Bottom green mud. The present specimens 


are from the stations noted below. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth, Temperature. Bottom. 
3388 CoL6ONE 79° 48/ W. 1168 fathoms 36.2° F. Gn. glob. oz. 
3414 10° 14’ N. 96° 28’ W. 2232 <6 Bo:cnk. Gn, m. 


Melamphaés nigrofulvus sp. n. 


Plate D, fig. 2; Plate LXXII. fig. 2, Lat. Syst. 
De WA SA Ge 9) Vil ie Bele a of elites: 


This species has a shorter caudal region, a larger head, and a smaller 
mouth as compared with MMelamphués crassiceps in Giinther’s figure in the 
“Challenger” report, Plate VIII, fig. B. The position of the anal fin, below 
the dorsal, would place the present type in the subdivision of the genus to 
which the name Plectromus is applied. In the figure given herewith the indi- 
vidual is represented as when first secured, yet allowance must be made for 
the loss or collapse of the membranes covering the head, in consequence of 
which displacement the ridges and spines of the skull are given a promi- 


nence not to be detected in the uninjured specimen. Form compressed, nar- 


MELAMPHAES NIGROFULVUS. 65 


row behind the head, depth two sevenths and width one fifth of the length 
to the base of the caudal; body cavity more than one half of the total 
length. Head large, rather more than two fifths of the distance from the 
snout to the base of the caudal, height more than two thirds and width less 
than one half of the length, blunt, poimted at the snout, very convex on the 
top; skull with prominent ridges and processes enclosing the extensive 
chambers and canals of the lateral system; chin with a prominent median 
keel and two lateral keels on the mandibles, the median keel being formed 
by appression of the thin lower edges of the two bones. Snout massive, as 
long as the orbit, pointed. Mouth large, oblique, maxillary reaching below 
two thirds of the eye, lower jaws longer, with a sharp angle at the symphy- 
sis. Teeth small, subequal, in one or two series on the jaws, absent from 
vomer and palatines. Nostrils small, nearer to the eye than to the end of 
the snout. Eye medium, five eighths of the length of the snout, less than 
half of the interorbital space, about one sixth as long as the head. Ridges 
of skull more or less serrated; a prominent expansion at each side of the 
crown bending outward and bearing a spine at the scapular end; a promi- 
nent ridge above and forward of each orbit, another above each maxillary ; a 
prominent spine on the middle of the internarial area, three small spines close 
together at the angle on the anterior ridge of the preopercle, and five short 
spines on the lower section and three or four on the upper section of the 
posterior ridge of the same bone. Operculum thin, with a longitudinal 
ridge ending in a short spine. Each scapular with a ridge above and a 
short outward directed spine at the side of the nape. Gill lamellae very 
short; gill rakers eight plus twenty, longest as long as the eye, compressed, 
sharp pointed, ensiform; gill covers membranous toward the edges. 
Pseudobranchiz small. Scales large, cycloid, thin, deciduous, concentri- 
cally striate with fine striae. Lateral system greatly developed on the 
head, the disks resembling those of Lamprogrammus and others, see Plate 
LXXXL., obsolescent on the body. 

Dorsal origin very little backward of midway from the snout to the base 
of the caudal, last ray above the seventh ray of the anal; anal origin below 
the eleventh ray of the dorsal. Caudal peduncle moderate, narrow, two 
and one half times as long as deep. Pectorals narrow, pointed, second ray 
reaching to hind end of base of anal (figured from an imperfect specimen 
on Plate D, fig. 2). Ventrals elongate, reaching the vent. 


The colors of a fresh specimen are represented on Plate D, fig. 2; on 
5 


66 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


those preserved in alcohol, excepting the fins, which have a lighter appear- 
ance, the surface and the linings of the body cavity are black. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3382 6° 21’ N. 80° 41’ W. 1793 fathoms 35.8° F. Green mud. 


Melamphaés maxillaris sp. n. 
Plate D, fig. 1. 


DB: THE 105 Aad, (Se Va ig Bae ah) 25 ea: 

Compared with Melamphaés nigrofulvus the present type is distinguished 
by the large mouth, the dentition, the small eye, the smaller scales, and the 
backward position of the anal fin. The last mentioned would place this 
type between the species of the subgenus Plectromus and those of 
Melamphaés proper. Body somewhat stout, compressed, depth near one 
fourth, width nearly one sixth and length of the body cavity a considerable 
more than one half of the total length; depth of caudal peduncle two fifths 
of the greatest depth of the body. Head large, strongly arched on crown 
and snout, subvertical on the sides, length less than one third of the entire 
length, depth three fourths and width one half of its length. Snout large, 
broad, blunt, rounded at the end, more than twice as long as the eye, lower 
jaws longer, symphyseal angle prominent. Mouth very large, oblique; 
maxillary more than half as long as the head, reaching one diameter of the 
orbit farther backward than the latter. Teeth very small, equal, in bands 
of several series on each jaw. Eye small, less than half as long as the snout, 
less than half of the interorbital width, near one ninth of the length of the 
head. Bones of skull thin and fragile, deeply excavated; skull convex on 
the crown, with a low keel-like expansion at each side of the parietal 
region, a more prominent expansion above each orbit and extending forward 
of the nasal sac and down and back below the orbit, and another above 
each maxillary. Below the chin a pair of expansions, one on each man- 
dible, meet and form a median longitudinal keel. Opercular ridges low and 
thin at the edges; upper edge of preoperculum with minute serrations or 
feeble spines ; a sharp internarial spine immediately forward of which are 
two sharp spines at the upper ends of the premaxillary processes. Gill 
lamellae very short; gill rakers long, more than twice the length of the 
eye, becoming very slender in the outer half, acicular, six plus fifteen. 
Pseudobranchiz small. 


MELAMPHAES FRONTOSUS. 67 


Dorsal origin behind the middle of the length of the body without the 
caudal. Anal origin on a vertical from the hinder end of the dorsal; base 
of anal little more than one third as long as that of the dorsal, equal in 
length to one third of its distance from the base of the caudal. Pectorals 
long, reaching backward of the anal origin. Ventrals below the bases of 
the pectorals, moderately elongate. 

Scales large, thin, deciduous, cycloid, concentrically striate. 

Deep black over the surface and on the linings of the body cavity, body 
probably with a purple or rusty tint in life. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3398 Me ais 80° 21’ W. 1573 fathoms 36° F. Green ooze. 


Melamphaés frontosus sp. n. 


De AST oe Wot Ss Pb. 4; Gl 30);7 Lin. 9. 

Shape resembling that of IMJelamphaés nigrofulvus, Plate D, fig. 2; dis- 
tinguished by a smaller eye, longer snout, larger mouth, larger dorsal 
and smaller scales. Moderately stout and compressed, depth little less 
than one fourth and width two elevenths of the length to the base of 
the caudal. Head massive, five twelfths of the distance from the snout 
to the base of the caudal, very convex on the top, blunt and rounded 
anteriorly, lower edges of the mandibles forming a moderately prominent 
longitudinal keel. Snout broad and deep, twice as long as the eye; chin 
longer, with a somewhat prominent angle at the symphysis. Nostrils small, 
about halfway from the eye to the end of the snout. Mouth wide, descend- 
ing obliquely backward; maxillary reaching little backward of a vertical 
from the hind border of the orbit. Teeth very small, equal, in a single 
series on each jaw. Eye small, about one eighth as long as the head, or 
one third as wide as the interorbital space. Skull thin and weak, with a 
serrate-edged expansion along each side of the crown and forward on the 
interocular area, another above each orbit and forward around the olfactory 
sac and thence backward below each eye, another above each maxillary, 
and two more below each mandible, the inner one of each pair forming 
part of the longitudinal median submental keel; preopercles with an 
anterior ridge bearing two spines behind the angle of the mouth, and a 
posterior ridge at the hinder edge bearing on the upper section about 
eight fine longitudinal ridges each ending in a point also about fifteen 


68 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


subvertical ridges and points on the lower section. Operculum with a 
longitudinal ridge which ends in a weak point. Gill covers very thin, 
striate. A moderate spine between the nostrils on the top of the snout. 
Gill lamelle very short; gill rakers nine plus twenty-two, elongate, one 
and two thirds times the length of the eye, compressed, rather broad at 
the ends. Pseudobranchiz small. 

Dorsal origin about midway from the snout to the base of the caudal. 
Anal origin nearly below the eleventh ray of the dorsal, the seventh or the 
eighth anal ray being below the base of the hindmost dorsal ray. Pectorals 
long, slender, reaching the hindmost ray of the anal. 

Seales large, cycloid, concentrically striate, thin, deciduous, more numer- 
ous and smaller than those of Melamphaés mgrofulvus. 

Surface deep black, in life apparently tinted to some extent with 


yellowish brown; linings of body cavity black. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

3431 23° 59" N: 108° 40/ W. 995 fathoms By Lt. bro. M. Glob. 

3430 23° 16’ N. 107° 31’ W. 852 =“ 37.9° F. Bk. S. 
SCOMBROIDS. 


Except in one case none of the Scombroids in the list given below have 
been assigned to levels lower than 400 fathoms; the one exception is 
that of Nealotus tripes Johns., noted by Giinther in the “ Challenger” report 
from a depth of 2675 fathoms, but with the question whether the specimen 
may not have entered the dredge much nearer the surface of the ocean. 
In the present collection two genera are represented, each genus by a 
single species of. which only one has a given depth, Zrichiwrus nitens 
sp. n., from 210 to 322 fathoms. This species is a close ally of 7. depturus 
of the Atlantic. The other species, that with which no depth is given, 
is, so nearly as may be determined at this moment, the species described 
by Lesson under the name Lemnisoma thyrsitoides, the Gempylus coluber of 


Cuvier and Valenciennes. 
TRICHIURIDA. 


Gempylus serpens Cuv. 


It is not possible to determine from the descriptions whether the 
specimens from the Pacific represent a different species or variety from 


TRICHIURUS NITENS. 69 


those found in the Atlantic. The fin rays of an individual in hand, 
which may belong to the form G. ¢hyrsitoides Less., are numbered as 
follows : 

DAO IEE Gee A. Ul 6s Val; P..13. 

Obtained off the Cocos Islands. 


Trichiurus nitens sp. n. 


B.6; D. 120-127; A. 94-103; P. 11. 

This species is closely allied to Zrichiwrus lepturus Linné, 1758. Com- 
pared with specimens of that species it differs enough, in length of snout, in 
size of eyes, and in numbers of fin rays, to warrant separation. The two 
forms are very similar in general features and without close examination 
would readily be passed as identical. 

One individual of several at hand of the Atlantic 7. /epturus has one hun- 
dred and thirty-four rays in the dorsal and one hundred and one in the anal, 
another has one hundred and thirty-seven dorsal rays and one hundred 
and six anal rays; the eye is two thirteenths of the length of the head; 
the length of the upper jaw from the eye forward is twice the length of the 
latter or a little more; the total length is eight times the distance from the 
snout to the base of the pectoral; and the depth is one sixteenth of the en- 
tire length. 

In 7. nitens the length of the head to the base of the pectoral is contained 
seven and one third to seven and one fifth times and the depth seventeen 
and one half to nineteen times in the total length. Body and head com- 
pressed, depth two fifths of the length of the head, tapering from the body 
cavity to a thread-like extremity in the tail. Head tapering, pointed at the 
snout. Snout elongate, pointed; upper jaws shorter, massive; lower jaws 
longer, more slender, bearing a pair of fangs in front of the ends of the 
upper jaws. Nostril moderately large, lateral, vertically oblong, near the 
top of the head, near the eye. Mouth wide, anterior, horizontal; maxillary 
hidden, extending but little below the eye, hind end rounded. Teeth 
small, compressed, sharp, in single series on each jaw, larger toward the 
middle of the series and very small toward the ends; three to four or more 
large fangs, each with a barb near the point, below the forward portion of 
the upper half of the snout each fang being nearly half as long as the eye. 
Eye large, lateral, one and three fifths to one and three fourths times in the 


70 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


length of the upper jaw from the front of the orbit, nearly five and one 
third times in the greatest length of the head. Wider than the interorbital 
space. Orbits rising above the outlines of the head, a sharp ridge from each 
passes back to meet in the median ridge on the nape. Forehead nearly 
straight longitudinally ; interorbital space concave ; crown narrowing back- 
ward toa point at the occipital crest; flat in the internarial region. Gill 
covers long, reaching above the base of the pectoral, flexible, striate as if 
containing a large number of fine rays. Four gills; rakers small, short, 
sharp; gill openings wide, membranes united for a short distance, free from 
the isthmus. Pseudobranchie well developed. Body cavity two and two 
fifths times the greatest length of the head. Seventeen pyloric ceca. La- 
teral line descending to a point near the end of the pectoral, thence con- 
tinuing backward below the median line of the body, parallel to the lower 
edge, to the end of the tail. 

Dorsal moderately deep in the middle, rays slender, longest ray half as 
long as the head, second ray above the upper angle of the gill opening, fin 
becoming rudimentary or obsolete backward on the tail. Anal fin rudimen- 
tary, traced by low compressed, blade-like spines the greater portion of 
which have a point directed forward in addition to that directed back. 
Pectorals small, pointed, as long as the upper half of the snout. 

Sides brilliant silvery ; lower half of the dorsal fin light; crown, upper 
edge of the dorsal, and the slender portion of the tail darker. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3354 7° 09! 45” N. 80° 50/ W. 322 fathoms 46° F. Green mud. 
3389 7° 16’ 45” N. 70° 56’ 30” W. 210 * 48.8° F. Green mud. 
TEUTHIDIOIDS. 
TEUTHIDID &. 


Teuthis elegans sp. n. 
Plate L’, fig. 2. 
D. 9+22; A. 3+21; V. 145; P. 14; transverse ridges, at the Ll, 
ca. 75. 
The young fishes from which the following description is taken do not 


properly belong with the deep sea fishes; they are introduced, as is the 


case with several others of the pelagic species, for purposes of comparison. 


a 


TEUTHIS ELEGANS. (A 


Body and head much compressed, outlines from the side suboval, arch of 
back regular in curvature, and that of the belly more convex at the bases 
of the ventrals, and more straight along the base of the anal fin; depth 
nearly four-fifths of the length to the base of the caudal, or two-thirds of 
the total. Head deeper than long, length one-third of that from snout to 
base of caudal, width one-fourth of the depth of the body. Compared with 
that of Teuthis triostegus L., the shape in this form is more rounded, less 
elongate; the body is more prominent at the ventrals, straighter along the 
anal fin, and the armature and the colors are quite different, though the 
formula of the fin rays is about the same in the two cases. Owing to 
the differences in colors, dentition, etc., it is not possible, in the absence of 
intermediate forms, to identify these specimens with the species described by 
Linné from India. Snout shorter than the eye, slightly prominent, blunt. 
Teeth compressed incisors, in single rows, bases narrow, crowns wider 
and convex; five of the anterior on each jaw larger, those of the upper 
series less conyex on the crown, which latter bears six sharp subequal cusps, 
and those of the lower series, more convex on the crown, with five cusps, 
the median of which is the largest. Behind the upper teeth, toward each 
angle of the mouth, there are four narrow slender teeth, each with three 
cusps (some have five), and at the backward end of each lower series there 
are three similar ones. Eyes large, more than one-ninth of the total 
length, two-thirteenths of the length to the base of the caudal, five-twelfths 
of the length of the head. Gills four; pseudobranchie large. 

Flanks and head crossed by file-like ridges, about seventy-five at the 
lateral line, each surmounted by sharp distantly-placed spines, alternating 
on the different ridges. These spines are grouped close together in threes 
to sixes on the ends of alternate ridges at the bases of dorsal and anal, 
where they form protections for the joints of the rays. More or less 
regularly, alternate ridges are shorter and end near the fins without a group 
of spines. The spines are more numerous and closer together on the sides 
of the caudal region. The post-oral ridges are vertical, the opercular ridges 
ascend obliquely backward, those of the crown are longitudinal, and those 
from the orbit and the occiput converge toward the first dorsal spine. 

First spine of dorsal and of anal short; second longest (that of the 
dorsal as long as the eye and the snout) and bearing on the anterior edge a 
series of about nine denticles. First spine of the ventrals strong, smooth- 
edged. A smooth acicular erectile spine at each side of the caudal pedicel. 


"2 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


The lateral line approximates a parallel with the edge of the back; it 
rises somewhat abruptly above the bases of the pectorals, descends similarly 
at the caudal pedicel, and curves slightly above and behind the erectile 
spine. 

The colors of a fresh specimen are shown on Plate I’, fig. 2. On 
alcoholic specimens the snout and chin, to a line joining the forehead above 
the forward part of the eye with a point midway from the lower jaw to the 
ventral fins, are light flesh color; behind this the forehead and the nape to 
the upper part of the orbit are black, and below this black area there is a 
broad band of silver descending quite across the side obliquely backward to 
include the base of the pectoral and the vent. Posteriorly from the silver 
band the body is of a somewhat deeper flesh color. On the tail there is 
a V-shaped mark of brown with the apex forward at the base of the erectile 
spine on the side, and behind this mark on the bases of the caudal rays 
there is a narrow transverse band of brown. Most specimens have a narrow 
edging of brown on the hind margin of the caudal, and a spot of brownish 
at the base of each ray of the anal fin. 

Total length one and one-sixteenth inches, 

Taken off the Cocos Islands at the surface. 


TRACHINOIDS. 


In the deep sea portion of the collection there are but two species 
belonging to this group, and these represent genera of very different habits. 
One of them is an uranoscopoid from the bottom, and the other a chiasmo- 
dont, affecting levels at a distance from the floor of the sea. The first of 
these, Kathetostoma, properly belongs with the shore fishes, but the records 
show it to have been taken at depths ranging from several to 210 fathoms. 
The second of them, Chiasmodon, is the genus in the group to which the 
greatest depth is assigned, 1,500 fathoms, by Giinther, in the “ Challenger ” 
report. It was taken by the “Investigator” in 920 fathoms, and by the “ Alba- 
tross” in 919. In the “ Three Cruises of the ‘ Blake,” A. Agassiz, 1888, II., 
p- 29, it is remarked of Chiasmodon niger that ‘‘ most of the specimens known 
have been collected at the surface, and there seems to be a reasonable proba- 
bility that this genus inhabits intermediate depths, since mid-depth fishes 
only have been found in its stomach.” There is nothing in the appearance 
or the structure of the species described below to indicate that it differs in 


CHIASMODON SUBNIGER. 73 


its habits from other species of the genus. A depth of 1260 fathoms is 
noted in connection with Bathydraco of the “ Challenger” collection ; all of 
the other depths on the list are less than 350 fathoms. 


TRACHINID &. 


Chiasmodon subniger sp. n. 


DHO=2 25 A285) Vor(G)isek. Lo. 

The similarity in outlines existing between this species and Chiasmodon 
niger Johns. is very close; so close in fact that with the likeness in other 
respects it apparently becomes necessary to modify the accepted diagnosis 
of the genus sufficiently to admit the form here described. Body elongate, 
compressed, body cavity more than half the total length without the caudal. 
Stomach and walls of abdomen very distensible. Head medium, naked, 
more than one fourth of the entire length, half as deep as long, half as 
wide as deep, throat narrow, sides nearly vertical; top with a shallow 
subtriangular concavity enclosed by low ridges on the interorbital space 
ending in a sharp angle between the olfactories, and another subcordate 
one on the parietal region. Snout narrow, one and one half times the 
length of the orbit, pointed, lower jaws longer. Nostrils nearer to the eye 
than to the end of the snout. Mouth very wide, cleft rising slightly 
forwards; maxillary two thirds as long as the head, narrow. Teeth 
slender, acicular, unequal, depressible, widely set; in two series on the 
upper jaw, anterior pair crossing one another in X-shape when depressed ; 
in a single series on the lower jaws, anterior two or three pairs large; pal- 
atines few, movable ; vomerines small, erect. Tongue narrow, paddle- 
shaped. Eyes lateral, large, about one sixth of the length of the head, 
above the middle of the maxillary. Gills four; gill openings wide; 
membranes hardly united; gill covers wide, edges membranous, ending 
in a narrow rounded flap above the base of the pectoral. 

Skin thickly beset with fine spinuloid scales presenting a pilose appear- 
ance. Lateral line well developed on the head, in a groove on the body. 

Anterior dorsal short, separated from the second dorsal by a notch, 
hinder rays shorter, origin one length of the eye backward from that 
of the pectorals, of ten rays; second dorsal long, origin nearly half way 
from snout to base of caudal, decreasing in height backward; anal long, 


origin below second or third ray of soft dorsal; caudal three fourths as 


74 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


long as the head, apparently with a shallow notch; pectorals narrow, more 
than half the length of the head; ventrals inserted below the pectoral 
bases, narrow, pointed, half as long as the pectoral fins. 

Light brown with dots or puncticulations of darker over head and body ; 
gill covers lighter; fins black. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3429 22° 30! 30” N. TOTO SRWy. 919 fathoms 37°F. Gn. m. glob. oz. 
URANOSCOPID i. 


Kathetostoma averruncus. 
Kathetostoma averruncus Jord. and Boll., 1889, P. U. S. Mus., XII., 163. 


Br. r. 6; D. 14-15 (rarely 18); A. 13-14; V. 5 (6); P. 19; Vert. 28. 

Rather short and stout, depressed, broad, rounded on the sides, deeper 
anteriorly, compressed toward the caudal; body cavity less than half 
the total length. Head large, less than one third of the total length, 
as wide and about two thirds as deep as long, crown and lower surface 
flat, sides convex, rough on the opercular regions and the crown; a ridge 
across the top behind the interorbital space. Snout broad, short, blunt, 
one and one half times the length of the orbit; chin prominent, nearly 
vertical. Mouth large, width more than half of the length of the head, 
vertical; maxillary broadened and rounded at the lower end, as wide 
as the orbit. Teeth small, unequal, in bands on jaws and vomer, larger 
teeth distributed in the inner series on the jaws, a few teeth on the front 
ends of the palatines. Eyes small, less than one fifth of the length of the 
head, two thirds of the interorbital width, prominent, superolateral. The 
sunken naked area on the interorbital space above the processes of the pre- 
maxillaries equal in length to the orbit, or to the strong sharp humeral 
spine. An irregular serrated bony ridge on each side between the humeral 
spine and the back of the skull; three short sharp spines below the opercles, 
the anterior two antrorse, the posterior one directed downward ; a promi- 
nent angle below the articular ; a short antrorse spine below the lower jaw 
near the angle of the mouth; two strong antrorse spines in front of the 
pelvis with a prominent and sharp angle between them. Gill openings 
wide, extending forward above the prepelvic spine; gill lamella elongate , 
pseudobranchiw present. Nine pyloric appendages. Skin naked. 

Fins rounded on the margins, fringed; dorsal origin one length of the 


LOPHIDIA. 75 


orbit in advance of the middle of the total length, fin higher in the middle, 
rays extending beyond the membranes, not reaching the base of the caudal; 
anal not quite as large as the dorsal, originating and ending one or more 
rays farther backward, ends of rays reaching the bases of those of the 
caudal; pectorals short, two thirds as broad as long, truncate in the upper 
eight or ten rays, with long fringes, and with rays shortening rapidly 
forward, in the lower half; ventrals two thirds as long as the caudal, of six 
rays, posterior two rays longest, anterior ray rudimentary; caudal medium, 
subtruncate on the end, as long as the skull to the nape. 

Brownish more or less spotted, blotched, clouded, or freckled with lighter, 
darker on the top of the head, blackish on the chin, shading on the flanks 
to the white of the lower surface; in most cases with a black ring around 
the base of the humeral spine and white margins on the fins; dorsal with 
an irregular longitudinal band in the middle; caudal most often with a 
V-shaped transverse band of white on the middle and another across the 
peduncle at the base; anal nearly white, blackish posteriorly ; pectorals 
brownish with white spots and brown ones of variable sizes more or less 
irregularly arranged in transverse bands, varying to uniform brown with 
white margins. On some individuals there are rounded spots of white, as 
large as the eye, on the sides of the tail. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 

3387 7° 40’ N. 79° 17' 50” W. 127 fathoms 56.2° F. Fne. gy. S. 

3389 Wel G RAD ueNe 79° 56’ 30” W. PAO) 48.8° F. Gn. M. 

3390 7° 26’ 107 N. 79° 53’ 50” W. tote 5 62.6° F. Fne. gy. S. G. 

3391 7° 33! 407 N. 79° 43! 20” W. 153) 55.8° F. Gn. M. 
LOPHIDIA. 


The group of Lophidia is one of the best adapted to the evolution of 
deep sea species. Nearly all of the members rest and feed on the bottom, 
are sluggish and but poorly fitted for swimming. Having slid down toward 
the depths no great exertion could be expected toward the recovery of the 
upper level. From such conditions great variety of species and limited 
horizontal distribution of each follow as matter of course. That such is the 
fact is tolerably well supported by the material secured by this expedition. 

Dividing the group into two, the Lophioids, in which the illicium (the 
bait and rod) is raised vertically and turned back on the top of the head, 
and the Halieutoids, in which the illicium is protruded horizontally in front 


of the head, it is seen that the collection includes four species of three 


76 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


genera in the first and twelve species of seven genera of the second of these 
subdivisions. In the first, one genus and three species, and in the second, 
three genera and ten species are undescribed. The two Lophiomi are allied 
to Lophius, but differ, as other species of the Pacific, in having but eighteen 
vertebrae. One of the two is remarkable for the details in the illicium ; 
both were taken at less than 300 fathoms. Another of the first subdivision 
is an ally of Melanocetus; it is peculiar in the obsolescence of its vertical 
fins. The fourth is a new species of Chaunax, agreeing closely with the 
species previously known in details, yet, dwelling in the ooze, possessed of a 
compressed body, with a high nape, differences that may necessitate the 
establishment of a new subgenus (Chaunacops) to distinguish it from the 
depressed forms heretofore described. Like all species of Chaunax, though 
overlooked previous to the description of C. Nutlingii, the present species 
has a second dorsal spine on the skull, under the skin, 


The representation of the Halieutoids forms a much larger proportion of 
the total number of known species belonging to the group; inclusive of 
several species described by others it contains about fifty per cent of this 
subdivision, and ten of the species are here described for the first time. 
Three genera are also characterized as new. It is a question whether it 
would not be quite as well to reduce the number of genera to about five, 
Halieutella, Oncocephalus, Halieutichthys, Halieutaea, and Dibranchus, and to 
treat the others, Zalieutes, Halieutopsis, Dibranchopsis (for D. spongiosa 
Gilb.), Dibranchichthys, Malthopsis, and Halicmetus as subgenera. The fol- 
lowing table sets forth the present arrangement : 


Body and head subspherical Halieutella. 


Palatine and vomerine 


teett t Disk depressed, subtriangular ; a proboscis Oneocephalus. 
eeth presen 


Vs 91 : : se 
Gieet Disk flattened, subcircular ; no proboscis Halieutichthys. 
Palatine and vomerine - F : - : 
Disk flattened, subcircular; snout indented Halieutea. 
teeth absent 
Disk subcircular ; snout indented Halieutopsis. 


Palatine and vomerine 
teeth absent Disk subtriangular ; snout pointed Dibranchus. 
Gills 22 Palatine teeth but no vomerine; disk subtriangular Dibranchichthys. 


A dorsal fin Malthopsis. 


Palatine and vomerine \ Disk nine 


teeth present No dorsal fin Halicmetus. 


LOPHIOMUS SPILURUS. (0 


The vertical range of the Halieutoids had been carried down to 902 
fathoms; by the “ Albatross” it is extended to 1560 fathoms, the greatest 
depth yet attained for the subdivision. The species from the upper levels 
exhibit the colors and ornamentation characteristic of those affected by 
the light of the sun. Most often the spots are absent from forms below 
250 fathoms but in case of Malthopsis spinulosa, Plate XXI., spots are 
present at 511. At great depths dull brown to black, probably phosphor- 
escent in life, appears most common, but in case of Halieutopsis there was 
a brilliant rose color, as on Chaunax coloratus of the Lophioids. Larger eyes 
most often appear among the species from greater depths, but the species 
taken at the greatest depth is the one with the smallest eye im the division. 
The esca (bait) of the illicium appears to be highly colored in some forms, 
and probably in all is more or less luminous. 

So far as affinities are concerned, those of Lophiomus and Malthopsis 
reach toward species of the western Pacific, while those of Dolopichthys 
Dibranchus and Oncocephalus are closer to species across the isthmus in 
the Atlantic. The nearest relationship occurs between Oncocephalus vesper- 
tilio and O. porrectus. 


LOPHID A. 


Lophiomus spilurus sp. n. 


BirarioseDsds-t3 118 2 AL Oe WO 5) Bo 175s Ca Sra Werte 16: 

The shape of this species does not differ greatly from that of Z. cauli- 
naris. Evidently the two species are closely allied, but the present par- 
takes more of the characteristics of forms belonging to great depths. JL. 
spilurus is distinguished by a long slender simple first dorsal spine ending in 
a filament without a fleshy bait, by much larger teeth in specimens of equal 
size, by a simple humeral spine with a single backward directed point, and 
by the coloration. Disk about three eighths of the total length, longer than 
broad, much depressed, depth hardly one third of the width. Forehead 
troughlike, concave ; face concave in front of the orbit. Snout broad, lower 
jaws much the longer, lower teeth exposed in front of the upper jaws, entire 
length in front of the orbits less than twice the length of the eye, width 
between the prenarial spines equal to that between the large spines above 
the hind edge of the orbit, symphyseal angle prominent. Mouth very wide, 
articular angle opposite the hinder part of the eye. Teeth unequal, acicular, 


78 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


depressible on the jaws, larger forward; those of the intermaxillary in two 
somewhat irregular series, of which the outer is more than twice as long as 
the inner and contains much smaller teeth; those of the lower jaws ina 
couple of irregular series, the inner of larger teeth, four or more of those 
near the symphysis being half as long as the eye; an erect tooth at each 
side of the vomer; a short series of four or five teeth on each palatine. 
Nasal sacs subspherical, on a short peduncle, nearer to the mouth than 
to the eye; nostrils small, anterior smaller on the front portion of the sac, 
posterior larger, and on the top. Prenarial spines two, prominent. Eye 
medium, length nearly equal to the distance from the mouth ; supraorbital 
ridge and spines high and sharp. Behind the orbital spines there are two 
prominent post-orbital spines; a couple of smaller ones appear at the back 
of the skull, and two more at the outer edge of the operculum, the anterior 
of the two being directed forward. A sharp angle below the articular. 
Gills three; openings medium, transverse, at the hind edge of the disk 
below the pectorals. Pseudobranchiz small. Two pyloric appendages. 
Skin soft, tender, with scattered filaments, the latter more numerous along 
the lateral line. 

Fins all fringed; first dorsal spine forward of the nares, very slender and 
filamentary in the greater portion of its length, without a fleshy bait, in 
length equal to the distance from the end of the snout to the middle of the 
eye ; second dorsal spine close to the first, much stronger and a little longer ; 
third spine immediately forward of the occiput, like the others filamentary 
toward the end; a group of three spines (in one case but two) about half 
way from the third spine to the second dorsal. Second dorsal of eight rays 
(nine on one specimen), first ray midway from snout to end of caudal. 
Caudal narrow, median rays longer, length about equal to distance from 
mouth to occiput. Anal small, pointed, origin midway from orbit to end of 
tail; of six rays (seven on one individual). Pectorals narrow, somewhat 
sharp. Ventrals narrow, of six rays. 

Clouded puncticulate dark brown to blackish behind the skull and back- 
ward; lighter forward; whitish on the lower surfaces; fins dark with white 
fringes; caudal with several, three to four, transverse series of white spots. 

Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 


3389 Woe 45 oN 79° 56’ 30” W. 210 fathoms 48.8° F. Green mud. 
3396 To BPP ING 78° 36’ 30” W. 259 fe 47.4° F. Hrd. gy- M.S. 


LOPHIOMUS CAULINARIS. 


J 
o 


Lophiomus caulinaris sp. n.- 


? Lophiomus setigerus Gilbert, 1890, Proc. U.S. Mus., 454 (not = ZL. setigerus Wahl). 


Br. r.6; D.3+3-+ 8; A.6; V.6; P. 17-18; C. 8; Vert. 18. 

Head and greater portion of the body together forming a depressed sharp- 
edged subcircular disk, one third as deep as wide and nearly as long as 
broad ; caudal region moderately broad, tapering regularly from the body: 
body cavity more than half of the total length, extending about one length 
of the orbit backward of the disk. Forehead troughlike, concave. Snout 
broad, short, about half the length from the end of the lower jaw to the 
nape. Nasal sacs spherical, with the included lamellee exserted like fleshy 
bulbs on a peduncle, nearer to the premaxilla than to the eye, widely 
separated ; nostrils small, anterior near the stem, posterior on the top of 
the sac. Mouth large, four fifths as wide as the disk, oblique, lower jaws 
much longer and exposing the lower teeth. Teeth rather small, unequal, 
depressible on the jaws; in two series on the premaxilla, outer series of 
smaller teeth and twice as long as the inner; those of the lower jaws very 
unequal, in irregular series, inner teeth larger, largest near the symphysis 
one fourth as long as the orbit; a single erect tooth at each side of the 
vomer; a short series of four to six or more teeth on the forward ends of 
the palatines. Eye large, prominent, length little more than the distance 
from the mouth, or little less than the width of the interorbital area, Gills 
three ; gill openings as large as the eye, transverse, below the pectorals, at 
the hinder edge of the disk. Pseudobranchix well developed. Two pyloric 


appendages. Bones hard and firm. Humeral process strong 


e, with three 


spines, the anterior one of which is erect, and the posterior two of which 
diverge at the end of the bone, one pointing outward, the other inward. On 
the sharp ridge between the humeral spine and the head there is a shorter 
spine at each side. Of the four short opercular spines two are at the edge 
of the disk, the posterior directed outward, the anterior forward, the third 
and fourth are superior, one of them on the edge of the preopercle and the 
other between it and the hindmost of the four. Two short spines stand be- 
hind the angle of the mouth; a pair of strong ones stand outside of each 
nasal peduncle ; and a single one is seen above the hinder part of each orbit. 
Besides those mentioned there are half a dozen behind the orbits on the 
skull; ventral surface spineless. 


80 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Foremost dorsal spine slightly forward of a line joining the narial pedun- 
cles, slender, rigid, reaching to the hinder end of the interorbital space, with 
a fleshy bait on the forward side, near the end, half or more than half as 
long as the spine itself. This spine has a very peculiar structure; near the 
end it forks somewhat like a boathook, one part passing directly onward 
with a slight bend at the end, where it is round and black, the other branch 
leaves the main stem near the end and goes forward in the body of the bait 
to support a pair of hard round black bodies like the eyes of a crustacean, 
The bait is long and slender of moderate width and hangs down in front of 
the mouth in function, when the staff is inclined forward; no doubt it is 
capable of great contortions and with the luminous balls near the ends of 
the staff must bear a striking resemblance to a living prey. The second 
spine is close behind the first and about equal to it in length; it is simple, 
filamentary toward the end, and bears a number of filaments along the 
stem. The third spine is longer than the second; it rises from the crown a 
short distance backward of the interorbital area. Between the humeral 
spines behind the third dorsal spine there is a group of three shorter ones, 
not reaching the second dorsal fin and apparently not connected by mem- 
branes, but toward their bases surrounded by a dermal mass. All fins 
fringed ; origin of second dorsal midway from eye to base of caudal, base 
four fifths as long as the caudal fin; caudal narrow, subtruncate, less than 
three times as long as the orbit; pectorals broad, two thirds as wide as long, 
broadly rounded on the margin, length equal to distance from mouth to 
hind edge of eye; anal origin below fourth ray of second dorsal; ventrals 
small, rounded at the ends, one and one half times the length of the orbit. 

Skin moderately tough, smooth, with scattered filaments, with dermal 
flaps below the edges of the disk and at the sides of the tail each bearing 
several filaments; lower surfaces smooth. 

Clouded brownish on the upper surface, whitish beneath; filaments 
blackish ; fins darkening to blackish outward, pure white on the fringes ; 
caudal blackish, with a transverse series of about six white spots behind the 
middle. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3387 7° 40’ N. 79° 17' 50” W. 127 fathoms 56.2° F. Fne. gy. S. 
3391 7° 33' 40" N. 79° 43’ 20" W. bp} 55.8° F. Gn. M. 


DOLOPICHTHYS ALLECTOR. 81 


CERATIID &. 


DoLoricHTHys gen. n. 


Degenerate pediculates adapted to a life in the mud and ooze at 
great depths in the ocean, having the fins more or less concealed in the 
skin and imperfectly suited to free progression off the bottom, and cap- 
turing the prey by means of an illicium, a modification of the anterior 
dorsal spine. 

Form short, compressed, tapering from the occiput both forward and 
backward. Head large, subquadrangular in trans-section; skull with spines; 
forehead a longitudinal trough, concave transversely; snout broad, blunt; 
mouth large, cleft anterior and lateral; teeth depressible, acicular, unequal, 
in a single series on intermaxillary and dentary ; no palatine teeth; tongue 
well developed; eyes lateral. Illicium elongate, two jointed. Three gills, 
none on the first arch; gill openings moderate, below the pectorals. Six 
branchiostegal rays. Skin naked, loose, soft. Fins small, more or less 
hidden in the skin; no ventrals. No caruncles. No pyloric appendages. 


No air bladder. 


Some of the features to be relied upon in separating this genus from its 
nearest now known allies are the presence of cephalic spines and of a two 
jointed illicium, and the absence of dermal armature and of caruncles. If 
the illicium is excepted, the rudimentary condition of the fins is such as 
would place the typical species lower in the scale than any of the others of 
its nearer allies with which we are at present acquainted. The habits are 
no doubt similar to those of the related species. The texture of the skin 
alone is sufficient to fix the type as an inhabitant of muddy areas, and the 
fins are better adapted for propulsion through soft mud and ooze than for 
swimming freely through the water. . 


Dolopichthys allector sp. n. 
Plates XH, XIV., XV. 
Brary or Del 63 AG. Ve Ose. 20; C. 9; Vert, 19° 
General shape short and compressed, in depth more than one-third of 


the entire length, in width less than two-thirds of the depth. Body taper- 


ing from the head; body cavity three-fifths of the total length ; caudal 
6 


82 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


region narrow, deep. Head large, half of the length from snout to base of 
caudal, subquadrangular with sharp angles in trans-section, rather wide but 
less deep forward ; crown wide, a transversely concave longitudinal trough 
from snout to nape; sides vertical, to concave about the mouth. Snout 
half as long as the head, broadly rounded across the end, concave between 
the nostrils, with a maxillary spine (or process) in front of each intermaxil- 
lary below the nostrils; chin longer, with a prominent symphyseal angle. 
Mouth large, cleft reaching about to a vertical from the front of the orbit, 
rising little forward, upper border formed by the premaxille ; mandible half 
as long as the head. ‘Teeth small, depressible, acicular, unequal, numerous, 
in single series on intermaxillaries and dentaries, longer on the lower 
jaws. A short series of four pharyngeal teeth on each side. Eye small, 
lateral, in the upper one-third of the height and behind the mid length 
of the head. Gills three, arches long, lamellz short, no gill on the first 
arch, Plate XV., fig. 1; gill openings of moderate width, vertical, below 
the carpal joints. Branchiostegal rays six, Plate XV., fig. 2. A prominent 
sharp spinelike angle below the articular; a second below and at the 
inner side of the first; a third, the post-orbital spine, on the top of the 
head, prominent and sharp, at the end of the frontal ridge. Skin lax, 
thin, investing the fins well toward the extremities of the rays, without 
scales or asperities of any kind. 

Ilicium (first dorsal spine, Plates XIII, XIV.) suprarostral, length 
nearly three-fourths of that of the entire fish, reaching the base of the 
caudal, in two subequal sections, besides a basal portion applied to the 
top of the skull in the bottom of the trough and reaching backward to 
the eyes, outer section with a fleshy bulb on which is a wormlike process 
at the distal end. Possibly there are two or more processes on the bait 
(esca). Lower articulation of the illicium between the nostrils, distant 
from the end of the snout about three diameters of the eye or less than 
half the distance between the spines on the snout. The proximal half 
of the staff is somewhat enlarged by the muscles that move the distal 
joint and the esca. This last is a short rather wide black fleshy bulb with 
a white process toward the outer end, Plate XIII., fig. 5-7; though 
appearing deep black at the sides the esca dilates or spreads out in 
function disclosing a whitish probably luminous median portion which on 
front and back displays a couple of eyelike spots. The esca evidently 
simulates the appearance of certain prey, as in case of Lophiomus caulinaris, 


CHAUNAX COLORATUS. 83 


and is movable to some extent on the end of the rod while the process 
is most likely subject to lively contortion. 

Both dorsal and anal are hardly visible externally; only the ends of 
some of the rays and of those of the caudal protrude beyond the skin, 
Plate XIII., fig. 1; but on removal of the skin, Plate XIV., fig. 1-2, 
this is seen to be a degenerate condition, the dorsal and anal being well 
developed, each having six (excepting the illicium) simple rays, the first 
of them unsegmented, Plate XV., fig. 5. Dorsal origin half way from 
the orbit to the end of the caudal; anal origin below the second ray of 
the dorsal, hindmost rays of both anal and dorsal reaching the bases of the 
caudal rays; depth of caudal three-fourths of its length, fin blunt pointed ; 
pectorals small, short, broad, one and one-half times as long as wide, some- 
what pointed, rays inserted toward the upper side of the carpals which 
latter are as long as the fin and widen backward, Plate XIV., fig. 2. 
No traces of the ventrals. 

Stomach large, without pyloric cca; intestine short. The two sides 
of the viscera are figured on Plate XV., figs. 5-6. No air bladder. Speci- 
men described two and seven-eighths inches in length. 

Deep black over the entire surface and on the linings of the body 
cavity. The only departure from an intense black is made in the esca 
of the illicium (Plate XIII., Fig. 5-7) which is white (probably luminous 
in life) in the upper portion and in the peculiar figure on the edge of 
the lower half. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3371 5° 26! 20” N. 86° 55’ W. 770 fathoms 39° F. Glob. oz. 


ANTENNARIID. 


Chaunax coloratus sp. n. 
Plates C., XVI, XVII, and Plate LXXIII. figs. 1 and 2, Lat. Syst. 
Breto Dito ti igs A. 5; V.6; P. £2. €> 9." Vert. 19) (20). 


High, thick, and massive at the nape and shoulders, tapering to slender 
toward the caudal fin; depth at the nape half the length to the base of the 
caudal; width in the temporal region nearly three fourths of the depth, 
narrower toward the throat; depth of caudal pedicel at its narrowest less 
than one fifth of the depth of the body. Length of head less than half. of 
the total, greatest depth one and one third times the width; forehead and 


84 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


chin steep; sides almost vertical, concave below the orbit, with a prominent 
angle below the articular on a vertical from the front edge of the eye and 
slightly in front of the hind edge of the maxilla. Snout massive, short, 
steep below the chin and on the forehead, broadly rounded across the end, 
with a concave naked indentation, in which the illicium rests, reaching up 
through the interorbital region. Nasal sacs as large as the eye, equally 
distant from the front edge of the maxillary, the eye, and the illicium ; 
anterior nostril subtubular, the hind edge being much higher ; posterior 
nostril much the larger, close to the orbit. Tllicium (first dorsal spine) little 
forward of the nasal sacs, twice as long as the eye, with a single free joint, 
the upper end of which swings forward in front of the mouth, and with a 
basal piece slightly mobile applied to the top of the skull (Plate XVI, fig. 
1, Plate XVIIL., fig. 2), and also with an esca that is a fleshy bulb covered 
with short filaments, on the front side of the upper end of the staff. The 
illicial niche has the shape of an elongate horse-shoe, and receives the entire 
rod and bait when the latter are at rest (Plate XVII, fig. 1); its cavity is 
lined with naked skin, and its margins are surrounded by small spines. 
Mouth wide, rising steeply forward; maxillary extending backward to a 
vertical from the forward edge of the eye, toothless, not entering the border 
of thé mouth, moderately widened and rounded at the end. The great 
process below the articular is nearly vertical and forms an angle with the 
jaw that is somewhat greater than a right angle; the process approaches its 
fellow of the opposite side of the head below the throat; it does not extend 
forward, as in Chaunax Nuttingii Garm., which indicates one of the most 
prominent differences between the two forms. Labial folds not crossing 
the symphyseal one-third of the united lengths of the mandibles. Tongue 
large, thick, broad, rounded, toothless, with scattered small papilla. Teeth 
small, subconical (Plate XVI., figs. 3 and 4), in villiform bands on the jaws, 
and in two short transverse bands, separated by a space of equal length on 
the vomer. Eye medium, lateral, length nearly half of either interorbital 
width or length of snout. Gills two and one half, lamellae short; rakers 
short rounded spinule covered tubercles, ten on the first arch; gill openings 
as wide as the eye, above the axilla, ear-shaped, valvular (Plate XVL., fig. 
2); no gill on the first arch. Viscera figured on Plate XVII, fig. 7. No 
pyloric appendages. Skin very thin and loose. Vent below the gill 
opening, about two lengths of the eye forward of the anal fin. A small but 
prominent genital papilla. 


CHAUNAX COLORATUS. 85 


Scales rather separated, bases broad, convex and disk-like, cusps acicular, 
erect and prominent (Plate XVI, figs. 5-8). In most cases each scale has 
but a single cusp; on many there is more than one, notably along the 
lateral line and on the head, where there are two to eight spines on a single 
base; this polyspinous condition is a frequent result of coalescence of the 
bases of a number of distinct scales. Lateral system distinct, in distribution 
similar to that of C. Nudtingii and of C. pictus Lowe. The disks lie trans- 
versely in the canals, each upon a single flat elliptical or oblong scale, as in 
Lampogrammus and others, and as in that genus, each disk is spindle- 
shaped, pointed at each end, and has a rounded central body. The canals 
of the system are indicated by bare areas among the scales; one from the 
upper end of each maxillary passes back on the forehead, bending outward 
behind each eye, and thence going backward above the gill opening and 
turning down behind it the line extends along the lower half of the caudal 
region to the base of the caudal fin; another passes back from the 
symphysis below each mandible, united to its fellow by a line across the 
chin, and is continued above the pectoral; a third runs from each side of 
the base of the illicitum above each maxillary, going back along the side 
of each cheek, parallel to the mandibular branch, toward a branch from the 
aural region connecting the upper and the lowest line. A pair of spines 
on the cradle-like scale, one at each side of the channel, protects each 
disk, and between the tubercles immediately over the disk there are fleshy 
lobes and filaments. The channels do not present such a continuous 
appearance as is seen on C. Nuttingii, but appear more as if made up of 
a lot of isolated pieces of a channel. 

Behind the illicitum there is another rod lying upon the base of the first, 
and entirely hidden by the skin, and at the occiput there is another in 
similar condition (Plate XVI., fig. 1, and Plate XVII., figs. 2 and 4). 
The same conditions are found to obtain on C. Nuttingii and C. pictus, 
indicating the likelihood that these rudimentary concealed spines are generic 
characteristics. Fin rays protruding beyond the fin membranes. Second 
dorsal large, broadly curved in the upper outline, anterior ray short ; hind- 
most two rays bound together. Anal small, not quite reaching the base 
of the caudal, originating below the ninth ray of the soft dorsal; base 
ending below the end of that of the soft dorsal. Pectorals strong, rounded, 
low on the sides, carpal elements as long as the rayed portion (Plate XVI., 
fig. 1, Plate XVII., fig. 6), lower element longer than the upper and 


86 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


paddle-shaped, the fin being placed on the upper edge of the end of the 
lower bone, and reaching to the middle of the entire length of the anal. 
Ventrals small, narrower toward their bases, apparently four-rayed, but 
actually possessing two rays in rudimentary condition, bound to the outer 
pair. 

Color of the fresh specimen a deep rose, tinted with blue to blackish 
around the angles of the mouth and on the orbit around the eye (Plate C.). 
Color of alcoholic specimens uniform whitish externally and in the mouth ; 
abdominal cavity lined with black. 

Total length of the described individual ten and one-half inches. 


Station, Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 
3363 5° 43’ N. 85° 50! W. 978 fathoms 37.5° F, Wh. glob. oz. 
ONCOCEPHALID. 


Oncocephalus porrectus sp. n. 


Br. T.6.5 D53=4; Asa eV 4 129: 

Similar in shape to O. vespertilio Linn., but with longer rostrum and 
different coloration. The blotch at each side of the forward end of the 
vertebral column on the back is dark and commonly has a lighter centre, 
whereas on Linné’s species the blotch is made up of a number of rounded 
light edged closely placed blackish spots. The rostral prolongation is much 
shorter than that of O. longirostris C. V.; in fact it forms an intermediate 
between that species and O. vespertilio, in this respect. 

Disk subtriangular, in width equal to the length of the head or three 
times the depth; sides inclined, deepest at the head; caudal region sub- 
triangular in cross section, flattened on the lower surface, with a blunt 
dermal keel at each edge, rounded across the top, tapering from the disk 
but narrowing more abruptly a short distance forward of the caudal fin. 
Skull from end of snout to nape half as long as the disk ; forehead flattened, 
or slightly concave between the orbits. Rostrum acute, strong, round in a 
transverse section, in length equal to the width of the skull, deeply ex- 
cavated on the lower side for the lodgment of the protractile illicium, 
Illicial bulbs higher than wide, the two lateral rounded, the median 
(upper) triangular and pointed at the top, all moved forward and downward 
when in function. Possibly the bulbs in this species, and in most other 


Halieutoids, are invisible when withdrawn to the niche and presenting their 


ONCOCEPHALUS PORRECTUS. 87 


front aspects, but in function are turned out and down to bring into view 
their hinder surfaces. From the recess there is a groove down and forward, 
narrowing toward the jaws, to bring the illicium in front of the mouth. 
Mouth medium, distant from the rostrum about the width of the orbit, a 
little farther forward than the illicial niche, obliquely rising forward. 
Teeth in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, palatines, and tongue. Eye lateral, 
of medium size ; orbit little more than half as long as the snout, two thirds 
of the width of the interorbital space. Nostrils small, close together, 
between the orbit and the forward end of the upper jaw ; anterior porelike, 
posterior larger, oblong, oblique. Gills two and one half, no gill on the 
first arch; rakers represented by low rather wide prominences, of which 
there are four on the first arch; gill openings small, placed superiorly in 
the axilla. Vent little backward of the middle of the entire length. 

Skin above and below thickly mailed by minute closely set stellate based 
tubercles amongst which on the upper surface there are scattered large tuber- 
cles the swollen trunks of which are harsh with small short spines arranged 
more or less regularly in radiating series. A series of the large tubercles 
passes from each side of the top of the snout along each side of the head 
and the median vertebral line to the caudal. Besides the upper two series 
there are three others at each side of the tail. Three series appear along 
each lateral edge of the disk, and also a number of scattered tubercles are 
seen between the dorsal and the lateral series. The largest tubercles are a 
pair, one of which stands in front of each eye; there is a smaller one above 
each orbit, and there are two between the orbit and the nape on each side. 
All of the tubercles have short stout cusps, with the general firmness and 
harshness of armature, the most serviceable ina rocky habitat. Lateral 
system indistinct on the top of the disk, less so on the sides of the tail, 
in a shallow groove below the front and the lateral edges of the disk. In 
many cases the papillee are entirely covered by a bridge formed by juxtaposi- 
tion of the apices of the two protecting spines. Filamentary fringes not 
greatly developed on the line; larger ones are scattered below the chin and 
along the carine of the tail. 

Olivaceous, more or less clouded on the back, white on the lower sur- 
face; a darker blotch on each side near the foremost vertebra, most often 
lighter in the centre; an ill defined streak of brownish passing back above 
the gill openings on the sides of the tail; fins blackish toward the ends, 
excepting the ventrals; a light band with brown at each side from each eye 


88 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


toward the corners of the mouth; iris with radiating bars of brown. Young 
with lighter backs and blacker fins, white around the mouth, with a white 
blotch opposite the interoperculum on the margin and another near the 
hind end of the subopercle. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3368 5IS2TASIINE 86° 54’ 30” W. 66 fathoms 58.4° F. Rocky. 


Zalieutes elater. 


Malthe elater Jord. and Gilb., 1882, Proc. U. S. Mus., 365. 
Zalieutes elater Jord. and Everm., 1896, Rep. U.S. Fish Comm., 511. 

Br. 7/65 D. 6-45, A. 45 Vo62 PR. 13;(12-14));. C. 9: 

Head and body much depressed, together forming a broad subtriangular 
disk, wider backward, from which the narrow and somewhat depressed tail 
tapers to the caudal fin. Length of head about two thirds of the width, 
greatest depth through the orbits less than one third of the width. Snout 
subtruncate, concave on the top, hardly extending beyond the mouth, 
deeply excavated for the rostral illicium, tip directed forward, subconical, 
with a pair of small erect tubercles immediately behind the tip, and a large 
tubercle directed outward in front of each eye. TIllicium protractile, stem 
and bulb both capable of forward and downward movement; esca (bulb) 
large, fleshy, subtriangular, apparently without lateral lobes; basal portion 
of the bulb large and thick, and commonly with five papillae on the lower 
edge, the third papilla being median; apical portion smaller, thin at the 
edges, which fold backward, surmounted by a small bifid or simple worm- 
like process. Mouth small, width less than length of orbit, and more than 
twice the width of the interorbital space. Teeth in villiform bands on jaws, 
tongue, vomer, palatines, and pharyngeals; palatine groups rounded, much 
smaller than the vomerine. Eye large, nearly three times as long as the 
snout, lateral; orbits prominent. Forehead slightly concave. Nasal sacs 
small; anterior nostril smaller than the posterior, with a short tube. Gills 
two and one half, no gill on the first arch; rakers obsolete ; openings small, 
placed superiorly in the axilla. 

Skin covered with fine closely placed sharp striate based tubercular 
scales, among which larger tubercles are scattered with more or less irregu- 
larity. A series of the larger tubercles may be traced from each orbit at 
‘the side of the median line of the back to the caudal; at each side of the 
tail there are several series, as also along the lateral edges of the disk, where 


HALIEUTOPSIS. 8g 


they are larger and somewhat depressed, becoming larger and bi- or tri- 
cuspid posteriorly on the subopercle. Fin rays rough toward their bases. 
Lateral system distinct, arranged as in Oncocephalus, Halieuteea, and allies, 
but of a low grade of development. ‘The fringes at each side of the sensory 
papillz are elongate, but not particularly numerous. ‘Tail flat on the lower 
side, subearinate at the edges. 

Fins small; dorsal origin midway from the orbits to the end of the 
caudal ; anal origin about one length of the orbit backward from that of the 
dorsal, fin longer, hardly two thirds as long as the caudal; caudal narrow, 
rounded on,the hind margin, length equal to that of the skull from snout 
to nape; pectorals shorter than the caudal, fringed; ventrals narrow, 
fringed, two thirds as long as the pectorals. 


Brownish above ; with numerous small irregular spots of brown, smaller 
on pectorals and caudals; an oblong ocellate spot of black, with yellow 
centre and pale edgings, nearly as large as the orbit, behind the nape at 
each side of the spinal column; white below. On some large specimens the 
smaller spots tend to disappear in a nearly uniform olivaceous brown on the 
upper surface, but the elliptical ocellus remains distinct. 

Originally the type described was from Mazatlan, Mexico. 

In essential features this species agrees so closely with the short snouted 
species of Oncocephalus that it is difficult to find characters for subgeneric 
distinction, to say nothing of generic separation. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3355 TOMA 80° 55’ W. 182 fathoms 54.1° F. Bk. g. sh. 
3390 7226 107 WN: 192753150 Wi. 56 62.6° F. Fne. gy. s. g. 


HALIEUTOPSIS gen. n. 


Outlines resembling those of Halieutza. Rostrum and skull raised 
above the balance of the disklike head. Head like that of Halieutza, 
wide and broadly rounded forward ; subopercular region much swollen ; 
snout indented. Eyes small. Rostral niche deep; rostrum overhanging ; 
illicium protractile and depressible, esca with two large spherical lateral 
bulbs and a median slender elongate bifurcated more mobile portion. 
Mouth medium, anterior, overhung by the swollen margins. Teeth absent 


from vomer, palatines, and apparently from the tongue. Subopercular 


90 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


process and spines well developed. Gills two, none on first and fourth 
arches. 

Type H. tumifrons. 

In the diagnosis of Halieutea, C. V., 1837, Hist. Poiss., XII., 457, 
Valenciennes does not mention the number of gills in the type species, 
Hi. stellata Wahl, 1797. Giinther, 1861, Cat., III, 205, had a number of 
specimens and on dissection found “gills two and a half, the anterior 
arcus branchialis not having any lamin.” Goode and Bean, 1896, also 
Jordan and Evermann, 1898, concur in attributing two and a half gills 
to the genus. It is evident that the dibranchiate species described here- 
with, though closely allied must be provided for elsewhere than in 
the genus founded by Cuvier, whence the reason for the existence of 
Halieutopsis. At various times Alcock has described species of Hali- 
eutza from the Andaman Sea and the Bay of Bengal; as he does not 
indicate the number of gills, it may be that some of them belong to the 
dibranchiates. 


Halieutopsis tumifrons sp. n. 
Plate XX V. 
Br. r. 6 D. 6-55 A.4; V.G:)P. 145 109, 


Halieutopsis tumifrons is more slender, longer in the caudal portion, 
has a smaller eye, and has the dorsal situated farther from the disk 
than is the case with Halieutea stellata Wahl. The outlines of disk are 
subcircular, indented at the snout, and the edges on the suboperculum 
and forward are considerably swollen, especially so below the eyes. Body 
and head united in a much depressed subcircular or subquadrangular 
disk, of less than half of the entire length, as broad as long, notched in 
front of the mouth, with less curvature at the sides, deepest below the 
orbits and gradually lessening in depth backward, thick and rounded 
on the edge from the mouth to the subopercular process, and grooved 
from the suborbital region backward to the middle of the disk. Head 
higher at the snout, slightly concave in front of the interorbital space, 
flattened backward, with a deep indentation below the rostrum at the 
jaws. Snout prominent, but not extending farther forward than the 
edges of the disk above the angles of the mouth, bluntly rounded in 
front, deeply excavated below the rostrum to permit retraction of the 
trilobed protractile illicium between the orbits, and with a wide deep 


HALIEUTOPSIS TUMIFRONS. 91 


rounded groove in front of the illicial niche to favor motion forward 
and downward and protrusion directly in front of the mouth,  Lllicium of 
medium size, possessed of greater freedom of movement than in most 
allied species, bearing two large lateral spherical bulbs between which rises 
an erect narrow thin leaflike third one that is notched at the top in a 
couple of wormlike prolongations, Plate XXV., Fig. 4. The arrange- 
ment of the spines around the cavity is such as to compel the attention 
of the prey to the escal bulbs from the front, rather than the sides; the 
bulbs themselves, as in other species, are capable of movement forward 
and down so as to expose the hinder surfaces. Nasal sacs prominent, 
facing obliquely upward; nostrils small, anterior minute. Mouth com- 
paratively small, width one third of that of the disk; lower jaws longer. 
Teeth in villiform bands on jaws and tongue, absent from vomer and 
palatines. Eyes small, orbit little more than the length of the snout. 
Interorbital space wide, width twice the length of the orbit, equal to 
the depth of the swollen margins of the disk opposite the eyes. Gills 
two, none on the first and fourth arches; rakers, somewhat pointed 
small fleshy tubercles, five on the first arch, four on the second; gill open- 
ings small, placed superiorly, well forward and toward the side of the 
tail, in the axilla. Scales harsh, strong, firmly set, radiate-based tubercles, 
acicular to bicuspid on the central portions of the back, bicuspid to tri- 
cuspid or multicuspid around the outer margins of the head, absent from the 
ventral surfaces except around the edges. At the borders the tubercles 
are joined together and to the marginal bones, thus contributing materi- 
ally to the tumid condition of those localities; the spines at the sides 
and the front of the rostrum are strong; those at the sides of the tail 
are commonly bicuspid; the concave space of the top of the snout is 
naked or covered only by the spreading bases of the spines at the 
edges. Subopercular process short and thick, in the specimen described 
having four spines, in others five or six. Lateral line distinct along the 
sides of the tail, deeply channeled around the edges of the disk; of the 
five sensory papillee below each mandible the second is placed immedi- 
ately in front of the space between the first and the third. The fleshy 
lobes and their fringes over each papilla, between the protecting spines, 
are feebly developed. Tail distinct, round, moderately strong at the disk, 
tapering little in the anterior two thirds of the length, thence becoming 
small more rapidly to the caudal fin. Carpals almost entirely included 


92 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


in the disk. Fins small; dorsal origin midway from snout to end of 
caudal, base hardly longer than the orbit; anal origin very little back- 
ward of hind end of base of dorsal, Plate XXV., Fig. 5; caudal about 
as long as skull from snout to nape, slightly convex on hind margin; 
pectorals moderately broad, shorter than the caudal, fringed; ventrals 
short, fringed, length one fourth of the width of the disk. 

Color brownish white, muscular portions light flesh color; the entire 
body evidently brilliant in life with some variety of red. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3413 2° 34’ N. 92° 6’ W. 1360 fathoms 36° F. Glob. Oz. dk. Sp. 
3400 0° 36’ S. 86° 46 W. 1322 * 36° F. Lt. gy. glob. Oz. 


Dibranchus hystrix sp. n. 
Plate XXIII. 
Bravo. DD) GeeAT es Py 1367 C9: 


Though in a measure resembling Disranchus atlanticus Pet. in outlines, 
the present species has more of the characteristics of pediculates from great 
depths in its skin, armature and skeleton; the skin and the tubercles are 
smoother and the latter are farther apart, longer, and offer less resistance 
to the touch. Body and head together form a much depressed disk in 
which the depth is about equal to one third of its length, to two fifths of its 
width, to the postorbital width of the skull proper, or to two thirds of the 
distance from snout to nape. The form narrows anteriorly and, when in 
ordinary position, the disk appears more elongate than that of D. atlanticus ; 
it certainly is longer than wide. Tail narrow, round, tapering from the 
vent. Skull highest at the nape, descending forward to the concavity on 
the snout whence there is an abrupt rise; transversely almost flat on the 
crown, at the sides toward the disk the descent is somewhat rapid. Snout 
prominent, extending beyond the mouth, deeply excavated between the 
nostrils for the illicium, deeply notched above the nasal sacs, concave 
on the top, with a prominent tricuspid backward-hooking tubercle above 
the tip. Illicium protractile, trilobate ; median lobe largest and capable of 
bending forward and down as if the hinder side was that presented as a lure 
and in consequence of the structure invisible when the esca is retracted into 
the subrostral recess and not in function, This view is favored by black 
pigment on the front faces of the lobes on many specimens, and by 
the traces of brilliant colors on the hinder surfaces. Nasal sacs surrounded 


DIBRANCHUS HYSTRIX. 93 


by ridges; nostrils small, anterior with a short tube, posterior transverse 
and larger. Eye large, as long as the snout; length less than the inter- 
orbital width. Crown slightly convex; interorbital space wide, concave, 
width equal to one and two thirds times the length of the snout. Mouth 
large, width equal to more than the distance across the orbits, more 
than one third of the width of the head, or contained one and one half 
times in the distance from snout to nape. Teeth in villiform bands 
on jaws and tongue, absent from vomer and palatines. Two gills, none 
on first arch; rakers short, rounded, tubercular, four on the first arch 
and five in front of the second; apertures medium, placed superiorly 
in the axilla. Subopercular tubercle strong, bent inward, bearing five 
spines, end tricuspid, one of the terminal cusps extending forward, one 
upward, and the longest one backward. Skin soft, thin; bones less 
firm than those of D. atlanticus. 'Tubercles mostly simple with long 
slender cusps and spreading striate bases, not closely placed, mixed with 
comparatively few small scales. As if to aid in locomotion some of 
the tubercles along the lower side of the edge of the disk are two 
to three cusped. Spinules such as appear on the bases of the tubercles 
on other species are not present. The strongest tubercles are in two 
series on the top of the tail, and in those at the sides of the disk. 
Small spines are loosely scattered over the ventral surface, and a few 
are seen on the tops of the orbits. The erect spines around the edge 
of the rostrum are comparatively large. Lateral line distinct, with deep 
channels, agreeing with the other species of the genus in regard to 
the forward position of the second papilla from the symphysis of the lower 
jaws, in the dermal flaps, and in the protecting spines at the sides of 
the papillae. 

Fins small; dorsal origin midway from occiput to base of caudal, 
or midway from front of orbit to end of caudal; anal small, slender, 
origin the length of the maxilla farther backward than the origin of the 
dorsal ; caudal narrow, length about four fifths of the distance from snout 
to occiput, hind margin rounded; pectorals rounded, fringed, shorter than 
the caudal; ventrals narrow, about as long as the maxilla. 

Color a rich dark chestnut to chocolate brown; fins black. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3375 9° 34! N. 82° 29’ W. 1201 fathoms 36.6° F. Gy. glob. Oz. 
3362 5°56! Ni. 85° 10’ 30” W. io. < 36.8° F. Gn. M.S. rky. 


3392 Toto 30 ONG 79° 40’ W. 1270 ~~ * 36.4° F. Hard. 


94 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Dibranchus scaber sp. n. 
Plate XXIV. 


Br. 163 D.G; As 4s VEG Bs 135.C. 9. 

This species resembles Dibranchus hystrix, Pl. XXIII., more than any 
other of the known species of the genus, yet the differences are so marked 
as to render it an easy matter to distinguish the one from the other. 
D. scaber has more uniform, smaller sized, shorter cusped, and more numer- 
ous tubercles on the back, the rostrum is shorter and the notches are not so 
deeply incised above the nostrils, and the spines on its extremity are differ- 
ently arranged, and the snout and the anteorbital space are broader. Body 
and head depressed, together forming a disk nearly as wide and one third as 
deep as long, narrower forward. Head as wide as long, slightly convex 
behind the eyes on the crown, concave forward; interorbital width nearly 
twice the length of the snout. Tail narrow, round, slender, tapering. 
Snout short, two thirds as long as the orbit, blunt, extending little forward 
of the lower jaw; rostrum broad, concave on the top with a strong ridge 
around the upper edge, separated from the supranarial prominence by 
a shallow notch from which a groove extends backward, excavated below 
in a recess for the trilobed protractile illicium. Nostrils small; anterior 
smaller with a short tube; posterior transversely oblong. Eye large, 
orbital length and width of interorbital space equal. Mouth hardly as wide 
as that of Dibranchus hystrix, oblique, width equal to three fifths of the 
distance from snout to nape. Teeth in villiform bands on jaws and tongue, 
absent from vomer and palatines. Two gills, none on the first arch; rakers 
very short, thick, blunt, six on the first arch and the same number on the 
front edge of the second; openings medium, situated superiorly in the 
axilla, near the hind edge of the disk. Subopercular tubercle with four 
spines, the compressed hinder portion of the tubercle having only two, the 
anterior one of which is directed inward and very little forward and the 
posterior one backward and very little outward. This process makes 
a ready mark of distinction from D. hystrix or any other species of the 
genus. The skin is more firm than that of D. hystrix and the bones are 
more rigid. The tubercles on the skin are rather small, close together, and 
have short cusps and spreading striate bases; those of the tail are larger, as 
also those at the edges of the disk where, along the operculum, some 


DIBRANCHUS ASPER. 95 


have two cusps, others three. Large tubercles occur at each side above 
the middle of the orbit and above its hind margin, also above the nasal sacs 
and in a series of five at the outer edge of the rostrum the median (ante- 
rior) one of which is three cusped. On the ventral surface the spines are 
very small and not in contact. A considerable number of small spines 
occur on the orbit. Lateral line distinct, deeply channeled; second papilla 
at each side of the symphysis of the lower jaws situated in front of the 
space between the first and the third. Fringes on the fleshy lobes between 
the spines at each side of each papilla of the lateral line feebly developed. 

Fins small; dorsal origin midway from snout to end of tail, fin two thirds 
as long as the distance from snout to nape; anal origin to end of snout 
equal to twice the distance from the first ray of the dorsal to the base 
of the caudal; caudal narrow, in length equal to twice the interorbital 
width of the head, rounded on the hind margin; pectorals shorter than the 
caudal, fringed; ventrals fringed, nearly one third as long as the head, 
narrow. 

Greyish black, apparently reddish or purplish in life, fins blackish; 
lower surface darker. A five-inch specimen described. 


Station, Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3431 23° 59' N. 108° 40’ W. 995 fathoms 37° F. Lt. br. M. glob. 
3364 5° 30’ N. 86° 8’ 30” W. lo) 9 °C: 38° F, Y1. glob. Oz. 


Dibranchus asper sp. n. 


brerOce Dy Ocul. 4c) VG. bo 149. C. 9. 

Though in the main this species resembles Dibranchus scaber, Plate 
XXIV., there is a number of features in which it does not agree with that 
species. The rostrum is shorter, and hardly extends forward of the lower 
jaw; the tubercle on the tip of the snout bends upward and curves back- 
ward ; the concavity on the top of the snout is deeper; and the subopercu- 
lar tubercle is more nearly longitudinal, z.e., it does not bend inward at the 
end so as to bring the compressed extremity with its pair of spines parallel 
with the backbone, but one of the spines points toward the gill opening, the 
other directly outward. In D. scaber the rostrum is longer and extends 
forward of the lower jaws, the rostral tubercle is straight and protrudes 
almost horizontally, the concavity on the top of the snout is not so deep, 
and the subopercular tubercle is bent inward so that the blade-like end 
extends one of its spines toward the head and the other backward. There 


96 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


is a considerable amount of individual variation in the number of spines on 
each tubercle; this aside, however, the tubercles are of much assistance in 
the determination of the species of this genus and of allied genera. 

Width of disk equal to the distance from the snout to the gill openings, 
that is, a little less than twice the length from snout to nape. Crown flat- 
tened. Snout short, with a deep naked cavity on the top, hardly pro- 
truding beyond the lower jaws, with a series of five erect tubercles around 
the outer edge, with a strong antrorse tubercle above the inner edge of 
each nasal sac, subrostral area deeply excavated for the trilobed protractile 
illicium, rostrum separated by a very shallow notch from the preorbital 
ridge. Eyes large, length equal to the width of the interorbital space, 
longer than the snout, orbits convergent forward. Mouth medium, width 
about four fifths of the distance from snout to nape. Teeth in villiform 
bands on jaws and tongue, absent from palatines and vomer. Gills two, 
absent from first and fourth arches ; openings small, placed superiorly in 
the axilla. Branchiostegal rays six, outer stronger and joined to the 
opercular bones. Subopercular tubercles strong, with four spines; the 
anterior pair on the stem, one of them directed obliquely outward and 
somewhat upward, the other out and downward; the terminal pair blade- 
like, one of them directed outward, the other in toward the gill opening. 
Spines tubercular, strong, unequal, with sharp cusps and broad striate bases, 
largest on the top and the sides of the tail and along the edges of the disk 
where some have two spines and others three, very small and more separ- 
ated on the lower surfaces. 

Fins small; dorsal origin behind the midlength of the disk; anal origin 
little backward of the end of the base of the dorsal, fin reaching backward 
of the bases of the caudal rays; caudal nearly as long as the skull to the 
nape, somewhat pointed; pectorals medium, less than twice as long as the 
ventrals, fringed. 

Blackish externally and on the linings of the body cavity. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3418 ; 16° 33’ N.; 99° 52’ 30” W.; 660 fathoms ; 39° BF; Br. 8. bk. Sp. 


DIBRANCHOPSIS gen. Nn. 


A Dibranchoid in which the skeleton has degenerated to become semi- 
cartilaginous, in which the subopercular process and spines and those of the 
rostral angle are obsolescent or obsolete, obsolescent in young, obsolete in 


DIBRANCHOPSIS SPONGIOSA. 97 


old, and in which the forehead and rostrum are much depressed and flat- 
tened. Shape and spines similar to those of Dibranchus, but the armature 
less harsh. Orbit large; eye medium. Mouth wide; tongue broad, naked 
anteriorly. Occiput high. Gills two, none on first and fourth arches. 
Illicium small, protractile forward and down; lateral lobes of esca (bait) 
rather small, functioning in position as at rest; median lobe large, broad, 
high, rounded, and with a small sensory papilla on the middle of the upper 
edge, turning downward in function so as to expose the hinder surface. 

The typical species of this genus, D. spongiosa Gilb., 1890, is recklessly 
referred by Jordan and Evermann to the genus Halieuteea. They “might 
just as well have placed it at random under any other genus of a totally 
different fauna.” 


Dibranchopsis spongiosa. 


Halieutea spongiosa Gilbert, 1890, P. U. S. Mus., 124. 


Plate XX. 
Bror.6: DD. 6:7A. 4; Veo: PB. 135.C. 9. 


Head and body depressed, together forming a subquadrangular or sub- 
pentangular disk nearly or quite as broad as long. Disk truncate in front, 
descending from the skull backward and sideways, curved on the margins at 
the sides and converging on those opposed to and behind the gill openings 
backward from the process of the suboperculum. The entire body is soft 
and flabby. There is some resemblance in shape to D. micropus Alc., but 
the disk is broader and hardly so deep, the spines are less developed, the 
dorsal is a little farther from the gill openings, and the caudal section is as 
long as the disk or longer. Body translucent, extending little farther 
backward than the gill openings, thin in the opercular region. Head large, 
one third as deep as long; skull half as long as the distance from snout to 
dorsal, broad and flat behind the orbits, broad, flattened, descending and 
widening forward on the forehead and snout, width at nostrils more than 
length of snout and orbit. Rostrum truncate to indented on large indi- 
viduals, more pointed and prominent on small ones. Snout three times as 
broad across the nostrils as long, as deep as long, subtruncate, margin 
indented above the illicium, which is lodged in a wide but low excavation 
between the nostrils. Nasal sacs prominent; posterior nostril larger, trans- 


verse, anterior with a short bell-shaped tube. TIllicium small, trilobate, pro- 
7 


98 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


tractile, upper lobe capable of being thrown forward and down in front of the 
mouth. Mouth large, width two thirds of the length of the skull, slightly 
ascending forward, jaws strongly curved laterally, articular prominence little 
backward of a vertical from the hind margin of the eye ; lower jaws longer, 
prominent in front of the rostrum. Teeth on jaws and tongue in broad 
villiform bands; a pair of round groups of pharyngeal teeth, smaller than 
the eye, on each side; no teeth on vomer or palatines. Orbit large; eye 
rather small, shorter than the snout, half as wide as the interorbital space. 
Gills two, none on the first and fourth arches; rakers short rounded 
tubercles, six on the first arch, seven on the second ; gill openings as large 
as the eye or larger, placed superiorly in the axilla. Branchiostegal rays 
six, outer one larger, extending to the hinder edge of the disk, joined to 
the suboperculum, Opercles broad; suboperculum rounded at the outer 
angle of the disk, process hardly noticeable on large specimens, but more 
prominent and bearing four to six spines on young individuals. Stomach 
siphonal, intestine short, no pyloric ceca. Spines of medium size, moder- 
ately rough, unequal, not close together, simple over the upper and the 
lower surfaces of disk and tail, two to three cusped along the edges 
anteriorly, smaller below, stronger in two or more series on the tail, small, 
and in two to three series on the top of the orbit. Lateral line distinct, 
fringes above the papillae between the spines at the sides of the line 
comparatively feeble. 

Dorsal origin on large specimens above the hindmost extremity of the 
disk, but, owing to less extent of disk, farther back on small ones; base of 
fin shorter than the eye, greatest length two thirds of the length of the 
skull; anal very narrow, nearly as long as the dorsal, originating backward 
of the base of the latter one leneth of the orbit ; pectorals slender, as long 
as the caudal, fringed, hinder rays short; ventrals narrow, three fifths as 
long as the skull, fringed, foremost rays shorter; caudal narrow, five sixths 
as long as the skull to the nape, hind margin convex. 

A specimen with the length of two and one fourth inches, having a 
prominent subopercular tubercle and a pointed rostrum, is apparently 
uniform blackish; one four and one fourth inches long is blackish below 
the disk, black with white tips on the fins, brownish on the vertebral region 
and the tail, and brownish white over the disk; and one six inches in 
length is whiter over the whole body, probably having been some shade of 
red in life. 


DIBRANCHICHTHYS NUDIVOMER. 99 


The differences between young and old in this species indicate that the 
species has been derived from one with a pointed snout and larger tubercles. 
The appearance is that of a more degenerate form than any of those in the 
collection from much greater depths. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3417 16°32! N: 99° 48’ W. 493 fathoms 40.6° F, Gn. M. 
3418 16° 33’ N. 99° 52’ 30” W. 660 “ 39° F. Br. 8. bk. Sp. 
3425 21° 19’ N. 106° 24’ W. 680) 6 39° F, Gn. M. and S. 


Originally described from 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
2992; 18S 30% IN. 114° 43/15” W.; 460 fathoms ; 41,.8° F.; Bk. S. R. 


DIBRANCHICHTHYS gen, n. 


Head and body depressed, together forming a broad rounded disk; cau- 
dal region distinct, slender, tapering. Rostrum excavated below in a recess 
lodging a trilobed protractile illictum. Nostrils and mouth anterior; latter 
transverse, oblique. Teeth absent from the vomer, present in villiform 
groups or bands on palatines, jaws, and tongue. Eyes large, with horizontal 
outlook. Gills two, none on first and fourth arches; gill openings small, 
placed superiorly in the axille; no pseudobranchix. Fins small, of few 
rays; anal narrow, backward of the dorsal. Skin above and beneath covered 
with unequal broad based spines or tubercles. 

In a general way this type is similar to Halieuteea and especially so to 
Dibranchus or Malthopsis. The discovery of this form is suggestive of a 
possible degradation of a number of closely allied genera to the rank of sub- 
genera in a revision of the family. 


Dibranchichthys nudivomer »p. n. 


Be: pO DD, Gc As 4s Viios RB. 132 C:; 9. 

In the regularity of its outlines this species approaches Malthopsis erina- 
cea; it is easily distinguished by being more oblong, having a shorter ros- 
trum, and by the weakness of the subopercular tubercle besides the more 
important feature, the absence of vomerine teeth. Body and head greatly 
depressed, together forming a disk in which the length or the width of the 
head is about seven eighths of the length of the body ; tail elongate, narrow, 
round, tapering from the vent. Crown slightly arched. Snout short, 
blunt, concave on the top, with a low ridge forward from the orbit and a 


100 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


more prominent one above each nasal sac ; rostrum short, not produced for- 
ward of the mouth, rounded in front, with a shallow groove at each side 
separating it from the nasal ridges; excavated above the mouth to lodge the 
medium-sized trilobate protractile illicium. Middle lobe of tentacle largest, 
with vertical ridges, and a small papilla on its upper and backward surface. 
In addition to the direct protractile and retractile motion of the rostral illi- 
cium there is, when it is protruded, a considerable motion downward by 
which, with the motion of the middle lobe forward and down to present its 
hinder surface to the front, the bait is brought immediately in front of the 
mouth. Nostrils small; posterior larger, transverse ; anterior with a short 
tube. Mouth medium, nearly equal in width to half the distance from the 
snout to the nape; lower jaws longer. ‘Teeth in villiform bands on the jaws 
and the tongue and in short oblong groups on the forward ends of the pala- 
tines, absent from the vomer. Orbits large, oblong, convergent anteriorly, 
length one and two thirds times that of the snout or one and one fourth 
times the width of the interorbital space. 

Gills two, none on the first and the fourth arches; five rakers on the 
first arch, six on the second; openings small, placed superiorly in the axille. 
Subopercular tubercle feebly developed, with six or seven spines, not very 
prominent. Scales rough, tubercular, those of the middle of the disk some- 
what apart, with slender cusps and spreading striate bases on which there 
may be one to several spinules; scales of the ventral surface small, simple ; 
those of the edges of the disk larger, closely placed, three or more cusped, 
in several series ; those of the tail large, three or four series with larger 
cusps; those of the top of the snout with several spinules; and those on the 
orbits very small. A few small spines on the rays of the caudal. 

Lateral line distinct, with deep channels, in which the small rounded 
glands or sense organs are hidden by fleshy lobes with hardly perceptible 
fringes and each protected by a spine at each edge of the canal; second 
gland from the symphysis on the lower jaw forward of the space between 
the first and the third. 

Fins small; dorsal origin in the middle of the total length; anal origin 
backward of the base of the dorsal half the length of the orbit, fin slender, 
pointed, two thirds as long as the caudal; caudal nearly as long as the dis- 
tance from snout to nape, rounded on the hind margin; pectorals three 
fourths of the length of the caudal, fringed, rounded on the outer margin ; 


ventrals, small, narrow, fringed. 


MALTHOPSIS SPARSA. 101 


Dark brown to black. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth, Temperature. Bottom. 
3353 TOG PSA. 80° 34 W. 695 fathoms 39° F. Gn. M. 
3395 7° 30’ 36” N. 78° 39’ W. Te). 2 38.5° F, Rky. 


Malthopsis sparsa sp. n. 
Plate X VIL. 


Bror 62) DP5-6 > ACL Veo; BP. 13; Cx 9. 

If this form is compared with Dibranchus atlanticus Pet. it will not 
only be seen that there is a certain degree of resemblance, but that the 
present species is narrower and less angular on the head, and has much 
finer tubercles and a much smaller subopercular process. Body and head 
forming together a much depressed subcircular disk about as wide as 
long; tail distinct, narrow, rounded, tapering from the vent. Greatest 
depth of the head nearly one third of its greatest width, top moderately 
prominent above the balance of the disk but not angular except around 
the edge at the top of the snout; length of the head to the gill open- 
ings less than one length of the orbit shorter than the distance from 
the snout to the vent. Snout short, lower jaws longer, top slightly con- 
cave with erect tubercles around the edge, deeply excavated below the 
rostrum for the club-shaped, trilobed, protractile illicium. The movement 
of this organ as a whole is forward and back, but the fleshy esca can 
be thrown forward at the top somewhat like the tongue of a frog. The 
lateral lobes of the esca are rounded ; the median lobe is slightly notched, 
the notch being due in part to a folding inward of the edges of the 
bulb. Nasal sacs anterior, prominent, near the illicium, directly forward 
of the eyes; nostrils small, close together, posterior subcrescentic, anterior 
smaller with a short bell-shaped tube. A prominent tubercle above each 
angle of the mouth. Mouth medium, anteriorly somewhat turned upward ; 
maxillary about as long as the orbit. Tongue broad, rounded, with a 
broad villiform band of teeth. Teeth in villiform bands on jaws and 
tongue, and in three short broad closely placed patches on the vomer 
and palatines. Eyes medium; orbits converging forward, in length one 
sixth of the width of the disk, twice the length of the snout,.one and 
one half times the width of the interorbital space, covered with finer 
seales than those of the surrounding parts of the head. Gills two, none 


' 


102 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


on the first arch; rakers six on each of the first two arches, short, thick, 
rounded; gill openings smaller than the pupil, little forward of the vent, 
placed superiorly in the axilla. Branchiostegal rays six, all resting 
against the ceratohyal, outer one much larger and stronger, firmly joined 
to the lower side of the outer edge of the suboperculum. Operculum nar- 
row anteriorly, much broadened backward; suboperculum broad, with a 
feebly developed four to six spined tubercle at the angle of the disk. 
Skin of the upper surface covered with unequal, closely set, sharp cusped, 
broad based tubercles, with radiating ridges on the bases, larger and 
bearing two or more cusps along the edge of the disk, yet larger along 
the middle of the back and in somewhat regular series on the tail, else- 
where more closely set and surrounded by smaller narrow based slender 
spines. The radiating ridges of many scales bear very small cusps. Scales 
of the ventral surface fine and sharp. The lateral line is easily traced 
by the rounded sensory papille, of which there are about a dozen in the 
series from the snout over the eye and the back to the side of the tail. 
At each side of each papilla there is a spine and a fleshy lobe, more or less 
fringed, by which it is protected and hidden; on the lower side of the 
disk the line forms a deep channel crossed by bridges over the papillae. 
The second papilla at each side of the chin is in front of the space 
between the first and third. 

Dorsal origin about midway from snout to end of caudal, base hardly 
as long as the orbit, greatest length nearly the width of the mouth, 
anal narrow, shorter than the dorsal and originating little backward of 
its hindmost ray; caudal as long as the skull, slightly convex on the hind 
margin; pectorals as long as the caudal, fringed; ventrals narrow, fringed, 
length equal to width of mouth. 

Fresh specimens brownish, more or less gray, with rather faint and 
ill defined spots of light brown somewhat closely placed over the disk ; or 
in cases with white vermiculations in the brown, or in others with whitish 


spots over a brownish surface; ventral surface uniform light; orbits 


darker. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3354 7° 09! 45” N. 80° 50’ W. 322 fathoms 46° F. Gn. M. 
3385 4°39° 367 UN. 79° 16’ W. 286 < 5.9° B Gn. M. 
3386 Vora STION TOS UC Vee OW. 242 & 48° F, Fne. gy. S. 


3396 79 32’ N. 78° 36'30” W. 259 « 47.4°F, Hd. gy. M. and. 


MALTHOPSIS ERINACEA. 103 


Malthopsis erinacea sp. n 
Plate XIX. 


Br. r. 6; D. 5-6; A. 4; P. 12-13; C. 9. 

Compared with Malthopsis sparsa, Plate XVIII, this species has the 
disk broader and more rounded opposite the eyes, the snout overhangs 
the mouth more, is more pointed and extends forward instead of up, and 
there is a lack of the small slender spines amongst the broad striate- 
based tubercles. Body and head broad, much depressed, together forming 
a disk in which the opercles extend back along the sides of the body so 
that the vent is only about one length of the orbit farther back than 
the sides of the head, and in which, as viewed from above, the anterior 
and lateral outlines form more than half of an ellipse. Depth of disk 
three and one half times in its length, or three times in that of the head. 
Snout moderate, little longer than the lower jaws, the tip having the 
appearance of a single multispinous tubercle directed forward and but 
slightly upward, with a pair of strong tubercles at each side above the 
space between the eye and the nostril, deeply excavated below the ros- 
trum for the large trilobed protractile illictum. Behind the top the upper 
lobe of the esca has the appearance of being folded from each side to form 
a chamber from which a small fleshy point protrudes above the top of the 
lobe. The illicial esca in the species is one of the largest in the genus. 
Nasal sacs small, anterior; nostrils close together, in front of the eye, poste- 
rior larger, anterior with a short tube. Mouth rather small, oblique, not 
as wide as the distance across the orbits and the space between them. 
Teeth numerous, in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, palatines, tongue, and 
pharyngeals ; vomerine and palatine groups somewhat separated, the former 
broader and shorter. Cheeks concave and grooved below the eyes. Crown 
flat, a concavity above the snout. Orbits little longer than the snout. 
length equal to the width of the interorbital space, convergent forward, 
Subopercular process comparatively small, with four to six spines. Gills 
two, none on the first and fourth arches; rakers small, blunt, rounded, six 
on each of first and second arches; vill openings small, placed superiorly 
in the axilla, on a line joining the ends of the subopercular tubercles. 
Spines of the disk and tail harsh, tubercular, the larger with swollen bases, 
numerous striz and many spinules ; some of those along the sides of the 


104 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


disk trifid; those of the tail in six to eight series; a row of strong ones 
from the snout to the postfrontal region; those on the ventral surface 
and the fins smaller and more uniform; and those on the orbits very small. 
Lateral line similar to that of IZ. sparsa, Plate XVIII, but with less devel- 
opment of the fringes between the spines over the papille ; channels around 
the edges of the disk deeply excavated; second papilla at each side of the 
symphysis of the lower jaws in advance of the space between the first and 
the third; thread connecting the papilla distinct as in the Brotuloids and 
others. Vent halfway from the eye to the base of the caudal. 

Dorsal origin behind the middle of the length from snout to end of 
the tail, greatest length of fin five sevenths of that of the caudal; anal 
origin about the length of its base behind the base of the dorsal; caudal 
narrow, as long as the skull, subtruncate; pectorals narrow, fringed, as 
long as the caudal; ventrals narrow, two thirds as long as the pectorals, 
fringed. 

Brownish, with traces indicating a rose color in lifé; young individuals 
blackish ; fins blackish. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 

3402 0° 57’ 30” S. 89° 3’ 30” W. 421 fathoms 42.3° F. R. glob. oz. 
3358 6° 30’ N. 81° 44’ W. DOD a 40.2° F. Gn. S. 

3418 16° 33’ N. 99° 52’ 30” W. 660 it 39° F. Br. 8. bk. Sp. 
3425 210 19" IN. 106° 24’ W. 680 * 39° F. Gn. M. and 8. 


Malthopsis spinosa sp. n. 


Plate XXII. 


Brsr Ge, Di i6i5) Aaa Vora C.00: 

Nearly allied to Malthopsis erinacea, Plate XIX., but less broadly 
rounded in the anterior half of the disk, with carpalia more completely 
included in the disk, with much smaller and much more numerous spines, 
and with less development of the subopercular process. Body and head 
depressed, together forming a slightly oblong disk in which the head is as 
long as wide, or seven eighths of the length of bead and body, narrower in 
the anterior half; tail elongate, narrow, rounded, tapering from the vent. 
The disk extends on the carpals to the bases of the pectoral rays; edges of 
the disk not as much swollen as in M. erinacea; subopercular angle very 
blunt, process short. Snout little longer than the lower jaw, length equal 
to width of interorbital space, or to two fifths of the length of the orbit, 


MALTHOPSIS SPINOSA. 105 


protruding, pointed, turned upward at the end, concave across the top, 
deeply excavated below the rostrum for the illicium. TIllicium large, with 
three lobes, the median of which is largest, less round, vertically ridged, 
and is thin edged around a cavity immediately behind its tip. The organ 
can be protracted to bring the bulbs in front of the mouth, and the median 
bulb can be turned forward and down, a movement accompanied by 
changes of shape, producing the effect of a living and swimming bait, an 
effect probably enhanced by luminosity. A groove on each side separates 
the rostral and post-narial ridges; the latter are most prominent near the 
angle of the mouth. Supraorbital ridges prominent, crown little arched. 
Nasal sacs prominent; posterior nostril large, transverse ; anterior nostril 
small, bell-shaped. Mouth oblique, rather narrow, equal in width to half 
the distance from the snout to the occiput; lower jaws very little longer. 
Teeth in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, palatines and tongue; vomerine 
band wide and short; palatine groups longer, rounded. Orbit large, one 
and two thirds times the length of the snout; eye longer than high. Gills 
two, none on first and fourth arches; gill openings small, placed superiorly 
in the axille; rakers six on each of the first two arches. Branchiostegal 
rays six, slender, outer stronger and joined to the opercular bones. Opercular 
tubercle small, with four spines or sometimes more. 

Dorsal small, behind the middle of the total length; anal small, narrow, 
originating about one length of the eye backward from the base of the 
dorsal; pectorals short, about three fifths of the length of the skull from 
the occiput to the end of the snout, longer than the anal, moderately broad, 
fringed; ventrals small, fringed, length half of that from snout to nape ; 
caudal small, subtruncate, nearly one fourth shorter than the skull in front 
of the vertebral column. 

Scales much smaller and much more numerous than those of J. erinacea, 
commonly simple, single cusped, striate based. A few have two cusps each, 
and those on the top of the snout and about the nasal sacs and on the 
orbital ridges are multispinous, On the larger scales of the sides of the tail 
the cusps are longer, more slender and hooked; those on the ventral surface 
are small. 

Lateral system with deep channels and distinct disks (papilla), and with 
but a feeble development of the fringes between the spines on the lobes 
covering the sensory organs. The arrangement of the papillae resembles 


that obtaining throughout this genus and in allied genera; the second 


106 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


at each side of the symphysis of the lower jaws is immediately forward of 
the space between the first and the third. 
Uniform dark brown; fins black. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3392 FO GY BOM INE 79° 40' W. 1270 fathoms 36.4° F. Hard. 
3393 TAS TG Is 79° 36’ W. 1020 « 36.8° F. Gn. M. 


Malthopsis spinulosa sp. n. 
Plate XXTI., XXVI. 


Br. t6;:/6-65 AlAs Vos Bt 13 C9: 

Any idea of a close relationship with MW. sparsa, Plate XVIII., that 
might be suggested by similarity in the outlines of the present type is 
dissipated on comparison of the coloration, the spines and the subopercular 
tubercle; the tubercle is obsolescent, the spines are very fine, and give the 
surface more of a velvety appearance, and the colors have more of the 
characteristics of those of great depths. Though taken from depths of 200 
to 300 fathoms, the colors of JZ. sparsa were in great degree suggestive of 
the influence of sunlight. Body and head much depressed, together form- 
ing a subcircular disk, with blunted corners at each side of the snout and 
opposite each subopercle; length of body from snout to vent about one 
length of the eye more than that of the head. Length of skull nearly half 
and depth of head one third of the width of the disk; crown slightly convex 
from the internarial region to the nape; interorbital region little concave 
transversely. Snout short, shorter at the top, excavated between the nasal 
sacs for the trilobed, protractile illicium ; chin longer. Median lobe of esca 
larger, foliaceous toward the upper edge, with a slender prolongation at the 
top and a median groove on the back, movable forward and down when in 
function; recess apparently lined with luminous tissue; lateral lobes 
smaller, rounder, in some of the specimens at hand highly tinted with a 
different color from that of the median lobe. Nasal sacs prominent; pos- 
terior nostril large, transverse; anterior much smaller, round, with a short, 
bell-shaped tube. Anterior edge of rostrum in most cases slightly turned 
upward. Mouth of moderate width, oblique, wider than the interorbital 
space ; lower jaws longer. Teeth in villiform bands on the jaws, in large 
closely placed groups on the vomer and the palatines, and in a broad band 
twice as long as wide on the tongue; pharyngeal groups small, rounded, see 
Plate XXVI., Fig. 4 to 7. Eye one third of the length from snout to nape, 


COTTOIDS. 107 


equal to the width of the interorbital space, longer than the snout. Margins 
of the disk hardly to be described as swollen. Subopercular tubercle weak, 
small, four to six spined on small specimens, almost imperceptible on larger 
ones. Gills two; rakers short, round, five to six on first and second arches; 
gill openings small, placed superiorly in the axille, backward of the sub- 
opercular angle. Branchiostegal rays six, slender, outer one stronger and 
joined to the opercular bones. Scales tubercular, comparatively small, close 
together, with slender cusps and striated spreading bases; commonly larger 
and hooked in several rows at each side of the tail, at each side of the 
papille of the lateral line, and along the edges of the disk. A larger, more 
prominent spine at the end of the rostrum, another behind each eye, a pair 
near the middle of each eye on the interorbital space, and another pair 
immediately behind the nasal sac. Spines of the lower surfaces smaller. 
Lateral line distinct, deeply excavated around the edge of the disk. In 
Fig. 2 of Plate XXI. the second papilla at each side of the symphysis below 
the mouth is not indicated; it lies forward of the space between the first 
and the third of the series. The fringes on the lobes at the sides of the 
papillae do not appear to be either numerous or greatly developed. The 
caudal section of the male is apparently longer than that of the female. 

Dorsal originating close to the middle of the total length, midway from 
the occiput to the base of the caudal; anal origin one length of the eye 
farther back than base of dorsal, fin length equal that of the latter, two 
thirds as long as the caudal, pointed ; caudal narrow, as long as the skull, 
rounded on the hind margin ; pectorals medium, fringed, rounded on the 
outer margin, short in the hinder rays; ventrals small, fringed, narrow, 
little shorter than the pectorals. 

Translucent whitish to brown, with or without cloudings or spots, Fig. 1, 
Plate XXI. Traces of brilliant red colors appear on light colored individuals 
and on some the lateral lobes of the illicium are deep red, while the median 
lobe is of cream color; the illicium varies from light color to dark brown. 

Specimen drawn five and one half inches in length. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3394 PAIN 79° 35/ W. 511 fathoms 41.8° F. Dk. gn. M. 
COTTOIDS. 


The only Cottoids secured by the expedition are shoal water forms. 
For the greater part the group is made up of species living on the bottom, 


108 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


yet through their activity and abundance of fin surface they appear to have 
maintained their places on the upper levels. Though nearly coincident with 
the Discoboles in horizontal distribution, compared with them very few 
indeed belong to the deep sea. The seasonal migrations of the Cottoids 
have a considerable range vertically; many species descend a hundred and 
fifty fathoms or more and thus intrude themselves into the list of fishes 
habitually dwelling below the hundred fathom level. The greatest depth 
given for a member of the group is that of Cotlunculus inermis, taken by the 
Steamer “ Ingolf” at nine hundred and fifty-seven fathoms, off the north- 
eastern coasts of Iceland, and Cottunculus Thomson’ is close upon this with 
a depth of nine hundred and twelve. An approach toward these is that of 
Cottus bathybius, secured by the “Challenger,” south of Yedo, Japan, in five 
hundred and sixty-five fathoms. A fair idea of the representation below a 


hundred fathoms may be obtained from the list of species. 


TRIGLOIDS. 


Several species belonging to this group appear in the collection. One or 
two of the new ones, Peristedium barbiger and P. crustosum are somewhat 
questionable additions to the number of deep sea species, though taken at 
various depths between fifty-six and a hundred and eighty-two fathoms. 
Agonus decagonus, as taken in the “ Ingolf”’ collections, is from the greatest 
depth as yet noted for the group, seven hundred and twenty nine fath- 
oms, off the northern coasts of Iceland. Peristedium Rivers-Andersoni 
Alc., was obtained by the ‘‘ Investigator” off Colombo, Ceylon, in depths of 
one hundred and forty two to four hundred fathoms. 


TRIGLIDZ. 


Prionotus frontalis sp. n. 


Br. ry. 7; D. XI, 11; Av Wks VV: 6; RP. 12-3; Li. 103, sealess Ltr: 
8 + 20. 

Form less elongate, head more prominent in the orbital region, groove 
between the orbits narrower and deeper, and the lateral bones of the snout 
less produced than in Prionotus miles Jen. Body comparatively short and 
stout, tapering rapidly from the skull, depth nearly one fourth of the entire 
length; vent midway from the front of the orbit to the base of the caudal. 


ae 


PRIONOTUS FRONTALIS. 109 


Head one third of the total length, two thirds as wide as long, as wide as 
deep, widest behind the mouth, narrow at the crown, high and arched from 
the front of the orbit to the nape. Snout moderately broad, subtruncate, 
nearly straight on the top, arched transversely, one and three fifths times as 
long as the orbit, narrowing forward, with denticulations at the sides, above 
the maxillary, and with a comb-like series of eight larger denticles in front 
of the nostrils at each side of the symphysis. Nostrils small; posterior a 
longitudinal slit, midway from the eye to the end of the snout; anterior 
subtubular with a fold reaching to the posterior nostril. Mouth wide, hori- 
zontal; maxillary reaching a vertical from the front edge of the eye. 
Teeth in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, and palatines; palatine bands 
about three times as long as wide. Orbits prominent above the crown, one 
fourth as long as the head. Interorbital space a narrow trough, the width 
of which is half the length of the orbit, half as wide as long, bounded pos- 
teriorly by a transverse groove that is bent backward in the middle. Head 
plates with radiating finely granulate ridges. A short spine above the for- 
ward part of the orbit on the orbital ridge; a larger one above the hinder 
portion of the orbit; a low spine-like prominence at each side of the oc- 
ciput, and another on the suprascapular; opercular and subopercular spines 
strong and sharp, coracoid spine shorter; two to three tubercular promi- 
nences immediately behind the eye. Scales small, harsh, ctenoid, absent 
from the space on the nape between the suprascapule, and at each side of 
the base of the first dorsal. Lateral line with fifty-two pores. 

Anterior spine of first dorsal half as long as the head, nearly equal to 
length of fin base ; forward edges of first two or three spines rough with 
denticles or granulations; first ray of second dorsal similarly roughened. 
Anal originating below origin of second dorsal but base and fin extending 
nearer to the caudal than in the latter. Caudal length equal to greatest 
length of second dorsal, three fifths as long as the head, fin concave on 
the hind margin. Pectoral rather narrow, pointed, longest ray four fifths 
of the length of the head. Fifth ventral ray three fifths as long as the 
head ; first ray short, spinelike. Ends of rays in all the fins more or less 
exserted., 

Four pyloric appendages. Females of the length of four inches contain 
well developed eggs. 

Back grayish brown, more -or less freckled with brown, with brownish 
streaks extending from the middle of the back forward and down to the 


110 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


lateral line and with others from the line down and backward to the white 
(red) of the lower portion of the entire body. A darkish spot below the eye 
on the cheek. Lower ends of the oblique streaks on the flanks darker ; 
upper portion, as also the basal parts, of the dorsals darker. Or these fins 
may be described as similar to those of P. miles in having a lighter longi- 
‘tudinal area in the middle. Upper twelve rays of the pectorals darker, 
lighter toward the ends. Caudal reddish with blackish upper edge and 
with two transverse lunate bands of blackish. Ventrals white. 

This species is separated from P. miles by the postocular tubercles, the 
shortness of head and body, and other features ; from P. dirostratus it is dis- 
tinguished by a larger first dorsal, etc., from P. guiescens by a larger number 
of scales, by the postorbital groove, and the scaleless area in front of the 
dorsal, from P. albirostris by a straighter profile, and the postorbital groove, 
from P. xensma by the larger first dorsal, the naked space behind the 
occiput, and by absence of papille on the throat, and from P. gymnostethus 
by the squamation of the breast, ete. 


~ Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3390 12:26) LOY ON. 79° 53’ 50” W. 56 fathoms 62.6° F. Fne. gy. S. G. 
PERISTEDIID Js. 


Peristedium barbiger sp. n. 

Bror. 7; D: VIM, 18=195 A. 8195 V. 65 BP. 12 = 2 a as in: 

Body moderately elongate, depressed, slender behind the body cavity. 
Head massive, tapering to narrow from the orbits, more than one third as 
long as the distance from snout to end of caudal, twice as long as deep, 
three fourths as wide as long; width of crown equal to length of orbit or to 
width across ends of rostral processes; suborbital keel prominent from the 
rostrum backward widest in a blunt angle opposite the hind border of the 
eye; a less prominent keel on the suboperculum, sharper backward. No 
smaller angle between the suborbital and the subopercular, as appears on 
P. crustosum. A slight prominence on the suborbital keel opposite the for- 
ward half of the eye. Snout depressed, broad, concave longitudinally, arched 
transversely, more than half as long as the head ; rostral processes as long as 
the orbit, separated at the mouth by about one third of the orbital length, 
converging forward, depressed, blade-like, wider than the space between them, 
denticulate on the edges, rounded and bearing several larger denticles on 
the ends, top of each basal portion with a large backward inclined spine 


PERISTEDIUM BARBIGER. mlalat 


from which a low keel extends to the orbit, each process with three outlets 
of the lateral system on the lower side anterior to the mouth and a fourth 
opposite the maxillary ; a hooked spine near the inner side of each nostril 
and a sharp spine at each outer edge forward of a slight prominence 
nearly opposite the nostrils. Mouth wide, lower jaws much shorter; max- 
illary extending two thirds of the distance from the bases of the rostral pro- 
longations to the eye. Chin barbels numerous, closely bunched, compara- 
tively long, the groups of the two sides hardly separated below the isthmus, 
outer barbel with about twenty barblets, reaching a vertical from the middle 
of the eye. Eye large, equal in length to the rostral processes, or to the 
width of the interorbital space, one fifth of the entire length of the head, 
prominent. Interorbital space concave transversely, ending at a spine of 
moderate prominence above the hinder edge of each orbit. Back of head 
depressed, slightly concave, with a low ridge at each side on which behind 
the postorbital spine there is a low spine or prominence and another at the 
end on the back of the head. No ridge or prominence behind the orbit on 
the side of the head. A short opercular spine from which a ridge extends 
forward. Subopercular spine hardly longer than the opercular. A very 
low keel starts below the middle of the snout at the edge, and continues 
back toward the ventral fin. Gill openings moderate; lamelle short; 
rakers five plus sixteen, short, clubshaped. Pseudobranchie small. Head- 
shields all granular, an obsolescent spine above the forward part of each eye. 
Scales rough, granular, in four series on each side, wider than long, each 
with a sharp compressed and hooked spine, except on eight or nine of the 
hindmost in the second row from the middle of the back in which the spine 
is compressed into a blade at each end of which there is a cusp the anterior 
being antrorse the posterior retrorse. Abdominal plates enlarged, each 
with a low keel in which there is a spine of more or less prominence. 
Genital papilla medium. 

Fins medium to small; first dorsal rather low, longest ray equal to post- 
orbital length of head; origin of second dorsal midway from end of snout to 
end of caudal, slightly in advance of the origin of the anal; caudal small, 
half as long as the snout, equal in length to first ray of first dorsal, poste- 
rior margin concave ; pectorals broad, one and one fourth times as long as 
the orbit, rounded on the margins, upper of the two free rays the longer; 
ventrals comparatively large, rounded, hindmost ray united to the body by 
membrane for half or more of its length. 


112 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Red in life somewhat brownish on the back, with an oblong yellow 
(white) edged spot of deep black, covering the second to the sixth rays of 
the first dorsal, in the outer half of the fin. Second dorsal with brown spots 
toward the base on the rays and again toward the extremities, margin light. 
Pectoral dotted with brown. Caudal plain. Lower surfaces uniform light 
(red). On some the spots on the second dorsal are faint or obsolete and 
the back is not so brown. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth, Temperature. Bottom. 
3387 7° 40’ N. 792 ir! 50" Wi 127 fathoms 56.2° F. Fne. gy. 8. 
3390 io 2EGTOUENE 79° 53’ 50” W. DG. 62.6° F. Fne. gy. 8. G. 


Peristedium crustosum pp. n. 


Plate A, fig. 2. 
Bere; DVI; 17; A. 17=185 V2 65 P. 124-2 Li5.32-381 5 Lin. 


This species resembles P. ¢runcatum Giint. somewhat in form, but is 
possessed of a longer lateral barbel, a longer subopercular spine, wider 
flanges and greater angles on the preopercular ridge, narrower rostral 
prolongations, and shorter second dorsal and anal. As in other species 
the body is massive forward and slender in the entire postabdominal 
section. Head narrower forward, low on the snout, high and abruptly 
prominent in the orbital region, nearly four times as wide across the 
opercular ridges as across the crown, depth half of the length or three 
fifths of the width. Snout broad and low, width at the front of the 
orbits three times, and that at the bases of the rostral prolongations 
twice the width of the interorbital space, length half of that of the head; 
either the length of the rostral processes or their distance apart equals 
the width of the interorbital space. Each rostral process is narrower 
toward its outer end, has four sensory membranes (lat. syst.) toward 
the outer edges of the lower sides, is denticulate on the edges, and has 
three or four stronger denticles in front of the end.  Nostrils small, 
subtubular, apparently of much less importance in the system than the 
greatly developed sensory membranes in the openings of the lateral system 
or than the barbels of the chin. Immediately behind the superior processes 
of the upper jaws there is a transverse series of four papillz and at each 
side of the same processes there are two more. Mouth wide; maxillary not 
reaching a vertical from the front of the orbit by about one third of the 
orbital length; lower jaws shorter. Chin with numerous barbels, separated 


i i 


PERISTEDIUM CRUSTOSUM. 113 


by a considerable space below the symphysis; lateral barbel with about 
eight groups of barblets, extending backward of the eye to the pectorals 
or to the end of the suborbital keel. Eye large, prominent, half as long 
as the snout, one third of the length of the head, one and one 
third times the interorbital width. Interorbital space arched longitudi- 
nally, deeply concave transversely with strong ridges at the sides.  Gill- 
rakers slender, sharp, three to five plus twenty-four, several rudimentary, 
longest one third as long as the orbit. Surfaces of the head harsh with 
fine granulations, Above the forward part of the eye on the ridge there 
is a group of two or more small sharp compressed hooked spines; behind 
the orbit the ridge rises in a stronger spine, and behind the latter a lower 
one, behind which there is another still lower. At each side of the occiput 
there is a strongly compressed spine, at the end of the ridge, bearing one to 
two cusps. On the top of the basal half of each rostral process there is an 
erect spine, and behind and inward from the nostrils there is a pair of 
similar ones. Above the angle of the mouth there are others standing on 
the serrated edge of the ridge, which latter expands backward across the 
opercles and supports a prominent angle opposite the forward edge of 
the eye, a more prominent one opposite the hinder part of the orbit 
and another at the end of the gill cover, the last one preceded by a small 
one in the indentation. Opercular spine, strong, sharp; suprascapular 
ridge low, rough. A serrated ridge immediately above the upper jaw is 
divided into two above the articular; a lower ridge starting behind the 
angle of the mouth forms three sections, of which the middle one is small. 
Seales rough, granular, wider than long, with strong compressed hooked 
blade-like spines, nine or ten of those in the second row on the back 
of the tail sending a cusp forward as also backward. The spines make 
four keel-like series the second of which forms a continuation of the 
lower postorbital keel, curving downward behind the head till on the 
level of the opercular spine, and the fourth of which continues the keels 
of the abdominal plates from the pectorals. Lower surface naked in 
advance of the pectorals, covered with large granular laterally ridged 
plates backward. A prominent genital papilla. 

Body red in life, more or less vermilion, throat and abdomen whitish, 
upper half of the dorsal on the larger specimens black. On the young 
specimens from which fig. 2, Plate A, is drawn the rostral processes and 


the outer barbel are much shorter, the former only half as long, the 
8 


114 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


latter reaching little if any behind the middle of the eye. In other 
respects the agreement is close. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 

3391 7° 33! 40” N. 79° 43/ 20” W. 153 fathoms 55.8° F. Gn. M. 

3355 HOMO QOING 80° 55’ W. 182 3 54a 1o RB: Bk. g. sh. 

3367 5° 31! 30” N. 86° 52’ 30” W. LOO) ese BY Ps hal Oe Rocky. 
DISCOBOLES. 


From a partial examination of the collection it was shown, in “The 
Discoboli,” 1892, p. 8, that the distribution of this group extended under 
the tropics on the sea bottom from the Arctic to the Antarctic Ocean. 
Since the material has been studied the evidence has proved to be even 
more conclusive than was supposed at that time. There are six new species 
in the lot, taken between two degrees and thirty degrees of north latitude, 
at depths of 511 to 1825 fathoms, and in temperatures varying from 35.8 to 
41.8 degrees Fahrenheit. These low temperatures are suggestive of distri- 
bution quite to the neighborhood of the poles; they approximate so much 
to those given by Nansen and others in the farthest north that with the 
animal life known to inhabit the region the presumption would appear to 
be warranted. As yet Discoboles are unknown from the Indian Ocean and 
the Western Pacific; neither the “Challenger” nor the “ Investigator” 
secured any. ‘There is some likeness between the distribution of the 
Discoboles. to that of Cottus and its closer allies; whether this has any 
bearing on derivation is yet to be decided. It may be that the discovery 
of Cottus bathybius Giint. in the western Pacific is to be followed by knowl- 
edge of new Discoboles from the same parts of the world. 

The species here described were all taken from tracts of soft mud and 
ooze on the bottom of the sea, locations in which ventral disks must be of 
little use to the fishes, and naturally the disks are more or less obsolete. 
On one of the species the disk is present but very small; on four of the 
others the disk has disappeared but more or less of the pelvis remains, see 
Plate XXVIII., fig. 2° to 24 and Plate X XIX. figs. 1, 2, and 3. On account 
of the presence of the pelvis, and of the amount of compression of the head 
and body the name Merophorus angustifrons has been given to one of the 
species. The pores connecting with the lateral system are large in all the 
present species; the system itself is confined to the head, as heretofore 
noted for the group. The eyes in all are comparatively large, adapted no 


CAREPROCTUS LONGIFILIS. IAs) 


doubt to phosphorescent light. There are no specially differentiated light 
producing organs, as in Sternoptychide, Stomiatide, Pediculates and others, 
though it may be the entire skin is phosphorescent. 


LIPARIDID &. 


Careproctus longifilis. 


Careproctus longifilis Garm., 1892, Discoboli, p. 9. 
Plates XX VIL. and XXVIII fig. 1; Plate X XIX. fig. 5. 


Br. r.6; D. 54; A. 49; V. 6, supporting a disk; P. 13 +4+64; C. 9. 

Body and head forming a subspherical mass, short, broad, rounded on the 
top, the sides, and the front, somewhat flattened on the lower surface at the 
disk; caudal section from the vent backward narrow and slender. From 
the snout to the anal fin is hardly more than one fourth of the total length ; 
the length of the body without tail or head is little if any more than half of 
the head’s length. Head short, less than one fifth of the total, very convex 
on the crown, on the snout and on the cheeks, flattened at the throat, as 
wide as deep, high at the occiput, curving downward steeply on the fore- 
head. Snout short, as long as the eye, deep and wide, very convex across 
the top, broadly rounded from side to side, produced very little forward of 
the mouth. Mouth large, horizontally cleft; lower jaw little shorter, in- 
eluded; maxillary reaching a vertical from the front edge of the eye. Eye 
medium, about as long as the snout, length nearly two fifths of the width 
of the interorbital space, size not far from that of the ventral disk. Teeth 
small, slender, subconical, acuminate, in villiform bands, Disk a trifle longer 
than wide, length equal to half the distance from the end of the snout, its 
distance from the vent hardly equal to its diameter. Guill openings narrow, 
as wide as the eye, above the base of the pectoral. Operculum small, hind 
angle a short spine, almost horizontal, slightly bent upward. LEpicoracoid 
spine-like, strong, two thirds as long as the head, reaching far down on the 
flank, that is, below the level of the upper part of the pectoral, bent forward 
in the middle. 

Vertical fins confluent, well developed; dorsal originating but little back- 
ward of the vent, above the axil of the pectoral, rising gradually toward the 
caudal; anal origin seven or eight rays farther from the head; both fins 
overlapping the caudal more than half of its length and connected with it 


116 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


by membrane ; caudal elongate, half as long as the head, narrow, of nine 
rays, pointed. Pectoral width equal to three fourths of the length of the 
head, longest ray, at the upper edge of the fin, equal to two fifths of the 
total length of the specimen; fin in three portions, of which the upper con- 
tains thirteen rays, shortening from the uppermost, the middle contains four 
shorter widely separated rays, forming an interspace, and the lower, at the 
sides of the disk, contains four independent rays of which the third and 
fourths; provided with long filaments, are nearly three tenths of the total 
length of the specimen. The rays are more rigid than those of the species 
of Paraliparis in the collection; they end in very slender and flexible 
extremities. 

Intense black, uniform over head, body, and fins. 

Total length three and three fourths inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3374 2°35! IN. 83253) Wis 1823 fathoms 36.4° F. Green ooze 


Paraliparis fimbriatus. 
Paraliparis fimbriatus Garman, 1892, Discoboli, p. 9. 


Plate D, fig. 3; Plate X XIX. fig. 1. 


D. 49; A. 45; V. 0, a rudimentary pelvis; P. 24. 

Greatly compressed behind the body chamber, depth one seventh of 
the total length. Head short, two elevenths of the total, five sixths as 
broad as long, flattened on the crown, broadly arched from nape to snout, 
steep on the sides. Nape broad but not high. Snout short, nearly as 
long as the eye, as seen from above broadly rounded in front, depth much 
less than the width. Mouth wide; maxillary reaching a vertical behind 
the orbit, lower jaws included. Teeth slender, in moderate numbers, 
simple, acuminate, in bands of several series. Eye medium, one fourth as 
long as the head, longer than the snout, length equal to two thirds of 
the interorbital space. Body chamber shorter than the head. Epicoracoid 
long and slender. Hinder angle of the operculum a strong sharp spine. 
Distance from the snout to the first ray of the dorsal fin four seventeenths 
of the total. First anal ray below the ninth ray of the dorsal. Vertical 
fins confluent. Caudal region narrow, deep; caudal fin acuminate. Pec- 
toral broad, without a gap between upper and lower rays, but notched 


PARALIPARIS GRANDICEPS. ial 


somewhat by the shorter fifth and sixth rays counting from beneath, each 
ray prolonged in a soft filament. Ventral disk obsolete, but pelvic bones 
remaining as a pair of thin elements behind the humeral symphysis, Plate 
XXIX., Fig. 1. These pelvic rudiments occupy a similar position but are 
closer together than those of P. attenuatus. In the ovary there are fourteen 
or fifteen eggs as large as the orbit, and among them numerous others 
much smaller, varying in size from that of a cabbage seed downward. 

Purplish black anteriorly; shading to greyish near the mid caudal 
vertebrae and backward. 

Four inches in total length. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3381 4° 56’ N. 80° 52’ 30” W. 1772 fathoms 35.8° F. Green mud 


Paraliparis grandiceps sp. 
Plate X XIX. figs. 4-Le. 
DF cab Acar 42-7 Py lo, 151 1,..5: 


The specimen described is very badly preserved. Evidently the species 
bears considerable resemblance in form and proportions to P. bathybius, 
characterized by Collett from types secured in the northeastern Atlantic. 
Body and tail compressed, depth not far from one fifth of the total length, 
Caudal section thick, deep anteriorly and for some distance back from the 
body, then decreasing in depth rapidly and becoming thin and slender. 
Head as broad and deep as long, nearly one sixth of the total length, 
narrowed somewhat at the snout, subquadrangular in transsection across 
the orbits, flattened or slightly concave on the crown, swollen on the cheek. 
Snout blunt, longer than the orbit, a trifle overhanging the mouth. Mouth 
wide, maxillary extending below the entire orbit. Teeth small, short, 
robust, blunt, subconical, with broad bases, firmly attached, in one series on 
each jaw, larger toward the angles of the mouth. Orbit rather large, less 
than the length of the snout, less than one third of the length of the head. 
Origin of the dorsal distant from the head about half the length of the 
latter. Anal origin below the eighteenth ray of the dorsal. The outlines 
of dorsal and anal are in a measure like those of Liparis Agassiz ; the 
longest rays occur near three fifths of the distance from snout to caudal, 
and are not less than two thirds as long as the head. Throughout the 
length these fins are rather wide. Pectorals wide, the entire width being 


118 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


equal to that of the skull across the parietals. In the upper and longer 
portion of the fin there are fifteen rays; this portion is separated by an 
interspace with four short rays, distant from one another, from the lower 
portion of the fin, which contains five rays nearly as long as those in the 
upper part. The shortest rays of the pectorals occupy a space the width of 
which is about equal to the length of the orbit; they are connected by 
membrane. The longest rays are nearly or quite as long as the longest of 
those of either dorsal or anal. Accurate determinations of the numbers 
of rays in the vertical fins, or of the shape and connections of the caudal are 
prevented by the condition of the specimen. 

Total length ten inches or more. 

Dark brown or black. 

The structure of the pectoral most likely agreed with that figured for 
P. bathybius in the “ Challenger” Report by Gitinther in having the low mem- 
brane between the sections of the fin, but with the addition of short rays in 
support, which may not have protruded beyond the edge, as in the figure 
given by Collett. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3434 25° -29' 307 N. 109° 48’ W. 1588 fathoms 36.4° F, Br. m. bk. sp. 


Paraliparis attenuatus sp. n. 
Plates XX VIL and XXVIII. fig. 3; Plate XXIX. fig. 2. 


Br. r.6; D. 66; A. 57; V. 0, pelvis rudimentary; P. 17, 1, 1, 1, 4. 

Total length equal to three and one fourth times the length of the 
body cavity. Body compressed, depth about one sixth of the total length ; 
caudal section very long and slender. Head less than one seventh of the 
total, one fourth deeper than wide, high at the nape, curving downward in 
front in a broad arch, flattened or slightly convex on the crown and fore- 
head, narrower and rounded and blunt on the snout; interorbital space 
little, if any, wider than the eye, narrowing rapidly in front. Snout some- 
what produced above and forward of the mouth, hardly as long as the eye. 
Mouth medium, horizontal; maxillary not reaching a vertical from the hind 
border of the orbit. Teeth small, simple, short, acuminate, not numerous, 
in single series, stouter and broader toward the base than those of P. jim- 
briatus. Eye large, one and one third times the length of the snout, 
orbital length nearly equal to the width of the interorbital space. The 


== = 


PARALIPARIS ANGUSTIFRONS. 119 


skull is rather concave between the orbits because of the greater height 
of the bones around them. Epicoracoid long, slender, spine-like, more 
than half as long as the head, extending down and back in the flank so 
much that its lower end is nearly one length of the orbit behind the 
base of the pectoral. 

Pectoral of about twenty-four rays divided by an interspace, containing 
three shorter and widely set rays, into a lower group of four and an upper 
group of seventeen rays. Apparently without a ventral disk, but with 
a rudimentary pelvis, Plate XXIX., fig. 2,in which the elements are less 
developed than in either P. fimbriatus or P. latifrons. Vertical fins confluent. 
First ray of the dorsal a very short distance backward of the base of the 
pectoral, near a vertical from the end of the opercle or the vent. Caudal 
narrow, acuminate. Anal origin eight or nine rays farther backward than 
that of the dorsal. 

Uniform black, or lightening to brown in the posterior half; linings of 
the body cavity black. 

Total length three inches or more. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 
3364 5° 30’ N. 86° 8! 30” W. 902 fathoms 38° F. Yellow globigerina ooze 


Paraliparis angustifrons sp. n. 
Plates XX VII. and XXVIII. fig. 4; Plate XXIX. fig. 3. 


D. 57; A. 53; V. 0, pelvis rudimentary; P. 37. 

Body compressed, narrow, depth two elevenths of the tota: length, retain- 
ing depth to the mid length then tapering rapidly. Head narrow, short, six 
and one half times in the total length, nearly twice as high as wide ; crown 
convex. Snout short, blunt, rounded, not as long as the orbit. Orbital 
length half of the interorbital width, more than one fourth of the length of 
the head. Mouth wide; cleft rising forward on a gradual incline ; maxillary 
extending farther back than the orbit. Teeth subconical, hooked, small, in 
villiform bands of moderate width, series more numerous than in P. datifrons. 
At the base the teeth are abruptly broadened. Hind angle of operculum 
spine-like, elongate, directed downward. Epicoracoid moderately long 
and slender. 

Vertical fins confluent; dorsal origin on the nape; anal origin about 
ten rays farther backward than that of the dorsal; both well developed ; 


120 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


caudal long, acuminate. The caudal section becomes very slender at some 
distance in front of the base of the fin. Pectorals broad without a gap at 
the bases of the rays, but with a notch in the lower half caused by shorter 
rays; ends of rays prolonged as filaments. No ventrals; dissection exposes 
a rudimentary pelvis immediately behind the humeral symphysis. These 
pelvic elements are short and deep, as shown on Plate XXIX., fig. 3. 

Very likely the movements effected by the strong bands of muscle from 
the nape over the top of the head are those of rooting or grubbing with 
the snout; the soft filaments of the pectorals again indicate a probability 
that the field of operations was in mud or ooze where a ventral disk 
would be ineffectual. All things considered, it appears most probable 
that the species of Paraliparis dwell on the softest portions of the sea 
bottom ; such a dwelling place will most reasonably explain the loss of 
the ventral disk. 

Head and belly black ; fins blackish ; body over the muscular portions 
lighter, somewhat greyish. 

Total length four and one half inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3394 7° 21' N. 79° 35! W. 511 fathoms 41.8° F. Dark green mud 


Paraliparis latifrons sp. n. 
Plates XX VIL, XXVIII, figs. 2-2f. 


Br. r.6; D. 55; A. 47-49; V. 0, pelvis rudimentary ; P. 18, 1, 1, 4 to 5. 

Body much compressed, greatest depth near one fifth of the total length, 
tapering rapidly from the nape, where it descends somewhat abruptly, and 
becoming slender behind the middle of the length, Head comparatively 
large, nearly one sixth of the total length, deep at the occiput, high at the 
nape, broad and convex on the forehead, wide at and behind the eyes, one 
third longer than wide, sides vertical. Snout short, massive, very broad, 
thick, rounded, little produced beyond the mouth. Mouth large; maxil- 
lary reaching below the hind margin of the orbit. Teeth small, simple, 
acute, in villiform bands of few rows. Eye large, one and one half times as 
long as the snout, three tenths of the length of the head, one and one third 
times the width of the skull between the eyes. Bones of the head very 
thin and fragile ; top of skull descending forward, nearly plane, but top of 
head rendered quite convex by the strong bands of muscle from the nape 


GOBIOIDS. UZ 


which extend forward upon the interorbital space. Opereulum with a short 
rather weak down and backward-directed spine. Epicoracoid long, slender, 
extending down behind the base of the pectoral. 

Vertical fins confluent. Dorsal origin above the base of the pectoral, 
slightly in advance of a vertical from the vent. No ventral disk; pelvis 
rudimentary, the basal elements of considerable size, Plate XXVIL., fig. 
2°-2'. No trace of a disk appears externally, the pelvis is only to be dis- 
covered by removal of the tissues close behind the humeral symphysis. 
Upper portion of the pectoral with about eighteen rays separated from the 
lower portion of four, rarely five, rays by an interspace of membrane sup- 
ported by a couple of short rays, Plate XXVIIL., fig. 2%. Longest rays of 
the pectoral, in the upper portion, nearly as long as the head ; the majority 
of the rays have filamentary prolongations; the four or five rays in the 
lower or anterior portion are only about half as long as the others. Eegs 
large, nearly as large as the eye. 

Black on the sides and lower surface of the head, on the abdomen and 
the fins; remainder of the surface blackish to clouded brownish. 

Total length five inches or more. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3382 6° 21’ N. 80° 41’ W. 1793 fathoms 39.8° EF. Green mud. 
GOBIOIDS. 


Judging from what is known of them at the present the Gobies do not 
lend themselves to the development of bathybial species as readily as less 
active forms in other groups. Only four species have been reported from 
depths greater than a hundred and fifty fathoms. The greatest depth is 
that assigned Calhonymus Agassizii G. and B., 1888, at three hundred and 
forty fathoms, in the Gulf of Mexico. This species was identified by Goode 
and Bean for Agassiz’s Three Cruises of the United States Coast and 
Geodetic Survey Steamer “ Blake’ and published under this name in Vol. 
II., p. 29, fig. 207; for reasons they do not mention it has been refigured 
and described by them under the name Cullionymus himantophorus G. B., 
1896, Oc. Ich., 296, Pl. LXXVI., fig. 268. The depth reported by Vaillant, 
1888, for Callionymus phaéton Giint., taken by the steamer “ Talisman ” off the 
Azores, is three hundred and six fathoms; this author also notes a depth of 
two hundred and forty-three fathoms for Golius Lesueurii Risso, off the 


European coasts. Species of these genera among the collections of the 


122 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


“Investigator” from the northern parts of the Indian Ocean, are noted by 
Alcock at depths of more than a hundred fathoms. In the present “ Alba- 
tross”’ collection there is a new species of Callionymus from between Malpelo 
Island and the Isthmus of Panama at a hundred and twelve to a hundred 
and twenty-seven fathoms. The slender claims of the group to a place on 
the lists of deep sea fishes rest entirely on the genera mentioned; the 
species mentioned show no special bathybial modifications. 


GOBIID Ai, 


Callionymus atrilabiatus sp. n. 


BromGa(G=9 GeO alV 5/95 Ar 8); V6; Pon C a2: 

Form of moderate elongation, depressed, tapering from the operculum 
to the snout and to the caudal; body cavity less than half of the length 
to the base of the caudal. Head one third of the length to the base of 
the tail, two thirds as wide as long, hardly two thirds as deep as wide, 
broad and slightly convex across the parietal region, narrow and grooved 
between the eyes, narrow and blunt on the snout, with a low arch from 
snout to nape. Snout as long as the eye, wider than deep, subangular 
forward, rounded at the end. Nostril porelike, nearer to the eye than to 
the end of the snout. Mouth small; maxillary extending little, if any, 
behind a vertical from the front edge of the orbit. Teeth small, in short 
villiform bands which are widest near the symphyses and narrow rapidly 
backward. Eyes large, very prominent, close together; orbit as long as 
the snout, less than one third of the length of the head. Process of the 
preoperculum stout, turned upward at the end, bearing a strong upward 
directed spine and a stronger one directed forward. Gill openings small, 
superior, directly forward of the upper edge of the pectoral base. Four 
gills; rakers five to six, short, clubshaped. Pseudobranchiz medium. 
Lateral line single; distinct, with very small, closely placed pores on the 
flanks and across the aural region at the nape; indistinct, and with scattered 
pores on the head. 

Dorsal originating opposite the middle of the space between the base of 
the pectoral and the gill opening, at one third of the distance from the 
snout to the base of the caudal, first ray longest. Second dorsal higher 
forward, pointed behind, hindmost rays longest, reaching the bases of the 
caudal rays. Anal fringed, origin below the third or the fourth ray of 


ENTOMACRODUS CRUENTATUS. nS 


the second dorsal, hindmost rays forming an acute angle which reaches the 
caudal fin. Pectorals broad, appearing as if obliquely truncate in the upper 
half of the fin, longest rays below the median, reaching the anal. Ventrals 
large, broad, reaching the anal, fringed, pointed, fourth ray longest. 
Caudal nearly as long as the head, of ten long rays and two short ones, 
longest in the middle. 

Above the middle of the flanks brownish with numerous closely placed 
transverse streaks of brown, which anteriorly and on the head are broken 
into small spots, or which in places become vermiculations; dorsals, pec- 
torals and caudal with small spots of brown and whitish, forming series on 
the rays; first dorsal with a larger spot, which may have been bluish 
surrounded with light color, in the outer half of the fin between the third 
and the fourth rays. In some cases the fins appear to be thickly freckled 
with brown and with white. Anal white, with a long band of black near 
the lower edge ; fringes white. There are indications that the light colors 
were red to yellowish in life. Lower surfaces white below body and head, 
yellowish backward. Upper lips deep black; sometimes the black of the 
sides unites in front, in other cases it is confined to the sides of the mouth. 
Orbits black in the upper and white in the lower and greater portion. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 

3378 3° 58/ 20” N. 81° 36° W. 112 fathoms. 55.9° F. Broken shells. 

3387 7° 40’ N. 79° 17’ 50” W. 127 Ce 56.2° BF. Fine grey sand, 
BLENNIOIDS. 


The Blennioids represented in the collection are very young ones, taken 
by the townet, of which the adults probably do not belong with the deep 
sea fishes. The group enters the bathybial lists through the works of 
Strém, Collett, Giinther and others, who assign depths of a hundred and 


fifty fathoms or more to species of Anarrhichas and Chirolophis. 


BLENNIID &. 
Entomacrodus cruentatus sp. n. 
Plate L’, Fig. 1. 
Dri es A io. Ves (4); Ps 125) Vert. 34. 


Moderately elongate, compressed, depth three seventeenths of the total 
length. Head narrow, three fourteenths of the length from snout to end 


124 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


of caudal; crown arched, interorbital space sharply convex, apparently 
without a crest, tentacles, or filaments. Snout somewhat pointed, as long 
as the eye. Hye large, three tenths of the head. Mouth small, maxillary 
not reaching to the middle of the eye. Teeth anterior, cusps acicular; a 
larger, hooked canine behind the series at each side on the lower jaws, and 
in front of this another smaller and more slender one; upper teeth similar 
to the lower ones, but with a single smaller canine at the end of the series 
near the angle of the mouth. 

Dorsals continuous; the contiguous ends marked by a notch; first spine 
above the upper angle of the gill opening, above the axil of the ventrals. 
First anal spine below the ninth spine of the dorsal. Pectorals broadly 
rounded. Externally the ventrals appear to have only three rays, but 
dissection uncovers a rudimentary fourth. Caudal subtruncate. Skin 
smooth; lateral line on the body indistinct. 

Color above the abdominal cavity very light brownish yellow. Whitish 
to translucent on the flanks and the sides of the head; belly silvery. A 
large spot of red on the middle of the pectorals; upper lip red; two or 
three narrow blotches of red across the nape, and a transverse streak of the 
same color interrupted in the middle at the bases of the caudal rays. There 
are groups of brown puncticulations on the caudal pedicel in front of the 
red streaks. Fins light, with a little more of brownish toward their bases. 

Total length thirteen sixteenths of an inch. 

Taken in the townet off the Cocos Islands. 


TRACHYPTERIDA — POMACENTRID A. 


Neither Trachypteride, Lophotidee, Fistulariidae, Centriscidae nor Poma- 
centride, of ¥arious groups not introduced here, are to be found in the 
material on which this report is made. The genera Trachypterus, Stylo- 
phorus, Regalecus, and Lophotes as noted in the “ Challenger” report by 
Giinther are given depths of three hundred to five hundred fathoms without 
definite depths for particular species. Vaillant reports Macrorhamphosus 
scolopax Linn., taken off the northwestern coast of Africa, from a hundred 
and twenty-eight fathoms, and a species of Aulostoma, obtained off the 
coasts of Morocco, from a depth of six hundred and thirty-five. Heliastes 
roseus Giint., secured in the neighborhood of the Ki Islands, is credited 


with a depth of a hundred and forty fathoms. 


SS I ee reer — eee SS ee eee 


LYCODOIDS. 126 


ANACANTHINI. 


LYCODOIDS. 


As determined heretofore the horizontal distribution of this group has in- 
cluded both sides of the north Atlantic to the Arctic ocean, the northeastern 
portion of the Pacific, and the region about Magellan’s straits. Outside of 
these a single specimen has been secured, “ said to have been received from 
Japan,” belonging to a new species and a new genus the closest allies of 
which occur off the western coasts of North America. The fact that the “ Chal- 
lenger” expedition found none of the group in either the western Pacific 
or in the Indian Ocean, and that the extensive researches of the “ Investi- 
gator” have discovered none in the northern reaches of the Indian Ocean 
suggest either an absence or great rarity of these fishes in those waters. 
The material on which the present report is based contains twelve species, 
of seven genera, from the depths eastward and northward from the Gala- 
pagos Islands toward Central America and Mexico. A statement was re- 
cently made by Collett concerning the genus Lycodes, several species of 
which were shown by the investigations of the “ Travailleur”’ and the “ Tal- 
isman” to occur at great depths near the equator in the eastern Atlantic, to 
the effect that “in all probability this genus is spread throughout from Pole 
to Pole, in suitable depths where a uniform [low] temperature prevails.” 
So far as concerns Lycodes this is no longer to be classed as a probability, 
but rather as an established fact; and furthermore there are reasons for 
making similar statements relating to the genera Maynea, Lycodopsis, Phu- 
coceetes and Lycodapus, all of which are now at hand from the equatorial 
portions of the eastern Pacific, though previously reported only from the far 
north or from the far south. The occurrence here of these genera indicates 
a probability of the presence of representatives of all or nearly all the genera 
of the entire group in the equatorial regions, or in other words in the great 
depths from the Arctic to the Antarctic Ocean. The required temperature 
is not stated by Collett, but from the evidence in the collection it ranges, for 
the group, from 35.8 to 42 degrees Fahrenheit, or, including that of previous 
expeditions of the steamer “ Albatross,” in the Pacific, from 35, 8 to 45 de- 
grees, among deep sea forms, though probably reaching somewhat higher 


among shoal water species and lower toward the poles. Knowledge of the 


126 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


genus Lycodes has been considerably extended by Collett and Liitken; and 
Giinther has brought together in the “ Challenger” report about all that was 
known concerning the deep sea members of the group. Since their publica- 
tions, by means of the different expeditions of the “ Albatross,” of the 
United States Fishery Commission, the number of species has been nearly 
doubled. The genus Maynea was known by a species taken at the Straits of 
Magellan, the “ Albatross” has added a species from the eastern tropical 
Pacific. 

From near the Galapagos it has added one species to Gymnelis, hitherto 
known from the Arctic extensions of Atlantic and Pacific; four species to 
Lycodes, one to Lycodopsis, heretofore known only from the northeastern 
Pacific and from Japan, and one to Phucoccetes, a genus supposed to be con- 
fined to the waters around the southern extremity of South America. It has 
also extended the horizontal range of Lycodapus more toward the equator, 
by means of specimens of a previously described species, and has brought to 
light from the section about the Galapagos three new species that find their 
nearest allies in the genus Bothrocara. The greatest depth yet noted for 
the Zoarcide is that of Lycodes albus Vaill., taken by the “Talisman” in the 
eastern middle Atlantic at 2173 fathoms. The present collections carry the 
vertical distribution of Maynea downward to a depth of 1471 fathoms, 
and that of Gymnelis is extended 1530 fathoms, to a depth of 1793 
fathoms. None of the Atlantic species have yet been proved to occur in 
the Pacific. It is true Goode and Bean assert, 1896, Oc. Ich., p. 527, that 
Lycodes paxillus G. B. has been taken “ off the coast of southern California, 
in 603 fathoms,” but the reference they give contains nothing whatever in 
support of the statement. 

In regard to the affinities of the specimens from the equatorial Pacific it 
may be said that the species of Lycodes are rather more close to those of the 
northeastern Pacific than to those of the northern Atlantic or to those of the 
far south. Nothing can be said of the affinities of the species of Maynea 
from Magellan’s straits because of the dearth of particulars in its description. 
Lycodopsis scaurus is closely allied to species from the northward in the Pa- 
cific, while Phucoccetes finds its ally at the southern extremity of South 
America. Gymnelis has a not particularly close ally in the northern Atlan- 
tic and another of which few particulars are known in the northern Pacific. 
Taken altogether the closest affinities of the species under study appear to 
be with those toward the north along the western coasts of North America 


BOTHROCAROPSIS ALALONGA. WAT 


so far as may be determined in comparisons of specimens with more or less 
incomplete descriptions. All of the specimens in the collection are of deep 
sea species; ‘they are of uniform darkish to deep black and bear nothing in 
the way of markings to serve as hints to derivation or relationship. Pos- 
sibly such traces occur on younger individuals as is so frequently the case 
with other fishes, 

Of the nine localities from which specimens of the Lycodoids were taken 
five are recorded as being on soft mud, one as being on the ooze, two as be- 
ing from sandy and one as being from rocky bottoms. Aside from the fact 
that two thirds of them were caught on the soft bottom the obsolescence of 
the ventral fins is sufficient evidence of habits similar to those of the Disco- 
boles, or the Eels. 


ZOARCID As. 
Bornrocaropsis sub-gen. n. 


Form slender, elongate, compressed, covered with small circular scales ; 
similar in shape to the typical Lycodes. Eyes large. Vertical fins continu- 
ous. No ventrals. Body cavity short. Pectorals narrow, of thirteen rays. 
Small conical teeth on jaws, vomer, and the palatines. Lower jaw shorter, 
included by the upper. Bones of the skull with large cavities for the 
canals of the Lateral System. No barbel. Six branchiostegals; gill open- 
ings wide; gill membranes united, narrowly attached to the isthmus. 
Pseudobranchie present. 

Though it has a larger pectoral it may be that Maynea pusilla Bean 
belongs to this subgenus. Evidently Bean was right in separating the 


type of Bothrocara, 6. pusilla from his Maynea brunnea. 


Bothrocaropsis alalonga sp. n. 
Plate XXXII. fig. 2. 
Br. r. 6; D.-98-102; A. 85-86; V.0; P. 13. 


Lycodiform, compressed, tapering and slender posteriorly ; depth one 
ninth of the total length, or one and six sevenths times in the head. Head 
large, long, one fifth of the total, as wide as high at the eyes, deeper than 
wide across the back, broad and slightly convex on the occiput; interorbital 
space narrow, convex. Snout large, its length one and one half to one 
and two thirds times that of the eye, broad, swollen above the jaws, prom- 


128 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


inent above the vomer, bluntly rounded at the end. Mouth wide, with 
the maxillary subtending the anterior third of the orbit. Cleft to a vertical 
from the front margin of the eye. Teeth small, in villiform bands on jaws, 
vomer, and palatines. Eye large, one sixth of the head, more than the 
interorbital space, one and one half to one and three fourths times in the 
snout. Nostrils small, tubular, near the end of the snout. A low median 
longitudinal crest on the top of the back of the head. Opercle long, with 
a flexible point on the upper angle. Dorsal and anal confluent with the 
caudal fin. Origin of dorsal above the axil of the pectoral; longest rays 
as long as the snout; fin rising gradually both from crigin and from caudal. 
Anal similar to dorsal, originating below the seventeenth ray of the latter. 
Caudal not distinct from D. and A., forming a short point. No ventrals. 
Distance to vent from pectoral bases two thirds of the length of the head. 
Pectorals one and one third times as long as the head, peculiar in being 
narrow at the base and greatly elongated in the rays of the upper half or 
two thirds of the fin. These prolongations are very flexible, and in some 
features resemble nuptial growths on certain other vertebrates. The rays 
project beyond the membranes on the edges of the fins. On a smaller 
specimen, of nine and one half inches, the pectorals have the same shapes 
but are proportionally shorter, being only as long as the head. Bones of 
the head not particularly firm, with extensive chambers or cavities. Skin 
thick on body and fins, soft. Scales very small, absent from head, shoul- 
ders and fins. Lateral line invisible. 

Brownish, possibly tinted with red in life; dorsal and anal posteriorly 
and caudal blackish; pectorals whitish ; lower surface of head whitish. 

The specimen described and figured had an entire length of seventeen 
and one half inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3436 27° 34’ N. 110° 53’ 40” W. 905 fathoms 37.2° FB. “Br. M. bk. Sp.” 


Bothrocaropsis rictolata sp. n. 


Plate XXXII. fig. 1. 
Br. t. 6; D. 105; A. Ol Ve Ui B15; C. 10: 


In common with the others of the genus this species has a much com- 


——E 


pressed body, in which the depth equals two thirds of the length of the 
head, and tapers rapidly to narrow slender and pointed in the tail. Head 


BOTHROCAROPSIS ELONGATA. 129 


one fifth of the total length, high at the nape, nearly as wide as high, with 
a very low arch from occiput to the preorbital section. Parietal region 
broad, slightly convex transversely; interorbital bones half as wide as 
the eye; a low median keel behind the orbits on the top. Bones of skull 
thin, with large mucous cavities. Snout moderate, deep, blunt, one and 
one third times the orbital length, more pointed than that of B. alalonga. 
Mouth wide; cleft almost subtending the entire eye; maxillary reaching 
backward of a vertical from the hind edge of the orbit, where it is 
expanded widely and sends down an angle behind the intermaxillary. 
Lower jaw shorter, included by the upper. Teeth conical, small, in bands 
on the jaws, on which the outer series are slightly larger, in two or more 
series on vomer and palatines. Eyes large, one fifth as long as the head, 
length one and one third times the space on the forehead between them. 
Interorbital space three fourths of the length of the orbit, convex. Cheeks 
and nape muscular, swollen; face above the jaws or snout hardly inflated. 
Operculum small, hinder angle with a membranous point. Dorsal and 
anal fins deepest in the middle of their lengths; longest rays of the former 
less than one third as long as the head, shortening to caudal and nape; 
anal shorter. Dorsal origin above the axil of the pectoral; origin of the 
anal below the eighteenth ray of the dorsal. Pectorals narrow, three fifths 
as long as the head, sharp pointed. No ventrals. Caudal short, two thirds 
as long as the eye, tapering with dorsal and anal to a sharp point. Scales 
small, absent from head and for a short space behind it; those on the 
fins smaller. Lateral line apparently absent. Massiveness of head and 
shoulders, with rapidity of taper, give this species a short and stout appear- 
ance. Seventeen inches in total length. 

Light greyish brown (? reddish in life), fins lighter, with darker edges, 
head whitish (reddish), 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3353 O16 SIBVIN 80° 34’ W. 695 fathoms 39° F. Green mud 


Bothrocaropsis elongata sp. n. 
Plate XXXUIT. fig. 2. 
Branson Dali eAS NOI 104s Ve 05 -P: 135 C210: 


A more elongate form distinguishes this species from the other mem- 
bers of the genus in the collection. It is compressed and tapers to thin 


130 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


and slender posteriorly. The length of the body cavity is about twice the 
length of the head; the total length is ten times the depth. Head long, 
one sixth of the total, subquadrate in transsection behind the orbits, a trifle 
deeper than wide, slightly arched from snout to nape. Parietal region 
broad, flattened; skull with a low median keel, and a narrow interorbital 
space about two thirds as wide as the eye. Snout nearly twice the length 
of the eye, broadened above the jaws, somewhat prominent above the 
end. Mouth wide, horizontal; cleft extending little backward of a vertical 
from the anterior edge of the orbit; maxillary subtending half of the 
eye. Teeth small, conical, in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, and palatines, 
outer. series a little the larger. Eye medium, one half as long as the 
snout on the largest specimen and three fourths on the smallest. Oper- 
culum small, with a membranous flap and a flexible produced upper angle. 
Dorsal fin higher toward the middle of its length, originating above the 
axil of the pectoral. Anal origin below the nineteenth ray of the dorsal. 
Caudal not distinct from dorsal and anal, as long as the eye, sharp pointed. 
Pectorals moderately broad, half as long as the head, blunt pointed, ends 
of rays protruding as a fringe. Scales very small, absent from head and 
shoulders. Lateral line not apparent. Length nineteen and one half 
inches. 

The smallest specimen differs in certain respects from the foregoing. 
The head is two elevenths of the total length, the snout is about one and 
one half times as long as the eye, the maxillary does not reach to a ver- 
tical from the middle of the orbit, and the scales encroach on the bases 
of the fins only in the posterior third of the length, near the caudal. The 
decrease in depth in the hinder portion of the body is very regular to 
the slender extremity of the tail. Pectorals short, three fifths as long as 
the head, rounded and fringed on the hind border. Teeth conical, outer 
series of upper jaws much and of lower jaws but little larger. The differ- 
ences seen on these individuals are mainly such as would exist between 
young and old, viz., shorter snout, larger eye, longer head as compared 
with tail, and fewer scales on the bases of the fins. Length of smallest 
specimen twelve inches. 

Color dark brown or blackish, muscular portions lighter, fins darker. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3393 i Lb Ne 79° 36’ W. 1020 fathoms 36.8° F. “Gn. M.” 
3353 7° 6 15” N, 80° 34’ W. 69D 39° F. “Gn, M.” 


oa 4. 


GYMNELIS CONORHYNCHUS. 131 


Gymunelis conorhynchus »p. n. 


Plate XXXI. fig. 2. 


Ere Os, DE Sos A. fo; .V. 03 9B) 18-19: 

In general the shape of this species is that of the average Lycodes. 
The body is compressed and tapering; its depth is more than one ninth 
of the total length, or not far from three fifths of the length of the head. 
Head of moderate length, two elevenths of the total, occiput flattened or 
slightly convex, sides diverging downward, top in a low arch between 
snout and occipital region. Snout elongate, twice as long as the eye, 
subconical, convex above the nostrils, thick and blunt. Nostrils tubular, 
anterior in position, near the edge of the lip. Eye half as long as the 
snout, equal to the interorbital space, less than one sixth as long as the 
head. Suborbital ridge swollen, rather more prominent than the lips, 
making the mouth appear inferior in position. Mouth cleft short; maxil- 
lary reaching a vertical from the front edge of the eye; upper jaws longer ; 
lower jaws little shorter, included ; intermaxillaries short. Teeth small; 
on the upper jaws in a couple of series at the symphysis; on the lower 
jaws in bands of several series; in a bunch on the vomer; and in a short 
series on each palatine. Gill openings moderate, extending down as far 
as lower edge of pectoral. Gill laminz very short. No pseudobranchiz. 
Pectoral fins broad, short, two thirds as long as the head, fringed. No 
ventral fins. Dorsal origin above the middle of the pectoral fin. Origin 
of the anal distant from the snout two and one fourth times the length 
of the head. Caudal short, rounded, continuous with dorsal and anal. 

Seales small, not in contact but rather closely placed. Dorsal and 
anal scaly on their basal halves; head and pectorals naked. 

Head and pectoral fins blackish ; scales lighter, resembling pores. Dor- 
sal and anal fins blackish. Muscular portion of body dark brown to 
blackish, with a tint of red. 

Total length nine inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3382 6° 21’ N. 80° 41’ W. 1798 fathoms 35.8° F. Green mud. 


132 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Lycodopsis scaurus sp. n. 
Plate XXXII. fig. 1. 
Breer. Ds. 955 2c 855 Voi pe eal CaO: 


In this species the form is moderately elongate and tapering, and the 
body cavity from the snout to the vent is one and three fourths times the 
length of the head, or nearly one third of the total length. Head com- 
paratively large, not far from one fifth of the total length; parietal region 
broader than long, flat; interorbital section narrow, longitudinally arched ; 
snout broad, shorter than the orbit, blunt, rounded; labial region swollen 
in the anterior half, to below the eye. Orbit large, more than one fourth 
of the head. Mouth wide, hardly reaching a vertical from the middle of the 
orbit; lower jaws shorter, included. Teeth small, in a single row on the 
intermaxillaries, in a band on the mandibles, absent from vomer and pala- 
tines. Nostrils prolonged in a short tube. Pseudobranchiz small, with six 
bars. Gill openings wide, membranes joined to the isthmus opposite the 
bases of the ventrals. Six branchiostegal rays. Pectorals short, two thirds 
as long as the head, broad, with twenty-one rays, scalloped on the lower 
portion of the hinder border. Dorsal low, long, originating above the axil 
of the pectoral. Anal elongate, low, first ray below the sixteenth ray of the 
dorsal. Caudal short, rounded, of ten rays, not distinct from dorsal and 
anal. Ventrals short, club-shaped, broadened toward the outer end, shorter 
than the eye, with notches at the outer end. Scales small, separated, com- 
paratively few on the muscles above the abdominal chamber, more numer- 
ous posteriorly, absent from the head. Lateral line rudimentary or obso- 
lete. 

Color brownish, on fins and lower surfaces of head blackish. 

Total length seven and one half inches. 

This form is closely allied to Z. pacificus Coll. but differs in numbers of 
fin rays, in proportions, and in color; it is also closely allied to L. paucidens 
Lock. and probably both should be placed as varieties of Collett’s species. 
The locality given for Z. pacificus is Japan, that for ZL. paucidens is San 
Francisco, California, and northward in moderate depths. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 


3384 TOS IO INE 79° 14’ W. 458 fathoms 42° F. Green sand, 


LYCODES ANGUIS. ile 


Oo 
(Ss) 


Lycodes anguis sp. n. 
Plate XXX. fig. 1. 
Bro ros Ds 103-1095 A. 92-97 5 V. 2: (3) Be 13 €. 10: 


When compared with others of its kindred this form presents no very 
great differences in shape. The body is slender and compressed, and the 
depth is about one sixteenth of the total length. Head narrow, with sides 
nearly parallel, as wide as deep, in length less than one sixth of the total, 
slightly convex on the occipital region, which is longer than wide. Inter- 
orbital space narrow, hardly convex, in width about one third of the length of 
the orbit. Snout long, one and one half times the eye, broad, subacuminate 
or rounded and blunt at the end. Labial region, between eye and nostrils, 
swollen. Nostrils with a short tube, situated near the lip and the end of 
the snout. Eye large, two thirds of the snout, close upon one fifth of the 
head. Mouth medium, cleft extending to a vertical from the front edge of 
the eye; maxillary not subtending half of the orbit, lower jaw nearly as 
long as upper; lips medium. ‘Teeth on the jaws in four or five series near 
the symphysis, on the vomer in a curved series in front of the middle of 
which there is a short triangular group with its apex forward. A single 
short palatine series on each side. Branchial apertures moderately wide, ex- 
tending forward from the pectoral bases almost to the ventrals. The dorsal 
fin and the anal widen backward so that the fins and the muscular portion 
together retain the depth of the anterior half as they approach the caudal. 
Dorsal origin above the middle of the pectoral. Anal origin distant from 
the snout about twice the length of the head. Depth of base of pec- 
torals about two fifths of the length of the fin, which latter is contained one 
and two thirds times in the head; below and posteriorly the pectoral rays 
are prolonged in a fringe. Ventrals as long as the eye, ending in a flexible 
point; anterior ray short. Caudal continuous with dorsal and anal, short, 
pointed or somewhat rounded. Scales small, close together or in contact 
covering the body and the basal portions of the fins; absent from the head 
and the pectoral fins. Mucous pores around the mouth conspicuous, as also 
the chambers in the bones. Lateral line rudimentary, to be traced but for 
a very short distance from the operculum. 

Brownish; darker on the head and over the cavity of the body; lighter 


backward on the muscular portions. Length nine inches. 


134 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


This species differs from Lycodes serpens in that it tapers less from the 
back of the head forward, that the mouth is shorter, and that the teeth are 
finer and placed closer together. It is closely allied to L. cicatrifer, but 
tapers more from nape to snout, is less completely covered by scales, and 


has a more rudimentary lateral line. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3435 26° 48’ N. W102 457 20/0 Wie 859 fathoms SAB Le Br. m. bk. sp. 
3436 27° 34! N. 110° 53’ 40” W. 905s Slo 13 Br. mn. bk. sp. 


Lycodes serpens psp. n. 


Br, r. 6; D. 103-105; A. 97; V. 3 (3-4); P. 16-17. 

The types of this species were taken with specimens of ZL. anguis, from 
which they differ in having a longer snout, a larger mouth, deeper and 
shorter pectorals, and in being of a stouter build in general. The formula 
is nearly the same in both. The head is one fifth of the total length, or a 
little more, and the depth is not far from one fourteenth of the same ; it 
widens toward the parietals and is somewhat widened from the nares 
forward, and on the crown forms a very low arch, with a weak median 
longitudinal crest behind the interorbital region. Eye medium, two thirds 
of the snout, one fifth of the head; length of orbit three times the inter- 
orbital distance. Snout large, one and one half times the eye, wider than 
deep, angled in front, with rounded or blunted apex when viewed from 
above. Mouth wide, cleft subtending two fifths of the eye; maxillary 
extending below almost the entire orbit. Nostrils small, anterior, with a 
short tube. Teeth small, in short bands on the jaws, in a series of six or 
-eight on the vomer, and in a short row of four or five on the anterior ends of 
the palatines ; outer row on the jaws of larger teeth not close together. Lips 
well developed. Mucous cavities in the bones large; pores large. Ventrals 
slender, hardly as long as the orbit. Pectorals broad, half as wide as long, 
rounded and fringed posteriorly. Dorsal origin little forward of the middle 
of the pectoral. Anal origin from the snout twice the distance to the bases 
of the pectorals, below the eighteenth ray of the dorsal. Scales very small, 
not in contact, encroaching on the bases of the fins, absent from the head. 

Blackish on head and fins; brown tinged with red on the muscular 
portions of the body. 

Length, ten and one fourth inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3436 27° 34 N. 110° 53’ 40” W. 905 fathoms Sted Es Br. m. bk. sp. 


LYCODES INCISUS. 135 


Lycodes incisus sp. n. 
Plate XXX. fig. 2. 


Br. r.6; D. 100; A. 80-88; V. 2; P. 18-19; C. 10. 

The body is compressed and tapers gradually on upper, lower, and 
lateral outlines. From the snout to the vent is close upon twice the length 
of the head. Head nearly as broad as deep, tapering regularly from nape 
to snout, about one fifth of the total length. Occipital portion of the skull 
flattened, as broad as long, with a faint median ridge. Outline of skull 
straight from snout to nape. Snout not as deep as that of L. cicatrifer and 
others, nearly as wide as the head, rounded in front, prominent behind the 
nostrils at the sides; lower jaw shorter, included. Mouth wide; cleft 
reaching a vertical from the front of the eye; maxillary subtending the 
anterior half of the eye. Eye moderately large, three fifths of the snout, 
less than one sixth of the head. Width of the interorbital space about half 
the length of the orbit. Nostrils small, with short tubes, situated near the 
end of the snout and the edge of the lip. Teeth small, in two series on 
the intermaxillary near the symphysis; in four series on the mandibles; in 
a bunch of two or three series on the vomer; and in a single short series 
on each palatine. Mucous pores and cavities in the bones large. Pectorals 
short, about two fifths of the length of the head, broad, rounded, and 
deeply fringed on the outer margin, bases one diameter of the orbit in 
advance of midway from the snout to the origin of the anal. Origin of the 
dorsal above the axil of the pectoral. Anal origin below the nineteenth 
ray of the dorsal. Ventrals, short, two thirds as long as the eye, with two 
rays, stiff but slender, clubshaped. Caudal short, rounded, continuous with 
dorsal and anal. 

Seales very small, not in contact, smaller on dorsal, anal, and caudal. 
Head and pectorals scaleless. 

Blackish on head, belly, and fins; a little lighter or brown on the 
muscular portions of the body. 

Total length seven inches and a half. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 


3353 72 6 15” Ne 80° 34’ W. 695 fathoms 39° F. Green mud. 


136 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Lycodes cicatrifer sp. n. 


Plate XXXT. fig. 1. 


Bret 6. Deal ON 0d Weer Bale Cyl 

Though this species is easily recognized its departures from the ordinary 
types of Lycodes are not very marked. The body is moderately elongate, 
slender and compressed; the tail maintains a considerable thickness and 
strength to the end. Depth about one eleventh of the total length, or 
one half of the length of the head. Head retaining its size forward on 
the snout, as deep as wide, flat on the parietal region; flat area longer 
than broad; interorbital space narrow, higher in the median line. Midway 
from eye to pectoral a transverse section of the head is subquadrate. From 
nape to internarial region the head is nearly straight. Snout broad, thick, 
deep, bluntly rounded at the end, approximately twice as long as the eye. 
Mouth large, the cleft subtending one third, and the maxillary little more 
than one half of the eye; lower jaw hardly any shorter than the upper. 
Teeth small, in bands on the jaws, in a bunch on the vomer, and in a short 
single series of a few teeth on the palatines. In the outer series on the 
jaws the teeth are separated and larger. Lips not greatly swollen. Eyes 
medium, nearly half as long as the snout. Length of orbit one and 
two fifths times the interorbital width. Along the face the pores form 
large whitish excavations resembling scars. The pores of the lateral line 
are small; the series descends rapidly on the side of the belly, and is not 
to be recognized backward of the origin of the anal fin. From the snout 
to the vent is twice the length of the head. Scales small, absent from the 
head and the pectoral fins. The other fins are enveloped for the most 
part in a thick skin and covered by smaller scales. Dorsal and anal long, 
low, continuous with caudal. Dorsal origin above the middle of the 
pectoral. Caudal short. Pectorals broad, inserted midway from snout to 
vent, fringed, ending in an angle. Ventrals small nearly as long as the 
orbit, tapering to a very slender filament, with three rays, of which the 
anterior one is quite short. Total length nine and one fourth inches. 

Head, pectorals, and belly black; muscular tracts brownish; dorsal 
and anal blackish. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth, Temperature. Bottom. 
3360 COMING 82° 5! Wi. 1672 fathoms 36.4° F. Fn. bk. dk. gn. 8. 


PHUCOCCETES SUSPECTUS. 137 


Phucocetes suspectus sp. n. 
Plate XXX. fig. 3, 3a. 


Brat.os00)) 1036 Ax Gos, Va 25 oR. Ui Co 10: 

Like most of the Lycodes this one has the head and body compressed 
and elongate much as in the cases of certain eels. Head short, about 
one sixth of the total length, nearly as wide as high, flattened on the 
crown; cheeks a trifle swollen; snout short, broad, blunt. Mouth wide; 
maxillary subtending half of eye, or a little more. Eyes medium in 
size, two thirds as long as the snout, less than the interorbital space, 
rising slightly above the superior outline of the top of the head. Chin 
prominent; jaws equal. Teeth small, conical; a band of several rows 
on the lower jaws, a single row on intermaxillary or palatine, and 
apparently but one tooth at each side of the vomer. The palatine teeth 
are the stronger. Gill opening medium, extending downward to the 
lower edge of the base of the pectoral fin. Distance from snout to vent 
equal to twice the length of the head. Pectorals short, wide, half as 
long as the head. Ventrals little more than half as long as the eye, 
with two rays, smaller than those of Phucocetes latitans. Dorsal and anal 
long, low, not distinct from the caudal; dorsal origin above the base of 
the pectoral; anal origin distant from the chin twice the length of the 
head. Caudal short, subacute, rounded. Lateral line rudimentary. Mu- 
cous pores on the face small, not prolonged in tubes; mucous chambers 
apparent in the bones of the lower jaws. Scales small, separate, absent 
from head, fins, and a space near the bases of dorsal and anal anteriorly ; 
posteriorly they reach the base of the fin in the hinder third of the total 
length. 

Blackish ; somewhat lighter on the upper surface and backward. 

This fish differs considerably from the typical Lycodes with narrow 
interorbital space shorter lower jaw and thick lips, as will be seen from 
the figure. There is some resemblance to Phucocetes latitans of Jenyns, 
though differing in the strong teeth, canines, and prominent tubes of that 
species. It may be the best place for the new species is by the side of 
P. latitans, of which a short description is here given for comparison. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3418 16° 33) N. 99° 52’ 30 W. 660 fathoms 39° F. Br. S. bk. Sp. 


138 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Phucoccetes latitans. 


Phucocetes latitans Jenyns, 1842, Voy. “ Beagle,” Fishes, 168, pl. 29, fig. 3. 


D: 100; A. 765 Vi 2 right; 3 left; B: 175°C. 10: 

Form similar to that of other Lycodidw. Body and tail compressed ; 
depth one eighth of the total length, and distance from snout to anal origin 
four ninths of the same. Head depressed, broader than high, one sixth of 
the total length and two and three fourths times in the distance from snout 
to vent. Snout longer than the eye, broad, blunt; upper jaw longer; lips 
thick; mouth wide; maxillary subtending nearly the whole of the orbit. 
Teeth unequal, apparently in a single series on jaws and_palatines; 
vomerine few. “Gill openings narrow, extending but half way down across 
the bases of the pectorals. Vertical fins continuous around the end of the 
tail; dorsal originating above the axil of the pectoral; anal origin below 
the thirty-first ray of the dorsal. Pectorals short, deep, broadly rounded 
on the hinder margin, two thirds as long as the head, scalloped on the edge. 
Ventrals stout, short, as long as the eye, with two rays on the right side and 
three on the left, the extremities showing like blunt digits at the end of 
the fin. Scales very small, absent on the anterior half. No pyloric 
appendages. 

Brown; white below the head, around the vent, and on the margins of 
the pectorals; lips dark brown; top of head darker. 

Length four inches. 

Shell Bay, Patagonia; collected by the Hassler Expedition. 


LycoDAPvus. 
Lycodapus Gilbert, 1890, P. U. S. Mus., XIII, 107. 


Body and head compressed and tapering. Body cavity short. Mouth 
anterior, wide, lower jaw longer; teeth very small, in villiform bands on 
jaws, vomer and palatines. Six branchiostegal rays. No barbels. No 
pseudobranchiw. No ventral fins. Gill openings wide; gill membranes 
not united, free from the isthmus. Skin naked; a lateral line. Dorsal, 
caudal, and anal fins united. Pectoral narrow. No opercular or other 
spines on the head. Pyloric appendices few. 


LYCODAPUS FIERASFER. 139 


Lycodapus fierasfer. 
Lycodapus fierasfer Gilb., 1890, P. U. S. Mus., XIII, 108. 


Byereo yoos, AS (0 evi Oer be: Ss" C.-10: 

Somewhat eel-shaped ; body and head compressed ; caudal section taper- 
ing; vertical fins continuous around the end of the tail. Length of head 
five and one half, and depth of body eight and one fourth times in the total 
length. Distance from snout to vent contained two and one third times in 
distance from vent to end of tail. Head compressed, nearly straight from 
nape to end of snout, convex transversely. Snout long, nearly three times 
as long as the eye, broad at the nostrils, broader than deep, blunt. Chin 
somewhat steep. Mouth wide, oblique; maxillary subtending the anterior 
third of the orbit, lower jaws longer, ending in a blunt angle below hinder 
part of orbit. Teeth small; in villiform bands on the jaws; in a crescent 
shaped band on the vomer; in a short group on each palatine. Eye small, 
hardly one sixth as long as the head, length rather more than width of 
interorbital space. No cephalic spines. Gills four, a slit behind the fourth ; 
gill rakers 1+ 13, short, stout; lamella very short, those on the upper 
portion of the arch being rudimentary. The upper section of the first gill- 
arch is very short, and bears but a single raker. Branchial apertufes wide ; 
membranes not united to one another, free from the isthmus. Vertical 
fins moderately deep, longest ray about as long as the snout; caudal indis- 
tinct; dorsal origin slightly backward from the axil of the pectoral; anal 
origin distant from the snout less than twice the length of the head.  Pec- 
torals small, not far from half as long as the head, narrow, pointed. No 
ventrals. Caudal indistinct, apparently of ten rays. Skin naked. Lateral 
line nearly or quite complete. Pyloric appendages two, short and thick. 

Total length six inches. 

Brownish, darker on belly and near bases of fins; blackish on inside 
walls of body cavity, on opercles and around the mouth. The flanks are 
rusty brownish ; all of the fins are light. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3380 4° 3’ N. 81° 31’ 899 fathoms 37°.2 F. Rocky 


140 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


MAYNEA. 
Maynea Cunningham, 1870, Tr. Linn. Soc., XX VII, 471. 


Form approaching that of the Ophidioids. Body compressed, tapering, 
cavity not half the total length. Head large, rounded; snout broad and 
deep. Mouth wide, anterior; jaws equal. Teeth in villiform bands on the 
jaws, few on vomer and palatines. No barbel on the chin. Gill membranes 
united, joined to the isthmus. yes lateral. Nostrils and pores of lateral 
system small. Vertical fins united; pectorals broad ; no ventrals. Scales 
on the body small, not imbricate ; head naked. 


Maynea bulbiceps sp. n. 
Plate E, fig. 1. 
Bror6: D109; “A. 895 Ve 05) Pal: 


Body compressed, tapering, thick anteriorly; body cavity nearly two 
fifths of the total length. Head short, nearly as wide as deep, less than one 
sixth as long as the total, broad at the snout, convex on the crown, swollen 
on the cheeks, rounded at the mouth, its length two and three fourths times 
in the distance from snout to vent. Snout about three and three fourths 
times in the length of the head, blunt, broadly rounded at the jaws, convex 
and prominent on the internarial region, Eye small; orbit twice in the 
length of the snout, less than twice in the interorbital space. Mouth ante- 
rior, wide, slightly oblique, descending backward, cleft to a vertical from 
the anterior edge of the orbit; maxillary hardly reaching as far back- 
ward as hind edge of orbit; jaws equal; lips moderately thick. Teeth 
small, short but stout, unequal in sizes, in villiform bands on the jaws, in a 
single series of about four on each palatine, one or two on each side of the 
vomer; band on upper jaw narrow. Width of gill-cleft half the length of 
the head. Gill membranes united, broadly joined to the isthmus, which is 
as wide as the cleft. 

Near the end of the snout toward each side there is a small tubular nos- 
tril, in front of which there is a small pore. Mucous pores very small, 
chambers not so noticeable as on Lycodes. Vertical fins united. Dorsal 
origin one diameter of the eye or more farther backward than the base of 
the pectoral, distant from the eye about the length of the head. Anal 
origin below the twentieth ray of the dorsal fin. Caudal small, not distinct, 


OPHIDIOIDS. 141 


with eight or ten rays. No traces of ventrals. Pectorals strong, broad, 
short, two thirds as long as the head, posterior margin broadly convex. A 
flexible angle at the hind end of the operculum, but no spine. Scales very 
small, resembling pores in appearance, not in contact, absent on head and 
shoulders to origin of dorsal fin, smaller on dorsal and anal fins. 

Color greyish brown, with an olivaceous tint; scales lighter, like small 
freckles; pectorals and other fins darker. 

Total length 193 inches; body cavity 7$; head 2%. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3361 6° 10’ N. Sari aWis 1471 fathoms 36.6° F. Green ooze. 
OPHIDIOIDS. 


The expedition obtained specimens of one species of this group, Lepophid- 
um emmelas Gilb., at seven different stations. Three of the lots were taken 
between seven and eight degrees of north latitude, near the meridian of 
eighty degrees west longitude, and the four others about eight degrees 
farther north and nearly twenty degrees farther west. The lots taken at 
the northward have a slightly darker appearance than those taken farther 
south, those secured nearer the surface are lighter in colors than those from 
the deeper levels, and the younger individuals are not so dark as the older. 
The youngest specimens were captured in the shoalest water; those taken 
at a depth of 94 fathoms were all less than three inches in length. The 
rostral spines are prominent on those of a length of one and one half inches. 
The specimens described by Gilbert were obtained about ten degrees still 
farther to the northward and as many degrees still farther toward the west, 
which, with the present material, gives the species a determined range 
included between the parallels of seven and twenty-six degrees of north 
latitude, and between the meridians of seventy-nine and one hundred and 
twelve degrees of west longitude. The vertical range reaches from a depth 
of 94 to one of 511 fathoms. The temperatures of the bottom range from 
40.6 degrees above zero Fahrenheit for the greatest depths to 56 degrees for 
the depth nearest the surface, from which latter, as it happened, the 
youngest specimens were caught. Apparently the species deposits its 
spawn in the shoaler waters under the warmer temperatures, and within 
reach of the sunlight, and retires to the cold and the dark of the levels 
farther down. This in case of individuals from five hundred fathoms or 


more below the surface would call for a very considerable vertical. migration 


142 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


in the breeding season. Of nine parcels of specimens eight were caught on 
the soft mud and one on the sand. 

The genus Lepophidium includes several species from the Atlantic coasts 
of the United States to the Caribbean Sea and Brazil, and as many, rather 
more closely allied, from the Eastern Pacific. 


OPHIDIID i. 
Lepophidium emmelas. 
Leptophidium emmelas Gilb., 1890, Pr. U. S. Mus., 110. 
Plate LXXIIT. fig. 3, Lat. Syst. 
Br. r. 7; D. 105-109; A. 83-91; V.2; P. 25-27; C. 10; Ll. 130-188 ; 


Ceca 5, rudimentary. 

Total length of specimen described seven and one half inches; head one 
and seven eighths. Body compressed, tapering to an acute point, greatest 
depth four fifths of the length of the head, or less than one fifth of the 
total. Head moderately large, near one fourth of the length without the 
caudal, somewhat thick, as wide as high, depressed anteriorly, nearly straight 
from snout to nape, where the outline rises a little higher. Snout broad, 
short, two thirds as long as the eye, blunt, prominent in a forward directed 
rostral spine, behind which a short distance another spine is directed 
upward. Mouth wide, lower jaws included; maxillary widened at the end, 
which reaches little farther backward than the eye, not in contact with the 
cleft. Teeth small, in villiform bands of one to several series each, on jaws, 
palatines and vomer. Vomerine band forming an angle with apex forward, 
or arched with sides slightly curved near the outer ends. Eye large, one 
and one half times as long as the snout, one fourth as long as the head, 
wider than the interorbital space. A short, inconspicuous spine at the 
hinder edge of each posterior nostril; anterior nostrils semitubular. One 
specimen has two upright spines behind the rostral. Gill rakers slender, 
longest half as long as the eye, one upper and nine lower developed, besides 
several rudiments. Vertical fins continuous, anal little deeper than dorsal, 
caudal acute; dorsal origin above axil of pectoral; anal origin about two 
lengths of the head from the snout. Pectorals short, rather broad, half as 
long as the head. Ventrals below the forward end of the hyoid, inner ray 
longer, half the length of the head. The ventrals appear to be in advance 
of the humeral symphysis, but really are included by two long processes 


BROTULOIDS. 143 


from the arch, which meet at their anterior ends, inclosing the bases of the 
ventrals as directed upwards toward the forward end of the hyoid, which 
forms a wide inverted trough containing the presymphyseal processes of 
the humeral arch. On account of the long extensions the ventral fins, 
though displaced in appearance, are really back of a humeral symphysis, as 
in most other fishes. The ventral rays are modified to form barbels. From 
the ventrals to the vent is twice the distance from the ventrals to the 
bases of the pectorals. Scales small on head and body, very thin and 
flexible. Snout bare. Vertebre 13+ 44. From the least depths the 
specimens are a trifle more stout and lighter in color. 

Dingy or clouded brown, top of head darker, edges of scales darker, 
borders of dorsal and anal black. Pectorals dark, tipped with lighter, 
Lining of mouth cavity whitish, of belly black. Color on the fins in close 
set puncticulations. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3385 Woi3s2! 36 IN. 79° 16’ W. 286 fathoms 45.9° F. Gn. 8. 
3386 Weoot L2UeN 79° Lil V5 We 242 48° F. Fne. gy. 8. 
3394 (POM ASI 79° 35° W. 511 sf 41.8° F. Dk. gn. M. 
3417 16° 32’ N. 99° 48’ W. 493 Me 40.6° F. Gn. M. 

. 3421 16° 47’ 20” N. 100° 0’ 10” W. 338 < 42.9° F. Dk. gn. M. 
3422 16° 47° 30” N. 99° 59’ 307” W. 141 ss sia 1 Gn. M. 
3423 16° 47’ 30” N. 99° 59’ 20” W. 94 se 56° F. Gn. M. 

BROTULOIDS. 


The Brotuloids are so pre-eminently inhabitants of great depths that much 
the greater portion of the group is of recent discovery. Before the “ Chal- 
lenger”’ expedition comparatively few species were known. From the col- 
lections made by that vessel fifteen or sixteen new species were described ; 
later the different steamers of the United States Fishery Commission gath- 
ered about as many more; the French steamers “ 'Travailleur” and “ Talis- 
man” added seven or eight; the Royal Indian Marine Surveying Steamer 
“ Investigator” brought to light about twenty ; and the work of the United 
States Fish Commission Steamer “ Albatross”’ between the Galapagos Archi- 
pelago and the mainland of Central America and Mexico makes an addition 
of the twenty or more described below. All told the list of species is at 
present more than five times as large as at the beginning of the deep sea 
researches. Horizontally the distribution extends from the polar regions 
to the tropics in all seas; that the representation from the southern oceans 
is so small is no doubt accounted for by lack of search in those waters. 


144 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Such depths to the northward as have been dragged with more thorough- 
ness appear to have swarmed with Brotuloids. The definitely ascertained 
distribution of the group includes the Atlantic in the entire northern 
portion and southward off the coasts of Brazil to the Straits of Magellan, 
the Pacific in the Panamic region both sides of the northern portion and 
the southwestern part, off Australia, and New Guinea, and the northern 
extensions of the Indian Ocean. In the vertical ranges the greatest depths 
yet obtained lie in’ the northern Atlantic at 2500 fathoms where the 
species Mizxonus lateralis Giint., and Bassozetus tenia Giint., were taken by 
the “Challenger,” and Aleweferion Parfuiti Vaill., at 2756 fathoms by the 
“Talisman.” The “Challenger’s” greatest depth for these fishes in the 
Pacific was that of Zyphlonus nasus Giint., northeast of Australia at 2440 
fathoms. The greatest depths recorded by the “ Investigator” were those 
of Neobythites pterotus Alc., and Dermatorus melunocephalus Alc., in the Bay 
of Bengal at 1748 fathoms. In the present material of the “ Albatross ”’ 
from the Galapagos section the deepest bottom appears in the case of 
Floleomycteronus digittatus, a new species of a new genus, at 2252 fathoms. 
There is reason to believe some of the young Brotuloids begin life nearer 
the surface. ° 

Habitually the Brotuloids rest on the mud of the sea bottom, like the Lyco- 
doids and as also in the cases of the latter, this habit has led to obsolescence 
of the ventrals until the usefulness of these fins as means of progression is 
completely at an end and they remain in many instances only as compara- 
tively insignificant organs of touch. As seen in the group the various modi- 
fications of the ventral fin range from the two distinct filamentary rays to 
the two rays bound together, the single bifid ray, the single simple filament, 
and the entirely obsolete. Aside from these Holcomycteronus possesses vent- 
rals each of which is composed of two separated rays, the distal ends of 
which are so expanded that they resemble small oars. In the pectorals 
likewise a variety of modification has obtained. Useful in balancing and in 
making quick rushes ahead or back, in all cases these fins are at least moder- 
ately developed. Though the fin is of the normal shape in the greater num- 
ber of the genera, it takes on peculiar forms in others; thus on Nematonus, 
Mixonus, Dicrolene, and Pteroidonus from one to ten of the lower rays are 
separate elongate and enlarged as if for tactile purposes, on Sciadonus the 
carpalia are elongate and the fin is placed at the end of an arm, and on 
Eretmichthys the lower half of the fin is much enlarged, lengthened, and 


BROTULOIDS. 145 


strengthened, the rays being bound together to form a broad rigid oar that 
must be of great advantage in making a sudden dash forward and upward 
(see Plate XXXV., fig. 1, also figs. 2 and 5 showing the processes for attach- 
ment of the muscles controlling the rays). 

Quite generally the membranes of the dorsal and the anal fins are contin- 
uous with the membrane of the caudal fin; examination of the type proves 
Barathrodemus manatinus of Goode and Bean to be no exception to this, 

On some of the genera the eyes are comparatively large; on others they 
are small; and on a few they are rudimentary or absent, as on Aphyonus, 
Typhlonus, and Sciadonus (Plate F, fig. 4). The peculiar conditions appar- 
ent on Leucicorus, Plate XXXVIII., probably indicate deterioration and lozs 
later in life of an eye that in the earlier stages of the individual may have 
been serviceable and normal. 

The Lateral System is well developed on the head; frequently it is im- 
perfect or absent belund the body cavity; in cases it appears to be absent 
from the entire body, and in others, as on Porogadus, several lines of the 
system are to be seen immediately behind the head. Because of the promi- 
nence of the cephalic portion of the system in all the members of the group 
it has been studied on a number of the genera and species for compari- 
sons in regard to derivations and affinities, Plates LXXV-LXXXI. From 
these the comparisons have been extended to various other groups near and re- 
mote. No doubt the system, in addition to its sensory function among shoal 
water types, has become luminous, and possibly in cases electric, at greater 
depths. The peculiar disks in the canals, hardly to be detected in those of 
the shoals, attain much greater development on the bathybial species and, in 
position and arrangement clearly indicating genetic relationship through 
common ancestry, are similar in families that in our systematic arrange- 
ments are widely separated. Compare, for instance, the Berycoids, Plate 
LXXIIL., with the Brotuloids, Plates LXXV., or the Macruroids, Plates 
LXXXII., LXXXIV. The affinities of closely allied species are to be seen 
in comparing the figures of Plate LX XV. with the figures of Plate LX XVI. 
In a couple of the species the nerves have been traced from the disks to 
the brain and from the brain to the disks, Plate LXXVIIH. The com- 
plicated distribution of the nerves and vessels in the disks and between 
them is shown on Plate XXXV., fig. 4, Plate XXXVIIL,, fig. 7, and Plate 
XXXIX., fig. 2. 


10 


146 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


BROTULID A. 
LEUCICORUS gen. Nn. 


Myxoniform, elongate, slender, compressed, covered by scales on body 
and head. Head medium, short, rounded; snout broad, blunt; mouth wide, 
anterior ; jaws nearly equal. ‘Teeth small, in villiform bands, on jaws, 
vomer, and palatines. Skeleton firm. Muciferous cavities highly developed 
on the skull. Eye peculiar, eyeball rudimentary, obsolescent, no iris nor 
pupil apparent, no orbital fold. Hinder nostrils far apart, close in front of 
the eyes; anterior half way from the posterior to the edge of the lips. A 
median keel on the top of the snout, another at the occiput. An opercular 
spine. A short slit behind the fourth gill. Gill filaments short. Gill rakers 
slender, numerous. Pseudobranchiz rudimentary. Branchiostegal rays 
eight. Tongue margins free. Vertical fins confluent ; caudal narrow ; ven-_ 
trals small, close together, at the humeral symphysis, each composed of two 
rays bound together. No pyloric appendages. Pectorals simple. 

This genus is closely allied to Mixonus but differs in the simple pec- 
torals, in which the lower rays are weaker and united by membrane to 
the upper, in the rudimentary pseudobranchix, the rudimentary eyes, and 
the extraordinary development of the mucous system. 


Leucicorus lusciosus sp. n. 
Plate XXXVI. ; Plate LXXIV. fig. 1, Lat. Syst. 
Br. r.8; D. 110-119; A. 95-101; V.2; P. 24; Li. ca. 148; Lth ca. 35. 


Compressed and elongate in form, depth near one seventh of the total 
length. Head medium, near one fifth of the total, nearly as broad as deep. 
Snout broad, somewhat prominent in the internarial region, longer than 
the eye, about two thirds as deep as broad. Crown slightly convex, with 
a thin skin and very thin transparent scales over the mucous cavities, which 
extend over the entire upper surface and are probably light producers. 
Orbit lateral, upper edge bony, strong, prominent; no orbital fold. Eye 
rudimentary, apparently without pupil or iris, and with the ball greatly 
reduced and covered with black pigment. The eye differs greatly in 
appearance from that of other species of Brotuloids and suggests a possible 
adaptation to sensation from phosphorescence, or perhaps a modification 
fitted for the production of phosphorescent light. Posterior nostrils widely 
separated, in front of the eyes and close to them; anterior half way from 


LEUCICORUS LUSCIOSUS. 147 


the posterior to the end of the snout. Mouth wide, anterior ; jaws equal ; 
maxillary broad and indented on the hinder edge, where it is as deep as 
the orbit, extending little backward of the eye, nearly hidden by the 
expanded suborbitals, Tongue with a median angle in front, edges free. 
Teeth small, equal, in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, palatines, and in the 
the pharyngeal groups. Upper groups on the pharyngeals large ; vomerine 
band V-shaped, rather deep on the median line with arms curving back 
and sidewise. Opercular spine small, hidden. The head is well covered by 
the mucous or light-producing cavities; a large area occupies the inter- 
orbital and internarial spaces; a branch from this passes back at each 
side of the occiput and nape above the opercle where it ends in an ear- 
like flap; another branch passes below the eye on each side from the 
nostrils to the preopercle, and a wide series of chambers passes back under 
each lower jaw and up on the properculum to end behind the eye. 
There are eight cavities in either maxillary or mandibular series, and six 
in each suborbital. Gill membranes not united, free from the isthmus ; 
gill openings wide. Gills four, a short slit behind the fourth ; lamine 
short; rakers slender, about nine with four rudiments on the lower sec- 
tion of the first arch, and four rudiments on the upper portion, longest 
equal height of orbit. Pseudobranchix a pair of rudiments on each side. 
Dorsal origin above the axil of the pectoral; anal origin below the nine- 
teenth ray of the dorsal. Caudal united at the base with dorsal and 
anal, narrow, elongate, three fifths as long as the head, acute. Pectorals 
small, simple, less than half as long as the head, lower rays weaker and 
connected by membrane with the balance of the fin. Ventrals small, 
slender, filamentary, each composed of two rays bound together, situated 
close to one another at the humeral symphysis. Distance from ventral 
bases to vent about equal to length of head. No pyloric caeca. Small 
sensory papille on the snout at the openings of the vessels more devel- 
oped than in Mixonus. 

Color in alcohol brownish, but numerous remnants of red or crimson 
over head and body indicate that in life the animal was red or purplish. 
White areas, the mucous channels and cavities, cover the head, and may 
have been light producers. 

Length of specimen described eleven inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3415 14° 46’ N. 98° 40’ W. 1879 fathoms 36° F. Br, M. glob. Oz. 


148 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Mixonus caudalis sp. n. 
Plate XXXVI. fig.2; Plate XXXIX. fig. 2; Plate LXXIV. fig. 2, Lat. Syst. 


Br. r. 9; D. 97=1035 As 73=8l; Ve2 (1)5 P. 14 = 268 @N6. El-tca. 150); 
Ltr. 28. : 

The following may be added to the generic characters as given by 
Giinther: Branchiostegal rays nine; pyloric cca rudimentary ; a mem- 
branous connection between the lower two rays of the pectorals; pseudo- 
branchizw rudimentary ; an air bladder. 

Body elongate, compressed ; body cavity little more than one third of 
the total length. Head short, one sixth of the total, deeper than wide, 
decidedly convex on the crown, slightly swollen at the top of the snout, 
Snout one third longer than the eye, broad, rounded, not deep. Mouth 
wide, anterior. Maxillary at its end wider than the eyes, extending back- 
ward of the orbit more than the length of the latter. Tongue free at 
its edges, Teeth small, in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, palatines, 
and pharyngeals. Vomerine teeth in three groups, a large median at 
the forward angle, and a small narrow group at each side near the pala- 
tines; rarely the groups are united by a slender band on one or both sides 
of the vomer. Eye normal, small, one sixth as long as the head, one 
half as wide as the interorbital space, three fourths of the length of the 
snout; orbit without the bony supraorbital covering seen in Leucicorus. 
A groove forward of the anterior nostril. Mucous cavities and_ pores 
moderately large, arranged as in Leucicorus but less extensive. Over the 
muciferous cavities the skin is translucent, as if the contents were lumin- 
ous. Gill openings wide; membranes not united, free from the isthmus. 


rom) 


¢ behind the fourth. Pseudobranchiz small. 


ro) 


Gills four, a short openin 
Gill rakers close together, rigid, slender, as long as the eye, upper section 
of the first arch with three rudimentary and a couple of long ones, and 
lower with thirteen or fourteen long ones and four or five rudiments. 
Dorsal origin above the base of the pectoral. Anal origin below the 
twenty-fifth ray of the dorsal. Caudal extending much beyond dorsal and 
anal, with which fins it is united near its base, narrow, acuminate, three 
fourths as long as the head. Pectorals narrow, with two of the lower 
rays free in the greater portion of their length, prolonged beyond the bal- 


ance of the fin, reaching behind the origin of the anal fin. The distance 


DICROLENE FILAMENTOSA. 149 


from the snout to the ventrals is contained one and three fourths times in 
that from ventrals to the first anal ray. Ventrals close together, at the 
humeral symphysis, each consisting of two rays closely bound together, 
four fifths as long as the head. Scales small, deciduous, thin, flexible, 
roughened on the exposed surface, covering head and body. A small anal 
papilla. Air bladder rather large. 

Red or purple in life; gill membrane, median line of belly, dorsal, anal, 
caudal, and a spot on the basal portion of the pectoral black, as also the 
linings of mouth, gill chamber, and _ belly. 


Length of specimen described twelve inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

3362 5ot56 INE 85° 10’ 30” W. 1175 fathoms 36.8° F. Gn. M.S. rocky 
3366 bo 307 Ne 86° 45’ W. 1067 us 37° F. YI. glob. Oz. 
3376 So OeING 82° 8’ W. 1132 se 36:3° FB. Gy. glob. Oz. 
3400 0° 36'S. 86° 46’ W. 13 20 nee 36° F. Lt. gy. glob, Oz. 


Dicrolene filamentosa sp. n. 
Plate F, fig. 1; Plate LXXV. fig. 2, Lat. Syst. 


Bry x85) Dy d00—-104 > AL 84-90; Vs 2.3 Py t4—18ee0=1i1 >) ©. 6) 1. 
ca. 140. 

Body compressed, tapering rapidly, depth three fourths of the length 
of the head, caudal region slender. Head nearly one fifth of the total 
leneth, thick, deep, arched and convex on the forehead, interorbital space 
twice the length of the eye, width of crown more than half the depth of 
the head. Snout broad, blunt, once to one and one fourth times as long as 
the eye; chin slightly ascending forward. Mouth large, cleft extending 
backward of the orbit ; maxillary reaching farther back nearly one diameter 
of the eye, much expanded at the end. Tongue with margins free. Teeth 
small, in narrow villiform bands on jaws, vomer and palatines. Vomerine 
group small, on the forward extremity of the bone, widely separated from 
the palatines. Anterior nostril porelike, half way from the posterior to 
the end of the snout, with a groove below and forward to the lip; posterior 
near the eye. Eye medium, half as wide as the interorbital space, less 
than the snout, hardly one sixth of the head. Opercular margins thin and 
‘membranous; spine weak. Preopercular spines three, small. Mucous sys- 
tem well developed, pores large, cavities in the bones of the skull moder- 


ate. Gills four, a slit behind the fourth, lamellx short. Gill rakers slender, 


150 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


longest as long as the eye, five on the upper section of the first arch, twelve 
and five rudiments on the lower section. The lower two of the three small 
preopercular spines are closer together. No pseudobranchiz, <A small 
anal papilla. Five short pyloric appendices. Lower half of the pectoral 
base better developed ; the rays from this half are free, long, and slender, 
the longest reaching to the middle of the anal fin or in the young farther 
back, twice as-long as the head or more. The upper portion of the fin 
is half to two thirds as long as the head and contains thirteen to eighteen 
rays while the lower half has but nine to eleven. Each ventral has the 
appearance of a simple filamentary ray but is composed of two segmented 
unequal rays bound together; the two ventrals are close together at the 
humeral symphysis. Dorsal and anal low, with scaly bases, apparently 
continuous with the base of the caudal, which last is slender and acumin- 
ate. Dorsal origin above the axil of the pectoral, and anal origin less than 
a length of the head farther back. Scales small, thin, about ten to the 
inch on the middle of the body on a seventeen inch specimen. Individual 
described from Station 5418. 

Blackish on head, body and fins; linings of mouth, gill chamber, and 
belly black. 

On young specimens the snout is shorter, the eye larger, the body more 
slender, and the longest of the free pectoral rays is more than twice as 


long as the head. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3418 16% 33/ N. 99° 52’ 30” W. 660 fathoms 39°F. Br. 8. bk. Sp. 
3393 Wo Wot Ne 79° 36’ W. 1020 < 36.8° F. Gn. M. 

3394 72 CA ING 79° 35! W. 511 “s 41.8° F. Dk. en. M. 
3358 6° 30’ N. 81° 44’ W. 555 oe 40.2° F. Gn. 8. 


Dicrolene nigra sp. n. 
Plate XXXVUI. fig. 2; Plate LXXV. fig. 1, Lat. Syst. 
Br. r. 8; D. 112-119; A. 93-104; V. 2; P. 18-19+6 (rarely 7); C. 6. 


Total length of the specimen described (from station 3402) ten and one 
half inches ; head one and three fourths; caudal three fourths; longest ray 
of the pectoral two and three fourths; depth one and one half; snout to 
dorsal fin two and one fourth; and snout to anal fin three and one half. 
Body compressed, elongate, tapering to very thin and narrow near the 
caudal fin; body cavity about one third of the total length. Head short, 
not far from one sixth of the total, moderately thick and convex at the top. 


DICROLENE NIGRA. 151 


Snout short, as long as the eye, thick, broad, blunt, scarcely projecting 
beyond the mouth. Hinder nostril near the eye; anterior as near the lip, 
with a groove down and forward. Mouth large; maxillary not in contact, 
half as long as the head, becoming wider than the eye backward, with 
upper, lower, and hinder edges concave. Teeth sinall, in villiform bands on 
the jaws, in narrower bands which make a short curve inward at the forward 
ends on the palatines, and ina small group below the forward end of the 
vomer. Eye of medium size, as long as the snout or the width of the inter- 
orbital space, two ninths of the head. Gills four, a slit behind the fourth; 
laminz short; rakers stout, longest two thirds as long as the eye, four on 
the upper and ten to twelve on the lower section of the first arch. Gill 
openings wide; membranes not united, free from the isthmus. Eight 
branchidstegal rays. No pseudobranchiz. No barbels. Opercle with a 
slender horizontal spine at the upper angle, three fourths as long as the 
eye; preopercle with three rather short spines, the median little longer, the 
spaces separating them about equal. A small spine above the hinder border 
of each eye. Membranes of dorsal and anal continuous with the base of the 
caudal. Anterior rays of the dorsal a little longer than those of the anal, 
longest ray more than one third of the length of the head, first a trifle back- 
ward of the axil of the pectoral, twentieth nearly above the first anal ray. 
Each ventral of two rays, which are bound together for a short distance at 
the base. Caudal of six rays, slender, acuminate, free from dorsal and anal 
in greater portion of the length. Upper portion of pectorals as long as the 
head ; lower part with six free rays, rarely seven, the longest of which is one 
half longer than those in the fin web, or less than one and one half times as 
long as the head. Scales small, thin, flexible, five or six rows between the 
lateral line and the dorsal fin. Lateral line near the base of the dorsal, dis- 
tinct in the anterior two thirds of the length. In specimens of eighteen 
inches the snout is longer than the eye; the eye is about one fifth of the 
length of the head; the maxillary extends backward of the orbit nearly two 
thirds of the orbital diameter, the hind margin equalling the length of the 
eye, and the lower angle being acute. Five or six pyloric ceca, short and 
thick. Air bladder large. 

Coloration of large individuals black. On the younger ones the bases of 
the fins appear whitish and the muscular tracts reddish brown. 

Readily distinguished from D. jilamentosa by the small number of free 
rays in the pectorals. 


152 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


On one individual the ventral of one side has but a single ray, while that 
of the other side has two. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3358 6° 30’ N. 81° 44’ W. 555 fathoms 40.2° F. Gn. S. 

3380 CO BICING Siero laaWe 899 S See? 195 Rks. 

3393 7° 15’ N. 79° 36’ W. 1020 * 36.8° F. Gn. M. 
3402 0° 57’ 30” S. 89° 3! 30” W. 421 a 49.3° FB. R. glob. Oz. 


Dicrolene pullata sp. n. 


Bror8e D2 103. AS 90s Veezee eal to: 1827, -1C 78 al ca nO! 

The specimen from which the description is drawn was taken at Station 
3395. The shape is that of D. wyra; the stronger spine and the fewer free 
pectoral rays of that species are present with the shorter dorsal of D. 
jfilamentosa. Head four and three fourths times in the total length; crown 
convex. Snout broad, rounded, more than one and one half times as long 
as the eye. Hinder nostril near the front of the eye; anterior halfway to 
the end of the snout, with a groove below and forward to the lip. Length 
of the eye two thirds of the width of the interorbital space, less than two 
thirds of the length of the snout, less than one sixth of the length of the 
head. Mouth wide, cleft half the length of the head; maxillary reaching 
backward of the eye one half of the ocular diameter, very wide at the end, 
one third wider than the eye. Tongue rudimentary. Teeth in villiform 
bands on jaws and palatines. Vomerine group small, one fourth as wide as 
the eye. Palatine bands curving inward at the forward ends, Gills, rakers, 
lamin, and membranes as in D. xigra. No pseudobranchiw. Dorsal origin 
about the width of the eye backward of the axil of the pectorals. Anal 
origin below the twentieth dorsal ray. Ventrals of two unequal, separated, 
filamentary rays, about two fifths as long as the head. Pectoral fin with 
seventeen or eighteen rays in the upper part, which is not as long as the 
head, and seven free rays in the lower section, the longest ray being one 
and one half times the length of the head. Caudal elongate, slender, of 
eight rays, united with dorsal and anal near the base. 

Seventeen inches in total length. 

Uniform black. ; 

Hardly entitled to more than varietal distinction from the typical D. 
nigra. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3395 7° 30' 36” N. 78° 39’ W. 730 fathoms 38.5° F. Rocky. 


POROGADUS LONGICEPS. 153 


Porogadus longiceps sp. n. 
Plate F, fig. 2; Plate LXXVTI. fig. 1, Lat, Syst. 
Br. r. 8; D. 183-184; A. 149-152; V. 2; P. 20; C. 6. 


The specimen described has a length of eighteen inches. Compressed, 
elongate, very slender in the caudal portion, depth three fourths of the 
head. Head one sixth of the total length; parietal region flattened, with 
a pronounced angle at each side; snout long, two and one half times the 
leneth of the eye, widened opposite the posterior nostrils, and rounded 
from this point forwards. In an upper view the head bears some resem- 
blance to that of Esox. The skull has a strong,median internarial ridge 
and backward of this on the interorbital space there are two short keels. 
The opercular spine is prominent and strong; the spines on the pre- 
opercular region, those at each side of the parietals, and the group imme- 
diately behind each posterior nostril are very small. On larger specimens 
the spines are more reduced; on smaller ones, again, they are com- 
paratively much more developed. Small individuals have two series of 
preopercular spines, an anterior of three and a posterior behind the 
mucous cavities of six smaller ones on the hind edge of the preoperculum, 
Seen from the side the head is pointed, the depth at the end of the snout 
being little. Mouth very wide; maxillary extending backward more 
than half the length of the head, one diameter of the orbit, farther than 
the eye, its width at the end equal the length of the orbit. Teeth small, 
equal, in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, palatines, basibranchials, and 
pharyngeals. Vomerine band narrow, V-shaped, with apex forward and 
arms curving outward. Tongue rudimentary. Eye small, two fifths as 
long as the snout, one half of the interorbital space, and about one 
eighth as long as the head. Gills four, a short slit behind the fourth; 
rakers slender, close together, four, three of which are rudiments, on 
the upper branch of the first arch, and eighteen, five or six being rudi- 
ments, on the lower. On the older specimens the rakers deteriorate 
and become club shaped or otherwise deformed. Pseudobranchi small. 
Pylorie ceca three, rudimentary. Vertical fins continuous around the 
tail; dorsal origin above the axil of the pectoral; anal origin to snout 
one third of the total length, first anal ray below the twenty-seventh 
ray of the dorsal; caudal very small, slender, longer than the orbit, 


pointed, extending beyond the ends of dorsal and anal rays. Pectoral 


154 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


bases narrow, situated low on the side, fin small, pointed, about three 
fifths as long as the head, Ventrals slightly separated at their bases, by 
nearly one half the width of the eye, of two slender filamentary rays, 
separated in much the greater part of their length; lower ray the longer, 
nearly as long as the head, upper little more than half as long. The 
distance from the ventrals to the anal is not far from the length of 
the head. The uppermost of the three lateral lines reaches the base of 
the dorsal nearly above the vent; the median extends much farther toward 
the caudal, like the lower from below the base of the pectoral along 
that of the anal. 

In some cases appearances indicate a continuation of the upper line 
along the base of the dorsal fin. 

Scales small, very thin, covering body and head. 

Head, body, fins and linings of mouth and body cavity brown to 
blackish; reddish over the muscular portions, where the scales have 
been removed, with tints of purple on the head. 

Largest specimen nineteen and one half, and smallest five and one half 
inches, the latter is very young which may account for its presence so 
near the surface, Station 3370. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth, Temperature. Bottom, 
3370 5° 36’ 40” N. 86° 56’ 50” W. 134 fathoms 54.8° FB. Rks. and S. 
3381 4° 56’ N. 80° 52! 30” W. 1772 Se 35.8° F. Gn. M. 
3382 CUOTIN. 80° 41’ W. 1793 Gy 35.8° F. Gn. M. 
3393 tool bl ON. 79° 36’ W. 1020 f 36.8° F. Gn. M. 


Porogadus atripectus sp. n. 
Plate XXXVII. fig. 3. 


Brot. 85 D.196s, A. 167; V..25 PB. Liz18s CFG: 

Body moderately compressed, very long and slender in the caudal 
portion. Head scaly, rather thick, depressed on the frontal region, flat- 
tened on the crown, depth equal to nearly half of the length, which 
latter is one seventh of the total length. Snout long, moderately broad, 
blunt, rounded, one and one half times as long as the eye. Mouth very 
wide, cleft reaching backward of the eye. Maxillary separated from the 
mouth by the intermaxillary, nearly as wide as the eye at the end. Teeth 
in villiform bands on jaws, and palatines; a short band on the basibran- 
chials; and a V-shaped group on the vomer. Eye medium, two thirds 
of the interorbital space, five eighths as long as the snout, less than one 


POROGADUS BREVICEPS. 155 


fifth of the head. Internarial ridge moderately prominent; a prominence 
above the tip of the snout. Bones of the skull cavernous; two series 
of three to five short spines each on the edges of the preopercle; a thin, 
flattened, keelless, blunt spine on the upper edge of the opercle; two 
to four short spines apparent to the touch above each eye. Gills four, 
a slit behind the fourth; rakers elongate, one and one eighth times as 
long as the eye, slender, two and several rudiments on the upper portion 
of the first arch and fourteen besides a number of rudiments on the 
lower part. Anterior nostril smaller than the posterior and half-way from 
it to the end of the snout. The distance from the occiput to the first ray 
of the dorsal equals that to the front edge of the orbit. Caudal united 
to dorsal and anal, but extending beyond them. Pectorals small, about 
two thirds as long as the head, prolonged in filaments. Ventrals thread- 
like, of two rays partly bound together, inserted below the subopercle, 
close together, in length four fifths the length of the head. A lateral line 
of six or seven cavities appears immediately behind the head about six 
scales below the dorsal fin, below this six or seven scales, again, there 
is a similar line continued farther back, and at the lower edge of the 
base of the pectoral there is a line that is continued along the base of 
the anal fin. 

Scales small, very thin and flexible, about twenty-six between the 
anterior rays of dorsal and anal. 

Snout, lower portion of head, cheeks, chest, belly, and linings of mouth 
and body cavity black ; top of skull from nostrils backward light, possibly 
luminous in life; body flesh color with indications of having been darker 
and tinted with more or less brilliant red or purple when alive; dorsal 
and anal yellowish or whitish on the basal portions and black on the 
outer edge. 

Total length twelve and one-half inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 

3392 ye GY Bio eINE 79° 40’ W. 1270 fathoms 36.4° F. Hard. 

3366 5° 30’ N. 86° 45’ W. 1067 us 37° BF. Yl. glob. Oz. 
3419 16° 34’ 30” N. 1002 3) W. iia ss 39° F. Gn. M. bk. Sp. 


Porogadus breviceps sp. n. 


Bror. 85D. V4-178; A. 145-150; V.2; P: 17; €. 5 (6): 
In this species the head is shorter, wider, and more convex and the snout 
broader and more blunt than in either P. longiceps, or P. atripectus. The 


156 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


body is compressed and slender; its greatest depth is about one tenth of 
the total length; the length of the body cavity is contained three and one 
half times in the total. Head one seventh of the entire length; width of 
the parietal section equal to the rostrorbital length; arched across the 
crown and forehead, and flattened some above the orbits; cephalic spines 
short, opercular spine with a keel; angles low. Snout broad, blunt, broadly 
rounded in front, as seen from above, length equal to the width across the 
eyes, or to one and one half times the length of the orbit. Mouth large, 
cleft nearly half the length of the head; maxillary extending one half the 
orbital length backward of the orbit, greatest width three fourths of the 
length of the orbit, upper, lower, and hinder margins concave. Teeth very 
small, in villiform bands on jaws, palatines, and on the V-shaped end of the 
vomer. Eye moderately large, two thirds of either rostral length or width 
of interorbital space, less than one fifth as long as the head. Bones of the 
skull thin, mucous cavities greatly developed. The two series of preopercu- 
lar spines are quite small and short; the other spines of the head are lo- 
cated as in P. longiceps, but are so small as to be found more readily by the 
touch than by the sight. Dorsal origin but little backward of the axil of 
the pectorals. Anal origin below the twenty-third ray of the dorsal fin. 
Pectorals small, narrow, four sevenths as long as the head. Ventrals of 
two filamentary rays, separate nearly to their bases; longest ray as long as 
the pectoral fins. Caudal region slender, fin thread-like. Lateral lines 
three, more distinct anteriorly, uppermost short. 

Sides of the head, from the nostrils, maxillary and operculum, and chin, 
belly, and fins black; top of head to suborbital tract white ; muscular tracts 
light reddish brown. There are indications of a red or purple cast over the 
muscles and the bases of the fins in life. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

34385 26° 48’ N. 110° 45’ 20” W.- 859 fathoms Sino Br. M. bk. Sp. 

3436 Die s4aN 110° 53/ 40” W. 905 : Sipoe iy xe ae 
MonoMITopUvs. 


Monomitopris Alcock, 1890, Ann. Mag. N. H., VI., 297. 


Body and head compressed, covered with scales. Head short and deep ; 
skull with median keels. Lateral line near the dorsal fin, distinct anteriorly. 
Mouth anterior, wide, oblique. Teeth small, numerous, in villiform bands 


on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Eight branchiostegal rays. Pseudobranchiz 


MONOMITOPUS TORVUS. 157 


rudimentary. Gills four, a slit behind the fourth, lamella very short. Gill 
membranes not united, free from the isthmus. Eye lateral. Snout short, 
blunt. Opercular and preopercular spines present. Pyloric ceca short, 
comparatively few. Ventrals near the humeral symphysis, close together, 
with a single ray. Pectorals small, simple. Vertical fins united and their 
bases invested by thick skin and scales. Species with a narial groove. 

The type specimen of Dicromita Agassizii G. B., has small pseudo- 
branchiz, and may belong to one of the two subgenera typified by the 
species described below and figured on Plate XL., Monomitopus toreus and 


Monomeropus malispinosus. 


Monomitopus torvus sp. n. 


Plate XL. fig. 1. 
Br. r.8; D. 107-111; A. 86 to 95; V.1; P. 32-33; C. 8; LI. ca. 190; 


ltr. ca. 55. 

Body and head compressed, tapering; depth four fifths of the length of 
the head. Head about one fifth of the total length, arched across the fore- 
head. Snout longer than the eye, little narrower forward, blunt, not swol- 
len but slightly prominent above the mouth. Eye moderately large, hardly 
one fifth of the length of the head, two thirds as wide as the interorbital 
space, four fifths as long as the snout. Mouth large, maxillary extending 
backward behind the orbit one third of the diameter of the latter. Teeth 
small, equal, on jaws, vomer and palatines, in villiform bands. Vomerine 
teeth in a V-shaped band, in which the apex is forward and swollen. Poste- 
rior nostril near the front of the eye; anterior near the end of the snout, 
with a slight groove to the lip. Gill apertures wide; membranes not 
united, free from the isthmus. Pseudobranchiew rudimentary. Gill rakers 
slender, two thirds as long as the eye, ca. 8 + 18. Opercular spine strong. 
Preopercular spines short, compressed, rather wide in the bases. Suborbital 
bones prominent, reaching down in a sharp edge over the maxillary. Basal 
portions of fins with thick skin and covered by scales. Dorsal origin above 
the axil of the pectoral. Anal origin below the twenty-second ray of the 
dorsal, twice the length of the head from the end of the snout. Caudal 
narrow, slender, about two fifths as long as the head, acute, united with dor- 
sal and anal near the base. Pectoral short, comparatively deep, half as long 
as the head. Ventrals very small, threadlike, as long as the pectorals, close 


158 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


together, little behind the humeral symphysis, with a single ray. The dis- 
tance from snout to vent is more than one third of the total length. Scales 
very small, deciduous, entirely covering body and head. Pyloric cca eight 
or nine. Lateral line distinct on the anterior half of the length. The pre- 
opercular spines, or angles, are less prominent and weaker in the young. 
Posterior nostril close to the eye; anterior on a slightly tumid prominence at 
each side of the snout halfway from the posterior to the end and about the 
same distance from the lip. 

Described specimen eight and three fourths inches in length. 

Dark brown; gill membranes, linings of mouth, branchial chamber and 
belly, and fins black. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3358 6° 30’ N. 81° 44’ W. 555 fathoms 40.2° F. Gn. S. 
3384 Meroe SONG 79° 14’ W. 458 “fd 42° F. Gn. 8. 
3394 TOU NE 79° 35’ W. 5ll 41.8° F. Dk. gn. M. 


Monomeropus malispinosus sp. n. 
Plate XL. Sig: 2. 
Br. r.8;-D:. 99; A. 82; V. 15. P26); C. 8; Ll: ea: 110: 


Body narrow, tapering regularly, nape high ; depth equal length of head 
or two elevenths of the total length. Head moderately compressed, prom- 
inently convex from mouth to interocular space, and rather less so to and 
on the occiput, about five and one half times in the total. Snout short, four 
fifths as long as the eye, rounded, blunt, high in the internarial region, 
covered by scales. Mouth large, cleft descending backward in a wide 
curve to a vertical from the hind border of the eye; maxillary reaching two 
thirds of a diameter of the eye farther back, much widened at the posterior 
extremity, wholly separated from the mouth cleft by the intermaxillaries ; 
intermaxillary not extending farther backward than the hinder edge of the 
eye. Teeth small, closely set in wide villiform bands on intermaxillaries, 
mandibles, and palatines, in bunches on the basibranchials, and in a short, 
crescent-shaped band on the vomer. Eye nearly one fourth as long as the 
head, one and one fourth times in the snout, which in turn is three fifths of 
che interorbital space. A slender spine on the opercle above the base of the 
pectoral. Two short, compressed, rather blunt preopercular spines. Skin 
of head thin, covered with small scales, plainly showing the large mucous 
chambers in the skull beneath it. Pseudobranchiz very small. Gill 


BASSOZETUS NASUS. 159 


lamelle very short. Six gill rakers and one rudiment on upper section of 
first gill arch, and eighteen rakers and six rudiments on the lower section ; 
longest raker as long as the snout, slender. Gill membranes not united, 
not attached to the isthmus. Dorsal fin and anal continuous with the 
caudal, low. Dorsal origin above the pectoral base; anal origin distant 
from the snout two lengths of the head. Pectorals moderate, narrow, in 
the lower half of the depth of the body, three fourths as long as the head or 
longer, reaching to the vent or backward. Ventrals filamentary, of a single 
ray, half as long as the head, inserted immediately behind the humeral 
symphysis, bases close together. Caudal narrow, extending beyond dorsal 
and anal, pointed. Scales medium, thin, with fine concentric striz, smooth 
to the touch, imbricated; those on head and snout smaller and irregular ; 
seven large ones between the lateral line and the small ones on the base of 
the dorsal; about one hundred and ten between head and caudal. Lateral 
line becoming indistinct not far backward of the anal origin, rising little 
behind the opercle. A prominent anal papilla. Six short pyloric ceca. 
Skull with a prominent spine-like internarial keel, another in the interorbital 
region, and a third on the occipital crest. The ridge between the nostrils is 
not a spine, as in Lepophidium. 
Blackish over body and head, also inside of mouth and body chambers. 
Length eight and one half inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 


3393 7° Ls ON. 79° 36’ W. 1020 fathoms 36.8° F. Gn. M. 


Bassozetus nasus sp. n. 
Plate LXXVITI. and Plate LXX VIII, Lat. Syst., Nerves, and Brain. 


Br. r. 8 (8-7); D. 126-1382; A. 105-109; V.1; P. 23; C.9; Ll. 156 ca. 

Total length eleven, head and body cavity three and one eighth, head 
one and five eighths, and snout to dorsal fin one and one half inches. Body 
compressed ; head thick, depressed anteriorly ; caudal region slender, taper- 
ing regularly, threadlike toward the end. Greatest depth two thirds of the 
length of the head; outline highest and arched on the nape. Entire head 
covered with scales; skull with a high internarial ridge, and a ridge near 
each side of the interorbital space, separated by a deep concavity and 
diverging a little at each side of a similar cavity on the parietal region ; 
muciferous cavities large and deep. Snout swollen, as broad as the orbital 


160 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


section, little longer than the eye, rather high and thick, with a median 
ridge and a prominence behind each nostril. Anterior nostril far forward, 
lateral, prominent, with a slight groove to the lip; posterior half way from 
the anterior to the eye. Kye lateral, small, one seventh as long as the 
head, one half as wide as the interorbital space, four fifths as long as 
the snout. Mouth oblique, large; maxillary reaching backward of the 
orbit one diameter of the eye, widened as much at the truncate extremity. 
Suborbital bones inflated over the maxillary. Teeth small, in villiform 
bands on intermaxillaries, mandibles, palatines, and vomer. Vomerine band 
forming an angle with the apex forward and extended down prominently 
from the roof of the mouth. No cranial spines; opercular spines weak and 
flexible, hidden in the skin. No pyloric ceca. Pseudobranchiz very small, 
a pair of pinnules. Gill rakers two plus several rudiments on the upper 
half of the first arch and thirteen or fourteen plus three or four rudi- 
ments on the lower section; longest nearly as long as the eye. Scales 
small, thin, about twenty-seven in a series from the first ray of the anal to 
the dorsal. Ventrals close together, under the humeral symphysis, each 
reduced to a single threadlike segmented ray. Dorsal origin above the 
upper angle of the gill opening; origin of the anal not twice the length of 
the head from the end of the snout. Caudal slender, sharp pointed, nearly 
half as long as the head. Pectoral simple, small, hardly reaching as far 
back as to the vent. 

Head, belly, and linings of mouth, gill chamber and body cavity black ; 
fins light with black margins; muscular portions rusty brownish, no doubt 
darker before loss of scales. It may be that the muscular portions and the 


fins were reddish in life. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

3415 14° 46’ N. 98° 40’ W. 1879 fathoms 36° F. Br. M. glob. Oz. 
3381 4° 56’ N. 80° 52’ 30” W. 1772 a 35.8° F. Gn. M. 

3360 6° 17’ N. 82°" (5) Wi. 1672 36.4° F. Fne. bk. dk. gn. 8. 


Diplacanthopoma Jordani sp. n 


Outlines resembling those of D. brachysoma Giinther, with, perhaps, a 
little more elongation in the caudal region. Body compressed, high at 
the nape, tapering regularly to slender at the tail; greatest depth one 
fifth of the entire length. Head massive, one third of the total length, 


three fifths as deep and two fifths as wide as long, convex on the crown. 


BASSOGIGAS STELLIFEROIDES. 161 


Bones of the skull thin and fragile, deeply excavated for the muciparous 
canals. Snout shorter than the orbit, depressed, broadly rounded at the 
end, prominent on the top forward of the nostrils. Mouth wide; lower 
jaw little if any longer than the upper; maxillary broadened and _ trun- 
cate at the end, reaching backward of the middle of the eye. Teeth 
small, in villiform bands on jaws and palatines and in a prominent V-shaped 
group on the vomer. Chin with a slight knob below the symphysis. Eye 
moderately large; orbit one fourth as long as the head, longer than the 
snout, in length equal to the width of the interorbital space. Preorbitals 
and suborbitals widely expanded; channels of the lateral system on the 
head wide and deep. Operculum with a medium sized spine on its hinder 
angle and another, of less prominence, directed downward from the lower 
corner. Gills four; lamellae short; gill rakers comparatively few and 
short; gill openings wide; membranes hardly united, free from the 
isthmus. No pseudobranchie. 

Vertical fins continuous ; dorsal origin above the axil of the pectoral ; 
caudal elongate, slender, pointed; pectorals somewhat broad ; ventrals close 
together, each of a simple, slender, filamentary ray three fourths as long 
as the head. 

Light olivaceous brown, probably yellowish in life, with scattered com- 
paratively large puncticulations of black; inside of mouth whitish to yel- 
lowish ; abdominal cavity lined with black; dorsal and anal with blackish 
margins ; caudal blackish. 

Named in honor of Professor D. S. Jordan, in token of a hearty appre- 
ciation of his work in North American Ichthyology. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 


3404 1238: 89° 28’ W. 385 fathoms 43.2° F. Rocky. 


Bassogigas stelliferoides. 


Neobythites stelliferoides Gilb., 1890, P. U. S. Mus., 112. 
Bassogiqas stelliferoides Jord. & Everm., 1898, Bull. 47, U. S. Mus., 2516. 


Plate LX.XX. fig. 1, Lat. Syst. 


Br. vr. 8; D. 96; A. 81-83; V. 1, bifid; P. 27-29; C.8; Ll. 104, ca.; 
Ltr. 40, ca. 
Head and body compressed, length and taper moderate; head four 


and three fourths times in the total length; depth four fifths of the 
11 


162 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


length of the head. Crown very convex transversely and slightly so 
longitudinally. Snout short, less than two thirds as long as the eye, blunt, 
rather prominent above the midlength, Eye large, lateral, nearly twice 
as long as the snout, length equal to two thirds of the interorbital width. 
Nostrils at the side of the snout, rather close together, a short groove 
forward of the anterior at the lip. Mouth wide; maxillary extending 
backward of the eye about one third of the ocular diameter; lower jaw 
little longer. Teeth equal, in villiform bands on jaws, vomer and_pala- 
tines. Vomerine band resembling a V, open backward and curved in 
arms and apex so that the latter is convex and the former are concave 
outwards. The strong opercular spime is the only spine on the head. 
Gills four, a slit behind the fourth. Gill rakers slender, longest three 
fourths as long as the eye, upper section of first arch with five and two 
rudiments and lower with thirteen and five rudiments. Gill membranes 
scarcely united, free from the isthmus. Pseudobranchixw small. Vertical 
fins united. Dorsal origin above the base of the pectoral. Anal origin 
below the nineteenth ray of the dorsal. Caudal extending farther back 
than dorsal and anal, narrow, pointed. Pectorals simple, short, four fifths 
as long as the head. Ventrals filamentary, one fifth longer than the 
head, bases close together below the humeral symphysis; ray bifid, parts 
separate nearly to the base, outer reaching to the anal origin, inner longer 
and reaching to the tenth or twelfth ray of the anal.  Snout to vent 
about one third of the total length. Pyloric caeca sixteen, of which there 
are several pairs below the intestine near the stomach. Scales very small, 
covering body and head. Lateral line distinct, near the dorsal fin, about 
eight scales distant, disappearing near the end of the tail. 

Brownish; margins of fins darker or, with the greater portion of the 
caudal, blackish, the bases of dorsal and anal and the tip of the caudal 
being light. Belly and lower portions of head more or less silvery. 


Length six inches and a half. 


Station, Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3389 FOM6 45OONe 79° 56’ 30” W. 210 fathoms 48.8° F. Gn. M. 
3391 7° 33' 40’ N. 79° 43/ 20" W. 153 rf 55.8° F. Gu. M. 


TloLCOMYCTERONUS gen. n, 


Closely allied to Neobythites, but differing in absence of preopercular 


spines, in ventrals and in pectorals, The body is compressed, high at the 


HOLCOMYCTERONUS DIGITTATUS. 163 


nape, and tapers to slender in the tail. Head massive, deeper than wide, 
convex on the crown, covered by scales. Snout short, broad, thick, blunt. 
Mouth large, anterior; intermaxillary forming the upper border. Teeth 
sinall, equal, very numerous, in wide villiform bands on jaws, vomer, pala- 
tines, basibranchials, and pharyngeals. Nostrils small, lateral, in front of the 
eye, with a groove, in which there are sensory papille, from the hinder part 
of the anterior nostril down and forward to the lip. Eyes small, lateral, with- 
out an orbital fold. A large, strong, horizontally directed opercular spine ; 
no other spines on the head. Gill openings wide ; membranes not united, 
free from the isthmus. Gills four, a slit behind the fourth; laminz short ; 
rakers well developed, numerous. Pseudobranchiz small. Branchiostegal 
rays eight. An air bladder. Pectoral fins intermediate in form between 
those of Neobythites and those of Dicrolene, some of the lower rays be- 
ing free for a considerable portion of the length. Ventrals small, a short 
distance apart, at the humeral symphysis, each composed of two distinct 
rays. Vertical fins united; dorsal and anal very long; caudal narrow. 


Scales small, thin. Lateral line rudimentary or absent. 


Holcomycteronus digittatus sp. n. 
Plate XXXVI. fig. 1; Plate LXXVI. fig. 2, Lat. Syst. 


Br. r. 8; D. 105-121; A. 89-106; V. 2; P. 16-17; C. 8; Ll. 129-147; 
Ltr. 15 + 21. 

In the specimen described the total length is fourteen inches; the depth 
of the body or the length of the head is about one sixth of the total. Form 
stout, massive anteriorly, compressed, tapering regularly to become very 
slender near the caudal fin. Head broad, depressed, crown convex, nape 
high. Snout broad, blunt, two and one half times as long as the eye, like 
the balance of the head covered with scales. Mouth large, wide, anterior ; 
jaws nearly equal, lower included. Intermaxillary separating the maxillary 
from the edge of the mouth. Mavxillaries long, reaching one diameter of 
the eye farther backward than the orbit, scaly in the posterior half, broader 
than the eye at the hind extremity. Teeth small, equal, in broad villiform 
bands on jaws, palatines, vomer, and basibranchials. Palatine and _basi- 
branchial bands wide; vomerine broadly V-shaped with the branches back- 
ward and somewhat curved outwards. Eye small, two and one half times 
in the length of the snout, three and one half times in the width of the in- 


164 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


terorbital space, one ninth as long as the head, or one half of the distance 
from the mouth. Nostrils small, anterior near the end of the snout, with a 
groove containing sensory papillz from the hinder part of its valve down 
and forward to the intermaxillary ; posterior distant from the eye less than 
one diameter from the front of the orbit. Opercular spine large, strong ; 
no other spines on the head. The lower angle of the operculum is spine- 
like, but is not free and is hidden by the skin. Gill membranes united for 
a short distance, free from the isthmus. Gills four, a slit behind the fourth. 
Gill rakers slender, elongate, longest as long as the eye, eight developed on 
the first arch which also bears five or six rudiments at each end of the series. 
Pseudobranchizw very small. Air bladder large. Dorsal origin little back- 
ward of the axil of the pectoral, height in midleneth equal to the length of 
the snout. Snout to anal fin two and one third times the length of the 
head. Vertical fins united, bases thick and covered by scales. Caudal nar- 
row, pointed, nearly half as long as the head. Pectorals as long as the 
head, very flexible, with five or six of the lower rays free for about half of 
their length, resembling in a measure Dicrolene or Pteroidonus, but the free 
extremities are not produced backward of the other rays of the fin. Ven- 
trals small, longer than the snout, less than one diameter of the eye apart, 
below the humeral symphysis; each fin composed of two rays, separated to 
their bases, and varying from somewhat inflated and blunt to acuminate or 
filamentary at the ends. Scales small, thin, flexible, concentrically striate ; 
also with radiating stris2, many of which do not reach the centre of the 
scale, and with the spaces between the strie reticulated. Lateral line ap- 
parently irregular, traced as far as to the origin of the anal. 

Fins, lower parts of head, gill membranes, and linings of mouth and body 
cavity black; muscular portions lighter, possibly tinted with purple in life ; 


top and sides of head whitish. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Teniperature. Bottom. 

3434 25° 29' 30” N. 109° 48’ W. 1588 fathoms 36.4° F. Br. M. bk Sp. 
3374 Dap Ne 838° 53’ W. 1823 s 36.4° F. Gn, Oz. 

3375 9° 34’ N. 82° 29’ W. 1201 36.6° F. Gy. glob. Oz. 
3414 10° 14’ N. 96° 28’ W. 2232 a 35.8° F. Gn. M. 

3415 14° 46’ N. 98° 40’ W. 1879 sf 36° F. Br. M. glob. Oz. 


ERETMICHTHYS gen. n. 


In general appearance resembling Bassozetus. Body compressed, taper- 


ing from the head, elongate and slender in the caudal region. Head higher 


ERETMICHTHYS PINNATUS. 165 


than wide, thick, convex on the crown, broad at the snout. Snout broad, 
blunt, not projecting beyond the mouth. Bones of skull thin, with large 
mucous cavities, prominent in the internarial region. Mouth large, upper 
border formed by the intermaxillaries. Teeth small, in villiform bands on 
intermaxillaries, lower jaws, vomer, and palatines. Branchiostegal rays 
eight. Nostrils rather close together, prominent ; a groove from the anterior 
nostril down and forward to the lip. Eye small, lateral. -Gill openings 
wide; membranes not united, free from the isthmus. Four gills, a slit be- 
hind the fourth; rakers numerous, elongate, slender. Pseudobranchize 
small. No barbels. Opercles thin, margins flexible, spine weak. Preopercle 
not armed. Vertical fins united; dorsal origin close to the head; caudal 
narrow, elongate, pointed. Ventrals of a single filamentary ray, close to- 
gether, at the humeral symphysis. Pectoral bases broad ; lower half of the 
fin longer, in the type species very long and rigid, forming a long oarlike 
sweep, the function of which may be of sexual rather than of motor import- 
ance. Scales thin, deciduous, covering body and head. 


Eretmichthys pinnatus sp. n. 
Plate XX XV. figs. 1-4; Plate LXXTIX. fig. 2, Lat. Syst. 
Br. r. 8; D. 125-128; A. 104-105; V.1; P. 29 (14 4 15); C. 8. 


Elongate, slender, compressed, tapering; depth two thirds of the head 
length. Head two elevenths of the total length, high at the nape, very 
convex across the forehead, prominent between the nostrils on the top of 
the snout. Snout broad, blunt, deep, more than twice as long as the eye. 
Mouth wide, little higher forward; cleft subtending the entire eye ; maxil- 
lary reaching a vertical one diameter of the orbit farther back, broadened 
and indented at the end, lower angle longer, acute. Teeth small, equal, in 
villiform bands on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Vomerine band V-shaped, 
with apex forward and descending and with arms curving out toward the 
palatines. A groove from the anterior nostril to the lip. Eye small, nearly 
half as long as the snout, one third of the interorbital space, one tenth of 
the head. Gill openings wide ; membranes not united, free from the isthmus. 
Branchiostegal rays eight. Gills four, a short opening behind the fourth; 
lamin short; rakers slender, as long as the orbit, fifteen to seventeen in 
number, only one or two of which are on the upper section of the arch, 
Pseudobranchix small. Tongue acute, free at the end. Opercular margins 


166 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


thin flexible. Opercular spine weak; no other spines on the head. No 
barbels. Occipital and internarial crests of the skull moderately prominent. 
Genital papilla small. Vertical fins united ; dorsal origin on the nape, for- 
ward of the upper angle of the gill opening. Anal origin distant from the 
head less than the length of the latter, below the twenty-fifth ray of the dor- 
sal. Ventrals of a single filamentary ray, two thirds as long as the head, 
close together, at the humeral symphysis, below the hind ends of the gills. 
Pectorals wide at the base, flexible in the upper half, which is two thirds as 
long as the head, rigid in the lower section, which is twice as long as the 
upper portion and in which the rays are firmly joined in the basal half but 
flexible, spreading, and connected by membrane in the distal moiety. 
Upper section of pectoral with fifteen, and lower with fourteen or fifteen 
rays. Caudal narrow, elongate, less than half as long as the head, acum- 
inate. Scales small, thin, deciduous, Distance from bases of ventrals to 
vent nearly one and one fourth times the length of the head. 

Blackish or brown; muscular portions somewhat lighter, rusty ; linings 
of mouth and body cavity black. Top and sides of head whitish; probably 
the mucous sacs, which cover these areas, are light producers. 


Seventeen inches in total length. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

3363 5° 43’ N. 85° 50’ W. 978 fathoms 37.5° F. Wh. glob. Oz. 

3366 5° 30’ N. 86° 45’ W. 1067.“ 37° F. Y1. glob. Oz. 

3400 0° 36’ 8. 86° 46’ W. 1322 “3 36° F. Lt. gy. glob. Oz. 
Eretmichthys ocella sp. n. , 


Plate XXXVILI. fig. 1; Plate LXXTIX. fig. 1, Lat. Syst. 


Bror8 (8=7); D. 121-123) An 7-100 Ve VRP 28), 8: 

Shaped much like 2. p/nnatus, but differing in numbers of fin rays and in 
form of pectoral fins. Body and head compressed, depth about one seventh 
of the total length. Head less than half as wide as long, one fifth of the 
total length, high at the nape, prominent on the internarial region, convex 
across the forehead, with strong occipital crest on the skull. Snout large, 
broad, thick, bluntly rounded at the end, high at the nostrils and above the 
middle, more than twice as long as the eye. Mouth wide, somewhat oblique ; 
maxillary nearly half as long as the head, dilated posteriorly to one and one 
half times the width of the eye, lower angle acute, midlength nearly 
below the middle of the orbit. Teeth small in villiform bands on jaws, 


CAAIEIBYEXce 167 


vomer, and palatines. Vomerine band V-shaped, with the branches cury- 
ing out and backward toward the palatines and the apex descending forward 
and expanded into a rather broad patch. Eye very small, two fifths as long 
as the snout, two sevenths of the interorbital space, one eleventh of the 
length of the head. Nostrils prominent; posterior higher than the eye, its 
distance from the orbit equal that from one another or that from the ante- 
rior to the intermaxillary ; a groove from the anterior to the lip. Opercu- 
lar spine weak, flexible; preopercle not armed. No barbels. Gill openings 
wide; membranes not united, free from the isthmus. Pseudobranchize 
small. Genital papilla small. Vertical fins united ; dorsal origin forward of 
the bases of the pectorals; anal origin less than the length of the head be- 
hind the latter; caudal narrow, elongate, acute, united at the base with 
dorsal and anal. Pectoral base wide, about one third of the length of the 
fin; lower section of the fin longest, flexible, pointed. Ventrals close to- 
gether, at the humeral symphysis, each a single, segmented filamentary ray, 
two thirds as long as the head. 

About fifteen inches in total length. 

Fins, mouth, throat, gill membranes, and linings of mouth and body cav- 
ity black. Body over the muscular portions brownish, possibly reddish or 
purplish in life. Top and sides of head, over the very extensive mucous 


cavities whitish, possibly light producing in the living animal. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 
3392 id! oOUUNE 79° 40’ W. 1270 fathoms 36.4° F. Hard. 
CATAETYX. 
taal Cutaetyx Giint., 1887, “Challenger” Report, Deep Sea Fishes, 104. 


Form somewhat resembling that of Diplacanthopoma. Body elongate 
compressed ; scales small; lateral line distinct. Head elongate; depressed ; 
cheeks scaly. Eye small, superior. Mouth wide, anterior, intermaxillary 
alone forming the upper margin. Teeth small, equal, in villiform bands on 
jaws, vomer, and palatines. Snout broad, blunt, lower jaw longer. No 
barbels. A long opercular spine. Gills four, a slit behind the fourth; lami- 
ne short; membranes not united, free from the isthmus; apertures wide ; 
rakers few. Branchiostegal rays nine to eight. Pseudobranchie small, 
said to be absent in the typical species. Vertical fins united. Ventrals 
close together, behind the humeral symphysis, forward of the pectorals, of a 


168 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


single filamentary ray. Vent far behind the ventrals. Male with a genital 
cage, behind the anal aperture, enclosing a prominent anal papilla. Pyloric 
appendages few. 

The species described immediately below appears to belong to this genus, 
though slight changes in the characterization are necessary to admit it. 


Cataetyx simus sp. n. 
Plate E, fig. 2; Plate XX XIX. figs. 3-6 ; Plate LXXX. fig. 2, Lat. Syst. 


Br. r. 9-8; D. 91-99; A. 71=77; V. 1; P. 203 Cs 103 LI. ex, 255. 
to D. ca. 40. 

Compressed, but thick above the body chamber, tapering to slender near 
the end of the tail, depth nearly two thirds of the length of the head. Body 
cavity somewhat more than half of the total length. Head long, one fourth 
of the total without the caudal, or three thirteenths of the entire length, 
wider than high in the posterior half, much wider than deep at the eyes and 
forward, outline of top concave longitudinally or broadly convex from cheek 
to cheek. Interorbital width equal to length of orbit. Snout twice as long 
as the eye, twice as wide as deep, very broad and bluntly rounded as seen 
from above, and slightly bent upward as viewed from the side. Mouth very 
wide ; cleft subtending the anterior portion of the orbit ; maxillary subtend- 
ing the entire orbit and equalling it in width at the end, where the lower 
angle is a right one while the upper is prolonged and acute with a blunted 
apex. Teeth equal, small, in villiform bands on jaws, vomer and palatines. 
Vomerine band V-shaped, the angle forward and much curved downward 
into the mouth. Eye small, half as long as the snout, its length equal to 
the width of the interorbital space, one eighth of the length of the head, di- 
rected obliquely out and upward. Anterior nostril tubular, over the maxil- 
lary; posterior half way from the anterior to the eye. Gill openings wide ; 
membranes not united, free from the isthmus. Gills four, a slit behind the 
fourth. Three short, compressed gill rakers developed on the first arch. 
Branchiostegal rays nine to eight. Pseudobranchiz small. Opercular spine 
horizontal, as long as the snout, strong, the only spine on the head. Bones 
firm; occipital crest moderate ; a low internarial prominence. Genital cage, 
or niche, firm cartilaginous, longer than the orbit, with a median keel below, 
folding upward against the first anal ray, posteriorly (superiorly) with a 
large tri- or quadrangular opening within which the genital papilla is located, 


PSEUDONUS ACUTUS. 169 


Plate XXXIX., figs. 3-6. The anal aperture is immediately in front of the 
cage. The papilla when at rest is directed upward against the body. When 
the cage is bent downward the papilla is directed horizontally backward, or 
possibly downward when in function, Dorsal origin near midway from base 
of pectoral to vent; anal origin below the twenty-fifth ray of the dorsal. 
Pectorals short, two fifths as long as the head, bases deep. Ventrals close 
-together, little backward of the humeral symphysis, of a single filamentary 
ray, as long as the pectoral. Vertical fins confluent ; caudal narrow, median 
rays longer, one third as long as the head or longer. Pyloric appendages 
two, comparatively short and thick Mucous cavities and pores large. 
Scales absent from head on the top, snout and below, present on the sides. 
Lateral line distinct, parallel with the dorsal to a point below the fifteenth 
ray or thereabout, thence descending to the middle of the flank to continue 
to the tail. The viscera are figured on Plate XX XIX. (fig. 3). 
Brownish, uniform or tinted with olivaceous or reddish. 


Nineteen inches in total length. 


Station. Latitude. ; Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 


3361 6° 10’ N. S3oeG Wis 1471 tathoms 36.6° F. Gn. Oz. 
3392 TOMS S30! NE 79° 40’ W. 1270 G3 36.4° F. Hard. 
3400 0° 36’ S. 86° 46! W. 1322. 36° F. Lt gy. glob. Oz. 


PSEUDONUS gen. n. 


Shape in a measure resembling that of Porogadus ; body compressed and 
tapering; body cavity about half of the total length. Head medium, like 
that of Mixonus in some respects, but more elongate. Mouth wide, upper 
jaw projecting very little. Teeth in villiform bands on jaws, vomer and 
palatines. Eight branchiostegal rays. Gill openings wide; membranes 
hardly united, free from the isthmus. No pseudobranchix. No barbels. 
No ventrals. Vertical fins united. An opercular spine. Channels of the 
lateral canal system greatly developed on the head. 


Pseudonus acutus sp. n. 
Plate XX XTX. fig. 1. 
Be nce D109. AL Sl V 0; P. 21; C. 10% LL 77 sylutrs 275, D.to 
Asi Q. 


Moderately compressed ; depth near one seventh of the total length, 
body chamber not far from one half. Head elongate, about as wide as deep, 


170 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


tapering slightly forward, nearly one fourth of the entire length including 
the caudal fin. Snout longer than the eye, the length bemg twice that of 
the interorbital space, somewhat broad, blunt. Mouth wide, lower jaw 
shorter than the upper, maxillary reaching nearly half the length of the 
head, broad and truncate posteriorly. Teeth small, in villiform bands on 
the jaws, vomer, and palatines. Vomer decurved in front, bringing the 
curved band of teeth prominently down on the roof of the mouth. Eyes 
large, about one sixth as long as the head, shorter than the snout, supero- 
lateral, in length twice the width of the interorbital space. Nostrils distant 
from one another, posterior nearer to the eye than to the end of the snout, 
anterior near the lip in front. First branchial arch with two rudimentary 
rakers on the upper section, and three short compressed ones and half a 
dozen rudiments on the lower branch. Gill openings very wide ; membranes 
little if any united, free from the isthmus ; laminze very short. No pseudo- 
branchix. A strong opercular spine, as long as the orbit; no other spines on 
the head. The distance from the snout to the mandibular angle is equal to 
that from the eye to the end of the opercular spine. Skull deeply excavated 
for the muciparous channels. Dorsal and anal fins united with the slender 
caudal. The distance from the occiput to the origin of the dorsal, midway 
between the pectorals and the vent, is equal to that from the occiput to the 
end of the snout. Anal fin originating slightly behind the middle of the 
total length, below the twenty-ninth ray of the dorsal. No ventrals. Pee- 
torals simple, not wide, half as long as the head. No pyloric appendages. 
Lateral line faintly indicated on the forward portion of the body. Scales 
small, yery thin and flexible. 


Brownish; head lighter; fins light; belly and gill chamber blackish. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3407 0° 4S. 90° 24’ 307 W. 885 fathoms 37.2° F. Glob. Oz. 


Acanthonus spinifer sp. n. 
Plate F, figs. 3, 3 a. 
Bret. 8D 10ie CA oI ieee melon s©.:8, 


Head large, thick, high, two sevenths of the total length. Snout to anal 
fin about one third of the total. Body cavity short, not half as long as the 
head. Behind the cavity the caudal section is much compressed and taper- 
ing. Cephalic spines situated as in A. arvmafus; the spine at the upper angle 


of the opercle is slender and about half as long as the head; those on the 


SCIADONUS. alfa 


preopercle are shorter, the uppermost being the longest of the three and the 
lowest the least developed. The angle at the end of each lower jaw is a 
spinelike prominence. Nape high, arched; a slight concavity on the crown. 
Snout massive, broad, more than twice as long as the eye, surmounted by a 
pair of sharp horizontally extended spines, Plate F, fig. 3a. Eye lateral, 
small, less than half as long as the snout, less than one seventh as long as 
the head, nearly one third as wide as the interorbital space. Mouth wide ; 
the cleft slightly rising forwards; maxillary nearly half as long as the head, 
reaching a considerable distance farther back than the orbit; lower jaws 
shorter, included. Teeth small, not very close together, in villiform bands 
on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Nostrils lateral. Bones of the skull soft, 
with large mucous cavities. Gill openings wide; membranes not united, 
free from the isthmus. Gill rakers short, slender; lamelle very short. No 
pseudobranchiz. Origin of the dorsal above the bases of the pectorals, pre- 
ceded in the specimen described by a couple of rudimentary spines. Anal 
origin below the eleventh or twelfth ray of the dorsal. A space at the cau- 
dal separating it from dorsal and anal was probably traversed by membranes 
uniting it with these fins. Ventral bases below the eye, fins each with two 
slender filamentary rays, the longer of which reaches quite to the vent. 
Vent below the middle of the pectoral fin. Existence of scales a matter of 
some doubt. Lateral line not apparent. 

Top of the head to below the eye whitish; mouth, chin and body* 
chamber black; from the origins of dorsal and anal backward cloudy 
brownish. 

The shape in this species is similar to that of A. armatus, the differences 
appear in the branchiostegal rays, the ventrals, the scales and the lateral 
line. 


Total length hardly more than three inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3381 4° 56’ N. 80° 52’ 30” W. 1772 fathoms 35.8° F. Gn. M. 


ScCIADONUS gen. n. 


Compressed and elongate in form; head massive, snout blunt. No eyes. 
Gill membranes free from the isthmus. Gill lamellze very short. Branchi- 
ostegal rays seven. Vertical fins united at their bases. Pectorals pedicel- 
late, narrow, long. Ventrals filamentary, small, of a single ray, close 
together, below the humeral symphysis. No cephalic spines. Opercles 


172 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


membranous. Teeth small, in villiform bands. Body cavity long; vent far 
from the head. Forehead occupied by a mass of mucus, possibly light pro- 
ducing. Bones of the skull thin, soft. 


Sciadonus pedicellaris sp.n. 9 __ 
Plate F, fig. 4. 


Bre ras x80 An Ae Vl b al cee 6: 

Body elongate, compressed, the chamber reaching more than half of the 
total length. Head massive, high, thick, blunt at the snout, strongly con- 
vex on the internarial region. Eyes absent; a faint whitish spot in the posi- 
tions they should occupy is the only trace. Nape high. Chin prominent, 
with a bulb or cushion at the symphysis. Mouth wide; maxillary much 
widened posteriorly, truncate, half as long as the head. Teeth small, in vil- 
liform bands. Nostrils lateral; anterior with a short tube; posterior larger. 
Gill openings wide; membranes not united, free from the isthmus; lamelleze 
very short, hardly longer than the rakers, which are nearly as wide as long. 
Dorsal origin scarcely the length of the head behind the latter. Anal origin 
below the forty-third ray of the dorsal, or thereabout, nearly midway from 
the head to the end of the caudal. Dorsal and anal united with the caudal 
base. Bases of the pectorals long slender pedicels, nearly as long as the 
maxillary, half as long as the fin, which is elongate, slender, pointed and 
almost as long as the head. The structure of the pectorals with the absence 
of the eye suggests a dependence upon them as tactile organs, in addition to 
their function as balancers. Ventrals small, of a single ray, close together, 
below the humeral symphysis, less than one fourth as long as the head. 
Caudal small, extending beyond dorsal and anal, to which it is united by 
membranes, of six long rays, median longest. The entire forehead is filled 
with mucus, which possibly may be utilized in the production of light. 

The colors of a fresh specimen were whitish, somewhat translucent with 
the eggs in the ovaries orange or red, showing through the body walls. 

Total length four and one eighth inches. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3365 5° 31’ N. 86° 31’ W. 1010 fathoms 37° F. Y1. glob. Oz. 


LAMPROGRAMMUS. iLy(3s 


LAMPROGRAMMUS. 
Lamprogrammus Alcock, 1891, Ann. Mag., VIIL., 34. 


Outlines resembling those of other Brotuloids. Head and body greatly 
compressed, the latter tapering to very slender backward ; body cavity less 
than one half of the total length. Skull narrow, deep, convex on the top ; 
snout broad, blunt. Mouth large, somewhat oblique, lower jaw little longer. 
Teeth in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Nostrils small ; 
posterior near the front edge of the upper half of the eye and anterior 
directly forward near the end of the snout. No barbels: Four gills, a slit 
behind the fourth; laminz short; gill rakers well developed; gill openings 
wide, membranes not united, free from the isthmus. No pseudobranchiez. 
Bones of the skull thin with prominent ridges separating the wide and deep 
muciparous channels. Opercular spine weak; a much weaker and blunter 
one on the lower edge of the preopercle. Vertical fins continuous ; dorsal 
origin near the head on the nape. Pectorals small, simple. No ventrals. 
Vent remote from the pectorals. Pyloric appendages few and short. Head 
and body covered with small, thin, deciduous scales, those protecting the 
lateral system rather smaller. Lateral line wide, covered by the skin and 
scales, probably luminous. Disks of the lateral system vertically elongate, 
each resting on a large scale that is wider than long. 

The figures and description of Lamprogrammus niger, published by Alcock, 
and copied by Goode and Bean, give a very imperfect idea of the lateral 
system as it appears on the species described below. They show the line 
organs as they would appear on the flanks after the removal of the outer 
scales and skin, if the intermediate scales and spaces of the series and the 
longitudinal white line connecting one gland with another were omitted. 
The arrangement of the system on the head is described below and is figured 
on Plates XXXIV. and LXXXI., fig. 1. Of the three known species of the 
genus two were taken by the “ Investigator,” one of them in the Andaman 
Sea the other in the Bay of Bengal ; the third is first made known by the 
present “ Albatross” collection and was taken in the Gulf of Panama. All 
were secured at depths between 400 and 700 fathoms. 


174 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Lamprogrammus illustris sp. n. 
Plate XXXIV., Plate LXXXI. fig. 1, Lat. Syst. 
Brors 8; Dy 1125 Av sai V0; (Pe -18- CA9e Micas ito: 


Brotuliform, much compressed in body and head, less than half as wide 
as deep. Depth equal to the length of the head or to one fifth of the total 
length. Body chamber one third of the total. Head as deep as long, cov- 
ered by thin scales and by mucous channels under the skin m which occur 
luminous organs similar to those of the lateral system on the body except 
in resting on the bones of the skull rather than upon modified scales. Skull 
deeply excavated for the muciparous canals. Snout more than twice as long 
as the eye, broad, blunt, prominent on the upper ends of the intermaxillaries, 
more prominent below the symphysis of the lower jaws; chin prominent, 
angular. Mouth large, oblique, cavernous ; cleft extending below the entire 
eye; maxillary separated from the cleft by the premaxilla and reaching 
one half diameter of the orbit farther back, wider than the eye, lower 
edge nearly straight, upper and hinder edges concave, angles rounded off, 
three sevenths as long as the head, thin toward the extremity. Teeth small, 
in villiform bands on the jaws, in a narrow regularly V-shaped band on the 
vomer, and in short and narrow bands on the palatines. Orbit small, late- 
ral, length one half of that of the snout, one third of the width of the inter- 
orbital space, less than one eighth of the length of the head; orbital bones 
prominent. Nostrils small; posterior near the front of the upper edge of 
the eye; anterior more than half way from the posterior to the end of the 
snout. Suborbital bones much expanded downward over the maxillaries. 
Gill openings wide; membranes not united, free from the very narrow 
isthmus. Gills four, a slit behind the fourth; lamine short; rakers slender, 
longest as long as the eye, first series of five on the upper section of the 
arch and fourteen on the lower, decreasing in size to rudiments at each end 
of the series. No pseudobranchie. A deep cavity extending forward into 
the head from the upper end of the first branchial arch. A moderately 
large glandular structure, in the shape of a compressed ring, Plate XXXIV. 
fig. 6, immediately forward of the scapula at the forward end of the lumin- 
ous system of the body, between the latter and that of the head, under the 
operculum and above the gills, supported behind by short swollen ribs from 
the first and the second vertebre. 


LAMPROGRAMMUS ILLUSTRIS. 175 


Lateral line as wide as the orbit, extending back on about eighty scales 
to a point below the seventy-fifth dorsal ray. It might be described as 
apparently composed of two systems; the ordinary one below and through 
the scales, and a luminous system outwardly resembling a dermal tube cov- 
ered by about eight series of smaller very thin scales and applied to the out- 
side of a couple of series of the larger scales of the flank two or two and one 
half scales from the base of the dorsal fin. This tube, Plate XXXIV. fig. 
4, contains mucus and against its inner wall a series of narrow, spindle 
shaped, vertically placed, glandular light or flash organs, Plate XXXIV, 
fies. 1, 3, 4, 5, connected with one another by a fine nerve-like strand of 
tissue. Each of the luminous organs is fusiform, somewhat flattened, taper- 
ing at each end and enlarged in the middle, where it contains an elliptical or 
rounded body, disk or facet, of different structure, Plate XXXIV. fig. 5. 
From each end of the spindle the tissue appears to be reflected around the 
wall of the tube over the gland so as to form a complete ring. While the 
skin and scales covering the structures present a black appearance in the col- 
lapsed condition both are so thin as to offer little obstruction to the passage of 
light when the tube is distended by mucus. On Lamprogrammus mger, Alcock, 
1891, Ann. Mag. N. H., VIII, 34, describes loopholes over the glands; no 
such openings are to be seen on the present species. The pores in places 
appear to open along the lower edge of the tube away from the organs. 
Each organ of the series rests on a large scale twice as wide as those at each 
side of it and separated from similar organ-bearing scales by a pair of the 
ordinary scales of the flank, half as large, Plate XXXIV. fig. 4. Thus the 
light organs on this species are not on contiguous scales, as figured on L, mger, 
in the Annals and Magazine, 1891, VII., p. 33, or in the Illustrations of 
the Zoology of the “ Investigator,” 1892, Plate I. fig. 2; the differences will 
be prominently shown by comparison of the mentioned illustrations with 
Plate XXXIV. of the present work. It is most likely that the large scale 
bearing the spindle was originally an ordinary small scale which has so 
enlarged as to cover its neighbors in the next series. The body between the 
lateral systems of the two sides is thinner than either above or below them ; 
this gives rise to the groove-like depressions occupied by the lines. Behind 
the line on the tail the groove disappears and the squamation is irregular. 
The luminous system originated on the head and gradually extended back- 
ward over the body; the arrangements of the scales are sufficient evidence 
that it is a later development. 


176 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Over the head the mucous and luminous systems are peculiarly dis- 
tributed. In some measure their arrangement recalls that seen in the 
cephalic canals of the lateral system on certain Selachia (“On the Lateral 
Canal System of the Selachia and Holocephala,” 1888, and Plate LXX., 
below). While the structures in these cases are very different the resem- 
blances in locations are sufficiently close to permit the use of similar terms 
in description. The cephalic canals are tortuous and the fusiform disks, 
being transverse, are not as on the body vertical to the general axis, but 
are directed toward all points. On the top of the head two rostral series 
converge backward from the foremost of the glandular spindies until near 
the interorbital space where they become divergent and, as cranials, traverse 
the space to the frontal region behind it, on reaching which each branches 
to send one branch inward nearer the median line of the crown and another 
out to pass backward nearer its edge. At the back of the skull each of the 
inner branches turns outward and passing down and backward reaches the 
hindmost organ of the cephalic series on the post-temporal (scapula). In 
each of the cranial series there are eleven of the glandular bodies. From 
the outer branch of each cranial the orbital and the suborbital series, of 
seven glands, passes down behind the eye and forward below it. Farther 
back from the end of the outer cranial branch there is a short occipital 
thread without spindles connecting the outer with the inner branch, and an 
opercular series extends down on the preopercle and then continues forward, 
as the oral, under the lower jaw. No aural connection was to be traced. 
Between the cranial and the mandibular symphysis there are nine of the 
luminous disks. On each side of the head there are twenty-five of the 
glandular spindles, which with the forty on each side of the body make one 
hundred and thirty in all. It is difficult from the material at hand to deter- 
mine the connection between the series on the head and those on the body ; 
the thread connecting one gland with another disappears on the post-temporal 
and reappears again at the first spindle on the body. Whether the thread 
is continuous, as is to be expected, is still problematical. Immediately be- 
hind the head the thin scale-covered black skin extends down along the 
shoulder girdle to the abdomen. Beneath this skin above the pectoral the 
large scales appear to be isolated and each to lie at the bottom of a sac 
surrounded by membranes that are attached at the edges or between the 
scales. Bits of what may have been coagulated mucus occur in some of the 
sacs; unless they have been greatly macerated the structures are hardly 
like those of the disks in the lateral line. 


GADOIDS. LY 


The descriptions of Z. niger and of L. fragilis, the other known species of 
the genus, do not inform us of the possession of either glandular spindles or 
the annular gland on the head. It is not at all likely, however, that these 
species differ from Z. idustris in regard to the particular features of the head 
while agreeing so closely with it in other respects. The original description 
of the lateral line of L. niger, Ann. Mag. N. H., (6) VIII., 34, is as follows: 
“The scales of the very conspicuous lateral line are adherent and greatly 
enlarged ; they lie beneath a continuous sheath of black skin, which is loop- 
holed over a long narrow groove with raised margins situated along the 
vertical diameter of each scale. These grooves are filled with an opaque 
white substance, which probably has a luminous function. The lateral line, 
in fact, is exactly similar to that of several species of Halosaurus.”’ On 


5) 


the species secured by the “ Albatross” the black skin is continuous and 
- covered by small scales, there are apparently no loopholes over the glands, 
and no grooves along the vertical diameter of each scale, and in various 
ways the structure of the line differs considerably from that of the Halo- 
sauri, as is shown in the description and in the figures on Plate XXXIV. 

The skull presents no very great differences when compared with that of 
other Brotuloids, Plate XXXIV. fig. 2. Its bones are thin and fragile, and 
are much excavated for the channels of the lateral system. The lower jaw 
is short and very deep posteriorly, the depth being more than half of the 
length. Preorbitals and suborbitals bear considerable expansions. The 
operculum is much reduced in size. The occipital crest is prominent at 
the nape and is continued downward on the back of the skull in a compara- 
tively wide compressed ridge in front of the spine on the anterior vertebra. 
In the bases of the pectorals the elongation of the carpals is not to be com- 
pared with what is seen m Sciadonus. 

This species was obtained by the “ Albatross” at two localities, both of 
them within the Gulf of Panama. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 

3358 6° 30’ N. 81° 44’ W. 555 fathoms 40.2° F. Gn. S. 

3394 TOPE INT 79° 35! W. Sy 41.8° F. Dk. gn. M. 
GADOIDS. 


The specimens upon which this report is made establish the presence of 
the Gadoids at considerable depths in the equatorial regions of the eastern 
Pacific. They represent more than one third of the genera positively 


12 


178 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


known to be from the deep sea, that is from below a hundred and fifty 
fathoms. Among them are two genera, Microlepidium and Leptophycis, 
that do not readily identify with any of those previously known; there is a 
new species of Laemonema that is perhaps as closely allied to ZL. melanuwwmn 
G. B., as to any other of the genus; there is a new form of Antimora, so 
closely allied to A. rostrata Giint. from the far south, to A. viola G. B., from 
the northwestern Atlantic and to A. microlepis Bean from the northeastern 
Pacific as to raise the question whether the four are not to be ranked as varie- 
ties of the species A. rostrata; there is a new Merluccius that is more nearly 
allied to M. Gayi Guich. off the coasts of Chili than to M. bilinearis Mitch. 
or M. merluccius Linn.,; there are two species of Phyciculus, one of them 
new and closely allied to P. nematopus Gilb., from off the coasts of Lower 
California, and somewhat less so to P. fulvus Bean, from the Caribbean Sea 
and the Gulf of Mexico; and there is a new type of Bregmaceros, B. longipes, 
quite distinct from that of the western Pacific and the Indian Ocean, B. Muc- 
clellandii Thomps., and more closely akin to B. atlanticus G. B., from the 
Caribbean Sea. 

The bathybial portion of the group has a much greater horizontal dis- 
tribution than the shoal water portion; while the latter is mainly included 
in the temperate regions the former extends beyond them under the tropical 
seas and to the polar regions. In the frigid zones the known representation 
is small, probably because almost nothing has been done toward the deter- 
mination of the fauna in those latitudes. The principal migrations of the 
Gadoids appear to be from the deeper to the shoaler waters and back, of « 
considerable vertical but not of a very great horizontal extent. So far as 
determined the vertical range is less than that of a number of the other 
groups. Only one of the Gadoids yet discovered has been taken from below 
1500 fathoms; Melanonus as noted by Giinther in the “ Challenger” report, 
is from 1975. The nearest approaches to this are Lamonema, from 1467, 
Antimora, from 1434, and Gaidropsarus, from 1246 fathoms. 

Concerning affinities between the Gadoids of the Atlantic and those of 
the Pacific, in the shoal water genera, Gadus, Merluccius, ete., they appar- 
ently are closer by way of polar waters, while in the larger proportion of 
the deep sea types, as Antimora, Lamonema, Phyciculus, and others, the 
connections appear closer by way of the isthmus. Moderately close allies 
occur on opposite sides of the Pacific, in Lepidion and in Phyciculus for 
instances. 


GADOIDS. 179 


The amount of specializing modification undergone by bathybial Gadoids 
is less comparatively than that seen in groups like the Pediculates or even 
the Brotuloids. Special light producing organs have not yet. been discov- 
ered; though probably the lateral system is more or less luminous in a 
number of the genera. No species deprived of sight are known as yet; the 
eye generally is large and well developed. Such modifications as exist are 
most apparent in the lateral system and in its surroundings on the skull, 
where the changes do not differ in any noticeable extent or character from 
those- obtaming on most other deep sea fishes, except perhaps in case of 
Phycis regius Walb., on which the aural and the occipital portions of the 
system are considerably differentiated, in connection with electric functions, 
this being the species capable of giving off a very perceptible discharge as 
recorded by Prof. A. Agassiz, 1888, in the Three Cruises of the “Blake,” IL, 
p. 23. The system in this species and others of the group has been worked 
out as far as was possible from the alcoholie specimens and is figured on 
Plate LX XXI. fig. 2, Plate LXXXII., and Plate LXXXIII. fig. 1. Fila- 
mentary developments no doubt serving as tactile organs occur on many 
species, but neither in such extent nor condition as should serve to separate 
the Gadoid much from other deep sea forms, or, for that matter, from 
various pelagic or shoal water species, 

The specimens in this collection were generally taken from localities in 
which the bottom was muddy and in temperatures the average of which is 
about 48.2 degrees Fahrenheit, or of which the recorded extremes were 
57.3 degrees and 36.8. The greatest range noted for a single species is that 
of Phyciculus longipes, 56.2 to 389 degrees, which species ranged vertically 
from the 127th fathom to the 695th. This range in depth is much ex- 
ceeded in the group by species of the northwestern Atlantic, Antimora rola 
G. B., from a depth of 506 to one of 1454 fathoms and Lemonema melanurum 
G. B., taken at a depth of 208 fathoms and downward to that of 1437, which 
gives these species vertical ranges of 1128 and 1259 fathoms respectively, 
the greatest in the family and each more than a mile. In the case of these 
fishes as in that of others it is very evident that of the two, temperature 
and pressure, it is temperature and not pressure that is the determining 
factor in vertical distribution. This is shown by Antimora viola captured 


’ 


by the steamer “ Albatross” at some thirty different stations for which 
both depth and temperature of the bottom are given. The depths vary 


more than a thousand fathoms while the temperatures corresponding to 


180 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


them all lie between 37.3 and 40 degrees Fahrenheit, averaging about 38.8 
degrees. The variation in the temperatures of the different stations is 
remarkably small but that in the pressures at the widely different depths 
is enormous. 

GADIDE. 


MIcROLEPIDIUM gen. n. 


Form more compressed, deeper and more massive in the forward half 
than that of Lepidion, tapering to very slender backward; body cavity less 
than half of the total; body and head covered with small scales. Mouth 
large, oblique, lower jaw longer. Teeth in villiform bands on the jaws, 
stronger and in a V-shaped single series on the vomer, none on the palatines. 
Eyes large, lateral. Branchiostegal rays seven. Gills four, a slit behind 
the fourth; rakers numerous, long, slender, Gill openings wide ; membranes 
united, free from the isthmus. Pseudobranchizx present. No barbel. Two 
dorsal fins; anterior small, of eight rays. One anal fin; caudal narrow, 
distinct ; pectorals small, elongate; ventrals long, narrow, apparently of a 
single bifid ray, but really of two rays closely bound together and with 
rudiments of a couple of others. Pyloric ceca. 

Microlepidium differs from Lepidion in having the lower jaw longer than 
the upper, in having a longer first dorsal of eight rays instead of four, in 
having the dorsals hardly separated, in having ventrals of four rays instead 
of six, in having a less distinct lateral line, and in having a much larger 
number of pyloric appendages. 

Of the two known species of this genus, one, IZ. verecundum, Lepidion vere- 
eundum, Gilb., 1896, P. U. S. Mus., 456, has the maxillary reaching to below 
the front of the pupil, “ astiffish pointed projection representing the barbel” 
on the end of the lower jaw, no spines on snout or opercles, ventrals half as 
long and pectorals about half as long as the head, an anal of thirty-seven rays 
and deeply notched behind the middle, and has about seventy-five scales in a 
longitudinal series ; while that described below has the maxillary subtending 
more than half of the eye, has no projection on the chin, has a moderately 
strong spine on the operculum, has ventrals a little longer than the head, 
has pectorals more than two-thirds as long as the head, has an anal of forty 
rays hardly notched near the middle, and has about one hundred and four 
teen scales in a longitudinal series. JL. verecundum was obtained by the 
“ Albatross,” near the Revilla Gigedos, off the Coast of Mexico, in a depth 


of 364 fathoms 


MICROLEPIDIUM GRANDICEPS. 181 


Microlepidium grandiceps sp. n. 
Plate XLII. fig. 1-5 ; Plate LXXXIII. fig. 1, Lat. Syst. 
Brads, DVI 40 AL eV... 27(4)5 Be 10s dal, 14. 


Compressed and rather angular and pointed forward, tapering rapidly 
behind the abdomen to thin and slender in the caudal region, depth equal- 
ling one-fourth of the total length without the caudal fin, width hardly half the 
depth. Head large, two sevenths of the entire length, half as wide as deep, 
chin rising forward. Snout short, blunt, in length equal to the width of the 
interorbital space or half the length of the eye. Nostrils, both very small, 


equal in size, close together, immediately in front of the orbit, anterior 
above the level of the posterior. Eye large, twice as long as the snout, 


double the width of the interorbital space, one third as long as the head, 
very prominent. Mouth wide, descending backward; maxillary reaching 
to a vertical from the middle of the eye. Teeth small, in narrow villiform 
bands on the jaws; stronger, hooked, and in a single rather prominent long 
curved V-shaped series on the vomer; absent from the palatines. Opercular 
spine moderate, hidden in the skin; no other spines. Apparently without a 
barbel. Pseudobranchix. Gills four, a slit behind the fourth; rakers 5+11 
on the forward edge of the first arch, slender, longest as long as the snout. 
Measuring from the end of the snout the body cavity is one and one-half 
times as long as the head. Gill openings wide; membranes united, free 
from the isthmus. Eight pyloric cxea. 

Base of first dorsal shorter than the eye, first ray above the base of the 
pectoral. Base of second dorsal separated from the caudal by a distance 
equal to the length of the orbit, first ray of the fin nearly above that of the 
anal, which latter is immediately behind the vent. Pectorals narrow, slender, 
two-thirds as long as the head, or more. Ventrals long, slender, as long as 
the head, presenting the appearance of a single bifid ray but seen on dissec- 
tion to be composed of two long rays closely bound together and a couple of 
short rudiments concealed by the skin. 

Scales very small, those on the head and the snout minute. Lateral line 
indistinct. Though the specimen described is only three and one-half inches 
in length, its ovaries are filled with eggs that appear to be about mature. 

Muscular portions reddish-brown; fins lighter to whitish; throat, belly, 
and sides of the head blackish with a silvery lustre; linings of mouth and 


gill chamber white, those of the abdomen black. 


182 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


This species is distinguished from Jf verecundum Gilb. by the larger 
number of rays and the shallower notch in the anal fin, the greater length 
of ventrals, pectorals and maxillary, and the larger number of scales in a 


longitudinal series. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3432 94° °99"'307 IN; 109° 3/ 20” W. 1421 fathoms 37.8° F. Br. M. bk. Sp. 


LEPTOPHYCIS gen. n. 


The outlines of this form bear considerable resemblance to those of spe- 
cies of Gaidropsarus and Lepidion, The body is elongate, compressed, 
and slender backward; it has a short cavity; and head and body are cov- 
ered with small scales. Mouth large; jaws nearly equal; teeth small, in 
villiform bands on the jaws, absent from vomer and palatines. Four gills, a 
slit behind the fourth. Seven branchiostegal rays. No pseudobranchie. 
No barbel. Gill rakers on the outside of the first arch numerous, elongate, 
slender. Fins elongate; two dorsals, hardly separate, anterior with eight 


rays; ventrals narrow, of about seven rays; caudal distinct. 


Leptophycis filifer sp. n. 
Plate XL. fig. 2, Za. 


Br. r. 7; D. 8, 65-70; A. 70-71; V.7; P. 23; Li. 120-125; Ltr. 8 + 22. 

Much compressed and tapering to very narrow and slender posteriorly ; 
body cavity in the anterior one-third of the length, extending far behind 
the vent and the origin of the anal fin. Head comparatively large, two 
ninths of the total length, four fifths as wide as deep, broad and rounded at 
the snout; crown longitudinally almost straight, strongly convex trans- 
versely ; chin wide, ascending forward. Snout large, broad, blunt, slightly 
prominent above the nostrils, one and one fourth times as long as the eye. 
Nostrils small, both near the upper portion of the eye, close together; ante- 
rior much smaller and somewhat higher. Eye large, four fifths as long as 
the snout, one fourth as long as the head, lateral, prominent. Mouth large, 
cleft extending below two thirds of the eye and rising considerably forward ; 
maxillary reaching a vertical from the hind border of the orbit. Teeth in 
villiform bands, on the jaws only ; bands wider on the upper jaws, narrow 
on the lower. A slight prominence of the bone below the mandibular sym- 


MERLUCCIUS ANGUSTIMANUS. 183 


physis, a stronger one at the hind ends of the lower jaws. Gills four, a slit 
behind the fourth; rakers more than half as long as the eye, slender, eight 
on the outer edge of the first arch on the upper segment and eighteen on 
the lower. Pseudobranchiz none. Vent below the origin of the dorsal fin, 
some distance forward of the end of the body chamber. 

Fins with slender rather soft and flexible rays. First dorsal short; third 
ray prolonged in a filament, longer than the head. Second dorsal united to 
the first by a low membrane, anterior rays as long as the eye, longest rays 
near the caudal, median rays shorter. Anal fin similar to second dorsal, but 
not so deep, and originating slightly forward of it. Caudal separate from 
the other fins, median rays longer. Pectorals slender, longer than the head. 
Ventrals narrow, of seven rays, two of the uppermost being very long, near 
twice the length of the head. Scales thin, deciduous, covering top and sides 
of head and chin, absent from a small rounded space in front of the vent 
backward of the ventrals. Lateral line about eight scales below the dorsal, 
curved anteriorly, indistinct backward. On the head the sense organs of 
this line are similar to those of Phyciculus rastrelliger, Plate LX XXII. fig. 2, 
but are larger and, in the mandibular series, one or two less in number. 

Brownish, probably reddish in life; purplish to black on the chin, belly 
and sides around the pectorals and up to the dorsal fin; bases of fins 
and hinder parts of caudal blackish. Linings of mouth, throat and belly 


blackish. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. - Bottom, 
3410 0° 19’ N. 90° 34’ W. 331 fathoms 44.2° BF, Bk. S. 
3404 1° 03’ N. 89° 28’ W. 385 = ¢* 43.2° FB. R. 


Merluccius angustimanus pp. n. 
Plate XII. fig. 1; Plate LXXXII fig. 1, Lat. Syst. 


bet (3 10016 9 ATP E19: VV. 7; BOP? LE 110 ea: > Ler. 
13 + 39. 

Moderately elongate and compressed; depth nearly one sixth of the 
total length; width three fourths of the depth; caudal pedicel slender. 
Head long, one third of the leneth to the base of the caudal, four fifths as 
wide as high, narrower toward the throat; crown broad, longitudinally 
straight, slightly arched transversely, interorbital space one and one third 
times as wide as the eye. Snout long, broader than deep, blunt at the end, 
one and one half te one and two thirds times as long as the orbit. Eye 


184 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


large, two thirds as long as the snout, nearly one fifth of the length of the 
head, rising to the level of the crown. Mouth wide, cleft descending back- 
ward to below the middle of the eye, lower jaw longer. Teeth medium, 
slender, acute, compressed near the point, depressible, in a couple of widely 
set series on jaws and vomer, outer series smaller. No palatine teeth. 
Chin prominent, blunt, ascending gradually forward, without a barbel. Gill 
opening wide, extending forward farther than the middle of eye; mem- 
branes slightly united, free from the isthmus. Four gills, a short cleft 
behind the fourth; first arch bearing eighteen slender rakers on its outer 
edge, the longest two thirds as long as the eye. Nostrils small, widely 
separated across the head, nearer to the eye than to the end of the snout, 
posterior subcrescentic, anterior smaller, circular, close to the posterior. 

First dorsal originating above the bases of the pectorals, the length of its 
base hardly equal to that of the snout, third and fourth rays longest, form- 
ing an acute angle with the shorter rays behind them. Second dorsal sepa- 
rated from the first by less than half of the ocular diameter, nearly divided 
into two parts by a notch at the sixteenth ray, which is the shortest, longest 
rays among the hinder, not reaching the caudal, rounded on the angles. 
Anal fin like the second dorsal, with a notch at the sixteenth ray, and with 
its longest rays near the caudal base. Caudal more than half as long as the 
head, hind margin slightly indented. Pectorals narrow, long, two thirds as 
long as the head or longer, reaching to the fifth ray of the anal or backward. 
Ventrals small, little more than two thirds as long as the pectorals, bases 
forward of those of the latter, extremities not reaching to the vent. 

Scales small, those of the lateral line somewhat larger, very thin, marked 
with fine concentric strix, very small on the top of the head and on the 
opercles, in about thirteen series above the lateral line and thirty-nine be- 
low it. Anteriorly the lateral line is above the middle of the flank, to which 
it descends near the middle of the total length, whence it continues distinctly 
visible to the caudal. On the head the sensory apparatus of the lateral sys- 
tem takes on a peculiar appearance, Plate LXXXII. fig. 1. The distribu- 
tion of the disks corresponds with that of the Brotuloids or with other 
Gadidx, Plate LX XXII. fig. 2. The disks differ somewhat in their irregu- 
lar sizes and in their shapes, being like short transverse bands apparently 
without the circular or oval centra. The upper or glandular layer appears 
to be evenly spread over the entire upper surface of the band and does not 
show limits as in all the other species dissected. These differences no doubt 


ANTIMORA RHINA. 185 


attend some difference in function as compared with the other forms; the 
differentiation in structure attests this, but whether in the direction of tac- 
tile, electrical, or light producing facilities cannot be deterinined at present. 
The glandular layer is deeper near the middle of the band, and it may be 
the centra are obscured by partial maceration. Apart from the shapes and 
absence of centra, accord with the system in Gadus, Phycis, and the Brotu- 
loids is evident. The mucus chambers on the top of the head are large, 
larger than on the sides. Along the courses of the tubes, at their edges or 
over them, there is a row of small closely set pores, most noticeable close 
above and below the nostrils and forward from them to the end of the snout. 

Top of head, middle line of back, dorsal and caudal brown; upper por- 
tions of flanks brownish; sides and lower surface of head and lower portions 
of body silvery to whitish; linings of gill chamber and abdomen black ; pec- 
torals marked with blackish or black posteriorly. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3385 7° 32! 36” N. 79° 16’ W. 286 fathoms 45.9° F. Gn. M. 

3387 7° 40! N. 79° 17/ 50” W. 127 56.2° F. Fne. gy. S. 
3391 7° 33/ 40” N. 79° 43/ 20’ W. 153 55.8° F. Gn. M. 

3396 7° 32! N. 78° 36’ 30’ W. 259 47.4° F. Hrd. gy. M.S. 


Antimora rhina sp. n. 


Br. r. 7; D. 5(4—5) + 54-56; A. 39-41; V.6; P. 19-21; Ll. 145; Ltr. 
11 + 45 ca. 

Depressed and pointed at the snout; compressed and narrow in the body 
and tail; body cavity more than half of the total length. Head about two 
ninths of the total, or two thirds as long as the distance between ventrals 
and anal, wider than deep, narrower on the top, flattened to slightly con- 
cave at the interorbital region, with a keel-like suborbital ridge. Snout 
longer than the eye, less than one third of the head, extending beyond the 
intermaxillaries one half the length of the eye, rather sharp at the end, 
broad and flat, edges continued back in a low keel along the side of the 
head below the eye. Nostrils small, close together, immediately in front 
of the eye, posterior much larger than the anterior, from which it is sepa- 
rated by a valvular flap. Mouth very wide; maxillary narrow, reaching 
a vertical from the hind border of the orbit. Teeth small, in narrow villi- 
form bands on the jaws and in a small bunch on the vomer. Eye large, one 


fourth as long as the head, equal to the interorbital space, one and one 


186 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


eighth times the length of the snout. Barbel short, less than half the 
length of the eye. Four gills, a slit behind the fourth; membranes hardly 
united, free from the isthmus; rakers short, one fourth as long as the eye, 
curved, 4 + 12 on the forward edge of the first arch. Pseudobranchiz 
glandular. Vent below the twenty-first ray of the second dorsal, or about 
midway from head to end of dorsal base. 

First ray of anterior dorsal longest, more than two thirds as long as the 
head, prolonged in a filament, above the axil of the pectoral. The notch 
between the dorsals is very narrow. Anal fin originating below the twenty- 
second ray of the second dorsal, median rays shortened. Pectorals small, 
more than half as long as the head. Ventrals inserted about half way 
between the pectoral bases and the isthmus, first ray long, second ray 
longest and filamentary, nearly as long as the longest ray of the dorsal, 
three fourths as long as the head. Caudal pedicel slender; fin narrow, 
median rays longest. 

Scales small, thin, bearing longitudinal striz on half or more of their 
length, covering body and head. Branchiostegal rays and bases of fins 
scaly. Eleven series of scales between the dorsal and the lateral line. 

Dark brownish, probably tinted with purple in life; linings of mouth, 
gill chamber, and abdomen black. 

In comparison with types of A, viola it is found that the violet color of 
the latter appears on a specimen that has lost its scales; on such as have 
the scales the color is dark brown to blackish. The description of A. rostrata 
says “ This species is readily distinguished by the peculiarly produced snout, 
which forms a short, triangular, pointed lamina, sharply keeled on the sides, 
and overreaching the cleft of the mouth.” The figure given in the “ Chal- 
lenger”’ report is not so sharply keeled on the sides, but for this reason it no 
doubt better represents a specimen on which the tissues are not so much 
contracted and shrunken by preservatives. A. rjina has a longer dorsal and 
smaller scales than A. microlepis, and it differs in other respects, though the 
two species are somewhat closely allied. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3353 iG aloVeN. 80° 34’ W. 695 fathoms 39° F. m. M. 
3393 Moo lolaNs 79° 36’ W. 1020 oe 36.8° F. Gn. M. 


LAMONEMA GRACILLIPES. 187 


Lemonema gracillipes sp. n. 
Plate XLII. figs. 1, 1a. 


Br. r. 7; D. VI, 63-68; A. 61-64; V. 2 (5-6); P. 21-23; LI. 171; Ltr. 
14 + 39 ca. 

Elongate, compressed behind the shoulders, tapering to very slender 
posteriorly ; body cavity less than two fifths of the total. Head moderate, 
somewhat depressed, as broad as high, little less than one fourth of the total 
length, convex on the cheeks and in front of the nape; crown flattened on 
the interorbital space and forward. Snout short, broad, rounded, blunt; 
three fourths as long as the eye, in length equal to the interorbital width. 

Nostrils close together immediately in front of the eye, nearly equal in 
size, anterior with a short tubular valve. Eye large, prominent, one and 
one third times the length of the snout or the interorbital width, two 
sevenths as long as the head. Mouth medium, cleft extending below the 
eye; maxillary reaching a vertical from the middle of the eye, or a trifle 
farther. Teeth small, in villiform bands on the jaws, and in a small group 
on the head of the vomer. Barbel more than half as long as the eye. Four 
gills, a slit behind the fourth; rakers slender, longest half as long as the 
eye, 9 + 14 on the forward edge of the first arch. Eight pyloric czeca, 

Base of first dorsal short, hardly three fifths of the eye; longest ray 
with its filament half as long as the head, first ray above the base of the 
pectoral. Second dorsal immediately behind the first, more developed than 
the anal; hinder rays reaching to the bases of the median caudal rays. 
Anal fin not so deep as the dorsals, longest rays near the vent, posterior 
rays not reaching as far back as those of the dorsal, shortest rays near the 
middle of the fin, origin below the twelfth ray of the second dorsal. Caudal 
narrow, separated from dorsal and anal, hind margin convex, length about 
one and a half times that of the eye. Pectorals short, comparatively broad, 
pointed. Ventrals slender, second ray little longer than the head, first ray 
shorter, free for more than half of its length ; rudimentary rays visible only 
by dissection, most developed in the young. 

Seales small, covering body and head, absent from part of the snout, in 
fourteen series above the lateral line and thirty-eight below it, one hundred 
and seventy-one scales on the line from head to tail. Lateral line distinct 
to the caudal. 


188 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Brown, with a reddish tint; vertical fins and pectorals blackish ; ventrals 
whitish. 

Compared with the two species from the Atlantic, LZ. gracillipes bears a 
greater likeness in shape to Z. barbatula while in the formule the approach 


is greater to L. melanurum. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3809 WY DAOM INTE 802 55! Wi. 182 fathoms 541° B. Bk. G. Sh. 
3385 Uh Be SI! INE 79° 16’ W. 286 se 45.9° F. Gn. M. 
3410 0° 19’ N. 90° 34! Wi. 331 < 44.9° FB. Bk. S. 


Phyciculus longipes sp. n. 
Plate XLII. figs. 2, 2a. 


Br. r. 7; D. 10 + 55-63; A. 59-63; V.6; P. 24-26; LI. 96-102; Ltr. 
7-8 + 24. 

Shoulders and head thick and heavy; body much compressed, tapering 
rapidly behind the abdominal chamber, thin and slender in the posterior 
half; depth, nearly equal to the length of the head, less than one fourth of 
the total length. Head little more than four times in the entire length, as 
wide as deep, broader than deep in the forward half, flattened beneath, 
broadly rounded from the shoulders to the snout, depressed on the inter- 
orbital space. Snout short, shorter than the eye, broad, rounded, blunt. A 
slender barbel, not as long as the eve. Eye large, prominent, longer than 
the snout, equal to the interorbital width, less than one fourth as long as the 
head. Mouth large, cleft reaching to or behind a vertical from the back 
edge of the eye, maxillary extending one third of the orbital diameter 
farther back. Teeth in villiform bands, absent from vomer and palatines. 
Nostrils close together, immediately in front of the eye, posterior appearing 
vertical and narrow, anterior round and not half as large. Gills four, a slit 
behind the fourth; rakers slender, not half as long as the eye, 5 -+ 15 on 
the outer edge of the first arch. Vent below the axil of the pectoral, half 
the orbital diameter distant from the anal fin. 

Dorsal and anal moderately deep, their bases separated from the short 
rays of the caudal by less than one third of the diameter of the eye, longest 
rays extending to the bases of the longest rays of the caudal. First dorsal 
small, base as long as the distance from the middle of the eye to the end of 
the snout, third or fourth ray longest, half as long as the head, origin above 


the base of the pectoral. Neither second dorsal nor anal is much lower in 


PHYCICULUS RASTRELLIGER. 189 


the middle; the former is separated from the first dorsal by a very narrow 
notch. The anal is little shorter than the second dorsal and originates below 
the hindmost ray of the first dorsal, Pectorals sinall, reaching back below 
ten or eleven rays of the second dorsal, pointed. Ventrals small, of six rays, 
first and second with filaments, second as long as from snout to dorsal, bases 
widely separate. Caudal pedicel slender; fin narrow, ending in a blunt 
point or rounded. 

Seales sinall, covering body and head, very small on the snout. Lateral 
line eight scales from the dorsal, interrupted and difficult to trace or obso- 
lete in the hinder two thirds of the length. On the head the mucous cavi- 
ties are large, and the largest glands of the series lie on the top between the 
orbits. 

Nine pyloric appendages. 

Muscular portions reddish brown, snout darker, blackish on the branchio- 
stegal rays, lips, belly, bases of ventrals, axils of pectorals, hinder angle of 
second dorsal, extremity of caudal and lower half of anal. Dorsal light, 
pectorals and outer halves of ventrals lighter. Scales on sides of head and 
abdomen silvery, those of the breast bronzed. 

Distinguished from Phyciculus nematopus Gilb., by a greater number of 
rays in the dorsal and a smaller number in the ventrals, and from P. rastrel- 
liger by the longer dorsal and the smaller ventrals. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3353 266) 54 Ns 80° 34’ W. 695 fathoms 39° F. Gn. M. 
3355 TP OLOM ING 80° 55’ W. 182 a 54:1° FF. Bk. G. Sh. 
3385 T3236" Ne 79° 16’ W. 286 ef 45.9° F. Gn. M. 
3387 7° 40’ N. 79° 17’ 50” W. 127 56.2° F. Fue. gy. S. 
3391 7° 33! 40 N. 79° 43! 20" W. 153 ss 55.8° F. Gu. M. 


Phyciculus rastrelliger. 
Phyciculus rastrelliger Gilb., 1890, P. U. S. Mus., XIII, 113. 
Plate LXX XII. fig. 2, Lat. Syst. 


Br. r. 7; D. 8, 54-58; A. 58-63; V. 7; P. 26-27; Ll. 99-105; Ltr. 
8 + 25. 

Rather stout, thick and massive anteriorly, as broad as deep forward, 
compressed, tapering and slender backward, snout to end of body cavity not 
twice as long as the head, depth near one sixth of the total length. Head 
one fourth of the entire length, as broad as deep posteriorly, wider than 


! 


190 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


deep forward, narrowing toward the snout, crown broad and forming a low 
arch, interorbital area flattened. Snout moderately broad, as long as the 
eye, near one fourth of the length of the head, blunt and rounded at the 
end. Barbel slender, shorter than the eye. A blunt angle at the mandi- 
bular hinge. Mouth large; cleft rising forward, reaching nearly or quite to 
a vertical from the hind border of the orbit. Teeth on the jaws, in villiform 
bands, outer not enlarged, absent from vomer and palatines. Nostrils small, 
close together, immediately in front of the eye. Eye large, prominent, 
length equal that of the snout, hardly one fourth of that of the head, equal 
the width of the interorbital space. Muscles from the nape extending very 
little on the space between the eyes. Gills four, a slit behind the fourth; 
rakers one fourth as long as the eye, blunt, 8 + 20 on the outer edge of the 
first arch. Gill openings wide, membranes united for a distance equal to 
three fourths of the diameter of the eye, free from the isthmus. Body cav- 
ity reaching behind the vent, which is slightly backward of the dorsal 
origin, Vent midway between bases of ventrals and anal. 

Anterior dorsal short, low, longest ray equal to the length of snout and 
eye, origin above the axil of the pectoral. Second dorsal close to the ante- 
rior, lower in the middle, longest rays near the caudal. Dorsal and anal 
hardly reaching to the caudal. Anal origin below the hind portion of the 
base of the first dorsal, median rays short, longest rays near the base of the 
caudal. Caudal distinct from dorsal and anal, length equal to that of long- 
est ray of the dorsal or two fifths of that of the head, pedicel slender, hind 
border convex. Pectorals small, broad-based, more than half as long as the 
head, reaching back above seven or eight of the anal rays, pointed. Ven- 
trals small, two fifths as long as the head, far apart, below the opercle, pro- 
longed in a short filament, reaching the anal. 

Scales thin and small, very small over head and snout; in seven or eight 
series above the lateral line and in about one hundred transverse rows be 
tween head and caudal. Lateral line curving toward the dorsal anteriorly, 
less distinct toward the tail. On the head the disks of the system are 
small and protected by thick dermal coverings; their comparative sizes and 
their arrangements are shown on Plate LX XXII. fig. 2. 

Cheeks top of head and flanks brownish, with a yellowish or greenish 
cast; belly black, with a bluish tint and a metallic lustre; snout blackish ; 
a small space of blackish behind the base of each pectoral; branchiostegals 
and fins blackish; inside of mouth and linings of abdomen silvery. 


BREGMACEROS LONGIPES. 191 


On some specimens there are nine rays in the first dorsal; one has eight 


branchiostegal rays on one side. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 

3355, 7° 12 20” N. 80° 55’ W. 182 fathoms 54.1° FB. Bk. G. Sh. 
3385 eOeoG ae Ne 79° 16’ W. 286 se 45.9° BF, Gn. M. 

3386 PO BBY TI? Asis HO on Teel/e Wie 242 fs 48° F. Fne. gy. 8. 
3396 Meroe Ne 782 367.30 W. 259 ss 47.4° BF. Hyd. gy. M.S. 
3397 7° 33’ N. 78° 34’ 20” W. Sais 57.3° EF. Stf. gn. M. brk. 


Bregmaceros longipes sp. n. 
Plate XLII, figs. 6-9. 


Br. r. 7; D. I, 18 + 10 + 19 (1, 44-47); A. 19-+ i0-+ 19 (44-47); V. 
6; P. 16; Li. 60-62; Ltr. 10. 

Body somewhat compressed, depth about one seventh of the length to 
the base of the caudal, changing but little until near the end of the dorsal. 
Head about one fifth of the length without the caudal, narrower than deep, 
width not far from three fourths of the depth, upper outline resembling the 
lower, crown convex. Snout little more than half as long as the eye, equal 
the width of the interorbital space, very blunt, rounded from all sides, lower 
jaw as long as the upper. Mouth large, hardly extending backward of a 
vertical through the middle of the eye, jaws equal. Teeth small, subconical, 
short, sharp, slightly hooked, in a single series on each jaw and toward each 
side of the vomer (two or three teeth). Eye large, one third as long as the 
head, nearly twice the length of the snout. Gills four, a slit behind the 
fourth; gill rakers short. No pseudobranchie. 

First dorsal ray isolated, immediately behind the skull, reaching back to 
the next ray, which is one length of the head backward of the bases of the 
pectorals, opposite the origin of the anal fin. The second dorsal, as it may 
be called, is made up of three sections, the first of sixteen to eighteen rays is 
separated from the third by about ten short slender rays. The third section 
extends almost to the caudal short rays. The anal also, like the dorsal 
opposed to it, contains three sections, the median, consisting of ten short 
rays. Ventrals long, prolonged in a filament: reaching little backward of 
the front end of the second section of the anal fin, of six rays, the anterior 
three of which are longest, the posterior three short, originating below the 
preoperculum, A fold at each side of the belly from the shoulders to the 
forward portion of the anal forms a trough to receive the ventrals. Caudal 
short, notched. 


192 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Scales large, with prominent concentric strix, cycloid, in ten longitudinal 
and sixty to sixty-five transverse series, in eight series along the caudal 
pedicel. Lateral line a deep groove curving upward from the upper angle 
of the gill opening till close to the median line near which it continues 
along the sides of the dorsal to within about fifteen rays of the end of 
this fin where it ends abruptly. An air bladder. Two pyloric ceca, short 
and thick. In a female of one and one fourth inches the ova are nearly 
or quite mature. Largest specimen measuring one and seven eighths 
inches, 

Flanks, cheeks, and iris silvery; back appearing brownish from numerous 
small spots; top of head darker. There is a long group of small spots, near 
the hinder part of the first section of the anal, on the lower edge of the 
flank passing backward a short distance along the second part of the fin. 
A group of the spots at the base of the caudal. Entire ventral surface light 
except in a series of blackish dots at the bases of the anal rays, anteriorly 
in the fold and more or less complete backward ; these are covered by 


membranes and simulate the luminous spots of the Scopeloids. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3423 16° 47’ 30” N. 99° 59’ 20” W.. 94 fathoms 56° F. Green mud. 
This species has a larger eye than either Bregmaceros Macclellandii or 
B. atlanticus and its snout is shorter, more blunt, and less conical. B. dongipes 
is less closely allied to either of the last two than they are to one another. 
B, Macelellandii has been reported from the China Seas and from the Philip- 
pines to Bengal, where Alcock notes its occurrence from 128 fathoms. 
B. atlanticus was taken by the steamer “ Blake,’ in the West Indies off 
Nevis and Grenada and in the Gulf of Mexico, lat. 25° 33’ N., lon. 84° 


21’ W. in depths varying from 101 to 305 fathoms. 
if ying 


MACRUROIDS. 


This is a deep sea family of which a few members are found near the 
surface. It contains a small number of genera, but the latter are made up 
of a large number of species and these, again, judging from their abundance 
in the dredges and trawls, include hosts of individuals. The family gener- 
ally is well adapted to bathybial conditions, even in the few species dwelling 
in the shoaler waters, and probably is distributed from the Arctic to the 


Antarctic regions in all the oceans. Immense numbers of individuals, with 


MACRUROIDS. 193 


the fact of remaining on or near the bottom, sufficiently account for fre- 
quency of capture. The species themselves are mostly of local distribution, 
and it is altogether probable that most if not all of those to which wide 
distributions have been assigned will yet have to be subdivided. 

The greatest depths from which up to this date Macruride have been 
obtained are the following: 1825 in the northeastern, 1875 in the north- 
western, 2160 in the southeastern, and 2425 fathoms in the southwestern 
parts of the Pacific ; 2327 in the northeastern, 1870 in the northwestern, 
and 2650 in the southwestern portions of the Atlantic; 1575 to 1950 in the 
Antarctic, and 1310 fathoms in the northern sections of the Indian Ocean. 

As may be seen in various cases in the subjoined list, the vertical range 
of a single species is sometimes more than one thousand fathoms, in one 
instance, that of Nematonurus armatus Giint., more than two thousand, which 
indicates conclusively enough the ineffectual nature of pressure as a barrier 
in the vertical distribution of species. If the general adaptability of tissues 
and structure to changes of conditions is considered, there is no evident 
reason for surprise in the fact that individuals of a species are comparatively 
indifferent to variations in pressure corresponding to hundreds or thousands 
of fathoms of depth. Similar adaptiveness to variations in temperature is 
no doubt possessed by most forms. 

So far as known modification by life at great depths includes the 
acquisition of no special organs among the Macruridz, The eyes of some 
are enlarged, none of the known species are blind, but no special luminous 
organs appear. The canals and glands of the lateral system have become 
much enlarged and have assumed much greater functional prominence, appar- 
ently without much change in structure, yet it is probable that the mucous 
is more phosphorescent and that the glands have become flash organs in 
various species. Some of the species have filamentary growths on the fins, 
and in those from the greater depths the armature and the tissues are less 
firm. The changes in the skull on account of enhanced function of the 
lateral system are amply set forth on Plates L. and LI., the greater amount 
of modification existing in the ridges inclosing and protecting the organs 
of that system. 

Among the species described below there are close allies of Coryphenoides 
Bairdii and C. carapinus, but all told the affinities are little closer across the 
Caribbean with species of the Atlantic than across the Pacific with others 


described by Alcock from the northern parts of the Indian Ocean. 
13 


194 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


The variations among the numerous species are so gradual from one 
to another that genera are only to be separated with difficulty. While 
the authors of the Oceanic Ichthyology recognize seventeen genera, it 
appears from recent additions and the present material that it would be 
better to reduce the number to three, Bathygadus, Corypheenoides, and 
Trachyrhynchus, placing the balance of the genera so called as subgenera 
(Macruronus a possible exception) under Corypheenoides, which last dating 
from 1765 takes precedence over Macrurus of 1787. This is an approxi- 
mation to the arrangement of Giinther, 1887. Only a dozen species in all 
were recognized by Giinther in 1862; in 1887 his list of the deep sea 
species amounted to forty-six. Goode and Bean, 1896, Oc. Ich., xxv., 
give a list of eighty-five species (three of the species and three of the 
genera being new). In the list herewith there are a hundred and twenty- 
five species, a score of which are new. 


MACRURID &. 
Macrurus bulbiceps sp. n. 
Plate XLIV. figs. 1-10. 
Br. r.6; D. 11 + 107; A. 99; V. 8; P. 22-23. 


In form this species resembles MW. bucephalus to some extent; it is read- 
ily distinguished, however, by the shorter head, a blunter snout, the scales, 
and the dentition, and by the shapes on the top of the snout, and on the 
preopercle. Body much, and head but little compressed, depth one sixth of 
the total length; caudal region tapering regularly to the slender extremity. 
Head nearly one fifth of the total length, hardly as wide as deep, massive, 
rounded, blunt anteriorly, convex on the crown and the snout. Snout 
broad, blunt, convex and descending from the interorbital space, shorter 
than the eye, without prominent tips on either lateral or median angles, 
length from the maxillaries one half of that of the eye. Cheeks convex ; 
suborbital ridges very low. Eye large, orbit longer than the snout, equal 
to the width of the forward part of the interorbital space or to one fourth 
of the length of the head. Mouth large; maxillary reaching backward 
of the middle of the eye. Teeth conical, separated, in a single rather 
irregular series. Preoperele with hinder angle less prominent and lobular, 
and hinder outline less concave than on M. bucephalus. Barbel slender, 
three fifths as long as the eye. Interorbital space convex, widening 


hmm 


MACRURUS BUCEPHALUS. 195 


rapidly backward. Supranarial ridges strongly bent toward one another 
between the nostrils. 

Origin of the spinous dorsal above the axil of the pectoral ; first spine very 
small; second spine largest, slender, with spinules few and scattered, and 
with a filament, total length three fifths of that of the head ; base as long as 
the orbit. Second dorsal low, feeble anteriorly, origin distant from the base 
of the first dorsal one length of the orbit. Anal well developed, one and 
one third lengths of the orbit farther backward than the base of the first 
dorsal, backward of the head three fourths of the length of the latter, dis- 
tant from the ventrals two thirds of the length of the head. Vent close to 
the anal fin. Ventrals small, below the base of the pectorals, first ray fila- 
mentary at the end, half as long as the head or longer. Scales moderately 
harsh; the spinules with which they are thickly beset are low and not 
bristling as in the case of IZ. bucephalus. No pyloric appendices. 

Rusty brownish ; blackish on the fins and belly and on the linings of the 
body cavity. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3363 5° 43’ N. 85° 50’ W. 978 fathoms SieOor We Wh. glob. Oz. 


Macrurus bucephalus sp. n. 
Plate XLIV. figs. 2-2 6. 


Br. r. 6; D. 10 +- 87-93; A. 94-97; V.9; P. 23. 

Body cavity short; caudal region compressed, thin, elongate, tapering 
rapidly near the abdomen and gradually backward to a slender threadlike 
extremity. Head rather short and broad, near one fifth of the total length, 
subround in transsection, little higher than wide. Snout short, blunt, with 
three low angles, median angle not greatly in advance of the lateral, length 
equal to that of the eye or to the width of the interorbital space, steep in 
front of the mouth, distance of the tip from the maxillaries two thirds of the 
length of the orbit. Eye of medium size, one fourth as long as the head, 
orbital length equal to that of the snout or to the interorbital width. 
Mouth large, subtending about two thirds of the eye. Teeth small, in villi- 
form bands, outer series of the upper jaw separated and larger. Suborbital 
ridge low, rounded, hardly apparent backward of the orbit. Barbel small, 
half as long as the eye, one sixth longer on large specimens. 

The supranarial ridges are nearly parallel and straight from the orbit to 


the lateral angle on the snout. On the preopercle the lower angle extends 


196 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


down and backward as a much rounded lobe making the hind margin deeply 
concave above it. 

First dorsal originating above the bases of the pectorals; first spme 
small, weak ; second slender, with small spinules at a moderate distance from 
one another, with a filamentary extremity; base as long as the eye, de- 
scending gradually backward. Second dorsal low, scarcely visible forward, 
separated from the first dorsal by one length of the base of the latter. 
Anal well developed, origin below the middle of the space between the 
dorsals. Ventrals small, first ray with a hair-like filament which reaches 
back upon the anal fin, origin little farther backward than that of the pec- 
torals. Vent close to the origin of the anal, distant from the head Jess than 
two fifths of the latter's length. Scales small, harsh with sharp spines in 
keel-like series, those in the median series larger. Six scales in a row from 
the lateral line to the base of the first dorsal. 

Black, shading to purple over the muscular portions of the body; linings 
of mouth and body black. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
34380 DB0T1G! Ne 107° 31’ W. 852 fathoms 37.9° F. Bk. S. 
38398 oT! ING 80° 21’ W. 157% GO 36° F. Gn. Oz. 
3370 5° 36/ 40” N. 86° 56’ 50” W. eye 54.8° F. Rk. &S. 
3393 felon ON: 79° 36’ W. O20) yes 36.8° F. Gn, M. 


Macrurus liraticeps sp. n. 
Plate XLV. figs. 1-1 b. 


Br. r:6; D. 10-11 --?; V.8; Po 22 

Head and body massive ; caudal section elongate, compressed ; greatest 
depth equal to five sixths of the length of the head. Length of the head 
about two thirds of the distance from the snout to the anal fin. Bones of 
the skull firm. Snout large, longer than the orbit, lateral angles moderate 
and separated by a distance equal to the orbital length. On the skull the 
rostral ridges are strong, the median being highest and extended back to 
the interorbital region where it becomes lower and continues to the hinder 
portion of the space. There is a ridge backward from each eye on the 
crown; the skull rises in a bony edge above the orbits; and across the 
angles between the nostrils and the eye the distance is greater than that 
between the lateral angles at the end of the snout. Eye large, equal in 
length to the interorbital width, one and one half times the distance from 


MACRURUS BARBIGER. 197 


the end of the snout to the intermaxillaries, hardly one fifth of the length 
of the head. Interorbital space deeply concave on the skull, but no doubt 
filled with tissues in life so as to be plane or convex. Suborbital ridge low, 
distinct, rounded, ending at a vertical from the hind border of the orbit. 
Mouth large, reaching below the forward half of the eye. Teeth small, in 
villiform bands, larger in the outer series of the upper jaw. Barbel small, 
nearly half as long as the eye. Occipital crest of the skull high and strong, 
the crest at each side of it lower but distinct. 

Dorsal origin above the base of the pectoral, first spine small, second 
spine long, strong, compressed, without serrations on its forward edge. 
Second dorsal low, weak. Anal well developed, backward of the first 
dorsal about one length of the base of the latter. Ventrals small, inserted 
below the bases of the pectorals or a very little farther back. Scales 
medium, in their exposed portions bearing keels which are so fine as to 
appear smooth to the touch on individuals of two feet in length; those on 
the head apparently thickened, rougher ; five scales in a row from the lateral 
line to the base of the first dorsal. Vent close to the anal fin. No 
pyloric cxca, 

Brownish, darker on the hind borders of the scales, reddish or purple 
tinted in life. 

Certain features on these specimens suggest the possibility of a consid- 
erable metamorphosis in the species; the scales may have been much 
rougher in young stages, and the second spine of the dorsal may have 
possessed serrations or spinules on its forward edge. Filaments probably 
exist on the ventrals and first dorsal. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3407 0° 4’ N. 90° 24’ 30” W. 885 fathoms Sueno Bs Glob. Oz. 


Macrurus barbiger sp. n. 
Plate XLV. figs. 2-2 6. 
Bear eet GAR OS Vids P. 21 > llvcaa ibd: 


This species resembles J/. Uolepis in shape, but has the head more round, 
the cheeks more convex, the snout narrower, and the barbel longer, besides 
which differences there are others in the fins and the colors. Body rather 
massive, moderately compressed, depth three fifths of the length of the 
head, total length two and two thirds times the length of the body cavity ; 
caudal section compressed, slender, filamentary toward the end. Head 


198 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


short, four and three fifths times in the total, rounded on the sides and 
below, flattened on the crown, narrowed and pointed at the snout. Snout 
short, four fifths as long as the eye, narrowing forward, prominent, length 
from the teeth equal that from the eye, ending in a bunch of small spines; 
a small spinose angle at the junction of the supranarial with the suborbital 
ridges. Suborbital ridges low, not extended on the preopercle. Skull with 
a median ridve on the snout reaching backward to the interorbital space, 
and with two short, curved ridges between the hind portions of the eyes 
on the crown. Mouth medium, front edge below the anterior nostril, end 
of maxillary a trifle in front of the hinder edge of the orbit. Teeth small, 
subconical, in villiform bands, larger in the outer series of the upper jaws. 
Barbel slender, as long as the orbit. The prominent edge on the preopercle 
descends slightly backward and bears a shallow indentation above the 
rounded lower extremity. Eye prominent, large, longer than the snout, 
three and three fifths times in the length of the head, equal the interorbital 
width. Orbits rising above the space between them. Opercular membranes 
well developed, hinder angle of operculum turned up and backward and 
reaching below the second ray of the dorsal. Base of the first dorsal hardly 
as long as the eye, origin above the axil of the pectoral. Dorsal spine 
smooth, or with one or two small cusps near the base, about two thirds as 
long as the head, including the filamentary extremity. Second dorsal fin 
low, separated from the first by one and one half times the length of the 
base of the latter. Pectorals small, shorter than the first dorsal. Ventrals 
small, bases below the middle of the operculum, forward of the pectorals ; 
upper ray with a filamentary extremity, as long as the first dorsal ray. 

Gill membranes united, free from the isthmus; openings wide. Four 
gills, slits short, that behind the fourth gill very short; rakers absent from 
the front of the first arch, elsewhere rudimentary. 

Vent between the ventrals, nearer to their bases than to the origin of 
the anal, from which it is separated by the length of the snout. 

Seales without spinules, thin, deciduous, with very fine strize, absent from 
the suborbital section and the lower surface of the head. 

Length of the specimen described ten inches. 

Head black; linings of mouth and body cavity black ; muscular por- 
tions and fins brown to blackish. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3424 DO 5 ON: 106° 23/ W. 676 fathoms 88° F. Gy. 8. bk. Sp. Glob. 


MACRURUS LIOLEPIS. 199 


Macrurus liolepis. 
Macrurus (Lionurus) liolepis Gilb., 1890, P. U. S. Mus., XIII, 117. 


Br. vr. 7; D. 11-12 + 126-130; A. 114-123; V. 11; P. 21-23; Ll. ca. 
190 Ltr: e2..38; 

Body elongate and compressed, rapidly becoming slender behind the 
chamber. Head one fifth or more of the total length, two thirds as wide as 
high, angular in front, flattened to concave on the crown; cheeks steep. 
Skull prominent in the upper orbital margins, with a median and two late- 
ral ridges in front of the interorbital space and with a pair of short diverg- 
ent ridges, one at each side of the middle, just behind it. Snout short, three 
fourths to four fifths as long as the eye, equal the width and the distance 
from the mouth, ending in a median angle or short knob bristling with sharp 
tooth-like spines. At each side of the median knob there is a shorter one, 
on the end of each narial ridge, with similar spines. Eye large, one and one 
fourth times either the interorbital space or the snout, nearly one fourth as 
long as the head. Opercular flap slightly produced above the base of the 
pectoral, in a rounded point, to a vertical from the dorsal origin. Mouth of 
medium size, as long as the eye and subtending about four fifths of it; maxil- 
lary reaching nearly or quite to a vertical from the hind edge of the orbit. 
Teeth small, subconical, in villiform bands, equal in the lower jaws, larger 
in the outer series of the upper. Barbel small, half as long as the eye; on 
one specimen it is bifid. Suborbital ridge prominent, continued through the 
narial knobs to the end of the snout, extending little backward of the eye. 
Prominent edge on the preopercle nearly straight, descending slightly back- 
ward, lower angle rounded and reaching little farther back. Nostrils close 
together near the eye, posterior larger, anterior bordered by a prominent 
membrane which opens forward. Scales small, thin, without spines, with 
fine concentric striae, seven above the lateral line and thirty-one to thirty- 
three below it in a transverse series. Vent between the bases of the ven- 
trals and nearer to them than to the origin of the anal. Bases of the ven- 
trals below the lower angle of the operculum, little farther forward than 
those of the pectorals; first ray with a filament, half as long as the head. 
Dorsal fin narrow ; base of the first section as long as the eye; second spine 
twice the length of the eye, three fifths of the head, smooth or occasionally 


with one or more spinules near the upper end, prolonged in a filament. 


200 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Dorsals separated by a space equal to the base of the first. Caudal end 
filamentary. Origin of anal distant from the vent about four fifths of the 
length of the eye; fin rays much longer than those of the dorsal. Thirty- 
seven pyloric cxca. 

Brownish, with a greenish or olivaceous tinge in life; linings of mouth 
and body cavity black. 

Largest specimen about twelve inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. ‘Temperature. Bottom. 

3418 16° 33’ N. 99° 52’ 30” W. 660 fathoms 39° F. Br. 8. bk. Sp. 
3424 21° 15’ N. 106° 23/ W. 676) 38° F. Gy. S.bk. Sp. Glob. 
3436 27° 3! N, 110° 53’ 40” W. 905 * 37.2 EF. Br. M. bk. Sp. 


Macrurus capito sp. n. 


BrersoceDs lOcaee A ca.lO0e, Veo. Rese 

Body and head compressed, caudal section decreasing in size rather 
abruptly near the abdomen, thin farther back and tapering gradually to a 
filamentary end. Head large, two ninths of the total length, three fourths as 
wide as high, high and arched from the nape to the dorsal, descending from 
the nape to the end of the snout. Suborbital ridges moderately prominent. 
Crown slightly convex transversely. Snout sharp as viewed from the side, 
broader than the interorbital space, longer than broad, as long as the eye, 
with three angular prominences, median longest; distance of the tip from 
the maxillaries three fifths of the length of the eye. Mouth medium, hori- 
zontal, subtending nearly half of the eye. Eye large, as long as the snout, 
as long as the mouth, as long as the base of the dorsal, one and one fourth 
times the width of the interorbital space. Teeth very fine, in villiform 
bands, larger in the outer series of the upper jaw. Barbel small, about one 
third as long as the eye. 

Dorsal origin above the base of the pectoral; first spine short and stout ; 
second spine sharp-edged in front, with close-set spinules and filamentary 
end; base descending rapidly backward. Second dorsal low, anterior rays 
short and weak. Anal well developed forward, originating below the hind 
portion of the base of the first dorsal, distant backward from the head about 
the length of the orbit. Ventrals small, reaching the anal, inserted below 
the origin of the pectorals. Pectorals medium, two thirds as long as the 
head. Scales spinose, the spinules arranged in longitudinal series and so 
long as to present a hairy or pilose appearance ; harsh over head and body, 
especially on the three angles of the rostrum. Seven pyloric appendages. 


oF 


MACRURUS LEUCOPHZUS. 201 


Dark brownish, possibly reddish in life, the skin showing silver tints 
below the scales. ; 

The specimens from Station 3417 are hardly identical in variety with 
those from Station 3554; they are closely allied but differ in that the 
former (JZ. vagrans) is darker in color, and has less of the silver tint. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3384 Ti Si BW aN, 79° 14/ W. 458 fathoms 42° F. Gn. S. 
3417 16° 32’ N. 99° 48’ W. 493 ce 40.6° F. Gn. M. 


Macrurus leucopheus gp. n. 


BrorG De a0 a Aw so Wo 8.5 B19; 

Closely allied to JZ. bodps, but distinguished by a wider snout, a wider 
interorbital space, and by the forward position of the ventrals. Form 
moderately elongate, body much compressed, and, as seen from the side, 
tapering rapidly but regularly to the slender whip-like caudal extremity ; 
depth near one sixth of the total length. Head about two ninths of the 
total, in length equal to twice its width or one and three fifths times its 
depth ; crown slightly convex ; suborbital ridge distinct but not very promi- 
nent, hardly reaching to a vertical from the hind border of the orbit. Snout 
as broad as long, length little more than the width of the interorbital space, 
about three fourths as long as the eye, very blunt at the end, as viewed 
from above, with a median and two lateral prominences, angle formed at 
the edges moderately pronounced, ascent from the mouth steep, distance 
of tip from maxillary or from the lateral angles hardly less than one half the 
orbital length. Orbit large, about one and one third times the length of 
the snout, one and two thirds times the interorbital width, or three tenths 
of the length of the head. Mouth comparatively small, maxillary extending 
below the eye not more than one fourth of the latter's diameter. Teeth 
small, in villiform bands. Barbel small, one fourth as Jong as the eye. 
Origin of first dorsal above the axil of the pectoral; base descending rapidly 
backward ; first ray short ; second ray with sharp close-set spinelets on the 
narrow forward edge, excavated or concave on the sides, prolonged in a 
slender filament to three fourths of the length of the head; basal length 
two thirds of the length of the eye. Second dorsal rudimentary toward 
its origin, weak and feebly developed backward. Anal better developed 
than the dorsal, originating immediately below the end of the base of the 
first dorsal, below the middle of the pectoral fin. Ventrals small, below the 


202 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


operculum, forward of the bases of the pectorals, first ray with a filament, 
reaching the anal. Vent close to the first ray of the anal, farther back than 
the head by nearly the length of the orbit. Scales medium, spinose, with 
close set, small, sharp, declined spinules arranged in eight or more Jongitu- 
dinal series, hindmost prickles larger extending beyond the edge of the 
scale. The scales of the head and snout are smaller and harsher to the 
touch. The width of the scaly area between the nostrils is equal the width 
of the snout at the lateral angles. Each angle of the snout is surmounted 
by a rosette of small spines. Between the lateral line and the base of the 
first dorsal there are seven rows of scales. Six pyloric appendages. 
Brownish gray, with silvery tint where scales are lost, or silvery gray 
changing to brownish by brown puncticulations ; dorsal darker; linings of 
body cavity and mouth black. Described specimen eight and one fourth 


inches in length. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3354 7° 9! 45" N. 80° 50’ W. 322 fathoms 46° F. Gn. M. 


Macrurus boops sp. n. 
Br r, 6; D. 10 + ?; A. 95, V..85 PB. 21=23. 


In shape this species is similar to J/. leucopheus ; its most patent distin- 
guishing features are a narrower snout, a narrower interorbital space and 
the backward positions of the ventrals. Body compressed, tapering to a 
slender thread in the caudal section. Head one fifth of the total length, 
somewhat compressed, width less than the depth and more than half the 
length. Outline from snout to first dorsal convex above the nostrils and 
again at the nape. Snout short, not as long as the orbit, less than twice 
the interorbital space, distance of tip from mavxillaries about equal the dis- 
tance between the orbits which is two thirds of the width across the lateral 
angles at the end. The angles in front of the nostrils are not much pro- 
nounced, apices with groups of small spines. Mouth of moderate size, 
maxillary extending below half of the orbit. Teeth small, in villiform bands, 
subequal, larger in the outer row near the symphysis. Eye large, longer 
than the snout, two sevenths of the head, length of orbits twice their distance 
apart. Barbel small, one third as long as the eye. Suborbital ridge low, 
rounded, scarcely prominent below the hind part of the eye. Dorsal origin 
above the middle of the pectoral; second spine of medium size, serrate, 


robably ending in a filament; base descending steeply backward. Second 
Pp yi fo} 2) reo) 


MACRURUS FRAGILIS. 203 


dorsal low, feebly developed anteriorly. Anal more developed than second 
dorsal, originating backward of the first dorsal about half the length of the 
base of the latter. Vent close to the first ray of the anal, backward from 
the head two fifths of latter’s length. Ventrals small, inserted on a vertical 
from the origin of the pectorals, first ray with a filament reaching to the 
vent. Pectorals medium, passing backward of the anal origin. Scales 
harsh with short, sharp, closely set spinules in longitudinal keel-like series, 
the posterior being larger and extending beyond the scale. Five rows of 
scales between the lateral line and the base of the first dorsal fin. Pyloric 
appendices seven. 

Dark grayish brown or blackish, silvery below the scales; linings of body 
cavity blackish to silvery. First dorsal and pectorals blackish, 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3394 UPA ANS 79° 35’ W. 511 fathoms 41.8° F. Dk. gn. M. 
3356 7° 9/ 30” N. 81° 8’ 30” W. 546 « 40.1° F, Sft. bl. M. 


Macrurus fragilis sp. n. 
Plate XLVI. fig. 1. 


Bret iio) pele Otay CAs liidassa Vis Ogaden LO. 

Form elongate, attenuate; body and head compressed; caudal region 
slender and whiplike. Head about one seventh, and body cavity less than 
one fourth of the total length. Depth of body two thirds of the length of 
the head, width of body or head three fifths of the depth. Greatest depth 
of the caudal region hardly more than half the depth of the body. The 
dorsal line from the nape to the end of the tail is nearly straight; close 
behind the belly the ventral line rises abruptly about halfway to and thence 
gradually approaches the dorsal line toward the end of the tail. Top of 
lead flattened ; sides very little convergent forward, nearly parallel. Snout 
broad, blunt, as long as the eye, equal the width of the interorbital space, 
median angle prominent, distance from one of the lateral angles to the 
other equal to that across the head between the eyes. Suborbital ridge 
low, rounded. Large mucous channels on top of the head; a low median 
prominence separates them backward to or between the front portions of 
the eyes. Eye large, one fourth as long as the head, equal to the length 
of the snout, or a trifle less than the width of the interorbital space. Mouth 
of medium size; maxillary subtending the entire orbit. Teeth small, in 


204 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


narrow villiform bands on the jaws, outer series little enlarged forward. 
Barbel slender, nearly as long as the eye. Nine gill rakers on the first 
arch, rudimentary, each being a short tubercle with several small spines. 
Gill laminz short. Origin of first dorsal above that of the pectoral; first 
spine short; second spine slender, with spinules distant from one another, 
including the long filament nearly five sixths as long as the head, the 
spinous portion being only about half of this length. Distance between 
the dorsals equal to the length of the first. Second scarcely developed 
anteriorly, feeble throughout. Anal much better developed than the 
second dorsal and originating very little farther forward; anterior eleven 
or twelve of the anal rays below the abdominal chamber. Vent below 
the interspace between the dorsals, near the first anal ray. Ventrals 
small, outer ray with a long filament which reaches to the seventh ray 
of the anal, origin forward of that of the pectoral, or below the hind 
edge of the opercle. Pectorals small, elongate, the filament of the upper 
ray extending below the origin of the second dorsal. Scales small, thin, 
deciduous, with concentric strix; five scales in a row from the lateral line 
to the base of the first dorsal or thirty-one in a series from this dorsal to 
the anal. The short first dorsal separates this species from its nearest 
allies on this coast. 

Cheeks, flanks, abdomen, and linings of mouth and body black; muscular 
portions from the nape backward reddish brown or flesh color, the scales 
being lost. Over the mucous chambers of the head the color is very 
light; possibly in life the color of the muscular tracts was darker and red 
or purple-tinted. 

Described specimen nine inches in total length. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3360 Be lef INE 82° 05’ W. 1672 fathoms 36.4° F. Fne. bk. dk. gn. 8. 
3374 2° 35/ N. 83° 53’ W. 1823“ 36.4° F. Gnu. Oz. 


Macrurus carminifer sp. n. 
Plate XLVI, fig. 2. 

Br. r. 6; D. 10 + 89-102; A. 96-105; V. 8; P. 21; Ltr. 30. 

Elongate and compressed, slender in the caudal region; depth near 
one sixth of the total length. From body to tail the taper, in the post 
abdominal section, is not so abrupt as in either M. Uiolepis or M. anguliceps. 
Head less compressed than the body; two elevenths of the total, subconical. 


MACRURUS CARMINIFER. 205 


the angles being rounded off, pointed at the snout. Nape narrow. Crown 
wider than the snout, low, convex. A median rostral ridge extending back 
to the interorbital space, but not prominent above the generally convex 
surface. Snout short, as long as the eye, pointed, ending in a rosette 
of small spines; prenarial angles hardly distinct, also marked by small 
rosettes. The length of the snout equals five sixths of the width of the 
interorbital space; the distance of the tip from the intermaxillary equals 
the distance from the nasal cavity or two thirds of the length of the eye. 
Mouth small; maxillary subtending the anterior third of the orbit, hardly 
as long as the snout. Barbel rather stout, stiff and rigid, three fourths as 
long as the eye, subcylindrical nearly to the point and thence tapering 
rapidly. Eye large, as long as the snout, five sixths of the interorbital 
width, four fifteenths of the length of the head. Exposed surface of the 
interoperculum small, triangular. Preopercular ridge curved backward at 
the lower angle. Teeth small, in narrow bands, subequal. Gill rakers 
short, tubercular, each crowned with several spines. Suborbital ridge low, 
rounded on the edge, hardly subtending the orbit. The distance from the 
snout to the vent is one and one half times the length of the head. Vent 
near the anal origin. Nine to ten long pyloric appendages. Second 
dorsal spine strongest, compressed, sharp-edged and serrated in front, 
grooved behind, about three fourths as long as the head, ending in a 
filament, situated little backward of the axil of the pectoral. Second dorsal 
fin very low and feeble, originating one length of the base of the first 
dorsal behind the latter. Anal fin more developed than the dorsal, first ray 
below the middle of the space between the dorsals. Pectorals small, three 
fifths of the length of the head, pointed. Ventrals small, first ray, with a 
long filament, as long as the head; bases situated backward of those of 
the pectorals, and forward of the base of the first dorsal. Scales moderate, 
imbricate, about thirty in a transverse series from the first anal ray to 
the first dorsal, six in a series from the lateral line to the dorsal fin, 
Each scale harsh with longitudinal series of spines, subequal in height, the 
median of which is longest. Nine or more series can be seen on a single 
scale of the flanks. The lateral line rises abruptly and reaches its greatest 
height below the middle of the first dorsal, whence it descends gradually. 

Brown, the spines of the scales producing a pilose grayish brown 
appearance. Linings of mouth and body cavity black. 

Description from a specimen of twelve inches in length. In the young 


206 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


the barbel is shorter, the caudal region more slender, the rostral angles are 
much more prominent, and the rostrum hardly extends beyond the mouth. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3393 G2 15INs 79° 36’ W. 1020 fathoms 36.8° F. Gn. M. 
3353 Hono flovaN. 80° 34’ W. GD 39° F. Gn. M. 
3354 7° 9! 45" Ni. 80° 50/ W. ae HO 46° F. Gn. M. 
3395 7° 30 36” N. 78° 39' W. Tey CC 38.5° F. Rky. 


Macrurus gracillicauda sp. n. 
Plate H, fig. 1. 
Briers 75 Di 10=11 4-2, A143 Ve 0-1 P25) tr: b= 24. 


The shape is somewhat like that of JZ. asper, but there is rather more 
distinction between body and tail. Body and head massive; head convex 
on all sides, bluntly pointed or rounded off in front with a low promi- 
nence and the common rosette of small spines, curvature slight from nape to 
end of snout, crown nearly flattened transversely. The ridge below the eye 
is a trifle swollen, but not angular. Depth of body nearly one sixth and 
length of head about one fifth of the total length. Snout short, blunt, 
rounded, three fourths as long as the eye, length from intermaxillary one 
half the orbital length, prenarial angles scarcely noticeable. Suborbital 
ridge low, rounded, marked by rough scales along its lower edge, vanishing 
before reaching a vertical from the hind border of the orbit. Interorbital 
space very little arched, width four fifths of the length of the eye. Eye 
large, two sevenths of the head, three fourths of the snout. Mouth large, 
length one and one fourth times that of the eye; maxillary extending below 
four fifths of the orbit. Teeth small, in villiform bands, outer series on the 
upper jaws larger. Barbel as long as the eye, slender. Preopercular ridge 
bent backward to form a rounded loop at the lower angle. Gill rakers 
short, rounded, rough with small spines, anterior series small, seven to eight 
on the first arch. Second dorsal spine above the opercular angle, including 
the filament three fifths as long as the head. First ray of dorsal above the 
base of the pectoral, second ray beset with sharp prickles on the forward 
edge; base less than the length of the eye, distant from the second dorsal 
less than twice this length. Rays of second dorsal short, feeble. Origin of 
anal below the third scale behind the base of the first dorsal. Ventrals 
small, first ray with a filament, length equal the distance from tip of snout 
to hind edge of orbit. Caudal small, slender. Vent distant from the anal 


MACRURUS ORBITALIS. 207 


origin, close to the bases of the ventrals. Thirty-five pyloric appendages. 
Scales of medium size, harsh with sharp spines which rise in longitudinal 
series, in some cases of a dozen or more, the hindmost spines projecting 
backward from the edge of the scale like the teeth from a comb. On 
some scales the median series is somewhat larger than the others, though 
rarely producing the appearance of a keel. The head is covered with sharp 
scales, except on the lower surface, around the mouth, chin and throat. No 
bare space between the ventrals on the chest. 

Described from a specimen ten and one half inches in length. 

Black to brown, more often reddish brown on the muscular portions. 


The spines of the scales give the body a grayish tint in certain lights. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3384 oxolurdOseNt 79° 14’ W. 458 fathoms BOOB Gn. 8. 
3385 ipeo2 SO ING 79° 16’ W. 286 “ 45.9° F. Gn. M. 


Macrurus orbitalis sp. n. 
Plate XL VIL figs. 1-1 b. 


Br. r. 7; D. 11-12 + ?; A. 128; V. 9; P. 19-20. 

Form compressed, elongate, tapering to very slender in the caudal ex- 
tremity, depth four fifths of the length of the head, outline rising from the 
nape to the dorsal fin. Head one fifth of the total length; crown nearly 
straight from snout to nape; interorbital width four fifths of the length of 
the snout, space flattened or slightly concave; rostral ridge low. Snout 
four fifths as long as the eye, broader than the interorbital space, prominent 
in front of the mouth, with strong median and prenarial angles, from the 
latter of which the suborbital ridges spread somewhat to below the front of 
the eye, rarely to the ends at the preopercular border. Eye large, one and 
one fourth times the length of the snout, four thirteenths of the length of 
the head, or nearly one and two thirds times the width of the space between 
the orbits. Orbit appearing subcireular or deeper in the posterior half. 
Mouth small, inferior, subtending three fifths of the eye and one third of the 
snout. Barbel small, slender, two fifths as long as the eye. Teeth very 
small, subequal, in villiform bands. Preopercular ridge bent slightly back- 
ward in the lower third of its length. Origin of first dorsal above the base 
of the pectoral; second spine serrate; base descending rapidly backward 
from the first spine. Second dorsal low, feebly developed. Anal origin 


208 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


little backward of the base of the first dorsal. Ventral bases little forward 
of those of the pectorals; fin length equalling the distance from the end of 
the snout to the hind border of the orbit; first ray longest, with a filament. 
Seales covering the body and the upper surfaces of the head harsh to the 
touch, with series of sharp spines, up to eight or more series on a scale. 
The scales on the cephalic ridges and angles are especially rough. Vent 
nearer to the ventral bases than to the anal. Nineteen long pyloric 
appendages. 

Blackish over the body cavity; reddish brown over the muscular por- 
tions of the caudal section; lighter to translucent on the head and snout; 
entire surface tinted with grayish, from the spinules of the scales. Fins 
light; first dorsal and pectorals tipped with black. Orbit surrounded by a 
narrow border of black. As the description is taken from small specimens 
it is to be expected that darker colors will prevail on larger individuals, in 
which case the orbital ring of black will be less conspicuous. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth, Temperature. Bottom, 
3385 72732! 86! IN. 79° 16’ W. 286 fathoms 45.9° F. Gn. M. 


Macrurus loricatus sp. n. 
Plate XLVIL figs. 2-2 b. 


Brereds D124. 144 Acdso5- Welds Ps 19220. 

Shape and proportions similar to those of JZ. latirostratus. Elongate, 
compressed, high and narrow at the base of the first dorsal, and straight 
from this point to the snout; caudal section tapering regularly to the 
slender extremity ; depth more than one sixth of the total length. Head less 
than one fifth of the total, flattened over the interorbital region and the snout, 
angular anteriorly, convex over the opercles. Snout short, moderately broad, 
as long as the eye, or one and one fourth times the interorbital space, acute 
as seen from the side, viewed from above blunt with a doubled median and 
two prenarial prominences. Suborbital ridge prominent, rough, disappearing 
before reaching a vertical from the hind border of the orbit, forming a nearly 
straight line on the side from the back of the mouth to the end of the snout. 
The width across the anteorbital prominences equals that across the pre- 
narial angles or one and one fourth times the width of the interorbital space. 
Eye large, one third as long as the head. Mouth small, maxillary reaching 
to or beyond a vertical from the middle of the eye. Teeth small, in villi- 


MACRURUS CUSPIDATUS. 209 


form bands, in the outer series un the upper jaws a trifle larger. Barbel 
small, slender, one half as long as the eye. Origin of first dorsal above the 
bases of the ventrals, very little backward of that of the pectoral; second 
spine serrate, filamentary at the end, nearly as long as the head, compressed ; 
base of the fin three fifths as long as the orbit, descending rapidly backward. 
Distance from first dorsal to’the second nearly or quite twice the length of 
the base of the former. Second dorsal low, anterior rays weak, Anal 
origin little backward of the base of the first dorsal. Vent near the bases of 
the ventrals. Ventrals small, more than half as long as the head. The 
spinules on.the second spine of the dorsal fin are numerous and closely set. 
Scales of medium size, firm, strong, harsh, with short, sharp, closely appressed 
spines in longitudinal series. On the flank as many as twelve series appear 
onascale. There are seven scales in a row from the lateral line to the base 
of the first dorsal. Over the top and sides of the head and snout the scales 
form an armature quite as rough and heavy as on the body. Lateral line 
distinct, a narrow sharply defined groove. Specimens of ten inches and one 
half are sexually mature. 

Black, in some cases shading to reddish brown on the top of the head and 
on the tail. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3409 0° 18’ 40” N. 90° 34’ W. 327 fathoms 42.3° F. Bk. S. 
3410 0° 19’ N. 90° 34’ W. 331 ss 44,2° F. Bk. 8. 


Macrurus cuspidatus sp. n. 


Bret.cceD, 14a loo; cA 4 2ce Ve Wise Pe 2 

Body and head compressed, depth through the abdomen one seventh of 
the total length, caudal portion long, thin, slender, tapering to a whip-like 
end. Head rather long, pointed at the snout, subtriangular in transsection, 
narrow across the top, two elevenths of the total length. Snout long, sharp, 
hardly as long as the eye, descending in front of the nostrils to the lateral 
angles which are not much pronounced and are situated nearer to the eye 
than to the end of the rostrum, arched from nostril to nostril. Interorbital 
space low, in width equal to three fifths of the orbital length. Eye large, a 
trifle longer than the snout, three tenths as long as the head. Mouth rather 
sinall, reaching backward of the middle of the eye. From the tip of the 
snout to the maxillaries about equal to the length of the eye. Teeth fine, 


in villiform bands, equal in the lower jaws, outer series larger on the upper. 
14 


210 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Barbel small, slender, half as long as the eye. Nape high, slightly arched, 
outline from nape to snout almost straight. Suborbital ridge moderately 
prominent, not sharp, reaching a vertical from the hind border of the orbit. 

Origin of the first dorsal above the axils of the pectorals; first spine 
small; second spine longest, slender, with close-set spinules and a long fila- 
ment; base not descending very rapidly backward. Origin of second dor- 
sal twice the length of the base of the first behind the latter; rays short 
and feeble anteriorly. Anal well developed, origin forward of the middle of 
the space between the first and second dorsals, backward from the opercu- 
lum half the length of the head. Vent nearer to the bases of the ventrals 
than to the anal. Ventrals small, hardly reaching to the anal, first ray with 
a filament. Scales medium in size, harsh with series of spinules more or 
less convergent backward toward the median series which is largest on the 
scales of the back; seven scales between the lateral line and the base of the 
first dorsal. 

Head rusty brown, abdomen black, back and tail brown, possibly tinted 
with purple in life; linings of mouth and body cavity black. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3436 27° 34’ N. 110° 53’ 40” W. 905 fathoms 37.2° F. Br. M. bk. Sp. 


Macrurus convergens sp. n. 
Plate XL VIL. fig. 1. 


Bers D. 11 (10-12) -F 1305 Ando. Vie aa 

In this species the body and head do not present such a swollen 
appearance as those of either MZ. liolepis, M. anguliceps, or M. carminifer. 
From the pectorals backward to the end of the tail the decrease in size 
is very regular. The body is compressed and its greatest depth is about 
one seventh of the total length. Head compressed, three fourths as wide 
as high, convex on the sides, flattened on the crown, pointed on the snout. 
Snout prominent, nearly as long as the eye, the length to the orbit equalling 
that to the intermaxillary ; median angle prominent, prenarial angles low, 
each ending in a group of spines. Interorbital space three fifths as long or 
four fifths as wide as the snout, very little concave transversely. Eye large, 
as long as the snout, two sevenths as long as the head. Suborbital ridge 
low, rounded, more distinct forward, not extending backward of the eye, 
harsh with spiny scales. Mouth small, subtending the anterior two thirds 


MACRURUS LATIROSTRATUS. 211 


of the eye. Barbel small, half as long as the eye. Teeth small, in short 
narrow villiform bands; outer series a little larger on the upper jaws. 
Preopercular ridge slightly bent backward at the lower end. Base of 
first dorsal two thirds as long as the space behind it; first ray short, 
above the axil of the pectoral; second ray three fourths as long as the 
head, with numerous serrations. Second dorsal very feebly developed. 
Anal fin moderately strong, originating little farther backward than the 
last spine of the first dorsal, distant from the vent. Pectorals and ventrals 
small; the latter little longer than the eye, ending in a filament. Caudal 
slender, ending in a tuft of about four rays. Vent between the ventrals, 
nearer to their bases than to the anal. 

Scales rough with keel-like series of small sharp spines; the outer series 
are somewhat convergent backward to the stronger median series. On the 
larger scales of the flank there are ten or more of the keels. Between the 
lateral line and the dorsal there are six scales. 

Belly black, muscle tracts lighter and tinted with reddish, lighter above 


the upper portions of the skull. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3353 Tice Gimli 4aNie 80° 3Y W. 695 fathoms 39° F. Gn. M. 
3357 6° 35’ N. 81° 44’ W. Tis Ee Bishiay> Ie Gn. S. 
3393 Vee dusy! ANG 79° 36’ W. 1020)“ 36.8° F. Gn. M. 


Macrurus latirostratus sp. n. 
Plate XLVIIL. fig. 2. 
Bran; .D. 12)-F 120: Ay WlOz V. 10 Pe £9=20) 


Elongate, compressed, greatest depth one sixth of the total length, tail 
slender and threadlike toward the end. Head less than one fifth of the 
total, nearly as wide as high, broad and angular forward, flattened or 
slightly concave on the crown. Snout wider across the prenarial angles 
than long, length one fourth more than the width of the interorbital space, 
or one fifth less than the length of the orbit. As seen from above, the angle 
at the tip of the snout is quite blunt and extends little farther forward than 
the prenarial angles. From the latter the low ridges backward form an 
acute angle at the occipital crest. The suborbital ridges are moderately 
prominent and end about midway from the orbit to the preopercular edge ; 
from the lateral angles of the rostrum the ridges diverge gradually in 
nearly straight lines. Eye large, longer than the snout, nearly one third 


212 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


longer than the distance across the interorbital space, little longer than the 
distance from the end of the snout to the maxillaries, one third of the 
length of the head. Mouth small, cleft to a vertical from the middle of 
the eye. Teeth very small, subequal, in villiform bands. Barbel small, 
slender, one half as long as the eye. Median rostral ridge hardly rising 
higher than the narial ridges, ending at a line joining the front edges of 
the orbits. Upper edges of the orbits scarcely rising above the forehead. 
Origin of the first dorsal above the axil of the pectoral ; second ray serrate, 
with a filament, nearly three fourths as long as the head; base descending 
rapidly backward. Second dorsal separated from first by less than two 
lengths of the base of the latter, low, feebly developed, widest near mid- 
length. Ventrals small, more than half as long as the head, first ray 
prolonged in a filament, origin a little forward of the bases of the pectorals. 
Pectorals larger than the ventrals, three fourths as long as the head. Vent 
distant from the anal, near the bases of the ventrals. Anal origin farther 
backward than the base of the first dorsal by about the width of two scales. 
Preopereular ridge bent forward in the middle, or rounded backward in 
the lower portion. Occipital crest prominent. Scales rather harsh, with 
longitudinal series of small spines, up to eight or more rows on each scale. 
Spinules on the second spine of the first dorsal less numerous on young 
specimens, absent to some extent near the base. Frequently on very 
young there are two or three spinules in a group near the base of the 
spine separated from the upper ones. 

Black on the abdominal chamber; blackish to reddish brown over the 
muscular portions, shading to lighter over the mucous cavities on the head. 

Distinguished from JZ. convergens by a shorter broader snout and by the 


fin rays; on that species the median rostral angle is sharper. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3394 PAL ANE 79° 35/ W. 511 fathoms 41.8° F. Dk. gn. M, 
3384 To olSOL Ne 79° 14’ W. 458 ‘* 42° FB. Gn. 8. 
3354 7° 9 45 N. 80° 50’ W. 322 *<¢ 46° FP. Gn. M. 


Macrurus anguliceps psp. n. 


Plate G, fig. 1; Plate L, skull; Plate LX XXIII. fig. 2, Lat. Syst. 


Brier 69D: 10,1) 4. Waa Aca. lio Ver atte ile 
Body compressed, slender and whip-like posteriorly, depth two  thir- 
teenths, head one fifth, and snout to anal one third of the total length. 


MACRURUS ANGULICEPS. 213 


Length of the body cavity one and four fifths times the length of the head. 
Head at the nape three fifths as wide as high, moderately convex on the 
sides, slightly concave or nearly flat on the crown. Snout wide, shovel-shaped 
and pointed and bearing three prominent angles at the end. Prominent 
suborbital, narial, and rostral keels, and a prominent orbital ridge on the 
upper and hinder half of each orbit. The snout is quite prominent and is 
wider than the interorbital space; the rostral ridge is high between the nos- 
trils; the narial ridges curve outward anteriorly and each ends in a blunt 
angle which like the median is crowned by a group of small teeth-like 
spines; its length is one and one fourth times that of the eye, one and one 
half times the width of the interorbital space, which latter equals the dis- 
tance from the intermaxillary to the end of the snout. Eye large, four fifths 
of the snout, two ninths of the head. Mouth small, anteriorly at a vertical 
from the middle of the snout, not reaching backward as far as the middle of 
the eye. Teeth small, in bands, outer series in the upper jaws larger. Bar- 
bel small, less than half as long as the eye. Suborbital ridge hardly reach- 
ing to midway from the eye to the preopercular ridge. Preopercular ridge 
much curved and bent backward in a rounded loop toward the lower end. 
Nape high. Second spine of the dorsal thickly set with prickles or spinules 
on the front edge, grooved on the back, compressed, equalling in total 
length three fifths of that of the head, ending in a flexible filament, inserted 
above the axil of the pectoral. Posterior rays of the first dorsal short ; 
commonly there are ten rays in this fin, rarely there are nine or eleven. 
Second dorsal low; anterior rays very small; base distant from that of the 
first less than the length of the latter. Ventrals small; origin below second 
dorsal ray; first ray with a filament, making its total length nearly one 
third of that of the head; number of rays usually eight, rarely seven. Anal 
much more developed than the second dorsal, longest rays equal the width 
of the eye. Vent close to the origin of the anal fin, below the origin of the 
second dorsal. Tail slender, thread-like. Pectorals small, half as long as 
the head, pointed. 

Seales harsh to the touch, with keel-like longitudinal series of low spines 
of which there are nine or more on the wider ones; about five scales be- 
tween the lateral line and the dorsal fin. The groups of spines on the ros- 
tral angles are rosettes in which the lines or series radiate from a common 
centre. 


Length of the specimen described thirteen and one half inches. 


214 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Light greyish brown, tinted with light yellowish green or olive ; linings 
of the body cavity black. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 

3362 ey DOL INE 85° 10' 30" W. 1175 fathoms 36.8° F. Gn. M. 8S. rky. 
3353 CAG tala CaN s 80° 34’ W. 695 HM 39° F. Gn. M. 

3371 5° 26’ 20” N. 86° 55’ W. 770 ua 39° FB. Glob. Oz. 

3376 3° 9 N. 82° 8’ W. 11382 <s 36.3 F. Gy. glob. Oz. 
3392 cD aU oI 79° 40’ W. 1270 a 36.4 F. Hard 

3400 0° 36’ S. 86° 46’ W. 1322 as 36° F. Lt. gy. glob. Oz. 
3435 26° 48’ N. 110° 45’ 20” W. 859 ee 37.3° F. Br, M. bk. Sp. 
3366 5° 30’ N. 86° 45’ W. 1067 Ee 37° F. Y1. glob. Oz. 


Macrurus latinasutus sp. n. 


Br86.° D0) 2 Amabile) Wels aE 7: 

Moderately elongate, compressed, tapering regularly from the body to 
the attenuate extremity of the tail. Head near one fifth of the total length, 
depth about two thirds of its length. Snout as long as the orbit, broad at 
the end, width one and one half times that of the interorbital space, median 
angle prominent, ridges from the lateral angles passing over the orbits con- 
verging regularly to the occiput; tip surmounted by a few sharp spines 
hooking backward; lateral angles not prominent. Suborbital ridge pro- 
nounced, subtending the orbit. Eye of medium size, as long as the snout, one 
and one half times the width of the interorbital space, prominent. Bones of 
the skull firm, muciparous excavations large. Skull concave between the 
eyes and rising to each orbit in a strong edge. Median rostral ridge well 
developed reaching back upon the interorbital area. Mouth rather small; 
maxillary extending below half of the eye. Teeth small, in villiform bands, 
outer series larger anteriorly. Barbel small, less than half as long as the or- 
bit. Origin of the spinous dorsal above the axil of the pectoral ; first spine 
small; second spine largest, strong, anterior edge with sharp close-set spin- 
ules, apex with a filament, hinder rays short. Second dorsal low, feebly de- 
veloped anteriorly, origin about one length of the eye backward of the base of 
the first dorsal. Anal stronger than second dorsal and originating a little 
nearer the head. Vent below the space between the dorsals, close to the first 
anal ray. Ventrals small below the axil of the pectorals, outer ray with a 
filament reaching to the anal. Scales medium, bristling with spinules 
arranged in longitudinal series; those on the top of the snout are the 
strongest. Fourteen pyloric ceca, Stomach filled with portions of shrimp- 
like crustacea. 


MACRURUS TRICHIURUS. Zils 


Head dingy white, in life red to purple; muscular portions of body and 
tail reddish brown; belly blackish; branchial chamber and abdomen lined 
with blackish to silvery. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3431 23° 59’ N. 108° 40’ W. 995 fathoms 37° FE. Lt. bro. M. Glob. 


Macrurus trichiurus sp. n. 


Brenan os LL ae iay V8: 

The shape in this species is much like that of I. convergens, from which 
it may be distinguished by the smaller number of rays in the ventrals, the few 
serrations on the second dorsal spine, and by the great length and slender- 
ness of the caudal section. Body compressed, caudal extremity very slender, 
threadlike. Head two thirteenths of the total length. Snout broader than 
the interorbital space, the ridges of the top diverging forward to the two prom- 
inent lateral angles; median angle protruding, apex equidistant from orbit 
or maxillaries; length equal to three fifths of that of the orbit. Orbit large, 
two and two thirds times in the length of the head, half of the interorbital 
space. Suborbital ridge prominent, sharp, subtending the entire orbit. Mouth 
medium; maxillary extending below two thirds or more of the orbit. 
Teeth small, equal, in villiform bands. Dorsal origin above the base of the 
pectoral ; first spine short; second spine longest with a filament and three 
or four spinules. Second dorsal low, feeble. Origin of anal slightly back- 
ward of the hind end of the base of the first dorsal. Vent a short distance 
forward of the first anal ray, opposite the midlength of the ventral fins. 
Ventrals small, originating somewhat farther backward than the dorsal, 
below the bases of the pectorals. Pectorals small, two thirds as long as the 
head. Scales small, anteriorly in the median line each bears a short spine 
and directly behind this a larger one extended out and backward beyond 
the scale margin. Toward the back some scales have an additional, and 
shorter, row of spines on each side of the median, the three rows diverging 
backward, 

Black ; muscular portions lighter, reddish brown. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth, Temperature. Bottom. 
3358 6° 30’ N, 81° 44’ W. 555 fathoms 40.2° F. Gn. 8. 


216 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Macrurus tenuicauda sp. n. 


Plate XLIX. fiy. 1. 


Br. r 7-6) D. 10=9°-- 2 Aca 1A Vi Sebo: 

Form somewhat like that of WM. flicauda Giint., but more slender, with 
wider and longer snout, larger eye, smaller mouth, and rough scales. Body 
compressed ; tail very slender ; total length about five times the length of the 
head, nine times the greatest depth, or nearly four times the distance from the 
end of the snout to the first anal ray. Head rather elongate, about as wide as 
high, subtriangular in transverse section, narrow and convex across the nape 
or the crown, wide and sharp-angled at the suborbital ridge and the rostral 
edges, broad and pointed forward. Snout prominent, sharp pointed, wide 
across the lower surface, which is flat and straight, arched across the top, 
with pronounced angles in front of the nostrils each like the median angle 
bearing a small bunch or rosette of spines. Orbital ridges diverging and 
turning abruptly outward in front of the nares, with branches backward as 
if to meet at the nape in an acute angle. Length of snout one and one 
third times that of the eye. Interorbital space convex transversely ; crown 
straight from the nape to the end of the snout. Eye large, hardly three 
fourths as long as the snout, four fifteenths of the length of the head. 
From the end of the snout to the intermaxillary is not much less than from 
the same point to the eye. Mouth small, inferior; the end of the maxil- 
lary subtends three fifths of the eye. Teeth very small, in short villiform 
bands, subequal; those of the lower jaws crowded near to the symphysis. 
Suborbital angle prominent, sharp, continued to the preopercle. Branchios- 
teval rays commonly seven, frequently six; in each case there are seven 
either on one side or the other or on both sides. Barbel very small, slender, 
nearly one fourth as long as the eye. The rostrum has the appearance of 
bifureation at the tip. First dorsal with nine or ten rays, anterior above 
the axil of the pectoral, second with prominent and sharp prickles; base 
about as long as the eye, or the interspace between the dorsals. Second 
dorsal low and feeble. Anal well developed, originating below the hind ex- 
tremity of the base of the first dorsal. Vent at two thirds of the distance 
from the bases of the ventrals to the base of the anal. Pectorals and ven- 
trals small, bases of the latter below those of the former. Tail slender and 
thread-like backward. Scales medium, rough, with four to five equal keels 
each of which bears minute serrations or spines. Cephalic ridges roughened 


MACRURUS CANUS. Dili 


with similar spines. Top of head and snout covered with scales; lower sur- 
face of head, below the snout and the suborbital ridge, naked. 

Description taken from an eight inch specimen. 

Black on opercles, chest, and belly; white over the mucous chambers, 
from the crown and the suborbital region forward to the end of the snout ; 


blackish tinged with red on the muscular tracts. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth, Temperature. Bottom, 

3384 7° 31’ 30” N. 79° 14 W. 458 fathoms 42° ¥. Gn. 8. 
This species appears to be somewhat closely allied to Coelocephalus aci- 
penserinus Gilb. and Cram.; it differs in length of snout, size of eye, and 


carinz of scales. 


Macrurus canus sp. n. 
Plate XLIX. fiy.2; Plate LXXXIV. figs. 1, 2, Lat. Syst. 


Bror. 6; Dr 11-1055 A 107s V.7; BP. 19-21. 

The form in this species resembles that of Jf. parailelus Giint., but the 
snout is shorter and there are marked differences in the fins; as, for in- 
stance, in the anal, which originates much in advance of the second dorsal. 
The body is compressed, in depth one sixth of the total length, and the caudal 
region is slender. Head compressed, angular, one fourth of the total, sharp 
at the snout, scales rough. Snout medium, one third as long as the head, 
more than the length of the eye or the width of the interorbital space, 
sharp pointed, translucent, sharp-edged at the sides, with a low rostral keel 
extending back to the interorbital space. Skull with a short ridge at the 
nape, one at each side of the parietal region, and one above each orbit to the 
upper angle of the operculum and to the rostral edge. These last with the 
suborbital ridges, which have nearly the entire length of the head, serve to 
protect the well developed mucous chambers. There is also a ridge around 
each nasal chamber. The parietal ridges turn outward at the nape. The 
distance from the end of the snout to the intermaxillaries equals that to the 
orbit. Mouth small, inferior; maxillary extending below three fifths of 
the orbit. Teeth small, subequal, in villiform bands. Barbel small, one 
third of the length of the eye. Between the ridges the frontal region is 
slightly concave. Eye large, two sevenths as long as the head, shorter than 
the snout, equal to the width of the interorbital space. Cheeks vertical to 
slightly convex. Mucous cavities of the head very large. A circular space 


free from scales on the chest between the ventrals. Dorsal origin above the 


218 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


upper angle of the opercle, little forward of the bases of the pectorals; 
number of spines usually eleven, rarely ten; second spine smooth, including 
the filament it is three fifths as long as the head. Spines of the second dor- 
sal weak and small; origin of the fin distant from the first dorsal hardly less 
than the length of the latter’s base. Anal origin little farther backward 
than the base of the first dorsal. Ventrals small, first ray with a filament, 
equal in length to the distance from the tip of the snout to the middle of 
the eye, inserted at the lower angle of the opercle. Caudal filamentary 
when complete. In most cases it is truncate at the base, which bears a 
group of rays, of varying number, terminating in a pencil point. The tuft 
on the tail gives a completed appearance to that organ, but the length of 
the caudal section varies greatly ; on six specimens there are respectively, 
58, 70, 76, 81, 103, and 105 rays in the second dorsal, and 61, 74, 78, 83, 
106 and 107 in the anal fins. Only about one in six is entire. Pectorals 
small, more than half as long as the head, inserted a little backward of the 
ventrals or of the origin of the dorsal. Vent close to the anal fin. Scales 
medium, rough with several to five or more spinose ridges which are diver- 
gent backward ; five scales between the lateral lime and the dorsal fin. Py- 
lorie appendages ten. Females of six and one half inches have both ovaries 
developed and filled with eggs that are nearly or quite mature. 

Sides of the muscular regions flesh color to brown, darker on the back, 
with more or less of silver especially on the sides of the body chamber. 
Belly from anal to chin blackish. Entire head translucent (possibly lumin- 
ous), silvery, around eyes and gill openings showing blackish as from within. 
Forward ends of rostral angles blackish. Puncticulations of brown are irreg- 


ularly scattered or grouped everywhere over head and body. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth, Temperature. Bottom, 
3355 7° 12! 20" N. 80° 55’ W. 182 fathoms py de Bk. G. Sh. 
3389 WONG ASAIN 79° 56’ 30” W. PAO} 48.8° F. Gn. M. 
3391 7° 33/ 40” N. 19° 43/20" Wry ss) “<6 55.8° FF. Gn. M. 


Trachyrhynchus helolepis. 
Trachyrhynchus helolepis Gilb., 1891, P. U. S. Mus., 562. 
Plate G, fig. 2; Plate LI, skull. 
Br. r.'7; D. 11 (11-10), + ca. 113; A. ea. 107; V. 7-6; P. 23. 
Depressed and acute anteriorly ; compressed, narrow and tapering to a 
slender extremity in the posterior half. Head one fifth wider than deep, 


TRACHYRHYNCHUS HELOLEPIS. 219 


sharp pointed at the snout, little less than one third of the total length, flat 
on the crown, arched across the middle of the snout, nearly straight on the 
top from the nape forward. Suborbital ridges thick, rounded, prominent, 
extending from the snout to the base of the pectoral, descending a little 
across the operculum. Snout nearly twice as long as the orbit, much wider 
than deep, sharp. Eye large, about as long as the width of the interorbital 
space, little more than half as long as the snout. Interorbital space flat, on 
a level with the balance of the crown. Mouth large, distance of intermax- 
illaries from the tip of the snout close upon one and one half times the 
length of the orbit, maxillary extending below nearly the whole of the 
orbit. Teeth equal, small, sharp, numerous, in villiform bands. Barbel 
small, one fourth as long as the eye. Gill rakers 5 + 19-20; lamina 
short. 

First dorsal originating above the base of the pectoral, base five sixths 
of the orbital length. Second dorsal separated from the first by a space 
as long as the barbel. Origin of the anal backward from the head less 
than half the length of the latter, below the eleventh ray of the second 
dorsal. Vent close to the anal. Ventral bases below the forward edges of 
the operculum; fins but a trifle longer than the orbit, midlength lying 
below the origin of the pectorals, second ray longest, with a filamentary 
prolongation. Body, head, and snout covered with very harsh spinose or 
keeled scales; each of those on the body is provided with a strong, erect, 
more or less irregular and angled spine, while those of the head and of a 
series at each side of the base of the dorsal and of the anal have a longitudi- 
nally compressed serrated keel and are with or without additional and less 
developed spines. The number of spines on each scale varies considerably 
on any part of the body. Excepting the fins, the only bare spaces on the 
body are on the gill membranes and between the lower jaws. With age 
the spine on the scales of the flank takes the appearance of a vertical 
(transverse) keel, the spine proper forming a ridge on its forward side. 

Dingy brownish in the alcohol. In life having a reddish tint overcast 
with more or less of blue. 

In some respects these specimens do not agree with Gilbert’s description. 
The differences, however, do not appear sufficiently great to warrant the 
establishment of a new species. The type of 7. helolepis was taken by the 
“Albatross” at “Station 2818, in deep water off the coast of Central 
America.” 


220 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Compared with 7. trachyrhynchus from the Mediterranean this species is 
more massive forward, less pointed on the snout, and has a larger mouth 


and a broader forehead. 


Station. Latitude. is Longitude, Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 

2818 0° 29'S. 89° 54’ 30” W. 392 fathoms 43.9° F. Wh. and bk. S. 

3402 0° 57’ 30” S. 89° 3’ 30” W. 421 §§ 423K. R. Glob. Oz. 
PLEURONECTOIDS. 


The marine “ Flat Fishes”? are somewhat generally distributed in all seas, 
with the possible exception of those around the poles. They live quite at 
the bottom, are active, strong swimmers and apparently have maintained 
themselves at the upper levels of the ocean floor better than more sluggish 
forms. None of them have yet been taken from so great a depth as one 
thousand fathoms. In fact they have hardly been ranked with the deep 
sea fishes; but the vertical range has been carried farther down by each 
succeeding expedition until if is no longer possible to exclude them. The 
deepest record of any of the species is that of Ci/harichthys dinoceros G. B., 
of 955 fathoms, in the West Indies. The nearer approaches to this are 
Limands Beanii Goode, at 896, and Gilyptocephalus cynoglossus Linné, at 858 
fathoms, both from the northwestern Atlantic. In the northeastern Atlantic, 
G. cynoglossus is noted by Giinther at 752 fathoms, and Solea profundicola 
Vaill. was taken by the “ Talisman” at 684 fathoms. The greatest depth 
assigned a member of the family in the northeastern Pacific is that of Emdass- 
ichthys bathybius Gilb., taken by the “ Albatross” at 603 fathoms in the 
Santa Barbara channel. The greatest reported in the northern part of the 
Indian Ocean from the “Investigator” collections are Symphurus Wocd-Masont 
Alc. at 490, and both Symphurus septemstriatus Ale. and Poecilopselta pra- 
longa Alc. at 400 fathoms. At present more than fifty species are known to 
occur at depths greater than one hundred fathoms; of these, twenty are 
on record from more than three hundred, seven at more than five hundred, 
and three at more than eight hundred fathoms. Though the vertical range 
has been thus extended downward no special deep sea characters distin- 
guishing bathybial from shoal water species would appear to have been 
acquired. Luminous organs, obsolescent eyes, or special organs of touch, 
other than elongate fin rays, have not yet been discovered in the family. 
The majority of the species known to descend below three hundred fathoms 
from the surface are found to range upward to depths of a hundred and 


HIPPOGLOSSINA VAGRANS. 221 


fifty fathoms or less, thus bringing themselves among the shoal-water forms. 
This will be made sufficiently clear by examination of the list with least and 
greatest depths. Glyptocephalus cynoglossus is a marked instance, ranging as 
it does from a depth of less than a hundred fathoms to one of more than 
eight hundred. 

That there was a comparatively recent connection between the Pacific 
and the Atlantic across the isthmus, and that separation of the two oceans 
affected the shoal water forms more recently than the forms of the deep 
sea is favored by the representatives of the Pleuronectide in this collection. 
Close affinities exist between the species of Citharichthys, Platophrys, Sym- 
phurus, and Monolene from opposite sides of the isthmus. These relation- 
ships are especially noticeable in the species of Symphurus and even more 
so in those of Monolene, JZ. maculipinna and M. sessilicauda, for instance. 
Type specimens of IZ. sessilicauda at hand have forty-five vertebrae, as in 
M. maculipinna, instead of forty-three as was originally stated in the generic 
diagnosis. 

In the “ Challenger” Report, published in 1887, Dr. Giinther gives a 
list of nineteen species of Pleuronectoids known to occur at depths greater 
than one hundred fathoms; the works of the “ Talisman,” the “ Albatross,” 
and the “ Investigator” have since increased the list so that it now contains 
fifty-five species. 


PLEURONECTID&. 
Hippoglossina vagrans var. n. 


D. 59-60; A. 44-47; V.6; P. 11 on each side; C. 17; Ll. 73-77; Ltr. 
21-22 + 23-26. 

Body sinistral, compressed, greatest depth near midway from snout to 
base of caudal about one third of the total length, profile outlines on dorsal 
and ventral edges curving regularly from the deepest portion forward to the 
eyes and backward to the caudal pedicel. Head two sevenths of the entire 
length, with a narrow sharp ridge separating the eyes, with a prominent 
angle below the symphysis of the lower jaws and another below the angular, 
and with a wide indentation in front of and encroached upon by the upper 
eye. Snout hardly three fifths as long as the eye, lower jaw longer. 
Mouth wide; maxilla with a low prominence anteriorly, reaching backward 


of the middle of the left eye. Nostrils small, left pair in front of the inter- 


222 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


orbital space; anterior one of each pair with a dermal prolongation. Eye 
large, nearly two sevenths of the length of the head, lower very little less 
advanced than the upper. Teeth small, right anterior larger, in a single 
series. Gill rakers moderately elongate, strong, sharp, three on the upper 
section of the forward edge of the first arch and nine on the lower. Lateral 
line making a regular upward curve above the pectoral three times as long 
as high; straight from the tip of the pectoral backward. 

Pectoral on each side with eleven rays, half as long as the head. Dorsal 
and anal rays shorter and forming fringes anteriorly ; dorsal origin at the 
forward portion of the right eye; anal origin below the base of the pecto- 
ral; anal preceded by a short procumbent spine ; caudal longer in the median 
rays, blunt, separated from dorsal and anal by a space equal to the length of 
the snout; left ventral longer. 

Seales small, larger along the middle of the flank, small on the head near 
the bases of the fins and on the fin rays, absent from the snout. 

Grayish-brown with transverse cloudings of darker; with numerous 
small spots of light coior edged with black on the left side, forming one or 
two longitudinal series on dorsal and anal, a couple of tranverse series on 
the caudal, and three or four still more irregular series on the flank. Right 
side uniform flesh color. Left pectoral with a couple of transverse bands of 
brown. The fins and flank are more or less freckled with brown. In cases 
there are several transverse bands, or five or six narrow streaks, on the left 
side. 

Agreeing tolerably with the species H. Bollaam Gilb. in numbers of fin 
rays, but possessing a larger number of rows of scales between the lateral 


line and the dorsal and somewhat different markings. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3368 5° 32! 45!" N. 86° 54’ 30” W. 66 fathoms 58.4° F, Rky. 


Engyophrys Sancti-Laurenti. 
Engyophrys Sancti-Laurenti J. B., 1889, P. U. S. Mus., XII, 176. 


D: 89's) Aw 73 Vs Gs BP. 112510; CC. 17s Les ite: 22-12 26- 

Form a sinistral much compressed suboval in which the greatest depth 
is one half and the length of the head one fourth of the length from the 
snout to the base of the caudal. An indentation of the outline in front of 
the upper eye is partly filled by the bony orbit on the ridge of which there 


. 


ENGYOPHRYS SANCTI-LAURENTI. Paes 


are two or three short spines, The orbital ridge is prominent around the 
hinder half of the upper eye; between the eyes the ridge from the forward 
half of the lower eye includes a prominent spine behind which the ridge is 
less elevated. Other angles of prominence on the head are that below the 
snout, that in front of the lower orbit, and that below the angular. Snout 
blunt, half as long as the eye. Mouth small; maxilla curved, left reaching 
to a vertical from the forward edge of the eye. Teeth small, hooked, in a 
single series on the right jaws, absent from the left. Eyes large, twice as 
long as the snout, one third of the length of the head, close together, sepa- 
rated by a narrow space with a sharp ridge which is divided in the middle; 
upper eye directly above the lower. Left anterior nostril small, with a 
short valve; right with a larger valve or flap. A membranous extension 
from the opercle above the base of the pectoral. Gill rakers six, short, : 
thick, pointed, on the lower part of the arch. Lateral line bent anteriorly, 
much as in Monolene ; bend comparatively short, two and one half times as 
long as high, nearly straight for a short distance on the top, descending 
farther and less rapidly backward. A sharp pelvic angle. No anal spine- 
like process, Scales medium, ctenoid on the left side, cycloid on the right. 
Dorsal and anal with shorter rays anteriorly, fringed in the greater portion 
of the length. Dorsal origin on the right side near the nostril; anal orgin 
below the base of the pectoral. Ventrals of six rays; left fin slightly farther 
forward. Left pectoral half as long as the head, with one or two rays more 
than the right. Caudal pointed, four fifths as long as the head, free from 
dorsal and anal. 

Left side clouded dark brownish; fins blackish ; caudal with a transverse 
series of three black spots, the median farther backward; pectoral blackish 
toward the ends; right side uniform flesh color. 

The blind side of these specimens has none of the markings ascribed to 
the types from which the original description of 2. Sancti-Laurenti was drawn 
by Jordan and Bollman. As the types were much smaller than the present 
individuals, it would appear from the latter as if the gridiron marks were 
lost in age. These authors give cycloid scales as a generic character; our 
specimens have ctenoid scales on the left side on which the combs have 
comparatively few and fragile teeth. 


Station, Latitude, Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3387 7° 40' N. 79° 17' 50” W. 127 fathoms 56.2° F. Fne. gy. S. 
3390 2610! Nis 79° 53/ 50” W. GG 06 62.6° F. Fue. gy. 8. G. 


224 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Citharichthys maculifer sp. n. 


D. 85; A. 65-67; V.6; P. 12 r.,10 to 11 1.; Li. 57-59; Ltr. 16 4+ 19. 

Sinistral; lower outline of profile similar to the upper, more curved in the 
anterior half of the length; depth four elevenths and length of head three 
thirteenths of the total length. Snout three fourths as long as the eye; 
chin descending backward; jaws even. A slight indentation in the outline 
of the forehead in front of the right eye. Interorbital space one fourth as 
wide as the eye, a longitudinal groove widening forward, with a bony ridge 
at each orbit, left much stronger. Eyes medium, three elevenths of the 
length of the head, one and one third times the length of the snout, left 
slightly in advance of the right. Nostrils small, close together ; anterior 
smaller, with a pointed dermal fold. Mouth medium, asymmetrical, 
curved ; maxillary crooked, hind corner near a vertical from the middle 
of the eye. Teeth small, hooked, larger forward, a pair of small canines on 
the intermaxillaries. Gill rakers short, strong, two plus seven. 

Lateral line nearly straight, slightly curved above the pectorals. 

Scales rather small, ctenoid on the left side, cycloid on the right, absent 
from the snout. 

Pectoral fins small, left containing one to two rays more than the right. 
Rays in dorsal and anal shorter anteriorly, exserted and forming fringes in 
more than half of the fins; dorsal origin on the right side near the posterior 
nostril, fin little if any deeper than the anal. Anal origin below the bases 
of the pectorals. Ventrals small; right farther from the edge, farther 
forward and larger than the left. Caudal blunt or rounded on the hind 
margin. 

Grayish brown, with numerous ocellate spots of bluish and of brownish 
on body and fins. Left pectoral with a brownish band across the basal 
portion and a broader one near the end. Caudal with the brown spots in 
irregular transverse series. ‘The above description is taken from a specimen 
five inches in length. 

On an eight inch individual the snout is almost as long as the eye, and 
the length of the left pectoral is contained one and three fourths times in 
the length of the head. This specimen bears three or four badly defined 
and faint transverse bands of brown, and the whole is grayish freckled with 
small spots of white (? blue) and of brown. 


PLATOPHRYS LEOPARDINUS. 225 


The temptation to place this form as a variety of C. xanthostigma Gilb. is 
great, though that species is said to have fewer rays in the pectorals, fewer 
scales, and no canines. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3368 52 32045 Ni. 86° 54’ 30” W. 66 fathoms 58.4° F. Rocky. 


Platophrys leopardinus. 


Rhomboidichthys leopardinus Giint., 1862, Cat., IV., 434. 


DS S— 92 Ae O70 Oe i Orr Chis Elh.86=92 5° Ltr: 
35-37 + 40-44. 

Sinistral, much compressed, greatest depth contained twice to two and 
one sixth times in the total length. Head deeper than long; length four 
and three fifths times in the total; forehead concave about the nostril, in 
the profile and between the eyes. Interorbital space varying in width from 
that of the eye with half of the upper eye above the lower to twice as wide 
with little or none of the upper eye directly above the lower; slightly con- 
cave, with a low ridge in a strip of naked skin from the forward portion of 
one eye to that of the other. Snout shorter than the eye, blunt, with a 
more or less prominent bony, in cases spine-like, process on the left side. 
Mouth short, curved, cleft reaching below the anterior border of the eye. 
Teeth small, in two or more series, outer on the maxille little larger. Eyes 
large, two sevenths as long as the head, one and one half times the length 
of the snout. A tubular nostril forward of the orbital ridge above the 
lower orbit. Gill rakers short, small, tubercular, seven plus eight. Lateral 
line with an abrupt curve above the base of the pectoral as long as the 
orbit and as high as the eye. 

Scales small, ctenoid on the left side, cycloid on the right, eighty-two 
to eighty-five in a series from the head to the bases of the caudal rays. 

Dorsal origin on the right side near the nostrils; anal origin slightly 
forward of a vertical from the hinder margin of the operculum ; dorsal little 
deeper than anal; anteriorly on both fins the rays protrude beyond the 
membrane, forming a fringe. Pectoral of the left side larger, longer ; that 
of the right side with fewer rays and shorter. Left ventral more than twice 
as long as the right and extending forward to the isthmus ; right ventral 
narrow, opposed to the hinder part of the left. 


Grayish brown, with numerous whitish spots on body and fins. Some of 
15 


226 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


the spo‘s are ocellate and probably were bluish in life. On the lateral line 
there are one to three ill-defined large blotches of dark brown, one near 
the middle and another near each end of the straight portion of the line. 
There are three parallel series of small oblong spots of blue in front of the 
interorbital space from the snout to the space in front of the upper eye. 

On a specimen from Acapulco the three spots on the lateral line are 
partly divided so as to form three pairs; there are brown spots at each side 
of the median series, and five rather indefinite spots on the hinder halves 
of dorsal and anal. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 


3368 5° 32 45” N. 86° 54’ 30” W. 66 fathoms 58.4° F. Rky. 


Monolene maculipinna sp. n. 
Plate LIL figs. 1, 2. 


Br. r. 7; D. 98-102; A. 80-85; V.6; P. 16 (to 14); Ll. 106-112 (plus 
3 to 5) Ltr. 26 + 37; Vert. 45. 

Resting on the right side, moderately elongate, three elevenths as deep 
as long, much compressed. Head less than one fourth of the total length, 
angular at the snout and behind the lower jaws, and indented above the 
nostrils. Snout two thirds as long as the eye, with a prominence above the 
end of the maxilla and another sharper one below the symphysis of 
the lower jaws. Eye large, two sevenths of the length of the head and one 
and one half times that of the snout; lower eye but little farther forward. 
Interorbital space very narrow, traversed by a sharp ridge which curves up- 
ward behind the upper eye and downward in front of the lower. Mouth of 
medium size, asymmetrical, curved; maxilla widened backward, rounded on 
the corners. Teeth small, subequal, little larger forward. Gill rakers short, 
strong; five to six shorter ones on the upper section of the first arch, and 
six to seven larger, plus four or five rudiments, on the lower. Edge of pre- 
operculum free. The height of the curve in the lateral line is about half of 
the length of the eye; its length is about two and one half times its height 
at the forward end; superiorly the curve is much depressed and posteriorly 
it is longer and descends to the middle of the side. Nostrils small, close 
together; posterior on the left side small, pore-like, anterior with an acute 
angled flap or valve which is prolonged in a short filament; those on the 


right, the blind side, very small, hardly to be distinguished from the pores. 


MONOLENE DUBIOSA. 22 


Vent and genital aperture on the blind side, a short distance from the edge. 
Seales small; those on the left side are ctenoid, the comb being of exceeding 
fineness; those on the right side are cycloid; and those on the head are 
smaller and extend forward to the nostrils and to the mouth. In addition 
to the scales counted on the lateral line the series contains several on the 
base of the caudal. 

Dorsal descending on the right side of the head to the origin of the fin 
near the nostrils; base terminating opposite the end of the base of the anal, 
close to the base of the caudal. Anterior rays of dorsal and anal shorter, 
protruding beyond the membrane. Anal origin slightly in advance of the 
base of the pectoral; no anal spine. Ventrals small, of six rays, that of the 
left side about one ray in advance ; a strong compressed pelvic spine. Pec- 
toral little more than half as long as the head ; no pectoral on the blind side, 
Basal portions of the fin rays scaly. 

Left side a clouded brown, darker along the lateral line; caudis ~ackish 
in the hinder two thirds; pectoral light brown at the base and black in the 
greater portion of the length with several obliquely placed more or less 
elongate spots of white; right side colorless, except where the brown pig- 
ment shows through the fins. Young specimens are much lighter and show 
a black streak along the inner ends of interneurals and interhemals. One 
at hand has small spots of darker scattered over the body; it has the hinder 
half of the caudal blackish, the anterior half of the pectoral white, and the 
posterior half of the pectoral black with a white spot in the middle. Largest 


specimen seven inches in length. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3355 Wem" 2OVON. 80° 55’ W. 182 fathoms 54.1° F. Bk. G. Sh 
3378 Seow Ne 81° 36’ W. 112 <f 55.9° F. Brk. Sh. 
3387 7° 40! N. 79°17 50" W. 127 = « 56.2° F. Fne. gy. S. 
3389 7° 16! 45. 79° 56’ 30” W. 210 & 48.8° F. Gn. M. 
3391 7° 33’ 40” N. 79° 43/ 20” W. 153 se 55.8° FE. Gn, M. 


Monolene dubiosa sp. n. 


D625 AS 635°V.65°P. 12; Ll. 833° Ltr: 21-6 28: 

Sinistral, broadly rounded in the anterior profile with a shallow indenta- 
tion above the nostrils, much compressed, depth three eighths of the total 
length. Head one fourth of the entire length, without conspicuous angles. 
Snout shorter than the eye, blunt, much less prominent than that of JL ma- 
culipinna. Eye small, one and one half times the length of the snout, nearly 


228 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


one sixth of that of the head. The upper eye is a little forward of the 
lower, but this no doubt changes with age so as to bring the lower eye in 
advance in larger specimens. Mouth small, asymmetrical, strongly curved. 
Interorbital ridge low. 

Anteriorly the height of the curve in the lateral line equals the length 
of the eye; superiorly the curve forms a nearly straight line, the length of 
which, from end to end of the curve, is about twice the height in front; pos- 
teriorly the height is greater, and the descent more oblique. 

Dorsal origin on the blind side, behind the nostril. Anal origin below 
the base of the pectoral. Pectoral small, one third as long as the head. 
Ventrals small, of six rays, below the opercle. Caudal deep, two thirds as 
long as the head, median rays longest, base narrowly separated from the 
bases of dorsal and anal. 

The specimen is a young one, measuring but two and three fourths 
inches in length, which will probably account for the regular curvature in 
the profile and for the situation of the vent on the edge of the body. 

Brownish ; edges of scales darker; dorsal and anal brown with lighter 
to whitish macule ; caudal light with puncticulations of blackish; pectoral 
black in the posterior half of its length. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3422 16° 47' 30” N. 99° 59’ 30” W. 141 fathoms 53.5° EF, Gn. M. 


Symphurus varius psp. n. 


D. 95; A.79; V.4; C. 12; Li. 120-124; Ltr. 56. 

Rather closely allied to Symphurus atramentatus and to S. microlepis. 
Body elongate, compressed, depth three elevenths and length of head four 
nineteenths of the total length. Snout short, one and one third times as 
long as the eye. Mouth small, curved, asymmetrical; maxillary reaching 
to below the middle of the eye. Teeth very small, in villiform bands on 
the right side of the mouth and in a single series on the left. Eyes small, 
shorter than the snout, two elevenths of the length of the head, lower 
slightly in advance of the upper. Operculum deeply notched on the hinder 
margin. 

Scales minute, ctenoid. 

Dorsal and anal fringed in the greater portion of the length; anal rays 
longer ; dorsal origin above the forward portion of the eye; anal origin 


SYMPHURUS ATRAMENTATUS. 229 


below the fifteenth ray of the dorsal; caudal pointed ; ventral not covered 
by the gill membranes, of four rays. 

Light brown, thickly freckled with brown and with whitish, in part 
forming transversely elongated spots. Dorsal and anal with small blotches 
of blackish, fading forward, black on the base of the caudal and at each side 
of it. On some individuals a series of small spots near the bases of dorsal 
and of anal are opposed to the spots on the fins. One specimen has a 
brown spot near the midlength reaching down toward the lateral line 


opposite another reaching upward from below. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3367 5° 31’ 30” N. 86° 52’ 30” W. 100 fathoms 57.1° BF. Rky. 
3378 3208) 20 Ne 81° 36’ W. 112 se 55.9° F. Brk. Sh. 
3379 3° 59’ 40’ N. 81 35 W. 52 ce Rks. 


Symphurus atramentatus. 
Symphurus atramentatus J. B., 1889, P. U.S. Mus., 177. 


D. 94; A. 79; V.4; Ll. 94-100; Ltr. 48. 

Body sinistral, moderately elongate, depth five eighteenths and length 
of the head five twenty-fourths of the total length on specimens of a length 
of six and one half inches, or depth two sevenths and length of head three 
fourteenths of the total on specimens four and one quarter inches in length. 
Greatest depth near the nape, whence the taper to the candal is somewhat 
regular. Snout short, about one and one half times as long as the eye, 
subtruncate, villous on the lower surface. Mouth small, nearly twice as 
long as the eye, asymmetrical, strongly curved. Teeth in villiform bands, 
more numerous and stronger on the right side. The tubular nostril of the 
left side is above the midlength of the mouth and close to the lip; that of 
the right side is farther forward and not so near to the mouth. Eyes small, 
very close together, without a bony interorbital ridge, about one sixth as 
long as the head, upper slightly in advance. The gill rakers in front of 
the first arch are reduced to three short tubercles on the lower section. 

Dorsal and anal rather low, the greater number of the rays protruding 
as a fringe ; dorsal origin above the middle of the eye; anal origin below 
the fourteenth ray of the dorsal. Ventral one third as long as the head, 
of four rays, below the opercle. Caudal pointed, with ten to twelve 
rays. 

Scales small, ctenoid. 


bo 
(SP) 


0 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


The right eye of one specimen has failed to come through the skin; it 
is to be seen in the tissues, with less than half the diameter of the left 
eye and with a minute pupil, directed toward the left, in the ordinary 
situation. 

Specimens of the length of five inches are nearly uniform brown, faintly 
clouded with darker, and are marked with ten to a dozen, or more, blotches 
of black on dorsal and anal, which fins are whitish between and around the 
spots. Anteriorly the blotches are brownish and less distinct. Caudal 
tipped with white, blackish toward the base. Edges of scales darker. On 
young specimens the markings, both the black and the white, are more 
distinct, as also are the edgings of the scales; and there are five or six 
bands of brown, passing more or less directly across the left side, rather 


incomplete or broken anteriorly. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3355 ome NE 80° 55’ W. 182 fathoms byl? 10 Bk. G. Sh. 
3378 3° 58’ 20” N. 81° 36’ W. 112 ce 55.9° F. Brk. Sh. 
3387 7° 40’ N. 79° 17°50" W. 127 56.2° F. Fne. gy. S. 
3389 2 My AIAN 79° 56’ 30” W. 210 ce 48.8° F. Green mud. 
3391 7° 33’ 40” N. 79° 43' 20 W. Gg} 55.8° F. Green mud. 


Symphurus microlepis sp. n. 
Plate LILI. fig. 3. 


D. 101; Ay 91; Li: 1355 Ltr. 58. 

Outlines similar to those of Symphurus atramentatus, but curved rather 
more toward the tail; depth about one fourth and length of head two 
ninths of the total length. Snout short, little longer than the eye, rounded 
in front, villous on the right side. Mouth small, asymmetrical, strongly 
curved. Teeth small, in villiform bands, less numerous on the left side. 
Tubular nostril nearly midway from the eye to the end of the snout, near 
the mouth. Eyes small, prominent, close together, upper slightly advanced 
beyond the lower, length about one sixth of that of the head. Operculum 
with a shallow indentation on the hinder margin. 

Scales very small, ctenoid. 

Dorsal and anal fringed anteriorly; dorsal rays shorter toward the head ; 
dorsal origin above the forward part of the eye; anal origin below the 
eleventh or the twelfth ray of the dorsal; ventral covered by the opercular 


membrane, as long as the snout inclusive of the orbit ; caudal pointed. 


STERNOPTYCHOIDS. 231 


Brownish, with seven transverse bands of brown, wider than the spaces 
by which they are separated, crossing the body and fins. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3385 7° 32! 36” N. 79° 16’ W. 286 fathoms 45.9° F. Green mud. 
PHYSOSTOMI. 

STERNOPTYCHOIDS. 


In 1887, the date of the “ Challenger” Report, the position of the Ster- 
noptychidz among the deep sea fishes was somewhat questionable. To-day 
it is yet undecided whether the fishes of this family are really taken at the 
great depths assigned to them. As they may enter the dredge anywhere 
on its way up or down, the actual depth of capture will have to be deter- 
mined in the future by means of appliances opening and closing at particu- 
lar intermediate depths between the bottom and the surface. The only 
present knowledge of conceded value relating to the habitat is based entirely 
on inferences. Firmness of structure is suggestive of a life near the surface 
and the large eyes and the luminous organs with that structure point toward 
a life in comparative darkness or to nocturnal habits, as was suggested by 
Giinther. To its uttermost limits sunlight reaches down in the sea a 
hundred and eighty fathoms, more or less, and it may be questioned 
whether the upper life-area of the ocean extends much farther down. At 
the bottom there is another area of life and light, the phosphorescent, in ver- 
tical extent probably much less than that at the surface, possibly limited to 
less than thirty fathoms. Where the sea is less than two hundred fathoms 
or thereabout it is probably lighted and full of life, other conditions being 
favorable, from top to bottom, but where the depth is greater the two areas 
of light are separated by a dark area the depth of which varies according to 
the total ocean depth at the particular locality. Though the dark area 
may be traversed in any direction, and though no doubt near its limits it 
serves as a hiding or lurking place for the preyed upon and for the preda- 
cious, it is rather doubtful whether otherwise it is permanently inhabited. 
All things considered it appears likely that many of the Sternoptychidx do 
not descend much beyond the reach of the sunlight, a conclusion independ- 
ently reached from study of the colors, which latter are those of pelagic ani- 
mals, or those of the surface, rather than those of great depths (see Plate J). 


232 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Close relationship is evident between the species of the central eastern 
Pacific and those of the central western Atlantic, but they can hardly be said 
to be closer than such as exists between the former and species of other 
localities in the northern or the western parts of the Pacific. 

The eight species of the family represented in the present collection all 
appear to be more or less distinct from what have previously been described. 
Besides these, several others used in comparisons have also been described. 
The fact that the species in the collection differ so much from those hereto- 
fore known suggests that, though they might be expected to drift readily 
with the ocean currents, there is actually less of horizontal migration than 
was expected. 

The resemblance between the very young Argyropelecus and the adult 
of Valenciennellus or Maurolicus indicates that the ancestral form of the 
first was approximately the present form of the last. The new genus Lych- 
nopoles differs from Gonostoma mainly in possessing several additional rows 
of luminous organs on each flank. It might perhaps be better placed if the 
generic diagnosis of the latter were so modified as to admit it as a subgenus. 
Opisthoproctus has been placed in the family by others; it is left there 


until a better place is found for it. 


STERNOPTYCHID &. 
Sternoptyx obscura sp. n. 
Plate LIT. fig. 1. 


Bryne os) DelOssAsaSs; Verog ieee 0: 

Body longer, less deep, and less oblique than that of S. diaphana, greatest 
depth about two thirds of the entire length without the caudal. Length of 
the head three fifths of its depth, four ninths of the depth of the body, or 
less than one third of the length from the snout to the base of the caudal, 
with a longitudinal groove on the forehead between two keels. Hye large, 
nearly half as long as the head. Mouth wide, nearly vertical; maxillary 
narrow, as long as the eye. Teeth very small, in narrow bands. Chin 
short, vertical. Tongue broad, slightly notched at its end. A short sharp 
spine below the angular; another below the preopercle; two above the 
occiput; and two more above the shoulders. A short strong spine below 
the front end of the humeral symphysis; below, the chin is formed of two 


STERNOPTYX OBSCURA. 233 


parts of which the left (in this example) is the more forward; both parts hook- 
ing backward slightly. Opercular margins membranous. Gills four. Pseudo- 
branchize present. Five ridges across the flank. The compressed blade-like 
spine at the origin of the dorsal is serrate, with about twenty-five teeth. 
The ventral spine has four cusps, the anterior pair longer and directed for- 
ward, the posterior pointing down. ‘The anal spine is forked, and inclines 
forward and downward. The greatest convexity in the dorsal outline 
of the body lies under the dorsal fin. The angular diaphanous space for- 
ward of the anal is very little wider than a right angle. 

The luminous facets, lanterns, on each side are distributed thus: three 
small ones at the lower edge of a wart-like prominence a little above the 
base of the pectoral; one behind the angle of the mouth, and apparently 
another a short distance above; four or five in each branchiostegal series ; 
ten large ones in the close series from the humeral spine to the ventral; 
three in the abdominal series; three in the anal group; three or four in the 
subcaudal group; and three on the flank a short distance above the vent. 

Upper portions clouded brown or blackish; flanks and lower surfaces 
silvery ; lanterns silvery, edged with black. The luminous organs are in 
function downward; that is, forward when the creature is swimming and 
feeding. The lower (anterior) fourth of the iris is silvery, as also is a patch 
on the cheek below the eye. The silver area below the orbit contains indi- 
cations of a lantern; possibly rudimentary, but useful in estimating the 
affinities of the genus. 

This species is readily distinguished from S. diaphana by the difference 
in form. 


Station. 


Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
2619 (Hyd.) 7°31’ N. 78° 42/ 30” W. 1100 fathoms Biase 18), Gn. glob. Oz. 
3356 7° 9/ 30” N. 81° 8 30” W. 546 =“ 40.1° F. Sft. bl. M. 
3357 GB hy INE 81° 44’ W. (fee 38:52 B. Gn. S. 
3360 CraliaiNr 82°'5’ W. 1672") ss 36.4° F. Fne. bk. dk. gn. S. 
3370 5° 36’ 40” N. 86° 56’ 50” W. gee ss 54.8° F. Rks. and 8. 
3374 2° 35’ N. 83° 53/ W. 1823“ 36.4°F. Gn. Oz. 
3375 2° 34’ N. 82° 29' W. 1201 * 36.6° F. Gy. glob. Oz. 
3377 3° 56’ N. 81° 40! 15” W. 764 «€ 38° F. M. 
3381 4° 56’ N. 80° 52’ 30” W. 772 ce 35.8° F. Gn. M. 
3383 te 212 IN: 79° 2) W. 1832 « 36° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 
3388 Mit OsaNe 79° 48’ W. TGS ss 36.2° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 
3392 Uh ay SIO IN 79° 40' W. TO 70 sé 36.4° F. Hard. 
3398 17 IN 80° 21’ W. GY as 36° F. Gn. Oz. 
3399 IS AN 81° 4’ W. 1740 «= 36° F. Gn. Oz. 
3400 0° 36'S. 86° 46’ W. Nispyet) Ue 36° F. Lt. gy. glob. Oz. 
3402 0° 57’ 30” S. 89° 3° 30” W. AD en 42.3° F. R. glob. Oz. 


234 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Argyropelecus lychnus sp. n. 
Plate J, fig. 1, 1 6b. 
Brar.9 3. D. Vile 4-395 Arie Oi Oe eee. 


Very narrow and very deep in the body, half as deep and narrower in 
the caudal section. Body cavity more than half of the total length, as also 
is the greatest depth. In young stages the depth is much less as compared 
with the length. Length of the head about half of the depth of the body or 
one third of the length from the snout to the caudal notch; forehead very 
narrow, with two longitudinal keels separated by a narrow groove, narrower 
in the interorbital space. Eye large, less than half of the head. Snout 
short, two thirds as long as the eye, blunt; chin nearly vertical, with a 
small symphyseal protuberance. Mouth wide; maxillary twice as long as 
the eye, forming rather more than half of the upper border of the mouth. 
Teeth small, acicular, separated, in single series; there are eleven or twelve 
on the intermaxillary, of which the third or the fourth is the largest; there 
are sixteen, more or less, on the maxillary, half of them hooking backward 
and the posterior six or eight hooking forward; the dentary teeth are 
longer and erect, with the exception of a few of the anterior which are 
hooked, the fifth or the sixth being decidedly so; the few on the anterior 
portions of the palatines are minute. Gill rakers long, half the length of the 
eye, slender, eight (seven to nine) on the upper portion of the first arch 
and eight to ten, with two or more rudiments, on the lower. A small spine 
above each shoulder on the nape; a spine below the preopercle; another 
less prominent below the angular. Ventral spine in two sections, of which 
one turns forward, the other backward. Dorsal blade containing seven 
spines, upper edge not denticulate. Anal fin in two divisions, indicated by 
a larger interspace between the rays. Pylorie cxca six to seven or to five. 
The blade in front of the dorsal fin, and the abdominal keel are not serrate. 

The lanterns, luminous organs, are distributed thus: one on the fore- 
head; one in front of and one behind the eye; two backward of the end of 
the maxillary ; two above and backward from the base of the pectoral, and 
six behind these, directly backward of the base of the fin ; and six in the 
branchiostegal, six in the pectoral, twelve in the abdominal, four in the 
ventral, six in the anal, and four in the subcaudal section of the lower or 
ventral series. In these lanterns the disk is in the upper part while the 


elongate lower portion is silvered as if for purpose of reflection. 


ARGYROPELECUS CANINUS. 235 


Sides silvery, with black edgings to the lanterns, snout white, tipped with 
black; fins whitish; back and base of caudal blackish ; iris black. On dis- 
placement of the silvery epiderm black or brown substrata appear. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

2619 (Hyd.) 7° 31’'N. 78° 42/ 30” W. 1100 fathoms —-36.5° F, Gn. glob. Oz. 

3353 OGY BE INE 80° 34’ W. 695 ce 39° F. Gn. M. 

3356 7° 9! 380" N. 81° 8’ 30” W. 546 Us 40.1° F. Sft. bl. M. 

3360 Gam idaiN 82° 5! W. L672) ess 36.4° F, Fne. bk. dk. en. 8. 

3375 22°34 Ne 82° 29’ W. 1201 se Stage 10, Gy. glob. Oz. 

3381 4° 56’ N. 80° 52’ 30” W. ire 35.8° F. Gn. M. 

3082 GOrOTe ING 80° 41’ W. alaBy 35.8° F. Gn. M. 

3383 ip eaieNe Moe! Wie TESZe se 36° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 

3384 oral 30! Ne 79° 14’ W. 458 * 49° F, Gn. 8. 

3385 1232) 36" Ni. 79° 16’ W. 286i.) «f° 45° 9 F. Gn. M. 

3388 iGaNe 79° 48/ W. 1168) —&* 36.2° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 

3392 U2 0.30. 79° 40’ W. L2TOm «6 36.4° F. Hard. 

3395 11307386 ON. 78° 39’ W. 730 se Ss-pcUn. Rky. 
"3406 0° 16'S. 90° 21’ 30 W. apt 41.3° F. R. 

3410 O2NGaNe 90° 34 W. 331 a 44.2° F. BE. S. 

3414 10° 14’ N. 96° 28’ W. 2232 % 35.8° F. Gn. M. 


Argyropelecus caninus sp. n. 


DPV Av As. S = 63M, 15) Bs 10: 

The form and proportions are somewhat like those of A. lychnus, Plate J, 
fig. 1; the depth of the body is more than two thirds of the total length, 
and the length of the body cavity is more than half the length from the 
snout to the end of the caudal; the depth of the caudal section at the origin 
of the anal fin is more than half the depth of the body. Head much com- 
pressed, like the body in this respect, one fourth of the total length. Snout 
short, with a sharp point on the mandibular symphysis. Mouth large ; 
maxillary nearly as long as the head. Teeth acicular, hooked, unequal, in 
single series; the fifth or the sixth on the lower jaw much the largest; six 
or eight of the hindmost on the maxillary hooking forward, all the others 
hooking backward. The blade in front of the dorsal is serrated on its 
upper edge; the abdominal keel also has serrations on its edge. The posi- 
tion of the lanterns is about as in A. lychnus: there are six branchiostegal, 
six pectoral, eleven abdominal, four ventral, six anal, and four subcaudal, 
besides one in front of the eye, another behind the orbit, two behind the 
maxillary, and one on the middle of the forehead. The ridges on the nape 
have serrated edges. There is a small spine above each shoulder on the 


nape, one below each angular, and a larger one below each preopercle. The 


236 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


spine below the humeral symphysis is forked, while that in frent of the ven- 
trals is simple, though possibly abnormal on this specimen. 

A narrow streak along the back and the edgings of the lanterns are deep 
black ; the flanks and the faces of the lanterns are silvery. 

The peculiar serration of dorsal and abdominal crests and the fin formu- 
le serve to distinguish this species from A. /ychnus. 'The specimen de- 
scribed was “Found floating on a log in the Indian Ocean off Port Louis 
Harbor.” 

Wood-Mason and Alcock, 1891, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 
VIIL., p. 126, mention an “ Argyropelecus, sp. prox. hemigymnus, Cocco,” 
saying of it “A small specimen was taken at Station 118, in 1803 fathoms ; 
it agrees very closely with Argyropelecus hemigymnus Cocco from which it 
differs most conspicuously in having the luminous spots in a continuous 
unbroken series from the head almost to the base of the caudal; the tail also 
is not so abruptly constricted off from the abdomen.” “This, so far as I 
know, is the first record of Argyropelecus from the Indo-Pacific.” 

In his latest list Alcock, 1896, refers the specimen to A. hemigymnus with- 
out comment. The description quoted does not apply to the young of the 
Mediterranean species; the author must have had something in hand that 
is not yet named. Neither A. hemigymnus, A. lychnus, nor A. caninus have the 
luminous spots in a continuous unbroken series from the head almost to the 
base of the caudal, and the smaller the specimens of either the greater 
the comparative lengths of the spaces separating the groups of the lanterns. 
Evidently the species indicated from the Indo-Pacific is more closely allied 
to that from the Atlantic to which the name A. afinis is here applied, identi- 
fied by Goode and Bean with A. hemigymnus, the most remote of the present 
contents of the genus, and probably worthy of subgeneric distinction. 

A. caninus is closely allied to A. aculeatus C. V. from the Azores, but has 
not the slender tail. Sauvage, 1891, in his Fishes of Madagascar, figures a 
specimen, Plate XLVIIL., fig. 5, from Isle Réunion under the name A. aculea- 
tus, which differs somewhat in shape from A. canimus and has sixteen rays in 
the anal fin. 


POLYIPNUS. 237 


Argyropelecus affinis sp. n. 


Argyropelecus hemigymnus G. B., 1896, Oc. Ich., Pl. XXXIX., fig. 147. 
DeVIl == 9); A.13. 


In this species the head is longer, the body is less deep, the clavicular 
symphysis is less prominent, the caudal section is of greater comparative 
depth, and the lanterns between the operculum and the caudal are more 
nearly in a continuous series than in A. hemigymnus. The depth of the body 
is about two fifths of the length from the snout to the end of the caudal, 
and the greatest depth of the caudal region is nearly two thirds of that of 
the body. Head length about one third of the distance from the snout to 
the base of the caudal. Spines below the preopercles, the mandibles, at 
the upper ends of the scapulars, and the spine below the ends of the 
claviculars small. The dorsal blade resembles that of the other species of 
the genus; it includes a similar number of spines with slightly protruding 
ends, but has not the serrations between them asin A. caninus. The 
lanterns appear to be about the same in number as on A. hemigymnus but 
differ in arrangement; instead of the three very distinct and widely sepa- 
rated groups between the ventrals and the caudal (the ventral, the anal, 
and the subcaudal group), there is a nearly continuous series. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. 
2117 15° 24’ 40” N. 63° 31’ 30” 683 fathoms 


The outlines of this species make a considerable approach from those of 
A. lychius toward those of the genus Polyipnus, which, though unrepresented 
in the collection immediately concerned in this report, has particular 
interest here in connection with the faunal affinities, and from the fact that 
besides the species hitherto recorded from the Indo-Pacific the genus is also 
represented by an undescribed one from the Atlantic. With the description 


of the latter a number of items are added to the diagnosis of the genus. 


PoLyIPNUs. 
Polyipnus Giint., 1887, “ Challenger” Report, Deep Sea Fishes, 170. 


Form intermediate between that of Argyropelecus and that of Ichthyococeus, 
much compressed, tapering in the caudal region; body covered by large 


very thin scales. Eyes large, lateral. Mouth of medium width; maxillary 


238 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


wide, nearly vertical. Teeth small, acicular, on jaws, palatines, and vomer, 
Forehead with a ridge at each side. Preopercular and scapular spines. 
A small compressed blade in front of the dorsal fin. An abdominal keel 
composed of the united lower edges of imbricated plates each of which 
covers a lantern. Four gills, fourth small; rakers long, numerous. 
Pseudobranchie, 

Two species known; P. spinosus Giint. secured by the “ Challenger” 
between the Philippines and Borneo, in 250 fathoms, and P. daternatus 
n. sp., taken by the “ Blake” off Barbados, in 221 fathoms. 


Polyipnus laternatus sp. n. 
Polyipnus spinosus G. B., 1896, Oc. Ich., Pl. XXXIX., fig. 148. 

Berar. 95 als Ae 0 ais Vii seb lon Mules Te 
Between P. laternatus and P. spinosus there is not a great deal of differ- 
ence in shape. The outline of the lower surface is but little indented between 
the ventrals and the anal. The length of the head is nearly one third of 
the total length, or a little more than half of the greatest depth; the crown 
has a low sharp ridge at each side. Snout short, blunt. Mouth of 
moderate size, nearly vertical, more than half of its upper border formed 
by the intermaxillaries. Teeth minute, in single series on the jaws, on the 
anterior ends of the palatines, and at each side of the vomer ; the last series 
curving forward toward the palatine. Gill rakers slender, more than half 
as long as the eye, eight plus fourteen on the forward edge of the first 
arch. Pseudobranchiz well developed. Abdominal keel of ten pairs of 
plates. Clavicular and ventral angles short. Scapular spines more than 
one third as long as the eye, directed backward. The blade in front of the 
dorsal is a small, low, compressed ridge which precedes two ridges, with a 
trough between them, that end in a pair of backward upward and laterally 
directed spines immediately in front of the fin. The blade forms a sharp 
angle in front of the trough. Pectoral fins elongate, reaching behind the 
bases of the ventrals. Caudal deep; caudal pedicel deep and strong; 

caudal section not abruptly constricted at the body. 
The lanterns are well developed in both disks and reflectors; they are 
placed as follows: one on the forehead, one in front of and one behind the 
eye, two behind the end of the maxillary—the larger below the orbit, 


six in the branchiostegal series, six on the isthmus, ten along the edge of 


VALENCIENNELLUS STELLATUS. 239 


the abdomen, four in the ventral series, eleven in the row at the side of the 
anal, four in the subeaudal group, three above the base of the pectoral — 
the anterior nearest the fin, the second close by and the uppermostehigher 
on the side behind the middle of the operculum, one near the middle of the 
flank, three above and near the hinder ones of the abdominal series, one 
above and near the foremost of the ventral series, and three above the 
space between the ventral and the anal series. 

Flanks and sides of head silvery ; snout white, freckled with black; a 
transverse blotch of white behind the interorbital space ; dorsum black, the 
pigment descending farther upon the side below the dorsal blade ; lanterns 
edged with black; sides of body and base of the caudal with irregular 
specks of black ; lower fourth of iris silvery, remainder black. 

The specimen described was secured by the U. 8. steamer ‘ Blake,” 
dredge number 280, off Barbados in 221 fathoms. Through some error it 
was returned with the identification Argyropelecus Olfersi. The specimens 
identified as Argyropelecus hemigymnus do not belong to that species, so 
that its occurrence in the western Atlantic is still doubtful. One of the 
“Blake” individuals, marked as having been figured, apparently is the 
original of number 148a of Plate XX XIX. in the Oceanic Ichthyology. 


Valenciennellus stellatus sp. n. 
Plate LIL. fig. 2. 
Bryry OED Zi. AL 23 3 Ven) sey la. 


In a general way the outlines given by Liitken, 1892, in his work on 
the Scopelini for MWuurolicus tripunctulatus Esm., Plate I. fig. 6, resemble 
those of the present species ; the latter differs in possessing a shorter dorsal 
that ends much farther forward, and in having only four groups of the small 
circular light facets below the caudal section, while Esmark’s species has a 
long dorsal and five of the subeaudal groups. A further peculiarity of the 
species V. s/ellatus consists in a lateral silvery area on each of the black 
organs or blotches in the lower edges of which, surrounded by the black and 
facing downward, the very small, round facets of the groups are situated. 
Seen from the side the facets of the groups are hardly visible, but viewed 
from below it is the lateral silvered area that is unnoticeable while the 
short group or series below it is very distinct. 

Moderately elongate, much compressed, in greatest depth of body or in 


240 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


length of head nearly equalling one fourth of the total length ; body cavity 
hardly half the length from the snout to the base of the caudal. Head 
short, as deep as long, narrow, one third as wide as deep. Snout shorter 
than the eye; tip forward of the middle of the eye and formed by the 
prominent symphyseal angle of the lower jaws. Chin forming a broad 
and almost regular curve forward and upward from the throat to the 
end of the snout. Mouth wide, oblique; a short portion of its border 
formed by the intermaxillaries; maxillaries broadly expanded and curved 
so as to pass outside of and to cover the greater portions of the lower jaws, 
furnished with teeth along the entire lower edges, reaching as far backward 
as the hinder border of the orbit, rounded on the posterior extremity. 
Teeth very small, acuminate, irregular, Nostrils minute, close together, 
near the orbit. 

Dorsal origin very little forward of the middle of the distance from the 
snout to the caudal base. Anal origin opposite that of the dorsal; base 
extending within less than one ocular diameter of the caudal. Ventrals 
minute, near the vent, reaching the anal. Pectorals low on the sides, long, 
reaching the ventrals. Caudal moderately strong, notched. 

The light organs vary in size from comparatively large to very small ; 
they are distributed on each side about as follows: a series of six at the 
bases of the branchiostegal rays; a group of three on the isthmus, and 
between this and the shoulder a second group of four, each group in a large 
black mass with silvery lateral face ; a series from the isthmus to the vent 
of seventeen, followed between the ventrals and the anal by a group of 
four ; a group of three minute facets above the ninth, another group of four 
above the fifteenth, and a third group of three above the nineteenth anal 
ray; a group of several below the base of the tail; and a series of five 
larger ones from the shoulder backward. These luminous organs are larger 
below the belly and in the head; the circular facets are commonly directed 
down, and the side of the blotch in which they are seated most often bears 
a larger area of silvery. A large round spot of black, without silver, hes 
directly in front of the eye below the nostrils; and a row of seventeen 
dendritiform spots of black extends from the upper angle of the operculum 
to the tail along the lateral line, hindmost larger. 

Muscular areas light rusty brownish ; snout and fins whitish, back and 


lower portions of head and abdomen blackish. 


Number Latitude. Longitude. Depth. 
163, 30° 31’ 35” N. 140° 5’ 30” W. 300 fathoms. 


MAUROLICUS OCULATUS. 241 


Maurolicus oculatus sp. n. 
Plate LIT. fig. 3. 


Bee Teor eee eA.) 24 3 Visi6r Pali 

In some degree the outlines of this species resemble those of V. stedllatus ; 
distinguishing features are patent in the prominence and greater convexity 
of the chest below the mouth, in the shorter body cavity, in the longer 
caudal section, in the anterior position and the shortness of the dorsal fin, 
in the dentition, and in the arrangement of the light organs. 

Form elongate, compressed, greatest depth near the head about one 
fifth of the total length, body tapering gradually from the pectorals to the 
caudal fin, body cavity in the anterior third of the total. Head compressed, 
width nearly half of either length or depth, descending slightly on the top 
from the nape to the snout, strongly curved forward and upward from the 

. pectorals in the lower outline. Snout as long as the eye, vertically sub- 
truncate as seen from the side, ending in a point less than a right angle 
as viewed from above, tip formed by the symphyseal angle of the very 
prominent lower jaws. Chin very steep, bearing a glandular mass (possibly 
luminous) in front immediately below the symphysis. Mouth oblique, cleft 
hardly extending below the eye, corner of the angular lying below the 
anterior fourth of the orbit ; intermaxillaries short ; maxillaries of medium 
length, much expanded, reaching down along the sides of the dentaries in 
a broad curve below the greater portion of the orbit, not extending as far 
as the back of the eye. Teeth very small, close together and nearly regular 
in size in the mouth, but a great deal larger and irregular in sizes and spaces 
on the lower edge of the expanded portion of the maxillary at the sides of 
the head. Eye large, nearly two fifths of the length of the head; interor- 
bital space very narrow. Nostrils small, close together, nearer to the orbit 
than to the mouth. Opercles thin, broad, reaching backward of the bases 
of the pectorals. 

Dorsal fin short, base entirely forward of the anal, origin at the end of 
the anterior third of the entire length. Anal long, origin little backward 
of the base of the dorsal, end of base one ocular diameter from the long 
rays of the caudal. Ventrals small, reaching the anal. Pectorals long, 
reaching beyond the bases of the ventrals, rather low on the sides of the 
body. Caudal comparatively large, notched; pedicel moderately strong. 

16 


242 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


On the body the structure of the light organs differs to some extent 
from that obtaining on the caudal region. On the latter, single ones, those 
not in groups, may be described as vertically oblong black areas in the 
middle of each of which a circular yellow pupil is situated; the groups are 
similar, but the black spot is larger and includes a row of several pupils. 
On the body the organs have the appearance of vertically subelliptical or 
oblong whitish or bluish translucent areas, the upper end of each of which 
contains the yellow organ. The structure approaches that of the same 
organs on Argyropelecus and Polyipnus. The number of the organs is one 
hundred and twenty-two (one hundred and twenty-four if the nasal spots 
are included); they are arranged as follows: six in each branchiostegal 
series, three plus four on each side of the isthmus to the shoulder, seven 
behind the shoulder to a point above the vent, eleven between the isthmus 
and the vent, a group of five on each side above the vent, and on each side 
of the caudal region a group of three above the anterior rays of the anal 
followed by a row of sixteen, one to each muscle band, the hindmost lying 
at the end of the base of the anal, followed at the short rays of the caudal by 
a group of four which in turn is followed by a single one. The round spot 
of black below the nostrils in front of the eye lacks the yellow centrum. 

Snout whitish, belly and remainder of the head blackish, muscular 


portions flesh color (from dermal abrasion), fins light yellowish. 


Number. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. 
540 35° 19/ 30” N. 125° 21’ 30” W. 300 fathoms to the surface. 


Maurolicus lucetius sp. n. 
Plate J, fig. 2. 


Brini9Ds14s VAv SE Ver ares. 

The form of this species is about as much elongate and compressed as 
that of MZ. attenwatus. The depth is one sixth and the width one ninth of 
the total length. Head compressed, length one and three fourths times its 
depth, or nearly one fourth of the total length, slightly concave between the 
eyes, vertical on the cheeks; chin rising forward. Snout pointed, as long 
as the eye, end formed by the lower jaws, which are longer than the upper 
and in which the symphyseal angle is prominent. Eye large, two sevenths 
of the length of the head, twice as wide as the interorbital space. Mouth 
wide; maxillaries tooth bearing, broad, making a wide and regular curve 


MAUROLICUS LUCETIUS. 243 


down and backward in the hinder four fifths of their length; outside of the 
middle portions of the lower jaws, extending backward of the orbit one third 
of the length of the eye. Teeth small, unequal, a series along the entire 
lower edge of the maxillary, a short series of four or more on each 
palatine. Nostrils small, nearer to the eye than to the end of the snout. 
Opercles broad, extended backward above the bases of the pectorals. Gill 
Openings very wide; membranes not united, free from the isthmus. 

Dorsal origin midway from the snout to the base of the caudal. Anal 
origin below the eighth ray of the dorsal. Adipose fin above the hinder end 
of the base of the anal. Ventrals about midway from the nostrils to the 
base of the tail. Caudal long, nearly as long as the head, deeply forked. 

The light organs are directed downward ; in appearance they are globular 
bodies the lower side of each of which is a round silvery facet and the bal- 
ance black. The total number of light organs on the two sides of the head 
and the body is one hundred and sixty. Two of these organs occur on each 
side of the head at the upper edge of the maxillary, one below the space 
between the nostrils and the eye, the other below the back portion of the 
orbit ; two more appear at the lower edges of the opercles, in continuation of 
the humeral series on the body; eight are situated at the bases of the 
branchiostegal rays; eight are found on each side of the isthmus; each 
humeral series, from above the pectoral to a point above the first ray of the 
anal, contains eleven forward of the ventrals and as many more backward of 
them; in each ventral series there are fourteen from the isthmus to the 
ventrals, ten from the ventrals to the anal, and fourteen at the side of 
the anal to the base of the caudal. As in Chauliodus and Gonostoma the 
humeral series ends at the anal fin. 

Two inches in the entire length. 

Back blackish; top of the snout and fins lighter, the latter puncticulate ; 
flanks and sides of the head silvery; belly silvery between the light facets ; 
a transverse streak of puncticulations on the bases of the caudal rays. 

A smaller specimen has a black spot on each side of the chin near the 
angle of the mouth, and very little of the darker puncticulations on back or 
base of tail. A third individual possesses a small black spot on the pre- 
opercle directly back of the middle of the eye. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3428 21° 36’ 30” N. 106° 25’ W. 238 fathoms 48.1° F. Dk. gy. S. glob. 
3367 5° 31’ 30” N. 86° .52/ 307 WwW. 100! ENON is Rky. 


2627 (Hyd.) 0° 36’ N. 82° 45! W. 1832“ 36° F. Gy. glob. Oz. 


244 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


LYCHNOPOLES gen. n. 


Elongate and slender in form, with body and head much compressed, and 
with the body cavity occupying half or more of the entire length. Body 
covered by large thin scales; head naked. Mouth wide, oblique ; inter- 
maxillary forming half or more of the dentigerous portion of the upper 
jaws. Teeth small, unequal, acicular, in a single series on each jaw, a row 
of six or eight on each palatine, in a villiform patch of very small ones on 
the vomer at each side of which there is a small conical tooth. Eyes large, 
lateral. Gill openings very wide, extending forward to below the nostrils; 
gill rakers numerous, of moderate length, slender. No pseudobranchiz. 
Branchiostegal rays fourteen. No barbel. No air bladder. Stomach long, 
cecal. Dorsal short, origin near the middle of the total length, slightly 
forward of that of the anal. Anallong. Caudal forked. Ventrals abdominal. 
A spine-like prominence below the scapulary symphysis. A large luminous | 
disk between each eye and the intermaxillary, two smaller ones behind ~ 


the end of the maxillary—one behind the other, one below each side of the 
chin, a series of eleven on each branchiostegal membrane—between the 
basal portions of the rays, a series of nine at each side of the isthmus, and 
four series of about forty-four glands each on each side of the lower portion 
of the body. 

Distinguished from Gonostoma to which this genus is closely allied by a 
larger intermaxillary, by the small teeth, by a greater number of series of 


luminous glands, and by the positions of dorsal and ventrals. 
to) 3 


Lychnopoles argenteolus sp. n. 
Plate LI. fig. 4, 4a. 

Bror. 14; D: 14-16; As26—29; V. 7; P. 95 Ll. 49 ca.3 Ltr: 85) Vert. 
20 + 25. 

Moderately elongate, slender, much compressed, depth one seventh and 
length of body cavity one half of the total length. Head narrow, nearly 
one fifth of the entire length, forehead flattened, cheeks vertical, chin 
prominent and pointed. Snout medium, one and one half times as long as 
the eye, sharp at the symphysis of the lower jaws. Eye rather large, one 
fifth as long as the head, two thirds of the length of the snout, four fifths 


LYCHNOPOLES ARGENTEOLUS. 245 


as wide as the interorbital space. Mouth large, oblique, about three fourths 
as long as the head, midlength below the eye ; maxillary short, curved on 
the lower edge, rounded at the end, extending one diameter of the eye 
backward of the latter; intermaxillaries forming more than half the length 
of the upper jaws. Teeth small, unequal, slender, sharp, hooked, in two 
series, alternating, on intermaxillaries and dentaries, in a single series on 
maxillaries and palatines. Six teeth on each palatine. None of the teeth 
are large enough to be called fangs; the inner are opposed to the spaces 
between the outer on each jaw; the maxillary teeth are somewhat inclined 
forward. Gills four; no pseudobranchiz ; gill rakers slender, as long as 
the eye; six plus fourteen on the outer edge of the first arch. Opercles 
very thin. Scales large, broad, thin, deciduous ; cheek scales moderately 
large, very thin, the large one on the maxillary as long as the eye and half 
as wide. Vent midway from the snout to the end of the caudal, below the 
fourth ray of the dorsal fin. Seven pyloric cca, <A short, sharp, spine- 
like angle below the isthmus. 

Dorsal origin midway from the eye to the base of the caudal; base of 
dorsal ending above the eleventh ray of the anal. Anal origin below the 
sixth ray of the dorsal; anal base twice the length of that of the dorsal. 
Ventrals small, half way from the pectorals to the vent. Pectorals small, 
low upon the sides. No adipose fin apparent. Caudal forked. 

The luminous facets are mostly in function downward. With one 
exception, perhaps, each facet is composed of a black substructure on which 
rests a yellow disk, usually at the upper edge in the organs of the sides, 
having toward the lower edge a bluish or silvery area similar in a measure 
to that in the facets of Argyropelecus. In the ventral series of facets on 
each side of the body there is a single one below the snout, followed by 
nine below the hyoid and these by fifteen from the pectorals to the ventrals, 
plus nine from the ventrals to the vent, plus twenty-two from the vent to 
the caudal. In the next series above the ventral there are two facets on 
the operculum plus eleven from the shoulder to the ventrals, plus ten 
from the ventrals to the vent, plus twenty-two from the ventrals to the 
caudal. On the flank above the lower two rows there isa third series of 
smaller facets and above this a fourth of hardly more than dots. The large 
facet between the eye and the intermaxillary is peculiar in that it is hard 
and black at the surface while the yellow matter usually forming the disk 


lies under or behind it as if the facet was in function inward or backward. 


246 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


The twelve (in cases eleven) branchiostegal light facets occupy the intervals 
between the rays. 

Black, lighter on fins and snout, silvery on cheeks, eyes, and flanks. 
The silvery area of the head passes through the eye across the cheek to the 
suboperculum. Below the scales the skin appears more or less of silver 


color. Linings of mouth, gill chamber, and belly black. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3385 We 32 30Ne 79° 16° W. 286 fathoms 45.9° F. Gn. M. 
3386 SRY MOE Ie 79° 17' 15” W. 2497 48° F, Fne. gy. 8, 
3389 7° 16! 45” N. 79° 56’ 30” W. 210 as 48.8° F, Gn. M. 


Cyclothone signata sp. n. 
Plate J, fig. 3. 


Bares cap ae AS 2 Ve is bao: 

Apparently this species is less slender than Cyclothone acclinidens. The 
positions of the fins, and the formule, do not vary greatly from those of 
that species, but the coloration is very different; it is in this that the 
greatest distinction occurs. The colors of each of these species were taken 
from fresh specimens, and the figures, Plate J, figs. 3 and 4, show them 
as they existed at the time. In the present types the ground color was 
white ; on this the eyes and light organs appeared black with silver facings, 
the belly was blackish, from the black abdominal linings, tinted with bluish, 
and near the edges with reddish, and there were blackish markings in 
various parts of the surface: a pair of elongate spots on the forehead, 
diverging from the nape toward the eyes, a series of transverse streaks on 
the flank, as if to outline the vertebre, a broken line along the flank, a 
series of spots along the bases of the rays on dorsal and anal, a group of 
several spots behind the angle of the mouth, a group behind the abdominal 
cavity on the flank, several spots on the base of the tail, and a transverse 
streak across the bases of the caudal rays. 

The light facets are comparatively large ; below the eye one is present ; 
there are eleven in the branchiostegal series, four or five on the isthmus, 
fifteen or sixteen between the isthmus and the anal, and fourteen or fifteen 
from the anal to the caudal. 

On these specimens the teeth may be pressed forward against the jaw 
to spring out again on removal of the pressure, but whether the animal can 


place its teeth close along the jaws and extend them out at will in life is 


CYCLOTHONE ACCLINIDENS. ZA 


another question, yet one to which differences in the positions of the teeth 
in various individuals suggest an affirmative answer. On the specimens of 
C. acclinidens no such motion is observable; pressed in one direction or the 
other they break before moving. The maxillary teeth of C. signata are 
shorter, more numerous and more erect than those of C. acclinidens. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 
3082 6° 2 N. 80° 41’ W. 1793 fathoms 35.8° F, Gn. M. 


Cyclothone acclinidens sp. n. 
Plate J, fig. 4. 


Brera Die AS 15-20) V7; Bo 10: 

Although this form is very much like Cyclothone microdon it is readily 
distinguished ly differences of dentition. Body slender, compressed, 
moderately long. Head narrow, about one fifth of the total length, pointed 
at the snout. Eye small, nearly half as long as the snout, one eighth of 
the length of the head. Snout short, narrow, sharp at the tip. Mouth 
large, more than four times as long as the snout; intermaxillaries short, 
hardly one fifth as long as the maxillaries ; maxillaries forming a broad 
curve down and backward, thin, rather narrow, furnished with teeth along 
the entire lower edge; lower jaws much stronger backward, uniting in a 
sharp point at the symphysis. A low prominence or angle above the upper 
jaws, at each side of the top of the snout. All of the teeth are slender 
acicular, very sharp, more or less bent and have striz passing obliquely 
toward the point and to the concave side of the teeth; intermaxillary 
teeth six to eight, smaller, less slender; maxillary teeth about fifty-two, 
very small forward, nearly vertical in the anterior third of the length, 
gradually becoming much larger backward, more or less closely inclined 
forward toward the jaw, slightly bent outward near the points. Though 
the inclined teeth only number about half as many as the vertical they 
occupy about two thirds of the length of the jaw. One or two of the hind- 
most teeth are smaller and nearly vertical. Vomerine teeth about four in 
a short series at each side slightly convergent forward. Palatine teeth in 
a group near the front ends of the bones, Branchiostegal rays fourteen 
to thirteen. On each side there are thirteen luminous organs in the bran- 
chiostegal series, sixteen between the isthmus and the anal, and sixteen 


248 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


between the origin of the anal and the bases of the longest caudal rays. 
Seales thin deciduous; cheeks naked. 

Origins of dorsal and anal opposed, little behind the middle of the entire 
length. Pectorals narrow, long, reaching behind the bases of the ventrals. 
Ventrals small, nearer to the anal than to the pectorals. Caudal notched. 

Blackish to brown, with puncticulations and dots of black on body and 
fins; belly black. A round black spot above the maxillary below the 
forward part of the eye. 

The original description of C. mierodon of Giinther, 1878, Ann. Mag. Nat. 
Hist., p. 187, is as follows: “D.13; A. 18-21. Cheek naked. Teeth in the 
upper jaw very fine and numerous, with some larger ones placed at regular 
intervals. Eyes small.” “Atlantic and Pacific, 500-2900 fathoms.” Goode 
and Bean, 1896, Oc. Ich., p. 100, add to this in the description of Cyclothone 
lusca, identified by Giinther with C. mierodon Giint., branchiostegal rays 
7-9, ventral rays 5, and vomerine teeth “ sometimes in patches, sometimes 
reduced to a single pair of fangs.’ The type indicates that some error has 
crept into this, as there are thirteen branchiostegal and seven ventral rays 
and the vomerines have a short series of four teeth on each side. The 
specimen has twelve luminous organs in each branchiostegal series, and 
there are seventy-eight maxillary teeth, of which about half incline forward, 
but not so much as on C. acelinidens, and eighty teeth on the lower jaw of 
which about fifty are more or less inclined forward. On specimens of the 
same size the maxillary teeth of C. aeclinidens are fewer in number, larger 


in size, and more crooked than those of C. mcrodon. 


Number. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. 

109 36° 47 10” N. 12 9oFS DOU AWie 122 fathoms. 

138 SLCMUING 135° 49’ W. 2413 < 

152 Sle ATS ONE 138° 19’ W. 300 « 

540 35° 19' 30” N. 125 CeO SOU Wie 300 fathoms to surface. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
2619 (Hyd.) 7°31’ N. 78° 42/ 30” W. 1100 fathoms 36.5° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 
2627 0° 36’ N. 82° 45’ W. S32 ees Bie 135 Gn. glob. Oz. 
3358 6° 30’ N. 81° 44’ W. 555 oa 40.2° F. Gn. S. 
3362 5°56 N. 85° 10’ 30” W. 1175 ee 36.8° F. Gn. M. 8. rky. 
3363 5° 43) IN. 85° 50’ W. 978 se feDopels Wh. glob. Oz. 
3364 BS{0y ING 86° 8’ 30” W. 902 38° F. Y1. glob. Oz. 
3370 5° 36’ 40” N. 86° 56’ 50” W. 134 ¢ 54.8° F. Rks. and S. 
3375 DORSAL IN 82° 29’ W. 1201 se 36.6° F. Gy. glob. Oz. 
3377 SHOOMNE 81° 40' 15” W. 764 s 38° F. M. 
3381 4° 56’ N, 80° 52’ 30” W. 1772 us 35.8° F. Gn. M. 
3382 6°21 IN. 80° 41’ W. 1793 ae Bape ie Gn. M. 


3383 TeQUEN 79° 2! W. eS Zee 36° F. Gn. glob, Oz. 


MYCTOPHOIDS. 249 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature Bottom. 

3388 7 6N: 79° 48’ W. 1168 fathoms 36.2° F. Gn. glob, Oz. 

3399 TOUTING. 81° 4’ W. Wyj4i0) 2 36° F. Gn. Oz. 

3406 0° 16’ S. 90° 21’ 30” W. ool 41.3° F. R. 

3411 0° 54’ N. 91° 9’ W. TSS ss Bose hs Y1. glob. Oz. 

3413 9° 34’ N. 92° 6 W. 1360 * 36° F. Glob. Oz. dk. Sp. 

3414 10° 14’ N. 96° 28/ W. 2232 35.8° F Gn. M. 

38418 16° 33/ N. 99° 52’ 30” W. 660 se 39° F. Br. S. bk. Sp. 

3435 26° 48’ N. 110° 45’ 20” W. 859 =“ Sisoae De Br. M. bk. Sp. 

3436 27° 34 N. 110° 53/ 40” W. S05 me See Be Br. M. bk. Sp. 
MYCTOPHOIDS. 


This group contains so many diverse forms that it has been split up into 
half a dozen families or more. Synodus, Chlorophthalmus, Benthosaurus, 
Bathypterois, Ipnops, and Myctophum, each serves as the type of a family ; 
and one or two of the other genera will no doubt on further acquaintance 
be similarly utilized. As there is no apparent advantage for the present 
report in the subdivision the group is here retained as a whole, though 
given less extent than by some of the more conservative authors. The 
Myctophoids possess a very general marine distribution. Wherever deep 
sea collections have been made individuals of various species have proved 
to be more or less abundant. Some forms are found near the surface, 
probably nocturnal, others are certainly mhabitants of regions near the 
bottom. Synodus, and species of Myctophum and of Chlorophthalmus are 
fair instances from the upper levels of the ocean, and the bathybial types 
are instanced by other species of Myctophum and of Chlorophthalmus, and 
by the genera Bathysaurus, Bathypterois, Scopelengys, and Ipnops. Bathy- 
saurus is credited with a vertical range of 1738 fathoms, going down from 
a depth of 647 fathoms to one of 2585; the records for Chlorophthalmus 
give a range of 1540 fathoms, between a depth of 85 and one of 1425 
fathoms ; from the few captures made of Scopelengys its vertical range is 
1137 fathoms, from 695 to 1852 fathoms; Ipnops has been taken at 1560 
fathoms and at 1900, giving a range of 540; and Myctophum from the 
records would appear to occur at all depths from the surface to 2620 
fathoms. 

A considerable adaptive differentiation for life in the darkness obtains 
among these fishes. Probably all of the known forms are more or less 
luminous. The possession of lanterns, luminous glands or eye-like spots, 


by many of the species suggests a natural subdivision of the group into 


250 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Synodontoids from which the lanterns are absent, and Myctophoids on which 
they are present. Besides these glands there are luminous organs on the 
top of the head, on the snout, and on the upper and sometimes the lower 
edges of the caudal pedicel, in many cases. On some the fins are luminous, 
especially the adipose dorsal, and the scales reflect the light like mirrors. 
There are also extraordinary developments of the eye, making it at once an 
organ of sight, a luminous organ, and a reflector. The greatly modified 
eyes of Ipnops were shown by Mosely to have the structures of visual 
organs, yet it is probably the case that the broad ocular areas have the 
additional functions of phosphorescent organs, of reflectors, and of flash 
lights. In the iris of various species it is possible the different metallic tints 
and great brilliancy afford a means of recognition of their fellows by the 
members of the schools, and the luminosity of the eye itself is much 
increased in such forms as those ranged in Chlorophthalmus. 

For tactile purposes there are excessive developments of the fin rays, 
and there are also sensory papille, as in Bathypterois, similar to those 
on the blind fishes of the caves, Amblyopsis and Typhlichthys. The 
lateral canal system retains the characteristics and probably the function 
of that system in the shoal water forms more nearly than in some of the 
other groups. 

By the present collection there is added to the known species a new spe- 
cies of Chlorophthalmus a new species of Scopelengys, a genus hitherto 
known only from the Laceadive Sea where a species was secured by the 
steamer “ Investigator,” two new species of Bathypterois, allied to B. dongipes 
and to B. quadrifilis taken by the “Challenger” off the eastern coasts of 
South America, a new and very distinct species of Ipnops, and six or seven 
species belonging to various of the subgenera of Myctophum and all more or 
less closely allied to species of that genus from the Atlantic. 

The list of the species with ascertained depths is a long one, yet it will 
undoubtedly be much augmented in the future from other species now 
known for which no definite depths can be given at present. 


SYNODUS SIMULANS. Zo 


SYNODONTID®. 


Synodus simulans sp. n. 


Plate L’, fig. 3. 


D.12; A. 9; V.8; P. 12; scales 4—62-6. 


These notes are taken from young individuals. The species is not an 


inhabitant of the deep sea, but is here used in comparison with other pelagic 


fishes and with those of great depths. 
Form elongate, little compressed, somewhat pointed and rounded in 


front. Head moderate, larger comparatively and less pointed than in the 
species next described, about one fifth of the total length; crown with a 
slight convexity ; a narrow groove on the interorbital space. Snout short, 
hardly as long as the eye, which latter is equal to the width of the inter- 
orbital space. Mouth wide; intermaxillary extending backward to a vertical 
from the hind border of the eye ; lower jaw reaching one half the length of 
the orbit farther back than the intermaxillary. Teeth very small, in narrow 
bands on jaws, palatines, and tongue. Eye large, two ninths as long as the 
head. 

Dorsal origin on a vertical from the hind ends of the bases of the ven- 
trals, one half the length of the orbit forward of midway from the snout to 
the origin of the adipose fin, which last is above the seventh ray of the anal, 
that is close to the forward end of the posterior third of the length from the 
upper angle of the gill opening to the end of the tail. Anal smaller than 
dorsal, origin near the end of the foremost two thirds of the total length, or 
about halfway from the origin of the dorsal to the end of the caudal. Ven- 
trals large, nearly twice as large as the pectorals. 

Yellowish white, with a slight brownish cast on the back, with pairs of 
narrow streaks of brown across the back, about seven pairs between dorsal 
origin and caudal, with a streak of brown across the bases of the caudal rays, 
and with a series of eleven horizontally oblong spots of brown a short dis- 
tance below the lateral line from the lower front portion of the base of the 
pectoral to within two or three scales of the first ray of the anal fin. Each 
‘spot of this series is larger than the pupil of the eye and in its posterior 
half contains a round spot of black nearly half as large. Fins light, caudal 
very little darker backward. Total length of largest specimen two and one 


eighth inches. 


252 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Taken in townets at the surface off the Cocos Islands. 

In the arrangement and position of the lateral series of spots there is some 
resemblance to what obtains in respect to the lanterns on certain scopeloids, 
but the spot in S. simulans is merely a spot and has not the structure of the 
lanterns. Though not properly to be classed with the lanterns it is quite 
possible that the spots may serve as lures to bring a lantern-bearing prey 
within reach, and it may be they give a hint as to the manner in which the 
lantern of the scopeloid has originated. These spots differ from the other 
groups of pigment on the body in that they are more fugitive in alcohol 


and are deeper in the tissues. 


Synodus acutus sp. n. 


Bro. li; D. 1A. dbs Vi.8% P23 Seales b—05—6) “Vert. o2)Cacc: 
pyl. 18-19. 

Subfusiform, acute anteriorly, slightly compressed and tapering gradually 
from the shoulders backward. Head small, narrowing forward; crown 
depressed, slightly concave, with a shallow groove on the interorbital space 
—narrower toward the snout; length four seventeenths of the total, width 
or depth half the length. Snout as long as the orbit, wider than long, 
pointed, slightly turned upward at the end. Mouth large; intermax- 
illary reaching half the orbital length backward of the eye. ‘Teeth small, 
slender, unequal, depressible, larger on the lower jaws, shaped somewhat 
like an arrow-head at the cusp, in narrow bands on jaws, palatines and 
at each side of the middle of the tongue. Anterior processes of the lower 


jaws prominent, forming the end of the snout. Eye large, one fourth as 


long as the head, orbit cutting the profile of the crown. Cheek with four 
rows of large scales. 

Dorsal origin midway from snout to adipose fin, very near the end of the 
anterior third of the total length; extreme length of the depressed fin 
equalling that of the ventrals; third ray as long as the head behind the eye. 
Pectorals shorter than the ventrals, three fifths as long as the head. Origin 
of the adipose fin above the sixth ray of the anal. Caudal deeply forked. 

Scales of the lateral line with a ridge, other scales faintly ridged to 
merely convex. a 

Back light grayish to grayish olive; flanks, below the lateral line, and 
sides of head yellowish to silvery; belly silvery; a row of about ten brown 


CHLOROPHTHALMUS MENTO. 2593 


blotches on the lateral line and about half the width of a scale lower a 
second series of twice as many smaller and fainter ones. There are faint 
indications of transverse bands on the back, connecting with the larger 
blotches on younger individuals. Dorsal and caudal darker backward ; adi- 
pose fin with light edges; ventrals and anal yellowish white. On the older 
individuals the markings are obsolescent. 

Distinguished from S. Evermanni J. B., by the greater number of scales 
and the larger dorsal and anal, and from S. Jenkinsii J. B., by the smaller 
number of scales, the smaller anal, the coloration, ete. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3387 ie 40.N- EE Wel a Wie 127 fathoms 56.2° F. Fne. gy. S. 
3390 7° 26! 10” N. 79° 53’ 50” W. aay 62.6° F, Fne. gy. 8. G. 

CHLOROPHTHALMID A, 


Chlorophthalmus mento sp. n. 
Plate LIV. figs. 1-Le. 


Brees Dh; AL UV. 9 Po 7 3 by—o95 dtr, 7 = 14— Vert, 
22 + 27. 

This is one of the stoutest known species of the genus; it is compressed, 
being about three fifths as wide as deep, and tapers from nape and dorsal 
to snout and tail. The greatest depth is three sixteenths of the entire 
length. Head large, three elevenths of the total length, rounded across the 
crown, narrow at the throat, the sides converging rapidly from the middle 
of the eye, pointed at the snout, nearly one third deeper than wide. Snout 
long, hardly as long as the eye, chin produced to form the angle at the ex- 
tremity. Eye large, rather longer than the snout, more than twice the 
width of the interorbital space. Mouth wide, upper border formed by the 
intermaxillaries ; maxillary not reaching to the middle of the eye, curving 
up and backward on its hinder margin; lower jaws longer, prominent in 
front of the upper. Teeth very small, subconical, strongly-hooked, in villi- 
form narrow bands on the jaws, the sides of the vomer, and the forward 
portions of the palatines. Lingual teeth present, but hardly perceptible. 
Nostrils small, close together, nearer to the front edge of the eye than to 
the end of the snout. Interorbital space narrow, less than half as wide as 
the eye, slightly concave. Opercles thin, flexible. Gill openings very wide; 
membranes not united, free from the isthmus. Four gills, a slit behind the 


254 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


fourth; lamine longer than the rakers; rakers six plus twenty-one on the 
front edge of the first arch, longest not half as long as the eye. Pseudo- 
branchiw well developed, of about twenty lamine. Tongue large, free. 
Vent between the ventrals, a short distance backward of their bases, mid- 
way between the eye and the anal fin. 

First ray of the dorsal longest, more than half as long as the head, about 
the length of the snout farther back than the first ray of the pectorals, 
above the axil of the ventrals. Anal origin two and one fourth lengths of 
the head from the end of the snout, midway from the back of the eye to the 
end of the tail. Adipose dorsal above the eighth and the ninth rays of the 
anal, at the beginning of the posterior third of the entire length. Pectorals 
narrow, elongate, three fourths as long as the head, reaching as far backward 
as the dorsal, and farther than the ventrals. Caudal deeply forked. 

Seales hard, convex, glossy, marked with fine concentric striz, subcarin- 
ate on the back. Lateral line prominent, nearly straight from the upper 
edge of the opercle to the base of the caudal. 

Stomach filled with small fishes and crustacea; nine pyloric cxca. 

Largest specimen seven inches in length. 

Olivaceous, darker on the upper half and below the belly; edges of 
scales lighter, giving the appearance of tranverse streaks; pectorals dark, 
lighter at the bases; dorsal blackish, lighter in the middle; adipose fin light; 
ventrals and anal dark, with light extremities; inside of mouth white ; 


linings of gullet, gill chamber, and abdomen black; cheeks more or less 


silvery. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3385 TY CEA CRONE 79° 16’ W. 286 fathoms 45.9° F. Gn. M. 
3386 72°33! 12! N. TOM italia gw sie 242 « 48° F. Fne. gy. 8. 
3389 Wo 16) 45! IN. 79° 56’ 30” W. PANO) © 93 48.8° I. Gn. M. 


Scopelengys dispar sp. n. 


Plate LIV. figs. 2-2d. 

Brorss: Dot AsA2 Te Vers). Ps: 

The outlines of this species closely resemble those of Scopelengys tristis, 
described and figured by Aleock, 1890; so much so that the most obvious 
differences appear in the numbers of rays in the dorsal and the anal fins. 
Body compressed, greatest depth about one fourth of the length from the 


SCOPELENGYS DISPAR. 209 


snout to the base of the caudal. Head two thirds as wide as deep, two 
sevenths of the total length, slightly convex across the crown and concave 
in the outline between the nape and the end of the snout. Snout broad, 
blunt, three times as long as the eye, prominent at the mandibular sym- 
physis and slightly so above the intermaxillaries. Eye small, one tenth as 
long as the head, less than half as wide as the interorbital space, lateral, 
touching the outline of the top of head. Mouth very wide, oblique ; 
cleft extending farther backward than the eye; maxillary entirely sub- 
tended by the intermaxillary, reaching one diameter of the orbit farther 
back than the latter, posterior extremity as broad as or broader than the 
eye. Teeth small, hooked, depressible, in bands of moderate width on the 
jaws, palatines, and vomer, somewhat paddle-shaped, broadening in the upper 
half or two fifths as if by a flange at each side of the cusp, rounded, as if 
for scraping or cutting, rather than acute at the apex (Plate LIV. fig. 2*-2). 
The vomerine bands are short and are situated at each side of the vomer, ex- 
tending inward and forward, but separated from one another by a wide 
space. The palatine bands are very narrow and long. Four gills, a slit 
behind the fourth; lamellae well developed, as long as the eye; three 
rudimentary rakers on the front edge of the upper section of the first arch 
and six to eight slender rigid acuminate rakers (longest one and one third 
times as long as the eye), with several rudiments, on the edge of the lower 
section; membranes narrowly united, free from the isthmus. Pseudobran- 
chize rudimentary. Scales large, largest wider than the eye, thin, deciduous, 
apparently extending forward over the head. 

Dorsal originating near the end of the anterior third of the entire length, 
about halfway from the end of the snout to the adipose fin; hind end of 
base close to the middle of the total length; longest ray half as long as 
the head. Vent very little farther back than the base of the dorsal. Anal 
origin one length of the orbit behind the vent. Adipose fin not fimbriated, 
above the tenth anal ray. Caudal forked. Ventral origin nearly below 
that of the dorsal. Pectorals about three fifths as long as the head, near 
the ventral surface, reaching farther backward than the bases of the 
ventrals. 

A female seven inches in length contains an immense number of minute 
eggs that judging from their firmness may be nearly mature though not 
more than one sixty-fourth of an inch in diameter. 

Intense black outside and within on the linings of the body cavity. 


256 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. —~ Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

3353 TY! MBF INIE 80° 34’ W. 695 fathoms 39° F. Gn. M. 

3360 GI LING 82° 5! W. G72 36.4° F. Fne. bk. dk. gn. 8. 
3382 6° 21’ N. 80° 41’ W. WES 35.8° F. Gn. M. 

3383 7 21 Ne 79° 2! W. TES2 eas 36° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 


Bathypterois ventralis sp. n. 
Plate LV. fig. 1. 


Br. r. 13 (rarely 12 or 14); D. 18-12; A. 9 (sometimes 10); V. 9 (rarely 
10); P. 3 + 15-12 or 14; LI. 56-59; Ltr. 6 + 9-10. 

Though closely allied to ZL. pectoralis, this form appears to represent a 
smaller species, one that commonly has one or two fewer rays in the dorsal 
and one to three more in the pectoral, and that has longer rays in the latter. 
Body long, compressed, depth about one seventh of the entire length. 
Head one fourth of the total length without the caudal, as wide as deep, 
with a low arch across the crown, moderately depressed and pointed at the 
snout. Snout half as long as the maxillary, nearly one third as long as the 
head, less than the width of the interorbital space, curved at the sides, 
blunted at the end, very prominent in the lower jaw. Mandibular sym- 
physis slightly produced in front, with a pronounced angle directed back- 
ward between the intermaxillaries. Mouth wide, horizontal, reaching back- 
ward three fifths to two thirds of the length of the head. Intermaxillaries 
slender, subtending the maxillaries throughout the cleft of the mouth. 
Maxillaries slender forward, broadened behind the eye, lower border, behind 
the intermaxillary, rising in a wide curve to meet the upper edge. Teeth 
very small, in villiform bands on the jaws, in a group of a few at each side 
of the vomer and of several on the forward part of each palatine. Eye 
small, one fifth as long as the snout, one fifteenth of the length of the head, 
situated at the end of the anterior third of the head. Opercles thin, mem- 
branous, covered with scales. Branchiostegal rays thirteen; in one of nine 
cases there are twelve and in another fourteen on each side. Gill rakers 
on the first arch 12 + 30 ca., slender, sharp, two thirds as long as the 
snout. No pyloric ceca. Venta little more than half way from ventrals 
to anal. 

Seventh ray of the dorsal above the vent, in the middle of the distance 
from the snout to the base of the caudal; all rays of the fin, when applied 
to the back, reaching as far back as the hindmost ray. Origin of the anal 


below the hindmost ray of the dorsal, several of the anterior rays if applied 


BATHYPTEROIS PECTORALIS. Zon 


to the body reaching a little farther backward than the hindmost. Adipose 
dorsal half way from the middle of the dorsal fin to the caudal base. Bases 
of the ventrals immediately in front of a vertical from the origin of the 
dorsal; outer two rays much produced, bound together in the greater 
portion of their length, second a little the longer. Individuals vary much 
in the length of the ventrals; on some they reach but little if any behind 
the anal, on others considerably behind the base of the caudal. Pectoral 
with three rays in the upper portion, two of them reaching beyond the 
tail, first a little the shorter, free for a short distance from the ends; third 
ray very short; lower portion of the fin with thirteen to twelve rays (in 
one case with fourteen on each side), the longest of which reach only about 
-as far backward as the posterior end of the dorsal base. Four fifths of the 
specimens have thirteen rays in the lower portion of each pectoral. On all 
of the specimens of greater Jength than four and one half inches the ventrals 
reach backward of the anal; on several three and one half inch individuals 
the ventrals do not reach to the end of the anal. In a female of six inches 
the eggs are about ready for extrusion; in this case the ventrals reach a 
little more than half way across the space between the anal and the base 
of the caudal and the ends of the outer pair of rays are thickened and 
fleshy as if in special function with the egg laying. The ventrals of a 
male of six and one half inches in length reach almost to the caudal notch. 
Caudal wide, deeply forked, lower lobe longer, with a notch below the bases 
of the lower rays. The difference between the upper and the lower lobes 
of the tail is hardly perceptible on small specimens, but increases with age. 

Blackish, lighter on the fins, the margins of the scales, and the lateral 


line. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3418 16°°33/ Ne 99° 52’ 30” W. _ 660 fathoms 39° F. Br. 8. bk. Sp. 
3425 QTSSIO! IN. 106° 24’ W. 680 *¢ 39° F. Gn. M. and 8. 


Bathypterois pectoralis sp. n. 
Plate K, fig. 1. 


Br.r. 13; D. 13-14; A.9; (rarely 10); V.9; P. 3+ 11 (rarely 10); LI. 
59-62; Ltr. 6 + 9-10. 

In form and proportions this species approaches Bathypterois quadrijilis of 
Giinther. It is closely allied to B. ventralis described above, but has one or 


two more rays in the dorsal and one or two fewer in the pectoral, and the 
17 


258 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


rays of the latter are shorter. Elongate, slender, depth nearly one seventh 
of the total length, moderately compressed. Head depressed, rather higher 
than deep at the nape, length one fourth of that from snout to base of 
caudal. Snout broad, as seen from above curving to a blunt point, wider 
than deep, length one third of that of the head, about six times that of the 
eye, or equalling the width of the interorbital space; lower jaws longer. 
Eye small, one fifteenth as long as the head. Mouth wide, horizontal, ex- 
tending less than one third of its length backward of the orbit; maxillary 
reaching about five eighths of the head length, not entering the border of 
the mouth, broadening downward behind the mandible then curving upward 
to meet the nearly horizontal superior border in a blunted angle ; inter- 
maxillary very long, slender, subtending the maxillary in the mouth cleft. 
Teeth in villiform bands on mandibles and intermaxillaries, in a small group 
at each lateral edge of the vomer and in a bunch of several near the front 
end of each palatine, very small, subconical, slightly hooked, with strong 
bases. The snout to the back of the eyes is covered with soft, porous, easily 
detached, light colored skin that may be luminous. A notch at the junction 
of the intermaxillaries receives the blunt angle behind the mandibular 
symphysis. Vent half way from the bases of the ventrals to the caudal. 
Forward rays of the dorsal when applied to the back reaching as far as 
the hindmost, seventh ray midway from the snout to the base of the 
caudal and above the vent, end of the dorsal base above the middle of the 
space between the vent and the anal. Adipose dorsal half way from 
the seventh dorsal ray to the base of the caudal. Anal origin half way 
from the maxillary to the caudal base, fin reaching a vertical from behind 
the base of the adipose dorsal, anterior rays longest, posterior border con- 
cave. Ventrals nearly halfway from the mouth to the anal; outer pair of rays 
elongate, broadened, compressed, second ray a little the longer, not bound 
together for a short distance at their ends; third ray more than half as long 
as the second. No two individuals agree in the lengths of these rays; on 
the specimen described they extend some distance farther back than the 
anal, but on others they are much shorter. On some the ventrals reach to 
the middle of the anal; on others they almost reach the base of the caudal 
and the ends of the two long rays are thickened and fleshy, possibly in a 
sexual growth similar to that obtaining on certain Cyprinoids and Cyprino- 
donts. Upper portion of the pectoral of three rays, two of them very long, 
bound together in the greater portion of their length, reaching a little 


IPNOPS AGASSIZII. 259 


farther backward than the caudal fin, the third ray lower, very small; lower 
portion of eleven (sometimes but ten) free slender rays, some of which ex- 
tend backward of the adipose fin. Caudal deep, of nineteen rays, deeply 
forked; lower lobe longer, with a notch at the base of the lowest rays. 
Scales large, thin, bearing concentric strix that form complete circles. The 
largest individual has a length of ten inches. 

Blackish ; fins, forward portion of the head and edges of scales lighter. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 

3376 SOEs 82° 8’ W. 1132 fathoms 36.3° F. Gy. glob. Oz. 
3393 GO UG ING 79° 36’ W. 1020 =“ 36.8° F. Gn. M. 

3407 0° 4S. 90° 24’ 30” W. 885 *§ 37.2° F. Glob. Oz. 

3431 23° 59’ N. 108° 40’ W. 995 « 37° BF. Lt. bro. M. glob. 


Ipnops Agassizii sp. n. 
Plate H, fig. 2, 2a. 
Brox. 105 D:10=9; A, 17-19; V.8; P. 14; C. 19-21; LI). 59-60; Ltr. 5. 


There is not a great deal of difference in shape between this species and 
LI. Murrayi. The most obvious points appear in the longer anal fin, the more 
forward position of the ventrals and the longer space between the ventrals 
and the dorsal in the present types. Body long, slender, tapering gradually 
from the head to the base of the caudal, compressed toward the tail. Head 
little more than one seventh of the total length, depressed, flattened on the 
crown, convex on the lower surface, broader than deep. Snout wide, 
broadly rounded in front, lower jaws forming the anterior edge. Mouth 
wide, oblique, rising slightly forward; lower jaws curving up in front; 
maxillary reaching back to the hinder third of the head, not entering the 
mouth-cleft, broadened posteriorly, upper edge longer and straighter, hinder 
edge curving forward; intermaxillary thin, slender, bearing teeth to its 
extremity at the angle of the mouth. Teeth very small, subconical, hooked, 
with swollen bases, in villiform bands on intermaxillaries and mandibles in a 
group of four or five short series at each outer angle of the vomer, and in 
a narrow band at the anterior ends of the palatines. Four gills; laminz 
short; rakers of moderate length, slender, pointed, 5 + 18 on the forward 
edge of the first arch. Gill openings very wide; membranes not united, 
free from the isthmus. Eyes excessively differentiated, as visual organs, 
luminous organs, reflectors, and flash lights, occupying nearly half of the top 
of the head, separated into two facets by a median ridge; with two low 


260 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


obliquely transverse ridges near the hinder edge of each facet, the outer of 
which turns forward near the median ridge along which it slightly diverges 
as it proceeds. Vent halfway from the snout to the anal fin. Scales 
rather large, covering the body and the head from the nape to the luminous 
organs and the mouth, apparently roughened over their surfaces by minute 
spines or tubercles. 

Dorsal origin backward of the vent about one width of the ventral bases, 
a little within the anterior third of the distance from the snout to the end of 
the caudal. Ventrals inserted about midway from the dorsal to the head, 
reaching a vertical from the first ray of the dorsal or little farther. Origin 
of the anal halfway from the luminous organs of the head to the end of the 
tail. Pectorals reaching to the middle of the ventrals. 

Largest individual six and one half inches in length. 

Blackish, with slight reddish tinge; fins blackish to light brownish or 
whitish on different individuals; cheek between the light disks (eyes) and 
the upper jaw steely blue or with a metallic lustre; light organs milk white 
tinted with golden. 

Readily distinguished from Jpnops Murrayi by a greater length in the 
caudal region, a longer anal fin, a smaller number of branchiostegal rays, a 
greater number of scales in the lateral line, and ventrals farther backward 
and farther from the dorsal fin. 

The specific name is given in honor of Professor Alex. Agassiz. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth, Temperature. Bottom. 


3413 2° 34’ N. 92° 6! W. 1360 fathoms 36° F. Glob. Oz. dk. Sp. 


MYCTOPHID. 
Myctophum oculeum sp. n. 
Plate LVI. fig. 2. 


Br. r. 10; D. 14 (138-15); A. 15 (14-16); V.8; Ll. 85; Ltr. 24+1+4 4. 
Moderately elongate and compressed, depth more than one sixth of the 
total length. Head about one fourth of the length from snout to end of 
caudal, more than half as wide as deep, somewhat pointed in front, some- 
what convex on the forehead. Snout short, blunt, three fifths of the length 
of the eye, convex on the top, with a pronounced median internarial keel. 


Eye large, one fourth as long as the head, as wide as the interorbital space. 


MYCTOPHUM OCULEUM. 261 


Mouth wide, two and two fifths times as long as the eye; intermaxillary 
very slender, forming the entire upper edge of the mouth; maxillary 
extending one diameter of the eye backward of the orbit. Opercles large, 
elongate, membranous in the greater part of their extent. 

Dorsal origin half way from the snout to the base of the caudal. 
Origin of the anal below the tenth ray of the dorsal. Adipose fin above the 
hindmost rays of the anal. Ventrals little backward of midway from the 
isthmus to the first ray of the anal. On one specimen the ventrals were 
never developed. 

Scales large, smooth, those of the lateral line wider. 

Of the luminous organs, the lanterns, there is one on the interorbital 
area immediately behind the rostral keel ; there are three in the branchios- 
tegal series the hindmost being lower than the other two; there is one 
behind the end of the maxillary, below which at the angle of the mouth lies 
a smaller one; there is one upon the base of the pectoral, above and for- 
ward on the lateral line another, and below and forward from the pectoral 
a third; on the lateral line the second of its series lies above and backward 
from the ventral base, the third above the fifth ray of the anal, the fourth 
above the hinder extremity of the base of the anal, and the fifth a little 
above the median line on the base of the caudal; there are four between 
the isthmus and the ventrals, of which the third is farther out than the 
others; from the ventrals to the anal there are three ; at the side of the 
anal there are five or six, the hindmost one being farther out; at the lower 
part of the side of the caudal pedicel there are eight, the last situated up a 
short distance on the caudal base; behind the end of the operculum half 

yay to the ventrals there is a single lantern; and above the axil of the 
ventrals on the lower part of the side lies the foremost of a series of five 
of which the fourth is near the first, and the fifth near the next to the hind- 
most ray of the anal. A large elongate organ apparently luminous extends 
from the adipose fin to the caudal and a longer one from the base of the 
anal backward to the tail. 


Black ; fins lighter; scales lustrous. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
~8358 6° 30’ N. 81° 44’ W. 555 fathoms AI QURE Gn. 8. 
3366 5° 30’ N. 86° 45’ W. LOGi 37° FF. Y1. glob. Oz. 
» 3381 4° 56’ N. 80° 52! 30" W. Migr 35.8° F. Gn. M. 
3387 7° 40’ N. 79° 17! 507 We Li, we 56.2° F. Fne. gy. S. 
2619 (Hyd.) 7° 31’ N. 78° 42/30" W. 1100. « 36.5° F. 


3388 GaN: 79° 48’ W. LIGSy 36.2° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 


bo 
(or) 
bo 


DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 

3402 0° 57’ 30” 8. 89° 3’ 30”. W. 42) fathoms 42.3° F. R. glob. Oz. 

3433) 1252/26) 15/7 Ne 109° 48’ W. 1218“ Btasaie IRA Br. M. bk. Sp. 

3435 26° 48’ N. 110° 45’ 20” W. 859“ 37.3° F. Br. M. bk. Sp. 

34386 27° 34’ N. 110° 53/ 40” W. Cd 37.2° BE. Br. M. bk. Sp. 

3437 About 50 miles S. of Guaymas 628) 40° F. Submarine townet 
“No. 1388”? 32° 17’ N. 135° 49’ W. Surface. [on the bottom. 


Myctophum tenuiculum psp. n. 
Plate J, fig. 5. 


D. 12-11; A. 19; V. 7; P. 138-12; Ll. 39-41; Ltr. 24+ 1+ 4. 

Body compressed, elongate, very slender near the caudal fin, depth three 
thirteenths of the length to the base of the caudal. Head narrow, deep, 
three elevenths of the entire length to the bases of the caudal rays. Snout 
short, half as long as the eye, blunt, prominent and slightly overhanging 
the front of the mouth. Eye, large, twice the length of the snout, less than 
one third of the length of the head, as wide as the interorbital space, one 
half as long as the maxillary. Mouth large ; a vertical from its middle 
passes through the middle of the eye; maxillary extending backward of 
the orbit about half the diameter of the eye. 

The fifth ray of the dorsal is midway from the snout to the base of the 
caudal, and the eighth is above the first ray of the anal fin. The adipose 
dorsal is above the hindmost three rays of the anal. The bases of the ven- 
trals are forward of the dorsal. Pectorals small, reaching backward of the 
bases of the ventrals. Caudal forked, pedicel long, narrow, slender, portion 
between the adipose fin and the bases of the long rays of the caudal equal 
to four fifths of the length of the head. 

Scales large, smooth, those on the lateral line larger. 

A single lantern occupies the middle of the interorbital space; on each 
side there are three lanterns in the branchiostegal series; a minute one 
lies at the angle of the mouth with a larger one just above it behind the 
maxillary; one is situated at the lower edge of the base of the pectoral, 
another close above it forward of the upper ray of the fin and a third a 
short distance below and forward under the opercular edge; none visible 
on the isthmus; five between the isthmus and the ventrals; four between 
the ventrals and the anal; on the flank about one scale-width above these 
last a series of three the foremost of which lies above the base of the 
ventral; a single one above the vent near the lateral line ; eighteen between 


MYCTOPHUM LUMINOSUM. 263 


the vent and the base of the caudal, of which the two below the base of the 
caudal are separated from those in front of them and of which the sixth is 
followed by an interspace above which a lantern lies near the lateral line. 
There are indications of a very small luminous organ between the front 
edge of the eye and the upper jaw and of another between the hind 
border of the orbit and the maxillary; both are indistinct. Near the base 
of the anal several of the subcaudal scales have the appearance of covering 
mucous or luminous chambers. 

Length one and three sixteenths inches. 

Sides of head and body brilliant with an iridescent bluish or pearly 
lustre ; belly darker; back brownish; nasal sacs light ; fins light. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Temperature. 


3382 62° 210 N. 80° 41’ W. Surface owls 


Myctophum luminosum sp. n. 


Plate LV. fig. 2. 
Beto IG PAS da Vi, 8s 16s Ei She Iutr. 3. © at 


Form moderately stout and compressed, with regular outlines, greatest 
depth about one fifth of the entire length; caudal pedicel half as deep as 
the body; body cavity nearly half of the total distance from snout to end of 
caudal. Head medium, rounded, close upon one fourth of the entire length, 
half as wide and two thirds as deep as long. Snout short, blunt, very con- 
vex, with a prominent median internarial ridge that is not continuous back- 
ward in the middle of the interorbital space. Eye large, one fifth as long 
as the head, one and one third times as long as the snout, one half as wide 
as the interorbital space, situated immediately forward of a vertical from the 
middle of the upper jaw, covered above by a bony expansion from the skull 
passing backward as a keel at each side of the crown to end in a spine at 
the upper extremity of a ridge going down around the angle of the mouth. 
Forehead with a mucous cavity in the middle of the interorbital space and 
with another about each nasal sac, all of which are probably luminous. 
Mouth wide, two thirds or more of the length of the head. Teeth small, in 
bands on the jaws and in narrower ones on the palatines; and in a single 
short series of very small teeth on each side of the vomer. A few of the 
anterior teeth of the inner series on the palatines are larger. Nostrils 


small, anterior smaller, close together, halfway from the eye to the end of the 


264 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


snout. Opercular bones thin, with an angular projection above the bases of 
the pectorals. Scales large, smooth, thin, subequal, deciduous. 

Dorsal origin forward of the total midlength, distant from the snout one 
and one half times the length of the head; base little more than half as 
long as the head; anterior three rays short. Adipose dorsal distant from 
the caudal base three fourths of the length of the head, above the hindmost 
two or three rays of the anal, narrow, acuminate. Pectorals narrow, two 
thirds as long as the head, reaching behind the bases of the ventrals. Vent 
below the hinder end of the base of the dorsal. Ventrals halfway from the 
pectorals to the vent, inserted below the third ray of the dorsal, reaching 
the base of the anal. Anal origin very little farther back than the last ray 
of the dorsal; basal length little less than that of the dorsal. 

There is a large irregular shaped luminous organ above the caudal pedi- 
cel and another below it. The small light organs are distributed as follows: 
on each side of the body there are two, possibly three in the branchiostegal 
series; one lies on the base of the pectoral, below it a short distance a 
second and above near the lateral line a third with it form a right line; 
from the isthmus to the base of the ventral there are four, and above the 
third of these there are two, the uppermost of which attains the level of the 
middle of the pectoral base; between the ventrals and the anal there are 
five and from the fifth a series of three leads up and backward to the lateral 
line; on each side of the base of the anal there are six and above the sixth 
near the lateral line lies a single one backward of which on the base of the 
caudal at the end of the line lies another. © 

Intense black; fins lighter toward the outer edges. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3402 0°57! 30'S: 89° 3/ 30” W. 421 fathoms 42.3° R. glob. Oz. 


Myctophum aurolaternatum sp. n. 
Plate LV. fig. 3. 


Br. r. 9; D. 18 :(12-14); A. 23-24; V.9; P.14; Ll. 45-47; Ltr. 3 + 1 
+ 4, 

Moderately elongate, slender and compressed, depth one fifth of the 
length to the base of the caudal, width three fourths of the depth. Head 
little less than one fourth of the total length, convex on the crown, narrow- 
ing slightly toward the throat. Snout short, hardly more than half as long 


MYCTOPHUM AUROLATERNATUM. 265 


as the eye, narrower than deep, bluntly rounded in front, internarial keel 
on the skull low. Eye large, twice as long as the snout, one and one fourth 
times as wide as the interorbital space, nearly one third of the length of the 
head; orbit not cutting into the upper profile. Mouth wide, reaching more 
than halfway from the snout to the base of the pectoral, about twice as long 
as the eye; maxillary reaching backward of the orbit one half the ocular 
diameter. Teeth small, in narrow villiform bands on intermaxillaries, denta- 
ries, and palatines, and ina small group at each side of the vomer. Gill 
openings wide; membranes hardly united, free from the isthmus. Gill 
‘ukers more than half as long as the eye, slender, compressed, five plus thir- 
teen. Preopercular ridge low, no spine at its junction with the postorbital 
ridge. Scales large, larger on the lateral line, three above the line and four 
below it, seven to nine from the adipose fin to the caudal. 

Third ray of the dorsal fin midway from the snout to the base of the 
caudal ; basal length less than one and one half times the length of the eye, 
base above the middle of the space between the ventrals and the anal. Adi- 
pose fin distant from the base of the first dorsal one and one half lengths of 
the latter, or from the base of the caudal one length of the dorsal base which 
is half the length of the head. Ventral base slightly in advance of the verti- 
cal from the first ray of the dorsal. Anal origin little backward of the last 
ray of the dorsal; anterior two rays and all those behind the middle of the fin 
short; hindmost three rays below the adipose fin. Caudal deeply forked. 

The arrangement of the lanterns, light organs, light facets, etc., does not 
differ very much from that seen’ on Myctophum Cuninianum. There are 
three to four facets in the mandibular and branchiostegal series; a small 
one lies at the end of the mouth cleft and a larger one above it at the end 
of the maxillary; one lies on the base of the pectoral, above and forward of 
it at the edge of the operculum halfway to the lateral line another, and 
below and forward half way to the ventral series a third; one lies at the 
origin of the ventral and above it midway to the lateral line another; above 
the vent there is a series of three, the uppermost a little below the line, and 
behind this upper one halfway to the base of the caudal, close to the line, 
there is a single one; in the ventral series there are four from the isthmus 
to the ventrals, four from the ventrals to the anal, ten along the base of the 
anal fin, six below each side of the caudal pedicel, and two at the base of 
the caudal. Three considerable spaces separate the groups backward of the 
vent, the lanterns being quite close together in each group. 


266 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


The scales behind the adipose dorsal, appear to cover luminous bodies ; 
the adipose fin, and mucous matter in the cavity in the middle of the inter- 
orbital space and around the nasal sacs probably also are luminous. The 
iris has the golden color of the lanterns and if not luminous itself must act 
as a reflector. 

Brilliant iridescent bluish to silvery and golden on the scales and head, 
blackish when the scales are lost, darker on the back, lighter on the fins, 
whitish on the snout; lanterns and iris golden. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Temperature. 
3382 6° 21’ N. 80° 41’ W. Surface 75° FB. 


Myctophum nitidulum psp. n. 


Plate LVI. fig. 3. 


Dal ALTO ViSe Pos. iA: 

This species is somewhat closely allied to IM. Caninianum C.V. The 
differences in shape, position of fins, and in the numbers of rays and of 
scales are small, and the arrangements of the lanterns present great simi- 
larities in the two species ; but there are dissimilarities in the groupings of 
the lanterns that, taken in connection with the slight variations in the 
numbers of the lanterns, of the rays, and of the scales and in the shape of 
the head, make it necessary to describe and figure this form as distinct. 
The body is quite as slender as that of M. Caninianum, but the head is rather 
more full and blunt on the snout, the eye is smaller, and the number 
of lanterns in the post anal group, Liitken’s anales posteriores, is five instead 
of eight. Another form to which the present bears considerable resem- 
blance is IZ. affinis Liitk., which has the same numbers of lanterns in the 
groups, but has a less distinct separation of one group from another, and 
the eye is larger, the snout shorter and less pointed and the number of 
scales in the lateral line is smaller in that species. 

Body and head compressed, caudal region of moderate slenderness. 
Length of head one fourth and depth of head two elevenths of the total 
length. Mouth wide; maxillary two thirds as long as the head, hardly 
expanded at the end. Eye large, little less than one third of the length ot 
the head. Anal origin slightly forward of the middle of the entire length, 
third or fourth ray below the base of the hindmost ray of the dorsal. First 
dorsal ray midway from the snout to the middle of the distance from the 


MYCTOPHUM LATERNATUM. 267 


adipose dorsal to the caudal. Pectorals short, reaching nearly half way to 
the anal. Scales smooth, those of the lateral line enlarged. The lanterns 
are as figured on Plate LVI., fig. 3; there are no luminous bodies on the 
top of the caudal region. 

Lustrous brownish on the back; bluish on the upper portions of the 
sides, shading to lighter below; light colored about the nasal sacs and on 
the interorbital space. 


Latitude. Longitude, 
27° 50’ N 145° 45’ 30” W. 


Myctophum laternatum sp. n. 


Plate LVI. fig. 1. 
D. 11 (11-12); A. 16 (16-15); V. 8; 


Somewhat stout and short, compressed, depth about one fourth of the 
total length. Head deep, nearly one third of the length from the snout to 
the base of the caudal. Snout very blunt, deep, short, about one fourth 
as long as the eye, profile nearly vertical in front, a median internarial 
ridge. Eye large, one third of the length of the head, one and one half 
times as wide as the interorbital space, four times as long as the snout. 
Mouth wide; maxillary extending little behind the orbit. Opercles broad, 
thin. 

Dorsal origin near midway from snout to base of caudal. Anal origin 
below the hindmost rays of the dorsal. Adipose fin above the posterior half 
of the anal. Ventrals little backward of midway from the bases of the 
pectorals to the origin of the dorsal. Pectorals reaching behind the bases 
of the ventrals. Caudal forked. 

The lanterns are disposed somewhat as follows: one on the middle of 
the interorbital space; three in each branchiostegal series, the anterior 
being particularly distinct below the chin; a small one at the hind end of 
the maxillary, and a larger one above it backward from the lower portion 
of the orbit; one on the lower part of the base of the pectoral, another 
above this at the margin of the opercle, and a third below and forward at 
the opercular edge; five in the series from the isthmus to the base of the 
ventral ; a single one above the base of the ventral half way to the lateral 
line ; four in the series from the ventrals to the anal; three in a series from 


the vent up and backward to the lateral line; behind the vent at the side 


268 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


of the anal there is a series of six separated by a short space from another 
series of three, which latter is separated from the two lanterns on the lower 
part of the base of the caudal; and above the sixth of the anal series on 
the lateral line there is a single one. On the caudal pedicel there is a 
luminous patch of varying extent behind the adipose and another behind 
the anal fin. 

Blackish; fins lighter; opercles silvery; iris brilliant with metallic 


reflections. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. 
3414 OSM AINE 96° 28’ W. Surface to 200 fathoms. 
3388 Toe GEN 79° 48’ W. 1168 sis 36.2° F. 
3437 27° 39’ 40” N. LTO! 80! Wie 628 oe 40° F. 


Myctophum atratum sp. n. 


DeU26 AL 19e V8 sb. 14a 40: 

There is so much resemblance between this fish and that described by 
Cocco, 1838, as Scopelus Benowsli that it would perhaps be better described 
by comparisons that shall set forth the respects in which it differs from 
Cocco’s species. Accepting for the purpose the identification and figure 
given by Liitken in his admirable work on the Scopelini, in the Spolia 
Atlantica, 1892, it will be seen that in the outlines of the body, in the size 
of the eye, in the formule, the length of the pectorals, the positions of 
dorsal and anal fins and of the lanterns, in the two lanterns at the base of 
the caudal, and in other features the two forms agree tolerably well. On 
M. atratum, however, the shape is a little less compressed, the lanterns 
at the base of the caudal are farther apart— the upper of the two being 
on the end of the lateral line, the luminous organ on the upper edge of the 
caudal pedicel is smaller and nearer the caudal fin, the series of four lan- 
terns from the lower part of the base of the pectoral directly backward to 
a point above the origin of the anal has a larger distance between the first 


and second lanterns — it being equal to the space occupied by the hinder 


three, the group of three in the lower part of the cheek behind the maxil- 
lary more nearly forms an equilateral triangle, and there are but five 
lanterns in the posterior anal series. Apparently the eye is a trifle larger, 
being rather more than two fifths of the length of the head, and it interferes 
somewhat more in the profile of the crown. The middle of the interorbital 


space is occupied by a luminous organ. The maxillary is broad at the hind 


STOMIATOIDS. 269 


extremity, is rounded superiorly on the posterior margin, and extends very 
little farther backward than the orbit. The scales are large, thin, smooth, 
and deciduous ; those on the lateral line are much differentiated. 

Body black, lighter and silvery on the lower portions of the head and 
the anterior parts of the abdomen ; fins lighter, adipose possibly luminous ; 
nasal sacs lighter. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3433 25° 267 15 Ni 109° 48’ W. 1218 fathoms 36.5° F. Br. M. bk. Sp. 
STOMIATOIDS. 


Little is known of the habits of any of the fishes which for convenience 
are placed together in this group. Specimens picked up from the surface of 
the ocean have led to the conclusion that they live near the surface and are 
nocturnal ; on the other hand, structure, colors, and the fact that the speci- 
mens taken have commonly been secured over the deep sea or in dredges 
operating at great depths, rather than on the shoals, favors the idea of a 
bathybial habitat. The position of the barbel below the head and of the 
lanterns below the body, in function downward, would indicate a dwelling 
place at some distance off rather than immediately on the floor of the sea. 
Up to date the horizontal distribution has included the tropical and the 
temperate regions of the Atlantic, the Pacific, and the Indian Ocean, its 
greatest extension toward the poles being by way of the Gulf Stream and 
the Mediterranean. The group has not yet been reported from the south 
Atlantic, or the southeastern Pacific. Vertically, if the specimens entered 
the dredges at the bottom, the different genera range down to more than 
two thousand fathoms. ‘There is little in the recorded bottom temperatures 
of the stations that might preclude a polar distribution ; but the possibility 
exists that the waters of the actual habitat are nearer the surface and much 
warmer, a supposition which will account for the peculiarities of the hori- 
zontal distribution as now established. 

Of the six species in the present collection ‘five are apparently new. 
One of the five isa very distinct species of the distantly related genus 
Chauliodus ; it is described below, with a species from the Society Islands, 
and remarks are there made concerning these and other species of the 
family Chauliodids. Three of the five new species belong to the compara- 


tively well known genus Stomias; and another represents a new genus, 


270 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Dactylostomias, in which the head resembles that of Astronesthes and the 
body that of Stomias. In this new genus the pectoral is more degraded than 
those of Opostomias or of Echiostoma since the fin properly so called has dis- 
appeared and left only the single long filamentary ray. The nearest ally of 
Dactylostomias is probably Grammatostomias, from the northwestern Atlan- 
tic, in which genus however the pectoral fin has been retained without the 


detached or isolated ray. 


CHAULIODID &. 


Chauliodide Bonap., 1845; Chauliodontide Bonap., 1846. 


The barbel possessed by the species of the genus Chauliodus has appar- 
ently been entirely overlooked by all authors who have dealt with the 
members of this family. The organ is small but distinct on the compara- 
tively well known species Chauliodus Sloani, and is rather more distinct on 
other forms (see Plate K, figs. 3 and 2a, on which it is outlined from below as 
seen on C. barbatus and C. Sloani). It is a fleshy, pointed, worm-like append- 
age situated on the chin between the angles on the lower edge of the lower 
jaws. It is translucent and contains a series of isolated black bodies, each of 
which bears a reflecting facet on the lower (hinder) side. A larger luminous 
organ rests below the base, and more or less backward from this there are two 
others. From the muscles used in the control of its movements, its function 
is probably one of considerable importance. In classification the presence of 
the barbel necessitates the removal of the genus farther from Gonostoma and 
other Sternoptychoids, and places it nearer to the Stomiatoids. It empha- 
sizes the necessity of adopting Bonaparte’s family, the Chauliodida. On all 
of the five or six known species an adipose dorsal fin is present. The vari- 
ous published figures representing Chauliodus without this fin are incorrect 
(for instances see Bl. Schn., 1801, pl. 85,—Shaw, 1804, V, pl. 111,— 
Swainson, 1838, I, fig. 65, — Valenciennes, 1850, pl. 97, fig. 3). On the 
other hand those illustrations which represent species of Chauliodus with a 
second dorsal containing rays like those of the anal fin are equally erroneous 
(see Risso, 1826, III., fig. 37, — Bonaparte, 1841, Fauna Ital., — Giinther, 
1880, Introduction, fig. 285). 

These fishes no doubt frequent considerable depths, but whether they 
habitually stay close to the bottom is still an open question. The greatest 


depths were assigned them by the “ Challenger,” northeast of the Bermudas, 


CHAULIODUS BARBATUS. 271 


at 2575 fathoms, and north of New Guinea, at 2000 fathoms. By the 
“ Investigator,’ they were taken, in the Bay of Bengal, at 1590, and by the 
“ Albatross,” between Central America and the Galapagos Islands at 1201 
fathoms. Representatives were also taken south of New Guinea, by the 
“ Challenger,” at 800, off the coasts of Morocco, by the “ Talisman,” at 614, 
and by the ‘ Albatross,” off Alaska, at 876 fathoms. An apparently new 
species for which no definite depth is known is described below. The dis- 
tribution for the entire family, both horizontal and vertical is sufficiently 
apparent in the list of species. 


Chauliodus barbatus sp. n. | 
Plate K, fig. 2, 2a, 


Birree ee DMG AL I= 5s Ve is Pa I: 6 

Moderately elongate, compressed, greatest depth nearly one seventh and 
greatest width one eighteenth of the total length, tapering to a depth of one 
thirty-sixth and a width of half'as much in the caudal pedicel. Head short, 
as deep as long, profile slightly concave above the snout and indented at 
the end of the chin in front of the barbel, convex across the crown. Snout 
blunt, about twice as long as the eye, with an angular prominence at the 
symphysis of the lower jaws. Eye medium, two elevenths of the length of 
the head. Mouth large, lower jaws little shorter than the head, oblique, 
intermaxillaries forming more than half of the upper border. Teeth few 
large and fang-like on intermaxillaries and dentaries, numerous, small, 
comb-like and inclined backward on the maxillaries. On each intermaxil- 
lary there are four fangs, the longest twice the length of the eye. Not 
counting the very small one at the symphysis there are seven fangs on each 
lower jaw, the foremost half as long as the head and the others decreasing 
in size backwards. On each palatine there are two small widely separated 
teeth, and directed outward from the base of the largest fang in the upper 
jaw there is a single tooth. Nostrils small, close together, nearer to the 
upper part of the eye than to the end of the snout, anterior smaller. 
Barbel with a rigid cartilage, half as long as the eye, resting with the free 
end forward in the notch at the end of the chin where it is further pro- 
tected by the folds of the skin and the bones between which it lies. Gills 
four, a short slit behind the fourth; lamelle short; rakers obsolete; arches 


weak; openings very wide; membranes free, not united to the isthmus. 


272 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Operculum thin, broad and short. Three pyloric ceca. Scale marks 
present, but the scales apparently reduced to membrane. 

Dorsal short; first ray probably long, at the end of the anterior fourth 
of the total length; base high forward, one third longer than the orbit. 
Adipose fin rather long; above the hinder half of the anal. Anal in the 
hindmost third of the length; base twice as long as that of the dorsal, 
separated from the bases of the longest rays of the caudal by about two 
thirds of the length of the head; fin deepest anteriorly. Caudal pedicel 
deepening toward the bases of the rays; fin deeply notched. Pectorals 
narrow, low on the side, not reaching the bases of the ventrals. Ventrals 
narrow, long, inserted about half way from the snout to the anal. 

In each of the branchiostegal series there are twenty of the luminous 
organs; at each side of the body the lower series of the light facets con- 
tains eight at the side of the isthmus, nineteen between the isthmus and 
the ventrals, twenty-two to twenty-three between the ventrals and the anal, 
and eleven from the origin of the anal to the base of the caudal; and in the 
upper series there are seventeen to nineteen from the gill opening to the 
ventrals and twenty-two to twenty-three from the ventrals to the anal. 
As in C. Sloani, there is a multitude of very small light organs, mere dots, 
but similar to the large ones, amongst those of the two main series; for 
instances, at each side of the bases of the pectorals in somewhat regular rows, 
or in the groups of four, more or less, between the large series. A single 
yellow (red) facet is situated between the eye and the hinder extremity of 
the intermaxillary, and a single black one immediately below the forward 
part of the eye (resembling that in Gonostoma). 

Black ; tinted with gold on the flank and iris, with red on the sides of 
the lower jaw and on the light facet back of the eye, and with greenish on 
the anterior glands of the two main series ; fins brownish to blackish. 

This species appears to be shorter and stouter than Chauliodus Sloan Bl. 
Schn., the barbel is more developed, and the luminous disks are not so 
numerous; from the shoulder to the vent in each of the upper series there 
are thirty-nine to forty light organs, of which seventeen are between the 
shoulder and the ventral, and in each of the lower series there are sixty to 
sixty-one, forty-nine of which are from the hyoid to the vent, or twenty- 
seven to twenty-eight of which are from the hyoid to the ventral; but in 
C. Sloani there are forty-four to forty-six from the shoulder to the vent, 


nineteen to twenty of which are between the shoulder and the ventral, in 


CHAULIODUS DENTATUS. 27 


(Si) 


the upper series, and in the lower there are sixty-four to sixty-seven, fifty- 
three to fifty-four of which are from the hyoid to the vent, or twenty- 
nine to thirty of which are from the hyoid to the ventral. A peculiar 
feature seen in the branchiostegal series of C. Sloani, not patent in that of 
C. barbatus, is the apparent change in the functional direction of the sixth 
to the thirteenth light facets from outward and downward to within the 
mouth at the side of the hyoid, and the appearance below them in the 
branchiostegal membrane of a series of very small facets as if to con- 
tinue the series as seen from the outside and from below. The narrow 
pectorals, the deeper notch in the chin and the backward position of the 
dorsal by themselves serve to distinguish C. barbatus from either C. Sloan 
or C. dentatus. 


Station Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

33859 6° 29’ 20” N. 81° 52’ W. 465 fathoms 42° F. Rky. 

3375 2° 34’ N. 82° 29' W. 120s 36.6° F. Gy. glob. Oz. 
3376 BoE SUN: 82° 8’ W. W327 ss 36.3° EF. Gy. glob, Oz. 


Chauliodus dentatus sp. n. 


Br. r. 20; D. 6; A. 13; V. 7; P. 14-15; LI. 64. 

This is one of the more elongate species of the genus. It is much more 
slender than Chauliodus barbatus sp. n., has not so large a notch on the chin, 
has the dorsal nearer the head, has a broader pectoral, has a longer caudal 
region, and has larger numbers of luminous organs in the two main series. 
It has a smaller eye, a wider pectoral fin, and a longer body than C. pammelas 
Ale.; it has a longer anal fin, and a longer lateral line than C. Maccouni 
Bean; and it has a longer anal fin and a longer caudal region than 
C. Sloani Bl. Schn. 

Form slender and compressed; depth of head about one ninth, length 
of head about one eighth, and length of the caudal region somewhat less 
than one fifth of the entire length. The distance from the snout to the 
ventrals is a little less than half of that from the snout to the anal fin. 
The orbit is about two ninths, and the longest mandibular fang is nearly 
one half as long as the head. Crown convex; profils decidedly concave in 
front of the eye. The short compressed maxillary teeth are stouter and 
less numerous than those of C. barbatus; they are stouter and more erect 
than those of C. Sloani. The hinder of the luminous glands below the eye 


is not so far backward from the orbit as that on C. barbatus. On the latter 
18 


274 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


the pores of the lateral line are minute, several to half a dozen appearing 
on each scale, but on C. dentatus there are apparently but two on each 
scale, each pair being placed close together on a single black spot. The 
barbel is similar to that of C. Sloani. The number of lanterns in the bran- 
chiostegal series is eighteen, two less than is seen on C. barbatus. Total 
length seven and three fourths inches. 

Type sent by Mr. Andrew Garrett from the Society Islands. 

The following formule will indicate some of the differences among the 
described species of the genus. The lower series of lanterns (1. s. 1.) 
are enumerated from the forward end of the isthmus to the humeral 
symphysis, from the symphysis to the ventrals, from the ventrals to the 
anal, and from the origin of the anal to the caudal; and the upper 
series (u. s. ].) is counted from the pectoral to the ventrals and from the 
latter to the anal. 

C: barbatus, Br: 9. 223): °65, Ag I2=13 Vie 15722 sO aL Otel s. 
8 + 19 + 22-23 + 11; u.s. 1. 17-19 + 22-23. 

C. dentatus, Br- r. 20; D. 6; A. 13; V. 7; Po 14; Li. 64; 1s) 8 + 29 
= eel Moret eeshal le IM) wee 

CG. Shan, Bro t220- DvG; Ald Ve 7; Ped SoG sale Sita 
22 -- 23=26 4-11; u.s.1. 19'-- 24-27. 

CG. Maccoum, D. 6; A. 11; V. 7; P. 13; Il. 56. 

C.pammelas, Bret 16 5) D6 5.40125 Ve, 5B 12: 


STOMIATID#. 
STOMIAS. 


Stomias Cuvier, 1817, R. An., TT, 184. 


Ten species of this genus are more or less perfectly established. Three 
of these are found in the present material and are described and figured 
below. Another of the ten, Stomvas gracilis, is named from a specimen taken 
by the “Challenger,” south of Australia, and placed in the species S/omias 
boa Risso. The differences noted by Giinther in his report of the specimen 
hardly permit retention with the Mediterranean species. The number of 
species may be reduced by study of variations, but for the time they are 
distinguished as follows: 


STOMIAS COLUBRINUS. 275 


Caudal pointed; D. 19; A. 21; P. short, V. long elongalus. 
as & De 18> Ap 18% PNaaW. elongate; LI]. 88 = gracilis. 
sé oe D. 18; A. 19; P. short, V. elongate ; Li. 72 boa. 
«rounded; D. 17; A. 21; BP. & V- not long Jerox. 
<concavels) D175 A/a); PS shorts. Ve lone nebulosus. 
a a D. 17; A. 20; P. medium, V. long affinis. 
<)torked'stsi)-.9'2) Acul32 Py Giviesmall barbatus. 
< ce Delo Al NOE Pe Ve short atriventer. 
€ cs D. 19; A. 23; P. short, V. longer; LI.67 hexagonatus. 
¢ c D. 18; A. 21; P. & V. medium colubrinus. 


Stomias colubrinus sp. n. 
Plate LVIL. fig. 1. 
Bre lS De hoc Ace ole wVeror, Ps 6: 


Body long, slender, compressed, abdominal chamber extending far behind 
the middle of the total length, depth about one eleventh of the length from 
snout to end of caudal. Head short, nearly one eighth of the entire length, 
chin long, forehead short. Snout little longer than the orbit. Mouth very 
wide; lower jaws prominent, curving up forward, little shorter than the 
head. Teeth slender, pointed, some of those on the jaws depressible ; each 
intermaxillary with five teeth, of which the first and third are smallest and 
the second largest; maxillary denticulate where forming the edge of the 
mouth; lower jaw with ten to twelve teeth of which the anterior three are 
smallest and the second three largest, denticulate backward of the twelve. 
A large hooked fang at each side of the vomer and directly backward from 
each of these a similar fang on the forward end of each palatine. Tongue 
rudimentary, toothless. Eye little less than one sixth as long as the head, 
two thirds of the leneth of the snout, length four fifths of the interorbital 
width. Four gills; no pseudobranchiz ; gill openings very wide; gill mem- 
branes not united, free from the isthmus. Opercles membranous. Hyoid 
barbel slender, hardly as long as the head, with a luminous bulb three 
fourths of the length from the chin, extending beyond the bulb in a couple 
of filaments or tentacles. 

Dorsal origin about one length of the head forward of the caudal, above 
the third ray of the anal fin, last ray above the eighteenth ray of the anal. 


Caudal forked, lower lobe much stronger, five short rays above the base and 


276 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


but one below it. Base of ventral distant from the anal one length of the 
head, fin length four fifths of the distance from the anal, shape narrow, 
pointed. Pectorals narrow, prolonged in a filament, total length less than 
that of the head, inserted near the ventral surface. 

Light organs small, the largest being that between the eye and the 
maxillary ; forty-nine in the humeral series, from the shoulder to the vent, 
of these thirty-nine are forward of the ventrals; seventy-six between the 
isthmus and the caudal in the lower series, of which fifty-nine are forward 
of the vent, forty-nine forward of the ventrals, and ten below the isthmus, 

Intense black; fins lighter; tongue white. 


Entire length ten and one half inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3360 6OR/aNe 82° 5! Wi. 1672 fathoms 36.4° F. Ine. bk. dk. gn. 8. 


Stomias hexagonatus sp. n. 
Plate LVI. fig. 5. 

Br, 216% D,. 19; “A. 23-245 V.00;) P..05, LL 67; Tite 9: 

Moderately elongate and compressed, depth about one ninth and length 
of head nearly one sixth of the entire length. Mouth nearly as long as the 
head, each intermaxillary with five unequal fang-like teeth, second longest. 
Maxillary forming the edge of the mouth posteriorly, with denticulations. 
Mandibles with about seven (7-9) longer teeth followed by denticles toward 
the angle of the mouth. Vomer with a fang at each side of the forward 
end. Each palatine with a fang behind the vomerine tooth. No teeth on 
the tongue. Barbel as long as the lower jaws, distal third of the length 
bifid in a pair of slender extremities, basal portion ending in a luminous 
bulb. 

A series of forty-seven luminous facets extends from the shoulder to a 
point above the vent; another series from the isthmus contains sixty-seven, 
of which forty-eight are forward of the anal; the series at the side of the 
isthmus contains a dozen or more, and in each branchiostegal series there 
are sixteen. Besides the luminous spots in the regular series there are 
many other smaller ones scattered over the body and the head. Most of 
them are on the lower half, but in the six uppermost series of scale areas 
there is generally a single spot on the middle of each scale, some have two 


or more. On each of the hexagons below the third series the dots are more 


STOMIAS ATRIVENTER. 277 


numerous, from four to six. Each of the smaller scattered spots is sur- 
rounded by a ring of black pigment that shows best where the skin has 
been rubbed. There are sixty-seven of the hexagonal areas between the 
humerus and the caudal, and nine between the median line of the back and 
that of the belly. 

Dorsal origin nearly one length of the head forward of the base of the 
caudal, above the third ray of the anal; base ending above the eighteenth 
anal ray. The bases of caudal and dorsal are separated, by a space of the 
length of the orbit; the space between the bases of anal and caudal is about 
half as long. Caudal forked, with seven short rays above the base and 
three below. Ventrals as long as the mouth, narrow, of five rays, longest 
reaching to the vent, bases distant from the anal one length of its base. 
Pectorals not differing much in size from the ventrals, of six rays. Though 
two is the most common number of tentacles at the end of the barbel 
instances of one more or less are not rare: ina single lot from a particular 
locality there are three forms, one with one, another with two and a third 
with three tentacles. 

Dark brown or blackish, belly black, fins lighter. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth, Temperature. Bottom. 

3393 7216) be. 80° 34° -W. 695 fathoms 39° F. Gn. M. 

3358 6° 30’ N. 81° 44’ W. SOD as 40.2° F. Gn. S. 

3361 6° 10’ N. 83° 6’ W. VA 36.6° F, Gn. Oz. 

3362 52 560 Ne 85° 10’ 30” W. ON are 36.8° F. Gn. M.S. rky, 
3370 5° 36’ 40” N. 86° 56’ 50” W. 134 = 54.8° F. Rks. and 8. 
3383 MDL N, To DieWi- 18325“ 36° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 
3385 12°32) 367 Ny 79° 16’ W. 286) 45.9° F. Gn. M. 

3388 7 OAS 79° 48’ W. TGS ss 36.2° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 
3414 10° 14’ N.. 96° 28’ W. 2232 *« 35.87 F, Gn. M. 


Stomias atriventer sp. n. 
Plate LVI. fig. 4. 
Brre los Deloe Ay 10s WV .05) PAG: 


Elongate, slender, somewhat compressed, depth one twelfth and length 
of head one tenth of the distance from the snout to the base of the caudal. 
Eye large, width equal to that of the interorbital space or to the length of 
the snout, one fourth as long as the jaws, little less than one fourth as long 
as the head, located immediately in front of a vertical through the middle of 
the upper jaw. Mouth large, upper jaw about four times as long as the eye. 


Teeth hooked, fang-like; each intermaxillary with five teeth, anterior 


278 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


smallest, second largest and equalling about three fourths of the length of 
the orbit; the narrow maxillary denticulate in its posterior half; mandible 
with seven teeth, anterior and posterior small, third as large as the second 
upper; head of vomer with one fang at each side; each of the very crooked 
palatines bears two fangs, the anterior directly backward from the vomerine 
tooth ; no lingual teeth. Barbel fleshy and rather thick in the entire basal 
portion; distal portion, one fourth of the length, trifid; proximal section 
ending in a luminous bulb from which the three extremities start. 

Dorsal origin little if any more than a length of the head from the base 
of the caudal, above the fourth anal ray; base of fin separated from the 
short rays of the caudal by the length of the orbit; longest rays reaching 
the base of the caudal. Four of the anal rays lie behind a vertical from the 
last ray of the dorsal, longest ray extending to the base of the longest ray 
of the caudal. Ventrals small, of five rays, inserted at four fifths of the 
distance from the pectorals to the caudal base, reaching little more than half 
way to the anal origin. Pectorals small, of six rays, nearly or quite as long 
as the ventrals, situated low on the flank. Caudal forked. 

A large luminous organ below and backward of the eye between it and 
the maxillary; eighteen similar organs form a series at the bases of the 
branchiostegal rays; at each side of the isthmus there are nine more; on 
the body in each ventral series there are forty-three from the isthmus to the 
ventrals, twelve from the ventrals to the anal, and sixteen from the origin 
of the anal to the base of the caudal, that is eighty in the entire series; in 
the series from the shoulder there are thirty-nine of the light organs for- 
ward of the ventrals, and twelve from the latter to the origin of the anal. 

As in S. hexagonatus, this species is marked with hexagonal areas, in each 
of which there is a black spot including a white dot. General appearance 
blackish, with lighter fins. The barbel is whitish to the trident which is 
black. Scattered dots of white over the ventral surface recall what obtains 
on S. heragonatus though the spots are much smaller and much less numer- 


ous in the present species. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3433 25° 26’ 15” N. 109° 48’ W. 1218 fathoms 36.5° F. Br. M. bk. Sp. 


DACTYLOSTOMIAS FILIFER. 279 


DACTYLOSTOMIAS gen. n. 


Body compressed, elongate, scaleless ; vent far behind the middle. Head 
narrow, pointed. Gill openings wide ; membranes not united, free from the 
isthmus. Mouth large. Teeth rather long, unequal, upper passing outside 
of the lower jaw, anterior canines fixed, hinder teeth depressible. Palatine 
and lingual teeth present. Maxillary denticulate. Eye lateral. <A hyoid 
barbel. A suborbital luminous organ, Dorsal near the caudal, opposed to 
the anal. Caudal forked, separate from dorsal and anal. Ventrals small, 
widely separated, near the middle of the length. Pectorals of one ray, fila- 
mentary, low on the side. No pseudobranchiz ; no cxea. 


Dactylostomias filifer sp. n. 
Plate LVT. fig. 6. 
Wat seGi2=14) Aco) @l4=16))7 Vo o> PB. 1: 


Moderately elongate, deeper than wide, depth three fourths of the length 
of the head, and about one eleventh of the entire length. Head narrow, 
short, nearly one eighth of the total, rather sharp at the snout, convex 
across the crown and slightly so from the snout backward. Snout medium, 
one and one third times as long as the eye, equal in length to the width 
of the interorbital space, subconical, blunt. Eye of moderate size, three 
fourths as long as the snout. Barbel very slender, about twice as long as 
the head, with a small bulb at the end. Mouth wide; jaws almost equal 
to the head length. Teeth slender and sharp; six to eight on each inter- 
maxillary, of which the first is fixed, the second largest and with the others 
depressible, passing outside of the lower jaws; first and third teeth on each 
lower jaw fixed, on the outer aspect of the bone, and passing outside of the 
upper jaw, second tooth largest and with the fourth to the eighth depress- 
ible ; small immovable teeth, denticulations, appear on the maxillary and 
opposed to them on the hinder part of the lower series; a pair of strong 
hooked teeth on the forward part of the tongue and behind these a short 
distance a second pair; a short series of small teeth on each palatine. Gill 
membranes not united, free from the isthmus. No pseudobranchiw. A 
rather large luminous organ near the maxillary immediately behind a ver- 


tical from the posterior border of the orbit. No other light organs were 


280 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


detected on the specimens. Skin glandular, thickly beset with small papille. 
No pyloric appendages. A female of three and one half inches is filled with 
mature eggs. 

Dorsal and anal near the caudal, from which they are separated as in 
species of Stomias; dorsal origin slightly forward of the anal, base of anal 
extending a little farther back than that of dorsal. Ventrals widely sepa- 
rated, little forward of the middle of the entire length, as long as the head. 
Pectoral a single ray, slender, filamentary, inserted low on the side. 

Intense black; mouth and stomach black ; fins lighter; small white dots 


scattered over the flanks and beneath. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

3413 2° 34’ N. 92° 6’ W. 1360 fathoms 36° F. Glob. Oz. dk. Sp. 
3414 10° 14’ N. 96° 28’ W. 2232 ae 35.8° F. Gn. M. 

3418 16° 33’ N. 99° 52’ 30” W. ave 39° F. Br. S. bk. Sp. 


IDIACANTHID “i. 


Idiacanthus antrostomus. 
Idiacanthus antrostomus Gilb., 1890, P. U. S. Mus., XIIT, 54. 

Br. r. 12; D. 55-57; A. 33-34; V.6; Vert. ca. 79. 

Very long and slender, serpentiform, tapering comparatively little back- 
ward, moderately compressed, narrow in the caudal region for about one 
third of the total length. Head short, hardly more than one twelfth of the 
total leneth, little more than half as wide as deep. Snout medium, broad, 
blunt, nearly twice the length of the eye, with a sharp spine-like angle on 
the top; chin protruding, with a prominent symphyseal angle. Mouth very 
large, lower jaw as long as the head, angular with a sharp corner. Teeth 
raptorial, slender, somewhat compressed in the basal half, very sharp, 
depressible, varying in size, in single series, arranged in groups of three to 
five the anterior of each being small and the others increasing in size regu- 
larly to the hinder which in the middle of the jaw is as long as the eye, 
small at the symphyses, eighteen to twenty-one on each jaw; a pair con- 
sisting of a medium sized tooth and a small one at each side of the vomer 
and on each palatine; a similar pair at each side of the tip of the tongue 
and behind these at a short distance another pair at each side. Eye medium, 
half as long as the snout, one seventh of the length of the head, its centre 
on a vertical at the end of the anterior third of the maxillary. Nostrils near 


IDIACANTHUS ANTROSTOMUS. 281 


the top of the snout, midway from the eye to the end of the snout. Four 
gills, a slit behind the fourth ; gill openings very wide, extending from the 
upper angle of the operculum down and forward to below the eye. Twelve 
short branchiostegal rays. Barbel one length of the eye from the end of 
the chin, twice as long as the head ; outer fourth of the length expanded 
into a leaf-like organ with a long point at each end, a fleshy and rather 
thick median portion and a thin transparent border. <A light organ closely 
resembling the eye in external appearance, of half the ocular length, lies 
above the middle of the upper jaw close behind a vertical from the hind 
border of the orbit ; a series of twelve similar very small organs is situated 
at the bases of the branchiostegal rays; at each side of the isthmus there 
is a row of ten of these organs; between the isthmus and the ventrals at 
each side of the median line of the belly there is a series of thirty-five and 
a little above them on each flank a parallel series; the four series continue 
backward and between ventrals and anal have twenty organs each, while 
along the side of the base of the anal there are about thirty-five more. 
Below the large organ on the cheek on the upper jaw there is a yellow 
glandular streak as long as the orbit; similar patches of glandular structures 
form three longitudinal series of blotches along the flanks, the lower of 
which le between the light organs; posteriorly along the bases of dorsal 
and anal this structure becomes more or less continuous. A prominent anal 
papilla. Vent below the twenty-seventh ray of the dorsal. 

Dorsal and anal separated from the short rays of the caudal by less than 
the orbital length; from the snout to the first ray of the dorsal nearly four 
and to the same ray of the anal more than eight lengths of the head; anal 
fin entirely within the hindmost third of the entire length; fin rays ante- 
riorly partly free, short, slender, spinous, unsegmented, but near the caudal 
becoming stouter, longer, more than twice as long as the eye, and seg- 
mented. At each side of the base of each ray the interneurals and inter- 
heemals bear a short rigid spine directed out in such a way that the two series, 
on the opposite sides of the fin, form a trough or cradle in which the rays 
lie and are protected when folded back. In the description of Jdiacanthus 
ferox it is said “Each ray starts behind a minute curved spine-like projection 
of the vertebra.” The structure thus described would interfere seriously in 
folding back the rays. Since the rays are articulated to the bones bearing 
the spines in question they would according to the statement quoted articu- 
late directly with the vertebrae. Instead of this, however, it is probable the 


282 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


structure in J. ferox is like that in J. antrostomus and has the same functions. 
Ventrals small, narrow, as long as the cleft of the mouth, below the fifth 
dorsal ray. Caudal narrow, deeply forked, with ten short rays above and 
eight below. 

Black, with glandular patches appearing like transverse or longitudinal 
series of grayish blotches; caudal yellow; inflated portion of the barbel 
light. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

3375 2°34 Ni: 82° 29' W. 1201 fathoms 36.6° F, Gy. glob. Oz. 

3383 io LING 19° 2) W. TSS2e es: 36° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 
SALMOIDS. 


Very few deep sea species belonging to this group are known, and none 
of them occur in the material of the present report. Argentina, Micros- 
toma, Pterothrissus, and Bathylagus are given places in the lists of deep 
sea genera by different authors; but most of the species are ordinarily 
taken near the surface and it is only those of Bathylagus which are marked 
bathybial with any degree of confidence, they being least likely to have 
entered the net near the surface. Of the haul in which the first discovered 
species of this genus was secured Mr. Murray says the dredge was in the 
water seven hours and did not appear to touch the bottom, yet it brought 
up the fish, shrimps, medusze, and other animals, most of which, as he thinks, 
were taken ‘“‘in the mtermediate water between a depth of 100 fathoms 
from the surface and a short distance from the bottom” (Narr. Chall. Exp., 
1,903). Bathylagus is the genus of most interest at this time because of its 
distribution. Though, like the others of the group, it cannot positively be 
called a fish of the bottom, the probabilities are that it lives at the greater 
distances below the surface. One of the species was obtained by the 
“Challenger” in the south Atlantic at a station for which the given depth 
is 2040 fathoms, and another was brought by the same vessel from the Ant- 
arctic, taken in a depth of 1950 fathoms; two species were caught by the 
“ Albatross”’ off the eastern coasts of the United States in depths ranging 
from 600 to 1769 fathoms; and two others, also obtained by the “ Albatross,” 
have been described from the northwestern coasts of the United States, the 


stations being of various depths between 322 and 877 fathoms. 


ALEPOCEPHALOIDS. 283 


ALEPOCEPHALOIDS. 


This group contains the family Alepocephalide and several types, Ronde- 
letia, Anomalopterus and Cetomimus, of questionable relationships to the 
family and to one another, probably representing different families, but placed 
here until more is known about them. Approximately the ascertained horizon- 
tal distribution of the Alepocephalida extends in the Atlantic, including the 
Mediterranean, from ten degrees of south to fifty degrees of north latitude, 
in the Pacific from the equator northward forty-eight degrees, and in the 
Indian Ocean from Australia northward. The least depth that has been 
reported for any of the species is 200 fathoms and the greatest is 2949. 
The greatest range for an individual species is that of Alepocephalus rostratus 
Risso, off the north African coasts, from data secured by expeditions sent 
out by the French government; this species was taken at various stations 
between a depth of 453 fathoms and one of 1998, a vertical range of 1545 


b] 


fathoms. Between Japan and Australia the “Challenger” researches 
gave the family a range extending from a depth of 345 to one of 2150 
fathoms; and in the northern portions of the Indian Ocean the “ Investiga- 
tor” secured specimens at various depths, from 240 dewn to 1000 fathoms. 
There is less uncertainty regarding the habitat of this family than in 
respect to that of some of the others. Structure, blackness of integument, 
food, and the condition of the specimens on arrival at the surface all favor 
the conclusion that these fishes dwell close to the bottom, hundreds of 
fathoms below the surface. - The large eye is a distinguishing feature of the 
Alepocephalid and its possession must be regarded as proof of the presence 
of light either in the bodies of the other inhabitants of the sea bottom, 
fellows, enemies, prey, etc., or in the medium in which the family lives, one 
or the other or both. In the absence of luminous organs, except, it may be, 
in Xenodermichthys, the principal dependence for recognition of others of 
the same species at a distance, probably lies in ability to recognize similarities 
and differences in form, outlines, positions of fins, and the like, and these are 
made visible by the luminosity of the integuments of the object or by the light 
in the water around it, presumptively by both of them. The surfaces of these 
fishes are more or less phosphorescent, but aside from this it would appear 
that the large eye, with the lack of special light organs and of special devel- 
opments of the organs of touch, should be taken as evidence that the Alepo- 


284 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


cephalide, and similar fishes, dwell in water that is lighted, perhaps by 
chemical changes taking place in the ooze on the ocean floor, changes that 
may at once cause the phosphorescence, retard the waste of tissues, and pos- 
sibly add something to the supply of oxygen. 

Of the Alepocephalidx, properly so called, a single species was known 
previous to 1877. The collections of the British steamer “ Challenger” dis- 
covered six new species, representing among them three new genera. 
Various expeditions of the United States Coast Survey and the U.S. Fish 
Commission brought to light nine other species. The work of the Indian 


>? 


government steamer “ Investigator” secured eight more, including a repre- 
sentative of a new genus. The French steamers “ Travailleur” and “ Talis- 
man” found six new ones, one of them representing a genus previously 
unknown. And the present collection by the “ Albatross” contains eight 
species as yet undescribed, one of them adding a new genus to what are 
already on the lists, another representing a very distinct species of the genus 


arcetes discover vestigator ” a coast. 
Narcetes discovered by the “ Investigator” off the Goa coast 


ALEPOCEPHALID &. 


LEPTOCHILICHTHYS gen. n. 


Body elongate, compressed, well rounded above and _ below, covered 
with scales ; body cavity long; head long, rather broad, deeper than wide, 
scaleless. Mouth wide; maxillary and intermaxillary both expanded, deep, 
thin, sharp on their lower edges, Teeth small, in single series, on mandi- 
bles, palatines and vomer. Gills four; lamellx short; gill rakers numerous. 
leathery ; gill membranes not united, free from the isthmus. Pseudobran- 
chi present. Branchiostegal rays numerous. Eyes large, lateral. Dorsal 
and anal behind the middle of the total length. No adipose fin. Pectorals 
small, situated low on the side. Ventrals small, forward of the dorsal, 
Caudal deep, forked. Scales cycloid, smaller on the lateral line. Lateral 
line very distinct. Pyloric cca few. 

This genus is readily separated from Bathytroctes, which it resembles 
in position of fins, grooved skull, and other features, by the expanded and 
toothless intermaxillary, and the number of branchiostegals. The expan- 
sion to be noticed in the hinder half of the maxillaries of Alepocephalus is 


in the present genus continued forward on both maxillary and intermaxil- 


LEPTOCHILICHTHYS AGASSIZII. 285 


lary. It appears much as if the slight expansions, on the intermaxillary, 
figured on Plate LXVIII. fig. 2*, of Bathytroctes alifrons, obtaining also on 
B. rostratus and others, were in Leptochilichthys carried to a much greater 
development and turned downward to form the cutting edges. Superficially 
the upper jaws bear some resemblance to those of some Clupeoids, but the 
affinities of greatest importance connect the genus with the Alepocephalide. 
Differing so much from all the members of the family it might be well to 
set it apart in a separate division, characterized by the expanded and 
toothless intermaxillaries and maxillaries, the thirteen branchiostegal rays, 


etc. 
Leptochilichthys Agassizii sp. n. 
Plate LVII. fig. 3. 
Brearley le AS: - Vel). Bailie TBR oii saiitreG vl St 


Upper and lower outlines of the body, without the fins, somewhat similar 
and regular in their curves; depth more than one sixth of the total length. 
Head about one third of the entire length, twice as long and three fifths as 
wide as deep, widest at the occiput, cheeks somewhat concave, crown with 
a deep and wide longitudinal groove between strong ridges from occiput to 
nostrils. Snout longer than the eye, deep, blunt, thick, rounded, upper and 
lower outlines much alike in curvature. Eye large, lateral, one sixth of the 
lengtb of the head, two thirds as long as the snout, as wide as the inter- 
orbital space. Mouth very wide, more than half the head length ; maxillary 
long, extending backward one orbital diameter farther back than the orbit, 
compressed and bladelike nearly its entire length, rounded and bearing a 
small angular extremity backward, with a moderate supramaxillary bone 
upon the hinder portion, with a longitudinal keel along the outside ; inter- 
maxillary short, less than half as long as the maxillary, like the latter blade- 
like and sharp edged at the mouth. Both maxillary and intermaxillary are 
broadened like the posterior section of the maxillary of Alepocephalus. 
These broad blades extend downward outside of the mandibles and give 
the mouth a swollen appearance. Protuberance below the angular moder- 
ately developed. Teeth very small, in single series on dentaries and 
palatines, in a series of about five stronger ones on each side of the vomer, 
Upper jaws apparently toothless. Gill openings very wide; membranes 
not united, free from the isthmus; lamine short, narrow; gill rakers 8 + 19, 


broad, thin, leathery, rounded to a point, with a row of small tooth-like 


286 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


papille along each side. Pseudobranchiz present. Opercles broad, thin, 
membranous at the margins. Skull bones rather thin and fragile. About 
eight pyloric cxca. 

Base of the dorsal nearly twice its length from the bases of the median 
rays of the caudal ; origin behind the middle of the body, little more than 
half the length of the head behind the operculum. Anal origin below the 
hinder extremity of the base of the dorsal. Caudal pedicel deep; caudal 
fin forked. Pectorals small, below the posterior margin of the operculum, 
Ventrals small, forward of the origin of the dorsal. Vent below the tenth 
ray of the dorsal fin. . 

Scales cycloid, broad, thin, with prominent concentric strize ; those of 
the lateral line much narrower than those at either side of it and forming 
but elongate covers for the tubes extended between. Lateral line carried 
well out toward the end of the caudal. 

Entire length about twelve inches. 

Black on body, head, fins, and linings. 

This is one of the most interesting types in the collection. It is be- 
cause of his particular interest in these fishes that the species is introduced 


in the Professor’s name. 


Station, Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 


3398 WET Iie 80° 21’ W. 1573 fathoms 36° F. Gn, Oz, 


Bathytroctes alvifrons sp. n. 
Plate LVUI. fig. 2, 2a. 

Br.r.7; D.13 (to14); A.12(to11); V.7; P. 113 L1. 44; Ltr..4+.1+ 5. 

Form moderately slender, pointed anteriorly, compressed, depth one half 
of the length of the head. Head rather sharp forward, broad on the occi- 
pital region, narrowing downward, length about one third of the distance 
from the snout to the base of the caudal; crown with a wide deep trough- 
like groove from nape to nostrils between ridges that are nearly parallel 
throughout. Snout as long as the eye, blunt, swollen around the mouth, 
narrow above the nostrils, concave from the nostrils to below the eye, slightly 
convex from snout to forehead. Eye large, three tenths of the length of the 
head, twice the width of the interorbital space. Mouth wide; maxillary 
extending below the anterior two thirds of the eye, tooth-bearing, broad pos- 
teriorly and rounded at the end, forming nearly two thirds of the upper margin 
of the mouth ; intermaxillary expanded forward in a scalloped edge. Teeth 


BATHYTROCTES ALVEATUS. 287 


small, slender, in single series on intermaxillaries, maxillaries, dentaries, and 
palatines ; one to several at each side of the vomer; palatine series of four 
or five; intermaxillary, palatine and vomerine larger. A moderate postor- 
bital angle from which a ridge extends to that at the opercular hinge. 
Opercles thin and membranous in greater part. Gills four; lamelle short, 
narrow; rakers slender, sharp pointed, less than half as long as the eye; 
openings very wide ; membranes not united, free from the isthmus; pseudo- 
branchiz small though well developed. 

Dorsal origin two lengths of the head from the end of the snout, above 
the hinder portion of the base of the ventral; base hardly reaching to a ver- 
tical from the middle of the anal. Anal origin below the eighth or the 
ninth ray of the dorsal. Vent below the fourth dorsal ray. Depth of the 
caudal pedicel about half of the depth of the body; caudal fin deeply 
notched. 

Scales, large, thin, deciduous, somewhat narrower in the lateral line. 

Black outside and on the linings of the body cavities. 

Total length of the described specimen nearly nine inches, 

A larger eye, shorter snout, shorter maxillary, broader occiput, and a 
shallower trough are prominent distinguishing features when this species is 


compared with B. alveatus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3382 62.917 IN. 80° 41’ W. 1793 fathoms 35.8° F. Gn. M. 
3413 2° 34’ N. 92° 6’ W. 1360 * 36° F. Glob. Oz. dk. Sp. 


Bathytroctes alveatus sp. n. 
Plate LVI. fig. 1. 
Brame Dstoloe AS ths Ve105: BP. 11s El ROes ire jo 


Form bearing some resemblance to that of Warecetes erimelas Alc.; depth 
equal to half of the length of the head. Head long, pointed in front, one 
third of the length to the base of the caudal, with a deep longitudinal trough 
on the top between two strong ridges which converge in front of the eye, 
fading between the nostrils, and which slightly converge toward the nape. 
Snout elongate, one and one half times the eye in length, rounded at the 
end as seen from above, acute as seen from the side, concave on the sides 
from the eye to the nostrils. Eye of moderate size, two thirds of the length 
of the snout, one fifth as long as the head, as wide as the interorbital space. 
Mouth wide ; maxillary extending little if any farther backward than the 


288 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


hind border of the orbit, more than half as long as the head, very broad 
toward the end, forming about three fifths of the upper border of the mouth, 
rounded on the hind margin; intermaxillary with edge directed out and 
forward. Teeth small but rather strong, subconical, hooked, uniserial, on 
premaxille, maxille, dentaries, and palatines; one to three fang-like teeth 
at each side of the vomer. Symphyseal angle and that below the angular 
not very prominent; angle at the opercular hinge more prominent than 
that behind the orbit; angles in front of the eyes, or those forward of the 
nostrils low. Gills four; lamella short, narrow; rakers five plus sixteen, 
slender, sharp pointed, longest three fourths as long as the eye; membranes 
not united, free from the isthmus; openings very wide; pseudobranchiz 
small. Opercles membranous and thin toward the margins. 

Dorsal origin distant from the end of the snout one and two thirds times 
the length of the head, above the middle of the base of the ventral. Anal 
origin below the hind end of the base of the dorsal. Vent little backward 
of a vertical from the middle of the dorsal’s base. Ventrals moderate, 
reaching the anal. Pectorals small, low on the side of the body, reaching 
halfway to the ventrals. Caudal pedicel rather slender; caudal fin deeply 
notched. 

Surface and interior linings black. 

The specimen described has a length cf seven and one half inches. 

This species is readily separated from B. alvifrons by a smaller eye, a 


longer snout, a wider and longer maxillary, and by the fins and the scales. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3376 3°97 N- 82° 8! W. 1132 fathoms 36.3° F. Gy. glob. Oz. 
3400 0° 36'S. 86° 46’ W. 1322 « 36° F. Lt. gy. glob. Oz. 


Bathytroctes inspector sp. n. 
Plate M, fig. 1. 
Bre 3D. dos Ants Vere Pel. Tl, AG\(to 48) lite o lest o. 


Moderately compressed in body and head, depth nearly one fifth of the 
entire length, taper toward the caudal not rapid and not large in amount. 
Head about one third of the total length, four fifths as wide as deep at the 
occiput, moderately arched from the snout to the interorbital space, convex 
on the crown; skull narrow between the eyes and between the nostrils. 
Snout short, blunt, half as long as the eye, concave ‘in front of the eye on 


NARCETES PLURISERIALIS. 289 


the side, slightly swollen around the mouth. Mouth of medium width, 
cleft to a vertical from the middle of the eye, rising forward ; maxillary 
tooth-bearing, widening backward, rounded on the hind margin, with a low 
ridge along the outside, forming about five sevenths of the mouth border; 
intermaxillary short, two fifths as long as the maxillary spreading out 
and forward. Teeth small, subconical, in single series on intermaxillaries, 
maxillaries, and dentaries ; a single larger tooth, like a small fang, at each 
side of the vomer. Eye very large, lateral, twice as long as the snout, five 
times as wide as the interorbital space on the skull, two fifths as long as the 
head. A sharp ridge from the angular up and forward to below the eye 
on the mandibles. Corner below the angular prominent. Four gills; 
lamelle short, narrow; rakers five plus fifteen, slender, longest two fifths 
as long as the eye; openings very wide; membranes not united, free from 
the isthmus. Opercles large, thin and membranous backward. Pseudo- 
branchiz well developed. The narrow groove on the skull between the 
eyes widens into a rounded concavity backward; forward at each side of 
it there is a shorter groove. Eight moderately long pyloric cxca. 

Dorsal origin twice the length of the head from the end of the snout. 
Anal origin below the twelfth or thirteenth ray of the dorsal. Ventral bases 
very little forward of a vertical from the first ray of the dorsal; fins reach- 
ing behind the vent. Vent below the middle of the dorsal base. Depth 
of the base of the caudal about half of that of the body; fin forked. 
Pectorals small, below the middle of the side. 

Scales large, broad, thin, flexible, deciduous; those of the lateral line 
half as broad as those in the series at either side of it. 

A female ten inches in length contains mature eggs one eighth of an 
inch in diameter. 

Intense black outside and on the linings of the entire body cavity. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3361 6° 10’ N. 83° 6’ W. 1471 fathoms 36.6° F. Gn. Oz. 


Narcetes pluriserialis sp. n. 
Plate LVI. fig. 3. 
Brit 8; D.19; A. 14; V. 8; P. 11; LI. 105; Ltr. 9-1 + 18. 


Resembling Narcetes erimelas Alc. to a considerable extent in form but 


more elongate, possessed of more branchiostegal rays, of pluriserial teeth 
gees 19 


290 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


throughout the jaws, and of a dorsal extending back above the anal. 
Moderately compressed, very long, tapering comparatively little, depth 
about one seventh of the total, body cavity occupying two thirds or more 
of the total length. Head scaleless, long, about one fourth of the entire 
length, subpyramidal, four fifths as wide as deep, crown very slightly 
convex, with a median trough on the top that vanishes near the nostrils 
and is deepest near the nape. Snout large, less than one third as long as 
the head, nearly as broad as long, pointed, upper outline descending little 
from the level of the crown; chin rather steep. Nostrils close together, 
nearer the eye than the end of the snout; posterior more than twice as 
large as the anterior, oblique, narrow, elongate; anterior small, subcireular. 
Eyes lateral, large, more than half as long as the snout, nearly one sixth as 
long as the head, three fifths as wide as the interorbital space. Mouth very 
large, oblique, cleft more than half the length of the head, extending farther 
back than the eye; maxillaries forming two thirds of the edge in the upper 
jaws, posteriorly three fourths as broad as the eye, thin and rounded up 
and forward at the end; premaxillary short, half as long as the maxillary, 
extended out or forward at the edges; mandibles strong and deep backward, 
rising and tapering rapidly forward. Teeth small, subconical, hooked, 
incurved, unequal, in bands of several series on premaxille, maxilla, den- 
taries, and palatines; outer series smallest, inner much the largest and 
depressible ; a single large tooth at each side of the vomer. Hyoid with a 
prominent angle above the end and apparently without teeth. Opercular 
flap membranous, longer toward the base of the pectoral. Gills four; 
lamellz short, narrow; membranes not united, free from the isthmus; 
rakers slender, three plus thirteen on the forward edge of the first arch, 
longest less than half as long as the eye ; pseudobranchiz well developed. 
Dorsal origin ten seventeenths of the distance from the snout to the end 
of the caudal; length of base about equal to its distance from the caudal or 
to two fifths of the distance from the occiput, nearly half as long as the 
head. Anal origin below the eighth ray of the dorsal, five or six of the rays 
backward of the dorsal base. Ventrals small, inserted near the middle of the 
entire length. Vent distant from the origin of the ventrals half the length 
of the head. Pectorals small, low on the side. Caudal deeply notched. 
Scales of medium size, thin, deciduous; those of the lateral line large, 
convex or raised on the tube, which forms a rounded notch in the hinder 


margin of each scale. 


ALEPOCEPHALUS ASPERIFRONS. 291 


The specimen from which the description is taken had a length of nearly 
or quite seventeen inches. 
Deep black over the entire surface and on the linings of the body cavity. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3365 5° 31’ N. 86° 31’ W. 1010 fathoms 37°F. Y1. glob. Oz. 


Alepocephalus asperifrons sp. n. 


Plate LIX. fig. 1. 


Br. r. 6; D; 16-17; A. 17-19; V..7; P. 11; Ll. 56-58; Ltr. 8 + 1 + 
16 ca. 

Compressed, depth nearly one fifth of the entire length, caudal region of 
moderate slenderness. Head about one third of the total length, broad at 
the back, narrowing toward the throat, broadly curved from the occiput to 
the end of the snout, with a concave depression or trough from the nape 
to the internarial region; crown dish-like on the parietal region, with a 
short ridge putting forward from the occipital crest. The frontal ridges are 
continuous and converge to a point above the vomer on the snout, where 
they turn abruptly outward; posteriorly they appear to consist of single 
rows of rough more or less confluent tubercles, giving the edges of the 
ridges a very rough or serrated profile; these rough crests extend forward 
between the orbits. Snout moderate, somewhat concave on the sides for- 
ward of the eyes, wider about the mouth, narrow between the nostrils, as 
long as the eye, blunt. Mouth wide; maxillz broadening and rounded pos- 
teriorly, reaching little backward of the middle of the eye, toothless. Teeth 
small, slender, acicular, in single series, on intermaxillaries, palatines, and 
dentaries. Gill covers thin and membranous at the margins, extending back 
on the bases of the pectorals. Gill membranes not united, free from the 
isthmus. Pseudobranchiz well developed. 

Dorsal origin two lengths of the head from the end of the snout; dorsal 
base shorter than its distance from the median caudal rays. Anal origin be- 
low the third or the fourth ray of the dorsal; anal base extending backward 
of the base of the dorsal one or two rays. Vent little behind the first dorsal 
ray. 

Entire length about twelve inches. 

Surface and internal linings deep black. 


292 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3357 GI SHON Gs 81° 44’ W, 782 fathoms Sista 1s Gn. S. 
3393 fealbaNe 79° 36° W. 1020 =¢§ 36.8° F. Gn. M. 


The formule given below will serve to indicate the closeness of the rela- 
tionships of the seven species belonging to the genus Alepocephalus known 


from off the North American coasts. 


A. asperifrons B. 6, D. 17, A. 19, V. 7, P. 11, Seales 8-56 to 58-16. 


A. Bairdii Be 6D) 225 25) Vl O; eee 7-65-11. 
A. productus DT eA al ii és 9-67-12. 
A. Agassizii Dio ASIAN =O. Pate << 10 =90hte 
A. fundulus Be 7 De tG AS ie, Viab, be ble ee sho 90— 3. 
A. convexifrons B. 6, D.18, A.19, V.7,P.11, “ 12-90-17. 
A. tenebrosus Dirty Acai, P.10, “- -16—90-16. 


Alepocephalus convexifrons sp. n. 
Plate LIX. fig. 2. 
Br r. 6; D, 18. A. 19s Vers Brill 3 E190) cal hire? al aie 


A stouter and less elongate form than A. /widu/us, more slender in the 
caudal region, more curved on the top of the head, and with much less 
depression at the back of the crown. Head about two sevenths of the entire 
length, without a longitudinal groove on the top, profile convex from snout 
to nape. Snout medium, little longer than the eye, narrow between the 
nostrils, concave in front of the eye, broadened about the mouth, blunted at 
the end. Mouth wide; maxillary much broadened and rounded posteriorly 
reaching almost or quite to a vertical through the middle of the eye. Teeth 
small, in a single series on intermaxillaries, palatines, and dentaries. Vom- 
erine teeth undetermined. Gills four; lamelle short, narrow ; rakers seven 
plus fifteen, longest less than half as long as the eye. Pseudobranchie well 
developed. Opercles broad, thin, membranous toward the margins. Gill 
openings wide; membranes not united, free from the isthmus. Twelve 
pyloric czeca, 

Dorsal origin two and one fourth lengths of the head from the end of the 
snout, above the vent; length of base three fourths of its distance from the 
median rays of the caudal. Anal origin below the third or the fourth ray of 
the dorsal; base reaching six or seven rays backward of that of the dorsal. 


Caudal pedicel moderately slender. 


ALEPOCEPHALUS FUNDULUS. 293 


Total length of the largest specimen twelve inches. 

Deep black over the surface and on the linings of the interior. 

Further differences between this form and A. fundudus are seen in the 
shorter head, shorter snout, obsolescent ridges along the top of the head, 
sinaller number of branchiostegal rays, and larger number of ventral rays. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3418 16° 33’ N. 99° 52’ 30” W. 660 fathoms 39° F. Br. 8. bk. Sp. 


Alepocephalus fundulus sp. n. 
Plate LVI. fig. 2. 
Bremer sD lG—=eAs line Vi Ors Pods Sele 90. Titres 10: => 1 4218: 


Elongate and compressed in body and head, greatest depth one half the 
length of the latter. Head length one third of the distance from the snout 
to the base of the caudal, width seven tenths of the depth; lower profile 
nearly horizontal, upper in a very low arch above the orbits; crown of 
moderate width, somewhat concave transversely. Snout one and one third 
times as long as the eye, narrow between the nostrils, concave from the eye 
forward, broadened at the mouth, blunt at the end, with a sharp projection 
below the mandibular symphysis. Eye large, one and one half times the 
interorbital space, shorter than the snout, nearly one fourth as long as the 
head. Mouth large, rising but little forward, cleft to the suborbital region ; 
maxillary broadened and rounded posteriorly, sharp edged and toothless 
below, edging nearly half of the mouth, extending below the anterior third 
of the eye; edges of premaxille turned downward. Teeth small, sub- 
conical, on premaxille, palatines, and dentaries; absent from maxilla, 
vomer and hyoid. Opercles broad, thin, membranous toward the edges, 
longer below the middle. Gills four; lamelle short, narrow ; membranes 
not united, free from the isthmus; openings very wide ; rakers seven plus 
tourteen, broad, thin, less than half as long as the eye. Pseudobranchixe 
well developed. Pyloric cxea fifteen. Lateral line very distinct. 

Scales small, strong, rather firm, slightly roof-shaped, edged with mem- 
brane ; those of the lateral line narrower. Head scaleless. 

Dorsal origin near five eighths of the distance from the snout to the end 
of the caudal, little backward of a vertical from the vent; base shorter than 
that of the anal. Vent midway from the bases of the pectorals to the bases 


of the median caudal rays. Origin of the anal slightly backward of that 


294 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


of the dorsal. The distance from the anal to the origin of the ventrals is 
nearly equal to-the depth of the head, that is a little more than half the 
length of the head. Pectorals short and broad, not reaching to the bases 
of the ventrals. 

Description taken from a specimen sixteen and one half inches in length. 

Entire surface and linings of the body cavities deep black. 

Formule and size of scales would bring this species close to A. Agassizii 
G. B., but the latter is less elongate, and has a shorter snout and more 
curvature on the forehead. A. productus Gill has a smaller eye, larger scales, 
and less elongation than the present form, A. Blanfordi Alc. is probably a 
close ally of A. fundulus; the former is figured without a lateral line. 
Distinguished from A. tenebrosus Gilb. by the smaller number of scales above 
the lateral line, by the small scales of the lateral line, by the longer maxil- 
lary, by the greater length of the base of the anal as compared with that 
of the dorsal, and by the greater length of the body in front of the dorsal 
fin. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3360 Go aiZe NG 82° 5! W. 1672 fathoms 36.4° F. Fne. bk. dk. gn. S. 
3392 ie OF O07 ING 79° 40’ W. 1270) 65 36.4° F. Hard. 
HALOSAUROIDS. 
HALOSAURID A. 


In the report on the deep sea fishes obtained by the “Challenger” Expe- 
dition, published in 1887, this family was treated as if composed of a single 
genus, Halosaurus; in the latest publication on the collections of the 
“ Investigator,’ 1896, the treatment is the same. The same arrangement 
is followed in the present report, excepting that the genus is divided into 
two subgenera, the first of which, with H. Owenii Johns. as the type, is 
characterized by scales on the crown and forehead and by little or no to 
moderate enlargement of the scales of the lateral line, and the second, 
having for types HZ. rostratus Giint., and H. macrochir Giint., is distinguished 
by absence of scales on the top of the head and by much enlarged scales 
on the iateral line. On alcoholic specimens of the two subgenera there is 
a difference in the luminous organs which probably appears to some extent 
on the living individuals; the membranes covering the lanterns are nearly 


or quite transparent on /Z. Oweni and its allies of the first group, while on 


HALOSAURIDE. 295 


the species of the second group they are more opaque. It is likely this 
difference is due to the more advanced and perfect development of the 
lanterns accompanied by the greatly differentiated scales on the species of 
the second division. The type of Halosaurichthys Alc., 1889, was a species 
belonging to the subgenus Halosaurus ; the genus was based on insufficient 
or incorrectly interpreted characters, and has since, in 1896, been dropped 
by its founder. In their latest publications Goode and Bean and Collett 
retain Halosaurichthys and further divide the remainder of Halosaurus into 
two genera. Goode and Bean name their genera Halosaurus, Aldrovandia, 
and Halosaurichthys ; and Collett names his Halosaurus, Halosauropsis, and 
Halosaurichthys. Aldrovandia and Halosauropsis differ only in name. 
Goode and Bean characterize Aldrovandia thus: ‘* Lyopomi, with ventrals 
normal; no second dorsal fin; vertex scaleless; scales of the lateral line 
enlarged, provided with photophores. Head with pointed snout and promi- 
nent lateral ridges. Anal fin moderate, high; its height one third to one 
fourth that of dorsal. Type Halosaurus rostratus Giinther.” The others 
being possessed by all the family, the only features of those mentioned that 
serve for distinguishing characters among the species are the scales on the 
crown and the enlarged scales on the lateral line; but the existence of 
intermediate species. with very thin transparent scales on the crown and 
with scales on the lateral line moderately enlarged reduces the value of 
these characters in a diagnosis of either genus and makes it difficult to draw 
the line of generic separation. Collett says of his genus Halosauropsis that 
it is “ Semblable au genre Hualosaurus, mais les organes lumineux de la téte 
et de la ligne latérale sont recouverts d’une membrane en forme de sac 
souvrant en bas. Type: H. macrochir Gthr., 1878.” Probably the speci- 
mens of Halosaurus examined by this author, and with which he compared, 
had been injured, as the organs of the lateral system are similar in structure 
throughout the family; the lanterns of H. Owenw, and of others of the 
group in which these organs are less developed, are provided with the very 
thin, in cases hardly visible, membranous sac-like coverings opening down- 
ward. In their development the enlarged scales, which bear the fusiform 
luminous organs, have become superstructures by spreading over and cover- 
ing the regular scales in their own series at each side and in the adjoining 
series backward, thus compelling a decrease in the number of the glandular 
bodies as the seales increased in size. The species grouped under Aldro- 
vandia, or Halosauropsis, form the second of the subgenera mentioned above, 


296 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


but which of these names should be applied to it is a question to be settled 
by priority in publication of the works in which they first appear. The 
“Oceanic Ichthyology” of Goode and Bean, the source of Aldrovandia, 
was published jointly by the Smithsonian Institution, the U. 8. National 
Museum, and the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The Smithsonian and 
the National Museum gave to their portion of the work the date of going 
to press, 1895, and the Museum of Comparative Zoology gave to its share 
the date of completion, and distribution, September, 1896. In Collett’s 
book on the fishes secured by the yacht “ /Hirondelle,” the origin of Halo- 
sauropsis, it is stated that “Ce Fascicule a été publié et le dépét fait au 
Gouvernement 4 Monaco le 1* Juillet 1896.” From this it is evident that 
Halosauropsis will have to be retained as the name of the subgenus while 
Aldrovandia becomes a synonym. 

Species of the Halosauride have been taken in the Atlantic including 
the Mediterranean from the tropics to a latitude of 42° north, and in the 
Atlantic and the Indian Ocean southward to the parallel of 46° or there- 
about. In the western Pacific north of the equator, the “ Challenger,” and, 
in the northern extensions of the Indian Ocean, the “Investigator” se- 
cured a number of others. In the eastern Pacific two species obtained by 
the “ Albatross,” and described below, establish the distribution in the Gulf 
of Panama and westward to a short distance north of Culpepper Island. 
The known vertical distribution extends from a depth of one hundred and 
twenty-eight fathoms to one of two thousand seven hundred and fifty 
fathoms, 

Apparently the fishes of this group live at the bottom. The positions 
of their lanterns on the lower portions of the head and the body indicates 
a probable habit of illuminating the mud for a short distance around the 
individual in its search for prey. There are no special tactile organs, aside 


from the soft and flexible snout. The eyes are well developed. 


Halosaurus attenuatus sp. n. 
Plate LX. fig. 1, 1a. 
Brorl5) DEAE V8 eo: 
On the specimen described nine and one half inches, of its total length 


of sixteen, are behind the vent in the tail. The body is elongate, slender, 
moderately compressed and becomes very attenuate and filamentary in the 


HALOSAURUS ATTENUATUS. 297 


caudal region. Greatest depth one sixteenth of the entire length. Head 
elongate, one eighth of the total length, retaining a considerable width for- 
ward but losing indepth. Snout more than half as wide as the head, preoral 
portion equal to half the length from the eye, broad, rounded and shovel- 
shaped at the end. Rostral cartilage with three longitudinal ridges below, 
bearing a series of prominences across the under side of the middle, blunt 
angled and rather wide at the end. Mouth medium, about twice as wide as 
long; maxillary extending little below the eye, with a sharp spine on its 
upper angle at the end. Teeth small, in villiform bands, similar to those of 
HH. radiatus but more slender, on jaws, palatines, and pterygoids. Eye 
medium, length more than twice the width of the interorbital space, more 
than five and one half times in the length of the head, two and one half 
times in the length of the snout. Nostrils small, close together, close to the 
orbit, anterior with a hood-like valve opening forward. Opercles thin, 
flexible, rather short, the muciparous canals extending farther back and end- 
ing in a couple of angles below the base of the pectoral. The opercle itself 
is dark colored and, apparently, the whitish membranes of the canals are 
applied to its surface. Gill arches rather short; eleven rakers on the first 
arch, shorter than the lamine, tubercular. Gill membranes hardly united, 
free from the narrow isthmus; gill lamin short, two fifths as long as the 
eye. Mucous canals greatly developed along the side of the head and below 
each lower jaw; that from the snout below the eye to the opercle is met by 
that from the chin below the pupil, both widening as they pass backward 
until at the end their width equals the length of the orbit. On the top of 
the head the development of the mucous system is hardly greater than on 
the flank. From the upper angle of the gill opening the lateral line system 
drops into and through the axil, below the base of the pectoral, until low 
on the flank where it passes backward, traced by an opaque whitish band 
‘(the nerve) under a series of scales upon which there is a series of vertical 
organs, probably light producers, which externally are covered by a thin 
transparent membrane. The vertical organs resemble those of Lampro- 
grammus, Plate XXXIV. fig. 5. 

Dorsal origin little more than two lengths of the head from the snout ; 
base twice as long as the eye, the same distance backward of the insertions 
of the ventrals; fin shaped like that of HZ. macrochir, higher than long, rays 
decreasing rapidly in Jeneth from the second backward; first ray shorter 
than the second, slender. Origin of the anal about three lengths of the 


298 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


dorsal base backward of the latter, longest ray twice the orbital length. 
Ventrals small, shorter than the snout, united by membrane. Pectorals 
small, narrow, acuminate, equal the rostrorbital length of the head, distant 
from the dorsal little more than twice the rostral length. In the tail the 
filamentary portion is not far from one seventh of the total length. 

Seales medium, thin, each concentrically striate in its backward half and 
in its anterior section marked with longitudinal grooves diverging forward ; 
twelve scales above the lateral line and five below it; those of the line wider 
but of the same length as the adjacent scales. 

Branchiostegal membranes, throat, intestines, and linings of body cavity 
black ; sides of head blackish, except mucous canals and luminous organs, 
which are light colored; muscular portions light reddish brown, probably 
more brilliant in life. Air bladder nacreous. Described from an adult 


female. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3413 2° 34’ N. 92° 06’ W.« 1360 fathoms 36° F. Glob. Oz. dk. Sp. 


Halosaurus radiatus sp. n. 
Plate LX. figs. 2, 2a; Plate LXXXIV. figs. 3-6. 
Breer 21-23 3De le Voe Pale: 


Body elongate, compressed, rather stout and broad backed near the head, 
tapering to slender in the caudal region, depth in front of the dorsal fin one 
eleventh of the total length. Head high at the nape, descending and acumi- 
nate forward. Snout moderately produced, preoral about half of the prena- 
rial length, preorbital length twice the length of the orbit, slightly broadened 
or shovel shaped at the end. Mouth small, inferior, half as long as wide, 
length near three fifths of that of the eye. Maxillary with a sharp spine, 
reaching little behind a vertical from the front of the orbit. Teeth very 
small, subconical, hooked, with a slight swelling in the bend near the point, 
strong toward the base, in villiform bands on jaws, palatines, and pterygoids. 
Eye large, hardly more than one sixth of the head, one half as long as the 
snout, equal to the width of the interorbital space. Nostrils close to the 
eye, close together; posterior larger, crescent shaped; anterior with a 
hood-like valve opening forward. Opercles flexible, thin. Branchiostegal 
rays numerous, varying from twenty-one to twenty-three, very slender. Four 
gills; laminze elongate, numerous; rakers short, longest one fourth as long 


HALOSAURUS RADIATUS. 299 


as the eye, five on the front of the upper portion of the first arch and ten to 
twelve on the lower. Gill openings wide; membranes hardly united, free 
from the isthmus. No pseudobranchie. 

Dorsal origin two lengths of the head from the end of the snout; base 
equal to prenarial length of snout; fin highest in the anterior rays, height 
equal rostrorbital length in head, anterior ray little shorter. Anal origin 
three lengths of the base of the dorsal backward of the latter. Vent close 
to the anal. Ventrals small, as long as the snout, bases little in front of a 
vertical from the origin of the dorsal, close together, joined by membrane. 
Pectorals small, three fifths as long as the head, above the middle of the 
side, acuminate. Candal section tapering to a thread-like filament. Scales 
medium, with fine strize forming a horseshoe-shaped band parallel with the 
hinder and the lateral edges, and on the anterior portion with longitudinal 
strie, divergent forward from the middle of the scale; those of the lateral 
line no larger than the others. Lateral line descending from the upper 
angle of the gill opening through the axil to the lower part of the side 
whence it continues backward through a series of luminous organs. Each 
scale of the line is transparent and bears a vertically placed organ resem- 
bling those of Lamprogrammus, Plate XXXIV. figs. 1, 4, 5, which in turn 
is covered by a thin transparent membrane. The number of transverse 
series varies from two hundred and ten to two hundred and twenty-five, 
and the number of longitudinal from eleven to twelve above the line, 
and five below it. Mucous channels greatly developed on the side of the 
head from the snout to the lower edge of the opercle and from the chin 
back to the same point below each mandible. These lower canals meet the 
others below the hind border of the orbit, but a junction is made nearer 
the end of the tubes; the pores open along the lower edges of the tubes. 
Pyloric appendages ten to twelve, in a comb-like web along the intestine. 
A specimen of thirteen and one half inches contains well developed eggs. 

Brown to blackish, the black generally in puncticulations, lighter to sil- 
very on the sides and below; mucous channels whitish ; tip of snout with a 
black spot; dorsal and pectorals lighter; fin margins black ; intestine red- 
dish or yellowish ; linings of mouth and gill chamber, isthmus and shoulders 
around the gill opening black; lining of abdominal chamber silvery to 
blackish, with puncticulations of black. A common marking on the scales is 
silver on the middle to the anterior margin, and puncticulate brown to dark 
brown on the posterior half of each scale. 


300 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


The branchiostegal rays serve to distinguish this species from any other 
at present known. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

3394 Th AAS 79° 35’ W. 511 fathoms 41.8° F. Dk. gn. M. 

3396 YO BEF INT 78° 36’ 30” W. bo 47.4° F. Hrd. gy. M.S. 

3354 7° 09 45” N. 80° 50’ W. 322 ce 46° F. Gn. M. 
NOTACANTHOIDS. 


The eleven known species of the Notacanthoids represent three genera, 
Polyacanthonotus, Notacanthus and Lipogenys. So far as now determined 
members of the group occur in the Mediterranean and the neighboring parts 
of the Atlantic, in the northwestern Atlantic, at the south of Japan, at the 
south of Australia and New Zealand, off the southwestern coasts of South 
America, in Bering Sea, and, from the material at hand, in the eastern part 
of the tropical Pacific. None have yet been reported from the Indian Ocean, 
or from the southern Atlantic. The greatest depths were those for Polya- 
canthonotus Challengeri Vaill., taken by the ‘Challenger,’ south of Yedo, 
Japan, at 1875 and 1625 fathoms, and by the “ Albatross,” west of the Pribi- 
lof Islands in Bering Sea, at 1401 fathoms, the nearest approach to which is 


’ 


a depth of 1209 fathoms measured by the “ Talisman” in the Mediterranean 
Sea. All of the other depths are less than a thousand fathoms. As has 
already been pointed out by Giinther in the case of Notacanthus sexspiis 
some of the species are doubtful additions to the list of deep sea fishes. 
Others have more of the appearance of such fishes as are commonly believed 
to live at considerable distances from the surface at the mtermediate depths. 
In the case of a few there is little reason to doubt that they dwell near to or 
at the bottom. 

This collection includes the types of a new species, described and figured 
below, the nearest allies of which are Notacanthus analis from the western 
Atlantic, N. Bonapartii from the Mediterranean and WV. Moseleyi from the 
southwestern coast of South America. 


NOTACANTHUS SPINOSUS. 301 


NOTACANTHID. 


Notacanthus spinosus sp. n. 


Plate L’, fig. 4, 4a, 4b. 
Br. r. 12; D.9 +1; A. ca. 17 + 106-112; V. 3-446; P. 14; C.6. 


Form elongate, compressed, thin and slender posteriorly, depth near one 
tenth of the total length; tail band-like, tapering. Head about one sixth of 
the entire length, compressed, pointed. Snout medium, acute, one and one 
fourth times as long as the eye, preoral portion three fourths of the length 
of the orbit. Eye large, two elevenths of the length of the head, four fifths 
as long as the snout, equal the width of the interorbital space. Mouth of 
medium size, below the snout, directed forward and downward; maxillary 
bifid and bearing a suborbital spine. Teeth small in a single series on jaws 
and palatines, declinable, compressed and thin edged, acute, about fifty on 
the upper and fifty-two on the lower jaws. Nostrils close together, in front 
of the eye and nearer to it than to the end of the snout, similar to those of 
Halosaurus, posterior larger, anterior with a hood-like valve open forward. 
Operculum broad, thin, flexible, supported by twenty-one or twenty-two rays 
similar to the branchiostegal. On the suboperculum there are five or six 
additional rays. Twelve to thirteen branchiostegal rays. Gill openings 
wide; membranes united below, but free from the very narrow isthmus. 
Gill rakers short, 3 + 9 on the front of the first arch. Gills four, six rakers 
in the slit behind the fourth; laminz well developed. A broad glandular 
mass above the gills inside the upper angle of the opercle below the forward 
end of the lateral line; apparently adventitious since it rests upon the lin- 
ing membrane of the gill chamber from which it is not hard to scrape away. 

Dorsal origin nearly one length of the head backward from the opercu- 
lum; rays nine or eight erectile spines and a single soft ray behind the 
hindmost spine. Ventrals small, little more than one third as long as the 
head; bases ending below or forward of the first spine of the dorsal; fins 
united by membrane. Most often there are three simple spines and six soft 
rays to each ventral; in one case there are seven soft rays, and in two 
others there are four spines, the fourth being furnished with an additional 
cusp in front. Anal origin below the third dorsal spine; fin with about 
seventeen spines in most cases, one specimen has twelve, another nineteen. 


Pectorals small, fourteen-rayed, reaching a vertical from the origin of the 


302 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


ventrals, more than half as long as the head. Caudal most often with six 
rays; occasionally there are but five, and in one case there are ten. In 
this last instance shortness of dorsal and anal indicate a mutilation similar 
to that so frequently met with in the Macruridz. The bifid maxillary with 
its spine makes an approach toward the Halosauridx that demands the addi- 
tion of this feature to those already mentioned by Alcock, 1889, Ann. Mag. 
N. H., IV, 455, as suggestive of affinities between Halosaurichthys and Nota- 
canthus, “the dorsally keeled tail with its indurations, the united ventrals, 
and the loose palatine bones.’ Scales minute, thin, adherent, cycloid, cover- 
ing head and body. Lateral line distinct, on the upper half of the flank, 
about twenty-four scales from the origin of the dorsal, or twice as many 
from that of the anal, absent on the tail for about one fourth of the total. 
Five pyloric appendages. 

On the largest specimen the color is rusty brownish red, tinted with 
bluish; blackish on the opercles and on the linings of the mouth and the 
body cavity. Smaller individuals are light brownish red. 


Total length ten inches. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

3384 72°31 30 N. 79° 14’ W. 458 fathoms 42° F, Gn. 8. 

3354 72.9! 45 Ns 80° 50! W. 322 = 46° F. Gn. M. 
MURAENOIDS. 


The families included by this group exhibit a large amount of diversity 
in form and structure and this is accompanied by a considerable variety 
in habits. Nearly all of the species live at the bottom. Burrowing in the 
mud and more or less nocturnal the Murznoids have descended and adapted 
themselves readily to the conditions of life at great depths and from the 
consequent plasticity, brought about by reduction of the amount of inor- 
ganic materials and of firmness in the structure, thus bringing the adult and 
the aged in a measure to resemble the young or the embryo of the surface 
forms in flexibility and presumably in susceptibility to modification, they 
have become, through conscious and through unconscious efforts to adapt 
themselves to or to protect themselves from the demands of their changed 
circumstances, possessed of diversifying tendencies that have produced some 
of the strangest forms among the fishes. That the fishes of great depths 
are rather more subject to variation than those near the surface is the con- 


clusion one reaches froin a study of bathybial species. The parasitic habit, 


MURZENOIDS. 03 


(Se) 


in living fishes, of some species does not separate them so very widely from 
others if it is remembered that the habit of burrowing into the dead bodies 
of other animals is not rare among the eels. 

The members of this group inhabit the marine and the fresh waters of 
the torrid and the temperate regions. There is no doubt whatever that 
future research will extend the distribution into the polar regions; for 
being found at all depths, from the surface to 2500 fathoms, and in tem- 
peratures as low as 36° F. or even lower, there is no apparent reason for 
absence of eels wherever other marine fishes occur. 

Excepting the areas near the poles, the vertical distribution as now 
known compares well with that of any of the other groups. The greatest 
depths known to be inhabited by murznoids were noted by the “ Challen- 
ger” for Labichthys fans Giint. at 2500 fathoms, and Nemichthys scolopaceus 
Rich. at 2369, in the northwestern Atlantic. In the northeastern Atlantic 
the “Talisman” reported Synaphobranchus pinnatus Gron. from 1749, and 
Serrivomer Richardi Vaill. from 1657 fathoms. The present material col- 
fected by the “ Albatross” from the eastern tropical Pacific contains a new 
species of Labichthys, L. Bowersii, from 2232 fathoms; and the “Challenger” 
secured fistiobranchus bathybius Giint. at 2050 fathoms in the middle of the 
north Pacific, also at 1875, south of Yedo, and at 1375, midway between 
Cape Good Hope and Kerguelen Island. This vessel took Cyema atrum 
Giint. in the South Pacific and the Antarctic at 1500 and at 1800 fathoms. 
The deepest captures by the “ Investigator” in the northern parts of the 
Indian Ocean were of Gavialiceps nucrops Alc. at 1570 and of Promyllantor 
purpureus Alc. at 1000 fathoms. 

In the collection at hand there are sixteen species of the group, thirteen 
or fourteen of which are first described below. The list includes a species 
of Uroconger, two species of Congermurena, one of Congrosoma, three of 
Ophichthys, one of Xenomystax, one of Chlopsis, two of Venefica, one of 
Serrivomer, one of Labichthys, one of Nemichthys and two of Echidna. 
Species of the genera Uroconger, Venefica and Serrivomer have not hereto- 
fore been reported from the Pacific. Uroconger was found in Chinese and 
East Indian waters, and more recently off the coast of Europe and near 
Havana. The new species of the genus, J. varidens, is most closely allied 
to the species taken off the coast of Cuba, which species, it may be added, 
is different from that off the northern coasts of Africa to Europe and is 
entitled to a different name. The Cuban species is figured in the “Oceanic 


304 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Ichthyology,’ Plate XLII fig. 160, under the name Uroconger vicinus ; it 
differs greatly from U. vicinus Vaill., in the origin of the dorsal fin, in denti- 
tion, and in coloration, and in the present list it is given the name Uroconger 
vicinalis. Venefica and Serrivomer have heretofore been reported, by the 
U.S. Fish Commission steamers and by those of the French Government, 
from both sides of the Atlantic in species that are closely related to the 
new ones taken in the central eastern Pacific. 

Besides those mentioned above there are eight or ten of the larval 
forms known as Leptocephaloids which are grouped together and treated 
separately. 


MURANID &. 
Uroconger varidens sp. n. 
Plate LXI. fig. 1. 
Br. r. 14; D. 209; A>152; P. 19; C. 10; Pores 147 ca. 


Compressed and moderately elongate, one eleventh as deep as long, 
slender in the posterior fifth of the total length. Head medium, three 
fourteenths of the total, little less than half as long as the distance from the 
snout to the origin of the anal fin, about as wide as high. Snout moderate, 
rather thick and heavy, extending but a short distance farther forward 
than the lower jaws, much less prominent than that of Congermurena prori- 
ger, one fifth as long as the head, one and one fourth times as long as the 
eye, rounded at the end. Eye large, nearly one seventh as long as the 
head, as wide as the interorbital space, four fifths as long as the snout. 
Nostrils small; anterior with a short tube, on the forward aspect of the 
snout; posterior near the upper portion of the eye. Mucous chambers and 
openings well developed. Lips of medium thickness, Mouth wide, cleft to 
a vertical from the hind border of the orbit, two sevenths as long as the 
head. Teeth small, in bands on jaws and vomer, outer larger; one to sev- 
eral larger on the forward end of the shaft of the vomer and a larger one at 
each side of its head, the group on the head of the vomer separated from 
those on the shaft by a narrow interspace. The band on the shaft of the 
vomer is short, narrowly —if at all— separated from the bands on the jaws, 
and ends some distance forward of a vertical from the posterior nostril. 
Gill openings half as wide as the orbit, separated from one another by a 
space of one and one half times their width, extending half way up on the 
pectoral base. 


CONGERMURZNA CAUDALIS. 305 


Dorsal origin above the base of the pectoral; anal origin two lengths of 
the head behind the end of the snout, below the fifty-first ray of the dorsal. 
Dorsal and anal moderately deep, continuous with the caudal, which is 
small, pointed, and about as long as the snout. The caudal pedicel is 
more tapering and slender than in Congermurana proriger and C. caudalis. 
Pectorals as long as the mouth, moderately broad, rounded on the outer 
edge. Lateral line distinct, arched in a low curve above the gill chamber, 
with a larger lower and a median series of minute pores, which number on 
the specimens examined from one hundred and forty-five to one hundred 
and forty-nine. 

Blackish ; fins lighter, dorsal and anal with a narrow border of black, 
pectoral rather darker in its upper half; linings of mouth to abdomen white 
or silvery covered with more or less of blackish. Total length twelve and 
one half inches. 

An individual of the length of six and one half inches is much lighter in 
color, the fins are more narrowly margined with black, the muscular regions 
are light reddish brown with puncticulations of darker near the bases of 
the fins; it is whitish on the lower half of the head and on the belly, the 
lighter color reaching up behind the cheek and on the gill flap to the middle 
of the side, and the lateral line forms a rather wide stripe of white which 
narrows backward. The snout is shorter, the eye larger, and the caudal 


region more slender than in large specimens. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3396 i732! N. 78° 36/ 30” W. 259 fathoms 47.4° F. Hrd. gy. M. 8. 
3397 6° 35’ N. 81° 44’ W. WO2e mee 38.5° FE. Gn. 8. 


Congermurena caudalis sp. n. 


Br. r. 17; D. 201-207; A. 147-158; P. 15-16; C. 15; Pores 120. 

Comparatively elongate, slender, and compressed ; caudal region retain- 
ing a considerable amount of its thickness and depth toward the end of the 
column; tapering forward from the shoulders to a sharp point at the end of 
the snout; depth about one thirteenth of the total length, and length of the 
body cavity nearly two fifths. Head long, one fifth of the entire length, 
rather slender and sharp on the snout, tapering from the nape, somewhat 
flattened or depressed on the crown along the median keel of the skull. 
Snout long, protruding beyond the mouth more than half the length of the 


orbit, little wider than deep, slightly rounded across the end, one and one 
20 


306 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


half times as long as the eye. Nostrils medium; anterior forward of the 
mouth on the lower half of the snout, with a short tube; posterior at a short 
distance in front of the middle of the eye, with raised edges. Mouth large, 
cleft extending below little more than half of the eye; lower jaw shorter. 
Teeth small, in villiform bands of medium width; those on the head of the 
vomer are forward of the lower jaws and slightly separated from those of the 
shaft, which latter are stouter, arranged in about four irregular series, sepa- 
rated from those of the jaws, and disappear at a vertical from the posterior 
nostril. The pores around the mouth and on the snout are of medium size. 
Eye large, two thirds as long as the snout, one seventh of the length of the 
head, length greater than the width of the gill openings or less than their 
distance apart. Interorbital space two thirds of the orbital length. Bran- 
chial apertures extending up forward of the lower half of the base of the 
pectorals. Lateral line distinct, with a series of large pores along its lower 
edge, and with a series of minute pores near the middle, each pore of which 
is a trifle backward from one of the large ones. 

Vertical fins continuous around the tail, Dorsal better developed than 
the anal, its origin forward of the pectoral bases about one half of the orbital 
length. Anal rays short, first below the sixty-second ray of the dorsal. 
Caudal pedicel muscular and deep, fin rounded on the hind margin. One of 
the specimens studied has but fifteen caudal rays, which appears to be nor- 
mal; another has thirty-three rays in the fin, but in this case a space 
covered by membrane exists between them and the rays of the anal, which 
fin contains fewer rays than on others. Total length thirteen and one 
half, snout to anal origin five and one half, head two and seven eighths 
inches and depth at the shoulders one inch. 

Body rusty brown, darkening toward the bases of the fins; fins growing 
lighter toward their margins; snout and lips lighter; lower and hinder por- 
tions of the pectorals broadly margined with whitish ; linings of the branchial 
chamber and of the abdomen black. On other specimens the fins grow 
darker toward the caudal and the belly and opercular regions are very 
dark. 

Allied to C. mitens, but differing slightly in proportions, having a shorter 
broader pectoral, no black margin on the fins, no spots or dots, no silvery 
shade, and no lighter color on the belly. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 
354 UO AIAN 80° 50’ W. 322 fathoms 46° F. Gn. M. 


CONGERMURZENA PRORIGERA. 307 


Congermurena prorigera. 
Ophisoma prorigerum Gilb., 1891, P. U. S. Mus., XIV., 350. 


Brom Lp Ds 2277-ck iG, Pride Cy 10: Roressl36. 

Body moderately long, compressed, depth twelve times and length of 
body cavity two and three fifths times in the total length. Head elongate, 
four fifteenths of the entire length, five ninths of the distance from the 
snout to the anal origin, somewhat compressed, narrowed and sharpened 
in front, longitudinally wrinkled on the thorax. Skull with a low median 
keel. Snout prominent beyond the lower jaw, one fourth as long as the 
head. one and two thirds times the length of the eye, angled across the end 
as if for rooting. Anterior nostril below the angle of the snout near the tip, 
with a short tube; posterior immediately in front of the eye, with promi- 
nent margins. Mouth medium, longer than the snout, cleft almost to a 
vertical from the hind border of the eye. Teeth small, subconical, in bands 
on jaws and vomer. The transverse group on the head of the vomer is 
externally exposed and is separated from the band on the shaft by a narrow 
space. The band on the shaft of the vomer narrows backward and ends 
below the space between the eye and the posterior nostril; in front it is 
hardly separated from the bands on the jaws. Eye large, half as long as 
the snout, one ninth as long as the head, not as wide as the interorbital 
space. Gill apertures one and one half times the width of the eye, sepa- 
rated by a space of the same width, extending little upward in front of the 
pectorals. Lateral line distinct, with larger pores along the lower edge and 
minute ones along the middle, in a low arch above the gill chamber, wider 
forward, with one hundred and thirty-six pores. 

Dorsal and anal continuous with the caudal, moderately deep. Dorsal 
origin one diaméter of the eye farther forward than the gill opening. Anal 
origin below the fifty-sixth ray of the dorsal. Caudal short ; while the fins 
are really quite continuous about ten of the rays appear to spring from the 
end of the column to form the narrow fin. Pectorals well developed, of 
medium depth, equal in length to the distance from the snout to the poste- 
rior border of the orbit, broadly rounded on the distal end, reaching when 
applied to the side of the head less than one third of the distance to the 
end of the snout or less than half of that to the orbit. A thirteen inch 
female contains eggs that are about mature. 


308 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


General color dark olivaceous; fins with black edges that widen back- 
ward ; lateral line lighter, pores whitish ; pectoral fins yellowish toward the 
outer extremity ; linings of the branchial chamber black, those of the 
mouth and of the abdomen blackish. This coloration differs from that of 
Gilbert's specimen in having no white margin to dorsal and anal ; it may be 


that the two forms do not belong in the same species. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3389 7° 16’ 45” N, 79° 56’ 30” W. 210 fathoms 48.8° F. Gn. M. 


CONGROSOMA gen. n. 


Body elongate, compressed, caudal portion much the longer. Head 
small, shorter than the trunk. Snout short, thick, blunt. Eyes large, 
lateral; pupil round. Mouth medium, cleft below more than half the eye. 
Teeth small, subconical, subequal, in broad bands of which those on the 
upper jaws and the vomerines are not separated in front. Lips well devel- 
oped. Vertical fins continuous; caudal small; dorsal origin at a distance 
behind the bases of the pectorals. Lateral system strongly developed on 
body and head; pores large. Vent far in advance of the mid length. 

This is Congermureena with the head from the eyes forward more 
shortened, with the upper bands of teeth more closely joined anteriorly, 
with the dorsal originating farther backward, and with the vent farther 


forward of the midlength. 


Congrosoma Evermanni sp. n. 
Plate LXIL fig. 1. 
Br. r. 18; D. 824; A. 265; P. 14; C. 10; Pores 130 ca. 


Body elongate, slender, compressed ; depth one seventeenth of the total 
length, retained comparatively well toward the caudal. Head subconical, 
convex on the crown, blunt anteriorly. From the snout to the gill opening 
is one sixth ot the entire length, and from the snout to the vent is three 
eighths. Snout short, projecting beyond the lower jaw, bluntly rounded, 
less than one fifth of the length of the head, one and one half times as long 
as the eye. Anterior nostrils on the lower aspect of the snout, with short 
tubes, posterior near the eye, subround, with prominent edges. Eye large, 
in length equal to the width of the interorbital space, two thirds as long as 
the snout, two thirteenths as long as the head. Lips of moderate thickness. 


OPHICHTHYS (CRYPTOPTERUS) FRONTALIS. 309 


Mouth wide, cleft to a vertical from the hinder border of the pupil. Teeth 
small, subconical, subequal, in bands on jaws and yomer; vomerine band 
narrowing backward and ending at a vertical from the front edge of the 
eye; the group at the head of the vomer not separated from the band on 
the shaft or from the bands on the jaws. Gill openings hardly equal to the 
length of the eye, separated on the chest by a space greater than their 
width, extending upward over less than half of the pectoral base. Mucous 
cavities of the head greatly developed ; pores larger and elongate on the | 
forward portion of the snout. 

Dorsal and anal of medium development, continuous with the caudal. 
Dorsal origin the length of the mouth backward from the bases of the 
pectorals. Anal origin distant from the end of the snout two and one third 
times the length of the head, below the fifty-fourth ray of the dorsal. 
Caudal short, narrow, pointed, Pectorals short, as long as the mouth, com- 
paratively deep, broadly rounded, reaching when applied to the side of the 
head one third of the distance to the middle of the eye or one fourth of 
that to the end of the snout. 

Lateral line distinct, somewhat arched above the gills. Vent below the 
fifty-third ray of the dorsal. 

Total length ten and one half inches. 

Blackish above the lateral line ; dark chocolate brown below, excepting 
on the lower surface of the head, the lateral line, and the bases of the fins, 
which are white. Dorsal and anal are yellowish white in their proximal 
halves, black in the distal portions, and each pectoral has a large blotch of 
black on the upper and hinder portion of the fin. The linings of the gill 
chamber are black, of the mouth white, and of the abdomen silvery. 

Specific name from that of Prof. B. W. Evermann of the United States 
Fish Commission. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3355 TenlelQO ING 80° 55’ W. 182 fathoms 54.1° FF. Bk. G. Sh. 


Ophichthys (Cryptopterus) frontalis sp. n. 


Br. r. 22; D. 279; A.177; P.21; Vertebrae 63 + 94 (63 to end of body 
cavity, or 53 to vent). 

Moderately elongate, slightly compressed, tapering gradually, entire 
caudal region rather thick. Head somewhat large, one third as long as the 
body, or one seventh of the entire length ; crown broad, in a low arch from 


310 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


nape to internarial region. Snout short, nearly one seventh of the head, 
equal to the width of the interorbital space, little longer than the eye, not 
varying greatly from one third of the mouth-cleft, subpyramidal, shovel- 
shaped at the tip. Nostrils near the edge of the lip ; anterior tubular, near 
the end of the snout; posterior nearer the eye, with a shorter and smaller 
tube. Teeth small, larger forward, acicular, in two series on each jaw and 
in a single series along the shaft of the vomer. The anterior upper teeth 
form an angular transverse series, in front of the lower jaws, that is sepa- 
rated from the other teeth by a notch below the forward nostril. A group 
of several begins the series on the vomerine shaft. Several of the foremost 
teeth resemble canines. Lower jaws shorter than the upper. Tongue 
small. Eye large, three fourths as long as the snout, two sevenths as long 
as the mouth, nearly one third of the length of the head, situated above the 
middle of the mouth cleft, pupil horizontally elongate. Gill openings wide, 
more than twice the width of the base of the pectoral, separated from one 
another below by a space of less than the width of the opening, nearly 
vertical but lower angles farther backward. 

Dorsal origin over the posterior fourth of the pectoral, distant from the 
gill openings less than one third of the length of the head; dorsal rays 
weak, like those of the anal received into a groove at their bases formed 
of folds of the skin, Anal origin below the eighty-first ray of the dorsal, 
deeper than the dorsal but like the latter hidden in a groove. Tip of the 
tail finless for about one length of the orbit. Pectorals medium, two 
sevenths as long as the head. In cases the fins are very low. Vent below 
the seventy-seventh and end of body chamber below the ninety-eighth 
dorsal ray. 

Brown, darker on the upper portions; tip of tail, fins, and throat little 
lighter. 

On young specimens the whole body is lighter in color, and the fins are 
less developed. A female measuring sixteen inches in length contains 


mature eggs. Largest specimen twenty-two inches long. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3386 SRY PHIRI TOS SZ Wie 242 fathoms 48° F. Fne. gy. 8. 
3389 7° 16’ 45” N. 79° 56’ 30” W. PAO) 48.8 F. Gn. M. 
3391 7° 33! 40" N. 79° 43’ 20" W. 153 55.8 F. Gn. M. 


In the subdivisions of the genus this species should be placed in Cryptop- 
tcrus Kaup, near C. puncticeps Kaup from the Caribbean Sea, its closest ally. 


PISODONTOPHIS PENINSULZ. 311 


Ophichthys biserialis sp. n. 


Slender and elongate, depth one sixteenth of the entire length, tail one 
and three fifths times the distance from the snout to the origin of the anal 
fin, which latter is two and one half times the length of the head. Head 
subconical, crown slightly convex in all directions. Snout rather narrow, 
pointed, nearly one fifth as long as the head, projecting beyond the lower 
jaw about two thirds of the length of the eye, sharp-edged at the sides, 
flexible at the end. Eye large, two thirds as long as the snout, one eighth 
of the length of the head; pupil elongate, horizontal. Mouth wide, three 
sevenths as long as the head, extending one ocular diameter backward ot 
the orbit. Tongue well developed. Teeth small, subconical, in two series 
on the jaws and the vomer, longer forward, gradually decreasing in size 
backward, four or five large ones forward of the lower jaw between the 
anterior nostrils, vomerine series ending below the forward portion of the 
eye. Anterior nostrils tubular, pendant above the ends of the lower jaws ; 
posterior concealed by a fold on the lip, near the eye. Gill openings small, 
not as wide as the eye, separated from one another by a space equal to the 
length of the orbit. 

End of the tail extending beyond the dorsal and anal, by about one 
orbital length, finless. Dorsal and anal low; dorsal origin one length of the 
orbit backward from the gill opening, above the middle of the pectoral ; anal 
origin three and three fourths lengths of the head from the end of the snout. 
Pectorals small, as long as the mouth, pointed. Lateral line distinct. 

Light reddish brown, with a series of twenty-six elliptical or ovate spots 
of brown, larger than the eye, above the lateral line behind the head ; head 
with a dozen or more rounded smaller spots of brown, smaller toward the 
snout; lower half of the head white; lower half of body plain; fins 
whitish. 

Hab. Chatham Island, Galapagos. Probably not descending far from 
the surface. 


Pisodontophis peninsule. 
Callechelys peninsule Gilb., 1891, P. U. S. Mus., 548, 


Elongate, slender, slightly compressed forward, more so on the tail; 
depth one twenty-fifth, length of the head two twenty-fifths, and length of 
the body chamber two fifths of the total length. Head small, one fifth as 


312 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


long as the distance from the snout to the origin of the anal fin, little higher 
than wide, convex on the crown, swollen around the gill chamber. Snout 
less than one fifth as long as the head, shorter than the mouth, extending 
forward of the lower jaw one diameter of the eye, curving downward in the 
outline from the crown. Eye small, nearly one twelfth as long as the head, 
two fifths of the length of the snout; pupil longer than high. Mouth wide, 
reaching one diameter of the eye backward of the orbit, longer than the 
snout. Teeth with rounded crowns, in two more or less regular series on 
jaws and vomer; anterior group on the upper jaws larger, exposed in front 
of the chin. Vomerine series longer than the mouth, passing backward of 
the eye; anteriorly they appear to be in two series, posteriorly there is evi- 
dence of an irregular third. About the middle of the Jength of the mandi- 
bulars there are three series. Nostrils small; anterior with a short tube, 
directed downward immediately in front of the lower jaw; posterior hidden 
in the lip below the forward part of the eye. Gill openings oblique, width 
equal to one and one half times that of the orbit, or little more than half of 
that of the space separating them on the chest. 

Dorsal and anal fins low, not united at the tail; no caudal fin. Dorsal 
origin on a vertical half way from the mouth to the pectoral; anal origin 
two fifths of the distance from the snout to the end of the tail. Pectorals 
very short, deeper than long, appearing as a fold along the hinder edge 
of the gill opening; rays distinctly visible. Lateral line distinct, pores 
small. 

Light rusty brownish ; with thirty-three large spots of brown in a series 
on each side of the back above the lateral line, with a series of smaller spots 
below the lateral line, alternating with the series above it, and with a more 
or less incomplete third series below the second at the sides of the base of 
the anal fin; hinder part of gill chamber yellowish white; belly lighter ; 
dorsal tipped with white and bearing a series of small blotches of brown; 
head with five or six somewhat irregular transverse series of small spots, 
smaller forward and below, forming complete circles between the snout 
and the middle of the gill chamber. While the lateral spots on the body 
commonly alternate, there are cases in which they coalesce and form 
bands. 

Hab. Panama and northward. Described by Gilbert from La Paz Bay, 
Gulf of California. This species would better be placed in the subgenus 
Pisodontophis Kaup. It is not a deep sea fish. 


ECHIDNA COCOSA. B13 


Echidna cocosa sp. n. 


Form similar to that of Echidna nebulosa Ahl. Body moderately com- 
pressed ; vent near the middle of the entire length; tail retaining its depth 
until near the extremity, where it tapers rapidly to the bluntly rounded end. 
Head compressed, much arched above the snout, concave in the outline of 
the interorbital region, measuring about one eighth of the total length, depth 
one sixteenth of the entire length and width close upon two thirds as much. 
Snout higher than wide, strongly arched from the lip to the interorbital 
space, one and one half times as long as the eye. Eye medium, one ninth 
as long as the head, two thirds of the length of the snout. Mouth wide, less 
than one third of the head length, hardly extending backward of the orbit 
one diameter of the eye. Teeth of divers shapes and sizes. The anterior 
eighteen or twenty of the upper jaw are larger, swollen at the base and 
moderately sharp at the apex; about seventeen of them belong to the max- 
illary series and are arranged in two series at the sides of the jaw, but one 
in front, those of the outer series being+smaller and alternating with those 
of the inner ; the other two of this group are continuous with the vomerines, 
still larger and depressible, forming a row between the maxillary series. 
Backward of the large teeth there are smaller maxillary teeth in two series, of 
five or six teeth each, which continue farther back in a single series of half 
a dozen teeth. Anteriorly for the greater part of the length in the vomer- 
ine series the teeth are crowded together as if in one to three irregular 
series, not distinct as in 7. nebulosa, but farther back they form a single row 
which reaches farther backward than the cleft of the mouth. On the lower 
jaws in the group at the symphysis there are twelve large teeth or more, of 
which the median two pairs are larger and resemble canines, behind 
the large ones; at the sides the teeth are smaller and form single series. 
Anterior nostril with a short tube; posterior pore-like, above the front edge 
of the orbit. Gill opening smaller than the eye. Vertebra 57 + 66, 
Dorsal rays 186 + 170 ca.; dorsal origin nearly one fourth of the length of 
the head forward of the gill openings. 

In a measure the coloration resembles that of /. nebulosa; there are 
about twenty-eight more or less indefinite and irregular transverse bands of 
brown separated by narrow spaces of lighter, bands and spaces much broken, 


blotched, and varied by lighter or darker. 


314 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Hab. Cocos Islands. 

This species and ZL. nebulosa are closely allied. A specimen of the latter 
from the Society Islands has nearly the same number of vertebrae, 55 + 
71; but has a larger number of dorsal rays, 139 + 209 ca., single rows of 
maxillary teeth, two series of vomerines — distinct anteriorly, and a some- 


what different style of markings. 


Echidna scabra sp. n. 


This species resembles Echidna nebulosa and EF. cocosa in shape but is 
stouter, less slender, has a shorter tail, and larger scale marks than the latter. 
It also resembles /. nocturna, but has a longer anal,a different dentition, and 
a different maculation. Body and tail compressed; depth one thirteenth of 
the total length, tolerably well retained till near the end of the tail, which is 
rounded on the hind margin to a blunted extremity; vent midway from the 
eye to the end of the caudal fin. Head compressed, length about one 
seventh of the total, or four fifteenths of head and body, very convex in out- 
line above the snout, concave above the orbits. Snout deep, strongly arched, 
longer than the eye. Mouth large, two sevenths as long as the head, ex- 
tending little farther backward than the eye. Teeth varying in shapes and 
sizes: at the head of the vomer at each side there are eight large stout 
swollen-based teeth, with cusps somewhat blunt, forming a closely set series 
around a short longitudinal row of three larger ones in the middle; back- 
ward of this anterior group there are two series of smaller and sharper teeth 
on each maxillary, and a series of similar ones on the shaft of the vomer ; 
opposed to the vomerine group, on the lower jaws there is another group of 
strong teeth like those meeting them from the upper jaws, of about eight 
on each side separated in the middle by two; behind the symphyseal group, 
on each dentary the teeth are of moderate size and blunted cusps and form 
a single row. The two maxillary series of teeth below the orbit on each 
side do not end in a single series as in L. cocosa; they and the vomerines 
extend backward nearly as far as the hind border of the eye. In the for- 
ward groups the teeth increase in size backward in the series. Gill opening 
smaller than the eye. Eye large, two thirds as long as the snout, one tenth 
of the length of the head. Anterior nostril tubular, posterior above the for- 
ward half of the eye. Vertebra 57 + 69. 

Dorsal origin one length of snout and eye forward of the gill openings ; 
anal fin little more than half as deep as the dorsal, deeper backward. 


XENOMYSTAX RICTUS. 315 


Skin appearing as if roughened by imbedded scales, much larger than 
those of E. cocosa on which in fact they are hardly perceptible. 

Dark brown, with a series of small, white spots, about fifty in number, 
extending from the head to the end of the tail on each side near the base of 
the dorsal, and parallel with this series another just above the middle of the 
flank not continuing so far backward as the first. 

Hab. Cocos Islands. 


Xenomystax rictus sp. n. 
Plate N. 

Br. r. 11; D. 265-292; A. 192-214; P. 12, rarely 13. 

Elongate and moderately slender, compressed and tapering gradually to a 
slender extremity behind the body, which is subeylindrical, depth about one 
eighteenth of the total length. Head long, nearly one fifth of the total, 
narrow forward, tapering regularly from the occiput, somewhat flattened on 
the crown, half as long as the distance from snout to anal origin, three 
eighths as long as the caudal region. Snout rather long, nearly one third 
as long as the head, four times the length of the eye, extending beyond the 
lower jaw about three fourths of the ocular length, blunt and soft at the end, 
which bears a rounded patch of slender subconical teeth on its lower side. 
Eye one fourth as long as the snout, one eleventh of the length of the head, 
equal to the width of the interorbital space, little forward of the angle of 
the mouth, front edge at the posterior fourth of the length of the mouth 
cleft. Mouth wide, cleft but little backward of a vertical from the hind mar- 
cin of the orbit; maxillary ending at the mid-length of the head ; lower jaws 
shorter than the upper, a trifle swollen at the ends, where they fit upward 
into a toothless notch below the anterior nostrils. Teeth small, subconical, 
in bands which are divided lenethwise on the jaws by a groove, in a single 
series of four or more stronger hooked teeth on the vomer between the max- 
illaries, separated below the end of the snout by a wide notch from the 
anterior group. This vomerine series contains the strongest teeth; these 
extend only through the forward half of the cleft, and the series is continued 
by much smaller teeth nearly or quite to the vertical from the forward 
border of the orbit. At the inner side of the groove on the jaws, and in 
the vomerine series the teeth are rigid; all the others are depressible. 
Anterior nostril tubular, projecting above the ends of the lower jaws ; pos- 
terior subround, with raised border, half way from the eye to the anterior. 


316 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Pores of the forward part of the head elongate. Gill openings crescentie, 
upper angle at the lower edge of the base of the pectoral, twice the width 
of the space separating them on the chest, width equal two fifths of the 
length of the snout. 

Dorsal more developed than the anal, originating one diameter of the 
orbit forward of a vertical from the base of the pectoral. Anal narrow, 
originating about sixty-five rays backward from the dorsal origin. Caudal 
narrow, pointed, of about seven rays in the present specimen. Pectorals 
narrow, low on the side, acuminate, occasionally absent, commonly of twelve 
rays, sometimes of thirteen, in length equal to one half of the distance from 
the snout to the end of the maxillary, two thirds as long as the snout. 

Lateral line distinct, median, continuous; pores on the anterior portions 
subround, those toward the caudal becoming elongate or confluent into an 
open groove. Cephalic pores larger, from the postorbital region forward 
elongate. No scales. An air bladder. Vertebraee 59 + 154. Males smaller; 
females with caudal region shorter, less than three times head or trunk. 

Brown tinged with red ; pores, mouth, and edges of dorsal and anal, whit- 
ish to reddish; pectorals red with more or less of blackish at their bases. 
Young lighter in color. 

Distinguished from X. atrarius Gilb., by the equal length of head and 
trunk, by longer pectorals, and by the coloration. The proportions are 
similar to those of X. ¢rucidans Alc., but the coloration differs greatly. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3384 EBON AN 79° 14’ W. 458 fathoms 42° FB. Gn. S. 
3394 iene Ns 79° 35’ W. Sp hile y 41.8° F. Dk. gn. M. 
3354 7° 9! 45" N. 80° 50! W. 322° 6 46° F. Gn. M. 
3404 BSH 89° 28’ W. 385 = 43.2° F. R. 

3417 16° 32’ N. 99° 48’/W. 493 “ 40.6° F. Gn. M. 


NETTASTOMID &. 
Chlopsis Gilbertii sp. n. 
Plate LXII. fig. 2. 
Brit: 12); D..370ieas; As 283 ca. 


Elongate, slender, subcylindrical, tapering to the snout and to the end 
of the somewhat compressed whip-like and acuminate tail; body cavity 
one third, length of the head two fifteenths and depth one thirtieth of the 
total length. Head rather narrow, two fifths as long as the distance from 


CHLOPSIS GILBERTII. 317 


snout to vent. Snout slender, blunt, covered with papilla, soft at the end, 
ascending from the mouth forward, length from the tip to the middle of 
the eye equal to one third of that of the head. Anterior nostril above the 
premaxillary group of teeth, with a short forward directed tube; posterior 
covered by a fold of the skin which extends back to the eye giving 
the nostril the appearance of a long slit below the eye and forward opening 
in the lip. The nasal sac lies directly in front of the eye. A pair of pores 
of moderate size on the upper surface about half way between the anterior 
nostrils and the posterior. Eye large, about two fifths as long as the snout, 
nearly one ninth of the length of the head. Mouth wide, cleft extending as 
far backward as the hind edge of the orbit. A narrow notch below the 
forward nostrils between the anterior and the maxillary teeth. Teeth 
small, sharp, hooked, in villiform bands on jaws and vomer; anterior 
group forward of the lower jaws, convex forward, concave on the hinder 
margin, narrowly separated from the maxillary bands or from the vomerine 
teeth behind them; the band on the shaft of the vomer narrow forward, 
widening backward, ending at a short distance forward from the eye below 
the posterior nostrils. Gill opening small, crescentic, convex forward, 
vertical diameter nearly that of the eye, below the middle of the side ; 
interspace about one third as wide as the opening. A prominent corner on 
the angular. Lateral line distinct, above the middle of the flank, approach- 
ing the upper surface siightly forward of the dorsal. 

Dorsal origin backward of the gill openings one half of the ocular 
diameter ; fin narrow. Anal narrower than the dorsal, first ray below the 
ninety-second ray of the latter, origin at the beginning of the posterior two 
thirds of the total length of the specimen. Caudal narrow, acuminate, 
continuous with dorsal and anal. Pectorals and ventrals absent. 

Brownish flesh color, probably reddish in life, with brown puncticulations 
more or less coarse, little darker on back and head, little lighter on belly, 
fins lighter. 

Distinguished from C. equatorialis Gilb. by the origin of the dorsal almost 
directly above the bases of the pectorals, by the tail twice the length of the 
body cavity, and by the absence of a blackish streak along the median line 
of the belly. 

Specific name from that of Prof. C. H. Gilbert, who first discovered the 
genus in American waters. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 


3394 (PAIN 79° 30’ W. 511 fathoms 41.8° F. Dk, gn. M. 


318 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Venefica ocella sp. n. 


Plate LXI. fig. 2. 

D. 417; A. 324; C. 14. 

The slenderest species of the genus so far as known. In the specimen 
here described, which may not be entire, the distance from the snout to the 
vent is nearly one third of the total length, while the depth is but one 
fifty-sixth. The head is close upon one ninth of the entire length, very 
slender, and rather wider than deep, especially on the snout. Snout acute, 
very long, three fifths as long as the head, or from the eye to the tip 
excluding the proboscis equal to one half of the cephalic length. Proboscis 
more than three fifths as long as the balance of the snout, slender, pointed, 
subround in transsection, slightly enlarged near the end, situated about 
one length of the orbit in advance of the swollen ends of the mandibles. 
Anterior nostrils tubular, on the superolateral surface of the widened 
extremity of the rostrum, directed forward and upward ; posterior small, 
longer than wide, in front of the upper part of the eye and one orbital 
diameter farther forward. Mouth wide, maxillary situated backward of 
the eye about one length of the orbit. Teeth in bands, on jaws and vomer, 
small, subtriangular and somewhat depressed in the cusp, which latter is 
sharp on edge and apex and hooks back toward the gullet. Below the 
cusp on many of the teeth there is when seen from front or back constric- 
tion enough to give the outline the shape of an arrowhead. Behind the 
anterior group, and separating it from the other vomerines, there is a 
space in the shape of a horseshoe from which a notch extends outward at 
each side separating the group from the maxillary bands. Eye small, one 
thirteenth of the length of the entire snout, or one twenty-first of that of 
the entire head. Gill openings small, their width and distance apart about 
equal to the length of the orbit. 

Dorsal origin above the gill opening, fin on the specimen described with 
four hundred and seventeen rays. Anal origin below the ninety-ninth ray 
of the dorsal, fin with three hundred and twenty-four rays. Caudal narrow, 
two fifths as long as the rostrum without the proboscis, of fourteen rays, 
acuminate. The hinder half of the caudal section is less filiform than in 
V. tentaculata or V. procera, which suggests a possibility of greater length 


in other specimens. 


VENEFICA TENTACULATA. 319 


Lateral line distinct, with a single row of pores, of which fifty-two lie 
between the skull and the vent. Between the anterior nostrils and the 
back of the interorbital space there are eight pairs of moderate sized pores, 
and distributed over snout and head minute pores are numerous. The 
proboscis or tentacle has great freedom of movement and its function is 
undoubtedly tactile. Total length thirty-seven inches. 


Dark brown to black, edges of the fins and the mouth lighter, tentacle 
black. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 


3366 5° 30’ N. 86° 45’ W. 1067 fathoms 37° FB. Y1. glob. Oz. 


Venefica tentaculata sp. n. 
Plate M, fig. 2. 


Long and slender, tapering to snout and tail, anteriorly subround, pos- 
teriorly compressed, tail filiform; depth about one forty-eighth of the 
entire length. Head slender, one ninth of the total, tapering from nape to 
proboscis. Snout little more than half as long as the head, wider than deep, 
narrow forward, slightly widened below the proboscis, which latter rises 
from the top of the prenarial section, A very slight rounded symphyseal 
expansion on the lower jaws which fits into a shallow concavity below the 
anterior nostrils and lacks one length of the orbit of reaching to the end of 
the snout. The tentacular proboscis is nearly round and about one third as 
long as the remainder of the snout from the eye forward. Eye small, 
close upon one ninth of the snout, inclusive of the tentacle, or nearly 
one sixteenth of the entire head from the gill openings. Mouth wide, 
cleft extending backward of the orbit about one third of the latter’s 
diameter; jaws weak, lower slightly enlarged at the symphysis into a 
rounded extremity received behind the anterior group of teeth in a shallow 
excavation. Teeth very small, hooking back toward the gullet, very sharp 
on edges and apex, in villiform bands on jaws and vomer; forward band 
separated from the other vomerines by a space, narrowing or V-shaped 
forward, from which a notch extends outward in front of the maxillary 
bands. Anterior nostrils with a short tube, forward of the ends of the 
lower jaws, close to the base of the tentacle, directed forward ; posterior 
near the upper half of the eye, oblique, oblong, with a valvular fold on the 
front edge. Gill openings small, subround, hardly as large as the eye, 


320 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


separated by a space about equal to the width. Vent at the end of the 
anterior third of the total length. Dorsal low anteriorly, first ray above 
the gill opening, containing three hundred and ninety-seven rays in the 
present specimen. Anal deeper than the dorsal, first ray below the one 
hundred and thirteenth ray of the latter (in a second specimen below the 
one hundred and fifteenth). Caudal narrow, of twelve rays, acuminate, 
continuous with dorsal and anal; caudal region slender and whip-like. 
Four specimens at hand vary in regard to the position of the first ray of 
the anal, which lies below the ninety-third to the ninety-fifth rays of the dor- 
sal. Otherwise there is no apparent specific distinction between the lots. 
Black, tinted with chocolate brown over the muscular portions, lighter 
below the head and on the edges of the fins, tentacle tipped with white. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

3364 5° 30' N. 86° 8’ 30” W. 902 fathoms 38° F. Y1. glob. Oz. 

3363 5° 43/ N. 86° 50’ W. S78 Stay 15 Wh. glob. Oz. 

3371 5° 26’ 20” N. 86° 55/ W. “ao 0 39° F. Glob. Oz. 

3418 16° 33’ N. 99° 52’ 30” W. 660 “ 39° F. Br. S. bk. Sp. 
NEMICHTHYID. 


Serrivomer sector sp. n. 
Plate LXIITI. 


Br. r. 7; D. 159-165; A. 161-160; P. 6-7 ; C. 6. 

Slender, elongate, moderately compressed, tapering from the body to the 
snout and to the end of the tail; body cavity in the anterior third of the 
entire length. Head long, slender, deeper than wide, gradually decreas- 
ing in size from the occiput to the end of the snout, nearly one fifth of the 
total length. Snout long, acute, two fifths as long as the head, six times as 
long as the eye. Mouth wide, less than half as long as the head, extending 
little behind the orbit; maxillaries not reaching to the end of the snout by 
about one fourth of the length of the latter, slender, not expanded at 
the end. Jaws posteriorly stronger, anteriorly slender; lower jaw one half 
the orbital length longer than the upper; lower corner of the angular 
resembling a short spine. Three forms of teeth on each jaw, Plate LXIII. 
fig. 3, the outer of several rows, ‘very small, compressed, subtriangular, 
sharp-edged; the median of a single series of longer, lancet-shaped depress- 
ible teeth; and the inner of less developed, less compressed teeth, not 


SERRIVOMER SECTOR. By 


so evident on the upper jaws. Vomerine teeth much larger, blade-like, in 
two series, the teeth of which alternate to form what at first sight appears 
to be a single, compressed serrate row, extending much forward of the max- 
illaries, decreasing in size to very small in the anterior half of their extent. 
In the posterior half of the vomerines ‘each tooth is thin, wide, more than 
twice as high as wide; the outline of the basal portion is subquadrate, 
of the apical portion an isosceles triangle about one and one half times 
as high as wide, or of the portions taken together something of an arrow- 
shape ; posteriorly the series end near or upon a vertical through the 
posterior nostril. The compressed teeth in the outer row on the jaws 
reseinble the apical portions of the vomerines, but the outline more nearly 
forms an equilateral triangle. Eye moderate, one sixth to one seventh as 
long as the snout, one seventeenth of the length of the head. Nostrils 
sinall, near the eye and on the level of-its upper edge, anterior with a short 
tube. Four gills; lamin short; rakers absent; openings wide, about three 
times as wide as the eye, low on the side, descending forward; membranes 
united, joined to a thin partition attaching them to the isthmus. 

The skeleton of Serrivomer presents a number of peculiarities more or 
less divergent from what obtains in allied genera, as may be seen on Plate 
LNIII. figs. 2-5. The acquisition of the acuminate snout has been attended 
by extensive cranial modifications, as compared with other fishes. Some of 
the bones of the skull have disappeared, and others have consolidated to 
such an extent that their identity is not readily established. The mavxilla- 
ries, sphenoids, vomer and frontals account for about all the elements pres- 
ent in the preorbital section of the skull; intermaxillaries, nasals, prefrontals, 
palatines and suborbitals have vanished. The upper teeth are vomerine and 
maxillary, the former of both sectorial and raptorial teeth, the latter of rap- 
torial teeth mainly. The preoperculum is somewhat elongate and in the 
posterior half is rather broadly expanded into a very thin sheet; the oper- 
culum also is thin and broadly expanded down and backward; the inter- 
operculum is slender elongate and pointed anteriorly and is broadened and 
thin backward, and the subopereulum has been reduced to membrane or is 
absent. In the throat the glossohyal is long and pointed; the urohyal is 
subtriangular, thickened and heavier at the base, and tapers to a point below, 
at the attachment of a strong tendon passing back under the basibranchials : 
stylohyal, epihyal, ceratohyal and ‘basihyal are consolidated ; and the bran- 


chiostegal rays are very long slender and hair-like and curve upward near 


21 


322 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


their extremities, Plate LXIII. fig. 4. The branchial skeleton is shown in 
fig. 5 of this plate; all of the bones are elongate and siender. Certain 
features of the vertebra over the branchial chamber distinguish this genus 
from genera like Labichthys and Nemichthys or from such as Venefica and 
Xenomystax. The neural spine of the first vertebra behind the head rises 
from the hinder portion of the centrum and reaches backward over the 
second vertebra; the neural spine of the latter rises above the middle of the 
centrum and passes upward almost vertically; the spine of the third verte- 
bra, as that of each of the five vertebrae immediately back of it, rises from 
the forward portion of the centrum and extends forward. The ends of the 
spines of the first and the third vertebre are close together at the apex of 
the spine of the second vertebra. The ninth vertebra, has two neural spines, 
one at each end of the centrum, of which the anterior is extended forward, 
as in case of the third to the eighth, while the posterior is directed backward, 
as is the case with the spines of the tenth and following vertebra, each of 
which bears a single spine, that on the hinder half of the centrum. In the 
scapulary arch there is but a single elongate element. Carpals, radius and 
ulna are represented by the peculiar little semicartilaginous plate attached to 
the scapulary and bearing the minute six-rayed pectoral, Plate LXIII.fig. 3. 

The stomach is a long sac, pointed at the posterior extremity, which 
reaches some distance behind the vent; the short intestine leaves it on the 
lower side near the hinder two fifths of its length and passes back nearly 
straight to the end. 

Pectorals small, as long as the orbit, at the upper angle of the gill aper- 
ture, of six to seven rays. Vertical fins low, better developed toward the 
caudal; dorsal lower, originating above the eleventh ray of the anal fin; 
anal origin about one third and dorsal about two thirds of the length of 
the head behind the latter; caudal acuminate. On some individuals the 
caudal base is truncate and bears six rays the median of which are longest ; 
on others the base is more rounded and the rays of dorsal and anal appear 
to meet behind it. 

Total length twenty-two and one half inches. 

Black with more or less of a silvery shine, or in young specimens silvery 
with more or less of blackish. In cases the appearance is dark silver grey, 
in others the skin is silvery with numerous dots of black, or black with sil- 
very spaces, or in some the black predominates anteriorly and the silver 
posteriorly ; caudal white, hinder edges of dorsal and anal light. 


LABICHTHYS BOWERSII. 323 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 

3392 72 530 Ni. 79° 40 W. 1270 fathoms 36.4° F. Hard. 

3393 2 GYAN 79° 36’ W. 1020 ee 36.8° F. Gn. M. 

3388 72716) NE 79° 48' W. 1GSiee ass 36.2° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 
3381 4° 56’ N. 80° 52’ 30” W. 1772 cs 35:80 Bs Gn. M. 

3376 32 9 ON. 82° 8’ W. 1132 s 36.3° F. Gy. glob. Oz. 
3371 5° 26/ 20” N. 86° 55’ W. 770 Ws) 39° F, Glob. Oz. 

3370 52 36! 407 IN. 86° 56’ 50” W. 134 of 54.8° F. Rks. and S. 

3361 6° 10’ N. 83° 6’ W. 1471 & 36.6° F. Gn. Oz. 

3360 Geal7ioNe 82° 5’ W. 1672 ss 36.4° F. Fne. bk. dk. gn. 8. 


‘© Off Guaymas, 50 miles south.” “ Surface to 700 fathoms.” 


Labichthys Bowersii sp. n. 


Plate LXIV. fig. 1. 
Brors9} Di 252)-7A. 234 P15); C26. 


Very long and narrow; head nearly one eighth of the total, moderately 
broad and flattened on the crown, rising rather gradually from the snout 
to the top, and not so abruptly as in Nemichthys fronto, in length equalling 
one and one fourth times the distance from the gill opening to the vent. 
Shout greatly elongate, slender, from the tip to the eye equal to two and 
one half times the length of the balance of the head from the front edge of 
the orbit to the gill opening, jaws curving from one another near the end, 
lower jaw shorter. Nostrils close together, near the eye; anterior near 
the jaw with a short tube; posterior nearer the upper part of the eye. 
Mouth wide, cleft little backward of the eye. Teeth very small, in pave- 
ments or broad bands on jaws and vomer, very sharp, hooking backward, 
vomerine band ending below the forward part of the eye. Apparently 
there are but nine branchiostegal rays, though the condition of the specimen 
is such as to raise question whether the series is entire. Eye small, one 
twelfth as long as the snout, one eighteenth as long as the head, prominent. 
Gill openings as wide as the eye, extending over the lower two thirds of 
the bases of the pectorals, separated on the breast by a space of less than 
half the width of an opening. 

Lateral canal with a single series of rather large pores opening directly 
outward. 

Dorsal fin about two diameters of the eye farther backward than the 
bases of the pectorals, much lower than the anal, represented on the 
specimens at hand by a series of short spines from which the extremities 
have been carried away. First ray of the anal below the twenty-fourth ray 


394 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


of the dorsal, fin deeper than the latter. Caudal small, of six rays, con- 
tinuous with dorsal and anal, median rays longest. It is quite possible the 
tail is not quite of its normal length, in which case dorsal and anal will on 
others be found to contain more rays. Pectorals short, moderately broad, of 
fifteen rays, upper ray shorter, stouter, and compressed into a thin keel- 
like upper (forward) edge; bases very obliquely situated, so that the fin is 
carried almost on a horizontal plane with the upper edge forward. 

Uniform black, bands of teeth showing light to white, younger individ- 
uals closely puncticulate with dark. 

The specific name is given in honor of the Hon. George M. Bowers, the 
present head of the United States Fish Commission. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 
3414 10° 14’ N 96° 28’ W. 2232 fathoms 35.8° F. Gn. M. 
3388 UO? (BANE 79° 48’ W. TGS ines 36.24 By Gn. glob. Oz. 
3361 6° 10’ N. 832) 16) Wis 1471 4s 36.6° F. Gn. Oz. 


Nemichthys fronto sp. n. 
Plate LXV. fig. 1. 
Br. r. 14 (15); D. 365 ca.;, A. 369 ca.5 P. 11. 


Greatly elongated, very slender, compressed, filiform in the tail; snout 
to gill opening nearly one tenth of the total length. Head narrow, with the 
rostrum on a level with the lower part, outline rising over the nostrils and 
orbit, high at the nape, somewhat concave between the eyes, rounded 
toward the sides, narrower at the throat. Snout two thirds as long as the 
head, jaws slender and curving from one another near the end. Eye large, 
about one seventh of the length of the snout or one twelfth of that of the 
head; pupil round. Mouth very wide, cleft to a vertical from the hind 
border of the orbit. Teeth small, flattened or depressed and sharp edged 
on the crown, hooking back toward the gullet, in pavement or bands that 
are more or less exposed at the sides of the mouth, maxillary band reaching 
as far backward as the hinder edge of the eye; vomerine band ending in 
a sharp point below the middle of the eye. Nostrils close together, near 
the eye; anterior with a short tube, in front of the middle of the eye; 
posterior tubeless, in front of the upper portion of the orbit. Corner of 
the angular sharp, but not very prominent. Opercles thin, flexible, hind 
border rounded. Gills four, a slit behind the fourth. Gill openings little 


wider than the eye; membranes united, joined to the isthmus, attached to 


ATOPICTHYES. 325 


the base of the pectoral below its middle. Vent hardly one fourth of the 
ocular length backward of the base of the pectoral. 

Dorsal low, originating one half of the orbital diameter behind the 
occiput, shorter rays backward and degenerating into a series of small, 
backward-curved, sharp pointed spines. These spines appear near the 
hundredth ray of the fin and continue for about a hundred rays farther 
back, where the character again approaches that of the ordinary fin rays. 
Anal much deeper than the dorsal, first ray below the seventeenth dorsal 
ray, posterior rays not modified like those in the dorsal fin. Pectorals 
narrow, little more than twice the orbital length. 

Lateral line with three series of small pores the upper and the lower of 
which open through short tubes while the median opens directly from the 
canal. In reality the pores are grouped in fours, as was figured by Brandt 
in 1850, the groups being separated by single pores of the median series. 
This grouping is a characteristic of the genus. 

Blackish with reddish tint over the muscular portions, probably black in 
life. On the specimen from the greater depth the dark color when under 
the lens is more diffused and does not appear as distinct puncticulations, as 
is the case on the specimen described above from a thousand fathoms and 


more nearer the surface. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3384 Torole30/INe 79° 14’ W. 458 fathoms 49° Bi. Gn. S. 
3434 25° 29’ 30” N. 109° 48’ W. 1588 36.4° F. Br. M. bk. Sp. 


ATOPICHTHYES. 


Heretofore certain pelagic, much compressed, band-like, translucent to 
transparent, larval fishes have been placed in the genus Leptocephalus of 
Gronow, 1763. The type of the genus is Leptocephalus Morrisii Penn., 1776, 
a larval form which has lately been traced to its adult in Murcena conger 
Linn., 1758, which, again, was the typical species of Risso’s genus Conger, 
1826. In consequence Leptocephalus has taken the place of Conger as the 
title of the genus and many of the Leptocephalids which do not belong to that 
genus and cannot yet be definitely located are left unnamed. That there is 
a considerable number gf these larval forms that cannot be placed in Lepto- 
cephalus, but that belong to various other genera not now determined with 
sufficient accuracy is evident enough from the figures and descriptions given 


«€ 


26 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


(3%) 


below. Rather than to assign them at random it is here proposed to form a 
group for these and similar unplaced larvee, Atopichthys, in which they may 
remain until such time as by means of larger collections the adult forms and 
their respective generic affinities may be determined. To give a specific 
name to each type of Atopichthys will be likely to introduce synonyms in 
some cases, yet at the moment there appears to be no better way, in which 
to avoid the risk and at the same time to secure facility of reference. 

A most important and recent addition to the knowledge of the Atopich- 
thyes isa publication by Strémman, 1896, in which fourteen new species 
were described and figured. All of these species were placed in Lepto- 
cephalus; such of them as do not belong to the congers will be placed in 
Atopichthys until their development is traced. 

With tolerable nearness, the horizontal distribution of the Atopichthyes 
corresponds with that of the Mursenoids. These forms are pelagic, it is true, 
but it is likely the adults of most of those described below are found at great 
depths, and in view of their life histories to be written in the future they 
are introduced here in the report on the bathybial species. As yet no spe- 
cies of the genus Leptocephalus are known to occur in the eastern Pacific. 
The species of Atopichthys in the collection most resembling LZ. Morrisii 
are probably young of Uroconger or of Congermurena. Other species 
with tubular anterior nostrils, on Plate LXVII., may represent species of 
Ophichthys; another species with a nostril in front of the lower half of 
the eye may belong to a species of Chlopsis, a genus apparently replacing 
Nettastoma in this region; and another with a nostril midway from the 
eye to the end of the snout may prove a Xenomystax. One species of the 
lot, Plate LXV. fig. 2, is closely allied to Hsunculus Costai Kaup, of which 
Giinther, 1870, remarked “this fish is clearly the young of a form belong- 
ing to one of the more highly organized Physostomous families, perhaps 
of Alepocephalus.” Whether the species figured below belongs to Alepo- 
cephalus or to Bathytroctes, as is more likely, or to some other genus of 
the family is not to be decided from the material at hand. The great 
differences in the numbers of the fin rays, as compared with those of 
Fi. Costa’, make it doubtful whether the adults of the two forms belong to 
one genus. Possibly our species is a young Albula. 


n 


ATOPICHTHYS ESUNCULUS. 327 


Atopichthys esunculus sp. n. 
Plate LXV. figs. 2, 2a. 
DG UpCAG Ss P13) Vio83 (C.20- 


The form of this species closely resembles that of HL. Costai as given by 
Kaup, 1856, Cat. Apodal Fish, Pl. XVI., fig. 3. 

The body is much compressed and attains its greatest depth, which is 
about one seventh of the total length, at about three fourths of the distance 
from the snout to the tail, whence it gradually tapers to the head. Body 
cavity very long, close upon seven eighths of the total. 

Head small, comparatively narrow, subconical, near one twelfth of the 
entire length, convex on the crown and on the top of the snout, moderately 
blunt and rounded in front. Somewhat pointed, arching upward above the 
mouth, shorter than the eye. Eye large, one third as long as the head, 
longer than the snout, lateral. Mouth large; maxillary extending below 
little more than half of the eye. Teeth on the lower jaw large, slender, 
acicular, compressed, inclined forward; on the upper jaw smaller, very 
slender, vertically directed. Nostrils small, in front of the eyes, midway 
to the end of the snout. Gill openings wide, passing from in front of the 
pectoral base down and forward to below the eyes. 

Pectoral fins small, of about thirteen rays, reaching the eye. 

Ventrals small, of eight rays, bases below the thirty-fifth transverse 
muscle segment, which is nearly in the middle of the length. 

Dorsal of sixteen or seventeen rays, shorter backward, the first above 
the fifty-fourth muscle-segment or about the beginning of the posterior 
fourth of the total. Anal short, of eight rays, close to the caudal, originat- 
ing below the sixty-seventh muscle-band. Caudal short, rather deep, 


deeply forked, of twenty-five rays. Vent below the sixty-sixth muscle- 
segment. 


Translucent or transparent; with black pigment in a streak of puncticu- 
lations along the upper edge of the intestine, in a dot on the caudal pedicel 
forward of the bases of the rays, and in a transverse band across the bases 
of eight or ten of the inner rays of the caudal. 

“Off Acapulco, Apr. 13, 1891.” 


528 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Atopichthys sicarius sp. n. 
Plate LXVT. figs. 1-1 6. 

Narrow, elongate, slender, greatest depth one eighteenth of the entire 
length. The greatest depth is attained in the anterior fourth of the length 
which also apparently contains the vent. From this portion the form tapers 
gradually to the filamentary caudal. Head small, narrow, twice as long as 
high, near one fourteenth of the total length, rather pointed at the snout, 
slightly concave in the longitudinal outline above the posterior nostrils. 
Snout long, less than half as long as the head, slender, blunted at the end. 
Eyes lateral, large, situated in the middle of the length of the head, one 
sixth as long as the latter. Nostrils small; posterior forward of the middle 
of the eye about one half of the latter’s diameter; anterior the same dis- 
tance from the end of the snout and midway from the lip to the top. 
Mouth very large, cleft reaching below the middle of the eye, jaws equal 
in length. Teeth comparatively large, sectorial, compressed, acute, inclined 
forward, an anterior pair on each series longer hooked and protruding as 
canines. On each of the lower canines the upper edge bears a short den- 
ticle near the end of the tooth. Gill openings as wide as the eye, forward 
of and extending lower than the bases of the pectorals. Gill membranes 
united with the isthmus. About fifty of the transverse muscular bands are 
in front of the veut and about two hundred behind it. 

Pectorals small, as long as the eye, pointed, moderately broad. Dorsal 
and anal indistinct, apparently united with the bases of the caudal rays. 
Caudal narrow, elongate, acute. 

Pigment appears in a blotch on the end of the snout at each side in 
front of the nostril, in another at the forward end of the chin, in a trans- 
verse streak in front of the nape, in a series of spots separated from one 
another by about twelve segments on the median line of the flank, dis- 
appearing backward, and in a series of rather widely separated spots from 
the throat along each side of the intestine and the anal fin. Some fainter 
blotches appear under the opercle. The spots along the intestine may be 
luminous ; possibly this also may be the function of the deep seated spots 
along the flank. 

Total length four and one half, greatest depth one fourth, and length of 
the head five sixteenths inches. 

Station, 3357; Lat., 6° 35’ N.; Lon., 81° 44’ W.; Surface townet, Time, Feb. 24, 64 17™ a.M., over 


a depth of 782 fathoms, with a Temp. 38.5° F.; and Bottom, Gn. S. 


ATOPICHTHYS CINCTUS. 329 


Atopichthys cinctus sp. n. 
Plate LXVI. figs. 2, 2a. 


Deeply compressed in the body ; greatest depth behind the middle, about 
one eighth of the total length; upper and lower outlines curved, converg- 
ing more rapidly behind the vent; with one hundred and eleven transverse 
muscle bands forward of the vent and twenty-seven behind it. Head small, 
one sixteenth of the total, narrow, sharp pointed at the snout, tapering 
regularly from the body; crown concave in front of the eye, longitudinally 
sinuous in outline, transversely convex. Snout acute, nearly one third of 
the head, lower jaw hardly shorter. Eyes large, lateral, two sevenths as 
long as the head, nearly as long as the snout ; iris silvery, edged with black 
around the pupil, with a black bar along the top. Mouth large, reaching 
almost to a vertical from the middle of the eye ; prominence of the angular 
little forward of a vertical from the hind edge of the orbit. Teeth sectorial, 
compressed, acuminate, with a low ridge on the outer side, inclined forward; 
those on the upper jaws abruptly becoming smaller and closer together 
below the posterior nostril; an anterior larger protruding canine in each 
series. Nostrils small; posterior on the level of the middle of the eye and 
close to the front edge of the orbit; anterior near the end of the snout and 
at a short distance from the lip. Gill openings narrow, one third as wide 
as the eye, in front of and extending slightly lower than the bases of the 
pectorals. Vent near the one hundred and seventh muscular segment. 

Pectorals small, half or less than half as long as the eye, as broad as 
long ; rays short, radiating from a rounded base that is more than a semi- 
circle. Vertical fins continuous around the tail; dorsal little longer than 
the anal; caudal small, pointed. Caudal rays and those of anal distinct, 
the latter short; those of the dorsal are visible to a distance from the 
caudal equal to twice the length of the anal. 

Translucent to transparent. With black pigment in two groups of three 
small dots each at each side of the throat below the operculum, in a series 
of dots on each flank between the muscles and the intestine, in a much closer 
series of smaller dots along the bases of the anal and the caudal, and in a 
few dots along the bases of the hinder rays of the dorsal fin. 

Though in general this species bears some resemblance to the A. al/us 
of Richardson, 1848, Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Fish, 51, Pl. XXX. fig. 8-10, it is 


30 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Co 


readily distinguished from that species by the anal fin, which is nearly 


twice as long. 


Station, 3410; Lat., 0° 19’ N.; Lon., 90° 34’ W.; ‘‘ Surface Townet,” Time, 8" 48™ p.u., Apr. 3, 
1891, over a depth of 331 fathoms, for which the Temp. was 44.2 F. and the Bottom black sand. 


Atopichthys dentatus sp. n. 
Plate LXVI. figs. 3, 3 a. 


Narrow and deep, the greatest depth, near the middle of the length, is 
equal to the post anal length or nearly one eighth of the total. Upper and 
lower outlines curved throughout, converging very slowly until near the 
ends; caudal region retaining a considerable depth, blunt at the end. Head 
one seventeenth of the entire length, acute, convex across the crown; upper 
longitudinal outline straight, lower curving upward on the chin; width little 
more than that of the body. Snout about two fifths of the length of the 
head, one and one half times as long as the eye, sharp. Eye large, lateral, 
nearly one fourth of the head-length. Mouth large, cleft reaching behind 
a vertical from the middle of the orbit; prominence of the angular behind a 
vertical from the hind border of the orbit; lower jaw little shorter. Teeth 
sectorial, compressed, with a low ridge along the middle of the outside; a 
pair of large hooked canines on the upper jaws includes the similar pair on 
the front of the lower jaws; spaces separating the canines from the other 
teeth little longer than those farther back; posterior teeth of the upper jaws 
below the forward edge of the eye abruptly becoming much smaller and 
closer together and thus continuing backward. All the teeth are inclined 
forward ; the canines protrude and each pair includes a couple of small 
teeth. There are nine or ten teeth forward of the smaller crowded teeth 
in the upper jaw. Nostrils medium; posterior immediately in front of the 
eye; anterior smaller, behind the mid-length of the snout. Gill opening 
moderately wide, twice the width of the pectoral base, extending down to 
the isthmus. Muscular segments ninety-seven plus twenty-four. 

Pectorals deep and short, two fifths as long as the head, hind border 
rounded. The rays of the anal and those of the dorsal behind the vent are 
somewhat distinct ; those of the caudal are still more so and much longer. 
Caudal fin blunted at the end. 

Translucent ; muscular portions of the head flesh colored and opaque ; 
pectorals and opercles with brownish spots or cloudings; isthmus with 


ATOPICHTHYS FALCIDENS. 331 


several dots at each side; a more or less irregular series of spots, probably 
luminous, at each side of the intestine ; a series of larger luminous spots, 
somewhat irregularly placed and spaced, close to the median line of thie 
flank, each spot of which is situated on the hinder edge of the muscular 
segment at the groove between it and the next segment. Forward, a 
number of the segments here and there are without spots in the median 
series; behind the mid-length the series is more regular. On and near 
their bases the rays of anal and caudal bear very small streaks of black. 

Total length three and four tenths, head two tenths, depth four tenths, 
at the mid-length, and snout to vent three inches. 

Compared with A. falcidens the species here described has a smaller eye, 
a longer snout, a straighter crown, a wider caudal region and a smaller 


number of segments in body and in tail. 


Station, 3375 ; Lat., 2° 34’ N.; Lon., 82° 29’ W.; Surface townet, over a depth of 1201 fathoms with 
a bottom of Gy. glob. Oz., with a Temp. of 36.6° F.; Time, 64 26™ a. m., March 4, 1891. 


Atopichthys falcidens sp. n. 


Plate LXVT. figs. 4,44. 


Comparatively short and very narrow; greatest depth, in the anterior 
half, about one ninth of the total length, caudal region tapering regularly 
along the bases of the fins: Head nearly one eighteenth of the entire 
length, upper longitudinal outline arched over the orbit and slightly concave 
above the nostrils, lower outline convex in the mandibles, width greater than 
that of the body, convex across the crown, tapering from the nape, acute at 
the snout. Snout sharp, narrow, compressed or roof-shaped across the top, 
little longer than the eye. Eye large, nearly one third as long as the head ; 
iris silvery, deeper than long, narrowed below. Mouth large, cleft nearly 
underreaching the forward half of the eye; prominence of the angular 
close to a vertical from the hind border of the orbit; lower jaw little if any 
longer. Teeth large, sectorial, compressed, slender, acuminate, inclined for- 
ward, with a rather distinct ridge along the outer side. One or two small 
teeth in front on each jaw, separating a pair of large falciform canines, are 
subconical. The canines are separated from the backward teeth by a wider 
interspace. Behind the eighth or ninth tooth of the upper jaw, backward 
of the posterior nostril, the teeth abruptly become much smaller and closer 


together. The upper teeth pass outside of the lower. Nostrils medium ; 


302 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


anterior below the level of the posterior, halfway from the eye to the end of 
the snout; posterior forward of the upper half of the eye, halfway from the 
anterior to the orbit. Gill openings small, not as wide as the eye, not 
reaching as high as the upper edge of the pectoral. Muscular segments one 
hundred and eighteen, plus about thirty-five behind the vent. 

Pectorals short, not reaching halfway to the eye, nearly as deep as loné. 
From the vent the caudal region is more acute or tapering than on A, den- 
tatus. The caudal rays are inserted on two basal pieces, each bearing five 
rays, the lower of the two being the shorter; fin pointed. 

Total length three and five sixteenths, length of head three sixteenths, 
length of caudal fin-one sixteenth, snout to vent three, and greatest depth 
—near the mid-length — three eighths inches. 

Translucent or transparent, muscular portions of the head more opaque. 
A group of four or five small spots of black lies below the preopercular and 
orbital regions; another group of about five lies below the operculum; a 
series of light-centred black spots extends along the median line of the 
flank from the head to the tail, each spot of which lies near the line at 
the groove separating the transverse bands of muscle; and another series, 
of a larger number of similar spots, extends along the upper edge of 
the intestine. The spots are like those of A. dentatus, Pl. LXVI., fig 3, and 
greatly resemble those of Scopeloids. These species are evidently closely 
allied, the adult forms no doubt being of a sifigle genus, but A. falcidens, 
has a larger eye, a shorter snout, more arch upon the crown, a narrower 
caudal region, and more segments in body and in tail, which suffice to dis- 
tinguish them. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3388 ioaGuaNte 79° 48/ W. 1168 fathoms 36.2° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 
Submarine townet, Time, March 9, 1891, 64 41™ a.m. 


Atopichthys acus sp. n. 


Plate LXVI. figs. 5, 5a. 


Much compressed, depth greatest behind the middle of the length, nearly 
one eleventh of the total, decreasing gradually forward and somewhat more 
rapidly backward. Head small, strongly compressed, little wider than the 
neck, narrower and sharp pointed at the snout; forehead narrow, slightly 
arched longitudinally, very convex transversely. Eye large; orbit as long 


ATOPICHTHYS OPHICHTHYS. 333 


as the snout, one third as long as the head; iris black. Mouth large, ex- 
tending below the forward part of the eye; mandibular angle below the 
middle of the orbit. Teeth sectorial, comparatively large, acicular, long, 
very sharp, compressed and widening toward the bases, with a slight ridge 
down the outside of the larger, somewhat inclined toward the end of the 
snout. An anterior pair of large canines in each series, separated from the 
other teeth by a wider interspace. Upper teeth more erect. Nostrils very 
small, situated much above the lip, distant from the end of the snout, pos- 
terior near the eye anterior a short distance farther forward. Gill openings 
small, oblique, as wide as the eye, in front of the bases of the pectorals. 
Vent in a prominence at the caudal fin, There are one hundred and 
twenty-seven muscle-bands forward of the vent and only eight between it 
and the caudal. 

Pectorals small, about as broad as long, short, hardly half as long as the 
eye. Caudal ending in an angle of less than ninety degrees. 

Translucent or transparent; pigment arranged in very small dots ina 
closely set series from the throat backward about one fourth of the length, 
m one to two series on the median line of the back to the caudal fin, in 
short close series, of four to thirty each, in each groove between the muscle- 
bands from the median line of the flank downward on the side, and in a 
series on the base of the caudal around the bases of the rays. The spots 
along the intestine have the structure of those on A. dentatus, A. falcidens 
and others and are presumably luminous organs; they have the black spot 
with a black centre surrounded by a silvery ring. The spots on the flank 
do not show the silver color and may be non-luminous. 

Total length six and three fourths, depth five eighths, length of the head 


three sixteenths and snout to vent six and nine sixteenths inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. Time. 
3381 4°56’ N. 80° 52’ 30” W. 1772 fathoms 35.8° F. Gn. M. Mar. 6, 85 38™ a. M. 


Atopichthys ophichthys sp. n. 
Plate LX VII. figs. 1, La. 


Body narrow and deep, deepest portion at a short distance behind the 
vent one eighth of the entire length, outlines above and below converging 
with some regularity toward the blunt extremity of the tail but remaining 


334 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


more nearly parallel forward till within fifteen or twenty segments of the 
head where the convergence is much more rapid. Vent little behind the 
middle of the total length. Head small, subconical, little deeper than wide, 
tapering but slowly forward till near the snout, nearly one fourteenth of 
the total length, crown convex. Snout subconical, blunt, one fourth as long 
as the head, one and one third times as long as the eye. Eye lateral, large, 
one sixth of the length of the head, equal to the width of the interorbital 
space, three fourths as long as the snout. Mouth large, extending to or 
beyond a vertical from the hind edge of the orbit. Teeth minute, appar- 
ently conical, only visible under lenses of high power. Nostrils small; 
posterior smaller, in front of and near the middle of the eye; anterior near 
the end of the snout, in a tube at the lip. Gill opening small, narrower 
than the eye, immediately in front of the pectoral base. Vent below the 
seventy-ninth muscle-segment. 

Vertical fins continuous around the tail; anal less than half of the entire 
length ; caudal very short, forming a blunt angle at the end; pectorals 
small, twice as long as wide, as long as the snout. 

Translucent or transparent, without pigment. 

The peculiar structure seen in the tail is suggestive of an adult form 
resembling Ophichthys, that is, with the tip exserted beyond the dorsal and 
the anal and bearing no fin rays. In the present case the muscle bands 
extend as far backward as the bases of dorsal and anal, while beyond them 
between the rays of the fins a soft band in which there are no rays reaches 
back to form a blunted angle behind the ends of the mentioned fins. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3366 5° 30' N. 86° 45’ W. 1067 fathoms 37° BF. Y1. glob. Oz. 
Surface townet, Time, Feb. 27, 1891, 8® 4™ p.m. 


Atopichthys cingulus sp. n. 
Plate LX VII. figs. 2, 2a. 


Pointed at head and tail, the angle at the former being a little the 
sharper, greatly compressed, eight times as long as deep, the depth decreas- 
ing rather abruptly near each extremity. The distance from snout to vent 
is somewhat more than half the total length. Transverse muscle segments, 
one hundred and thirty-one to one hundred and thirty-three. 


Head wider than body, length less than half the depth of the latter, 


9 
55 


(3%) 


ATOPICHTHYS LYCHNUS. 


higher than wide, forehead very convex transversely. Snout pointed, 
longer than the eye. Eye large, shorter than the snout, near one sixth as 
long as the head. Mouth wide, cleft hardly reaching a vertical through the 
middle of the eye; lower jaw shorter. Teeth short, subconical, visible 
under strong lenses. Nostrils small; posterior nostril as near to the lip 
as to the orbit, nearer to the latter than to the anterior; anterior nostril 
with a short tube, nearer to the end of the snout than to the posterior, 
and nearer to the lip. 

Gill opening small, about half as wide as the eye, in front of the base 
of the pectoral. 

‘Pectorals small, one third as long as the head, twice as long as the eye, 
pointed, of fifteen rays. Vertical fins continuous around the tail. Dorsal 
origin not far from two ninths of the distance from snout to end of caudal. 
Anal origin close to the vent. Vent below the sixty-fifth muscle segment. 

Lateral line in the first half dozen segments descending to the median 
line of the flank. 

Anal fin and hinder portion of dorsal, for the greater part of the length, 
internally marked on the bases of the rays by small spots of black pigment. 
No other pigment on the specimen. 

Total length seven, greatest depth seven-eighths, length of head three- 
eighths, depth of head three-sixteenths, snout to dorsal fin one and nine- 


sixteenths, and snout to vent three and five eighths inches. 


Station, 3354; Lat., 7° 9' 45’ N.; Lon., 80° 50’ W.; Surface townet, Time, Feb. 25, 1891, 15 255 
P. M.; over a depth of 322 fathoms; Temp., 46° F.; Bottom, Gn. M. 


Atopichthys lychnus sp. n. 
Plate LX VII. figs. 3, 3 a. 


Narrowly compressed in the body, greatest depth one nineteenth of the 
total length, moderately pointed in front, acute and slender at the tail, 
deepest behind the middle of the total, tapering gradually forward and 
more rapidly backward. Distance from snout to vent more than half of 
the entire length. Head little wider than the body, higher than wide, in 
length one eighteenth of the total; crown convex longitudinally and very 
convex transversely. Snout compressed, subconical, rounded, blunt, deeper 
than high, little more than one fourth as long as the head. Eye large, as 
long as the snout, one diameter distant from the end of the latter, iris 


336 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


silvery and higher than long, blackish at the upper edge of the orbit. 
Mouth large, hardly reaching below the middle of the eye; lower jaw 
ending in a sharp angle on a vertical from the hind border of the orbit, 
little shorter than the upper. ‘Teeth sectorial, compressed, with a low 
keel on the outer side, each tooth starting from the socket erect, then, at 
a short distance from -the base, bending forward, larger and farther apart 
forward in both jaws, abruptly becoming smaller, more slender and closer 
together below the forward edge of the eye in the upper jaw, the pair 
of large protruding canines in each series separated by one or a pair of 
small subconical teeth. Nostrils small; posterior near the upper part of 
the eye; anterior near the end of the snout, at a distance from the lip, its 
margins slightly raised. Gill opening small, more than half as wide as the 
eye, in front of the base of the pectoral. 

Vertical fins continuous around the tail; rays longer toward the caudal. 
Dorsal origin in the anterior third of the length. Pectorals small, as long 
as the snout, of fifteen rays. Caudal slender, acuminate, more than half 
as long as the head. Vent below the seventy-eighth muscular segment. 
The total number of segments is about one hundred and sixty-five. 

Entire length four and one half, depth one half, head one fourth, snout 
to vent two and five eighths, and snout to dorsal one and one fourth inches. 

Whitish, translucent or transparent; several irregular blackish blotches 
showing through the opercle; four or five round spots of black along the 
lower edge of the preopercle ; several spots are scattered over the face, and 
a series of deep seated small spots of black extends along the median line 
of the flank from head to tail; a series of small spots of silver, each upon 
a larger spot of black, passes along each side of the lower edge of the 
abdomen ; base of anal fin with two series of smaller closely set spots on 
each side, the lower of the series having the smaller spots. The spots along 
the side are eyelike and have more or less of a silvery iris surrounding a 
black centrum as in the cases of A. falcidens, A. dentatus and A. acus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3354 72 9° 45 N 80° 50! W. 322 fathoms 46° F. Gn. M. 
Surface townet; Time, Feb. 23, 1 25™ p.m. 


ATOPICHTHYS OBTUSUS. 337 


Atopichthys obtusus sp. n. 


Plate LX VIL. fig. 4, 4a. 


Body very narrow and deep, greatest depth near the middle, about 
one ninth of the total length, comparatively short, upper and lower out- 
lines curving with much regularity, body cavity entirely within the for- 
ward half of the total. Head small, short, nearly one twelfth of the entire 
length, wider than the neck, hardly as wide as deep, subconical, blunt 
at the end of the snout, arched above the orbits, crown convex trans- 
versely and slightly so longitudinally. Snout rounded, not sharp, one and 
one third times as long as the eye, one fourth as long as the head. Mouth 
large, extending backward of a vertical from the middle of the eye, jaws 
about equal. Eyes large, lateral, prominent, nearly one sixth as long as the 
head, iris silvery. Teeth subconical, very small. Nostrils small; posterior 
close in front of the middle of the eye; anterior tubular, near the end of 
the snout at the edge of the lip overhanging the mouth. Gill opening ver- 
tical, narrow, not as wide as the eye, forward of the base of the pectoral. 
Vent below the fiftieth muscular segment. Muscular segments fifty plus 
sixty-nine. 

Pectorals rather broad, twice as long as the orbit, about one third as long 
as the head, rounded on the hind margin. Vertical fins confluent, broaden- 
ing near the caudal, which latter is short and blunt. 

Translucent to transparent, with black pigment in a series of spots 
backward from the seventeenth or the eighteenth muscle-segment, close 
below the median line of the flank, to the tail— commonly one but some- 
times two spots on each segment, in a short series of four or five dots 
inside of each gill membrane on the throat, in a couple of irregular series 
below the intestine — more numerous backward, and in a line of faint dots 
to be seen along the bases of the anal rays. 

Total length four and three eighths, greatest depth one half, length of 
head three eighths, and snout to vent two and one eighth inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, Time. 
3386 7° 33/12” N. 79° 17/15” W. 242 fathoms 48°F. Ene. gy. S. Mar. 8, 1891, 4" 54™ p.m. 


338 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Atopichthys longidens sp. n. 


Plate LXVII. fig. 5, da. 


Comparatively short, much compressed, greatest depth near one seventh 
of the total length, forward of the middle, depth decreasing but little until 
near the extremities. One hundred and forty transverse muscular segments, 
of which fifty-one are forward of the vent. A rather wide transparent mar- 
gin, dorsal and anal, outside of the muscle-segments. Head small, about 
one thirteenth of the total; pointed in front, little wider than the body. 
Snout acute, two fifths as long as the head, one and two thirds times as 
long as the eye; the shape in some degree suggestive of the snout of Thyr- 
sites. Eyes large, three fifths as long as the snout, nearly one fifth of the 
length of the head, with lateral outlook. Mouth large; maxillary reaching 
backward of the middle of the eye; jaws nearly equal in length. Teeth 
large, acicular, very slender, inclined obliquely. forward, gradually becoming 
smaller backward, an anterior pair of large canines protruding on each jaw. 
Nostrils small, posterior near the eye, anterior about midway from the eye 
to the end of the snout. Gill openings medium, forward of and below the 
level of the bases of the pectorals; membranes united, joined to the isthmus. 
Vent below the fifty-first muscular band. 

Pectorals broad, as long as the snout. Dorsal and anal apparently a 
thin transparent membrane without visible rays, continuous with the caudal 
but becoming very narrow toward the base of the latter. Caudal fan- 
shaped, the rays radiating from the base, rounded or blunt pointed on the 
hind margin. 

Transparent; with black pigment in a pair of dots above the angle of 
the jaws, in a series of three or four a little farther backward, in a group of 
six still farther back — below the throat, in a series of closely set ones along 
the upper edge of the intestine, and in one or two series along the median 


line of the flank. The dots along the flank make their appearance a short 


distance behind the head and are—2in the median line —placed in the 
groove between the bands of muscle with, near the middle of the entire 
length, occasional dots on the muscle of the bands between the dots in 
the grooves. Not far from the origin of the median series and close below 
the latter a second series begins, the dots of which are also placed in the 


grooves ; it continues almost to the end of the series above it. 


SYMPHYTOBRANCHII. 339 


Total length two and one half, length of head three sixteenths, depth 
three eighths, and length of body cavity fifteen sixteenths inches. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Time. 
2627 0° 36’ N. 82° 45’ W. Surface to 1740 fathoms 6 49™ a.m. March 25, 1891. 
MYXINIA. 
SYMPHYTOBRANCHII. 


The names Cyclostoma Lam., 1801, and Cyclostomus Montf., 1810, both 
having been used in the Mollusca, there is question of the propriety of 
retaining either Cyclostomes, 1806 (Family name, in French), Cyclostomia, 
1815 (Family), Cyclostoma, 1825 (Order), Cyclostomi, 1831 (Order), or 
Cyclostomata, 1852 (Division), for a general term in connection with the 
Myxinoid fishes. Auloedibranchia, 1825 (Family), and Diporobranchia, 1825 
(Family), are not particularly appropriate for more comprehensive designa- 
tions. Gymnobranchii, 1832 (Order) is inapplicable on account of prior use 
of Gymnobranches, 1816, in Crustacea, and of Gymnobranchiata, 1820, and 
Gymnobranchia, 1821, in the Molluscs. Symphytobranchii, 1832 (Tribe), 
is less objectionable, while Marsipobranchii, 1858 (Subclass), is suitable in 
other respects but lacking too much in regard to priority. Dermoptéres, 
1806, and Dermopteria, 1815, were originally names for a family including 
only Salmonidx and Characinide. Discarding Cyclostomia, choice apparently 
is limited to Myxinia, Symphytobranchii, and Marsipobranchii in selecting a 
class name for the Myxinoids. To adopt Myxinia, from Rafinesque’s sub- 
family of 1815, his family name, Cyclostomia, also 1815, being an infringe- 
ment on Cyclostoma 1801 and Cyclostomus 1810 of the molluses, will give 
less occasion for recurrent unsettling discussions of priority than in case of 
either the tribe or the subclass name, however much one of them might be 
preferred in some respects. 

Previous to the year 1891 the known horizontal distribution of the marine 
Myxinia was about as follows: Geotria had been secured off the coasts of 
Chili and of South Australia, Mordacia off the coasts of Chili and of New 
Zealand, Petromyzon off the western coasts of Europe, off the northeastern 
and the northwestern coasts of North America, off the southeastern coasts of 
South America, and off the coasts of Japan, Homea off the coasts of Chili, of 
California, of New Zealand, and in the “South Seas,” and Myxine off the 


340 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


coasts of Europe, of the northeastern United States, of southern South Amer- 
ica and of Japan. ‘To this the present material adds a new species of Myx- 
ine from the Gulf of Panama. 

No vertical distribution has been recorded with Geotria, Mordacia and 
Homea. Off the eastern United States Petromyzon (Bathymyzon) Bairdii Gill., 
was taken by the vessels of the United States Fish Commission at a depth of 
547 fathoms; they also took P. marinus at a depth of 247 fathoms. Myzine 
glutinosa Linn. was taken by the French Government Steamer “ Travailleur ” 
off the coast of Portugal at 251 fathoms, JZ. cirrhata Schleg., was secured by 


J 


the British Steamer “Challenger” off the coast of Japan at 345 fathoms, 
and M. limosa Gir., was captured off the eastern coasts of the United States 
by the U. 8. Coast Survey Steamer “ Blake” at 524 fathoms. The greatest 
depth yet found for any member of this group is that at which the “ Alba- 
tross’” took the new species described and figured below, 730 fathoms in 
the Gulf of Panama. Wherever they have been taken there is reason to 
believe these fishes live at the bottom. The presence of Myxinoids being 
established at great depths and in very low temperatures it may confi- 
dently be expected that future collection will obtain them from all regions 
inhabited by other deep sea fishes on which they may prey. 
In the year 1835 Miiller subdivided the group thus: 


Nasal duct not penetrating the palate. Hyperoartia. 
Nasal duct penetrating the palate. Hyperotreta. 


Hyrrroartia Miiller, 1835. 
As no representatives of this section of the Myxinia are included in the 
collection the species belonging to the Hyperoartia are introduced in the 
list only in connection with the general distribution. Omitting the fresh 


water forms there are only eight species to be considered. 


Hyperotreta Miiller, 1835. 


One branchial aperture on each side of the body. _Myainidee. 
Six or more branchial apertures on each side. Honeide. 


MYXINID ZA. 
Myzxinide Bonap., 1845, Spece. Gen., 11. 


To the Myxinide previously known the “ Albatross” collection adds a 


single new species. For several reasons the addition is of particular 


MYXINIDZ. 341 


interest. It establishes the occurrence of the family nearer the equator and 
at greater depths than before noted, and it differs from the other species 
of the genus in possessing a smaller number of gills. In its dentition it 
approaches Homea, having similar numbers of teeth and the same amounts 
of confluence in their bases as appear in that genus. Of the species of 
Myxine its nearest ally apparently is MM. tridentiger from the Straits of 
Magellan, or, possibly, a Japanese form, secured by the “Challenger” 
expedition, heretofore considered identical. Schlegel’s Heptatrema cirrhatum 
may or may not belong to Myxine; it is rather suggestive of kinship with 
species of Homea from New Zealand or the Cape of Good Hope. 

As regards the general distribution of the family, the presence of Myxine 
has been established in the North Sea and connected waters to the Mediter- 
ranean (J. glutinosa), in the North Atlantic on the western side (JZ. limosa), 
around the southern end of South America (J. australis, M. acutifrons, and 
M. tridentiger), near the equator between the Galapagos and the mainland 
in the eastern Pacific (JZ. circifrons), and in the Japanese seas (the species 
obtained by the “ Challenger”). Vertically the known range in the North 
Sea and about the Straits of Magellan hardly extends more than a 
hundred fathoms from the surface; by the “ Challenger” it was carried 
down to three hundred and forty-five fathoms, off Japan, and by the 
“‘ Blake ” down to five hundred and twenty-four, off the eastern coasts of 
the United States, and by the “ Albatross” still further down to a depth 
of seven hundred and thirty fathoms in the eastern tropical Pacific. In 
general the distribution of the marine Myxinia is sufficiently mdicated in 
the list of species given below. 

The conclusions reached from the study of the material at hand, mainly 
that of the “ Hassler” expedition, belonging to the Museum of Comparative 
Zoology, are of a tenor similar to those obtained from the Discoboli and 
other groups. The Myxinoids are distributed through all the great marine 
basins; they inhabit the deeper waters of the equatorial regions and both 
depths and shoals in the higher latitudes; and the species differ in the 
different localities, similarity of habits and of conditions notwithstanding. 
Though the species taken by the “ Albatross” proves the distribution of 
the genus under the equator, in the absence of representatives from the 
Caribbean it gives no very satisfactory evidence in regard to affinities across 
the isthmus or concerning a former connection between Atlantic and Pacific 
by way of the Caribbean. In fact its testimony weighs rather against the 


492 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


(St) 


theory of such a passage in comparatively recent times, since its relationships 
with species from the Straits of Magellan and from Japan are closer than 
with those at present known to inhabit the Atlantic. As regards the theory 
of a bipolar distribution its evidence is entirely negative. 


MYXINE. 
Myxina Linné, 1754, Mus. Ad. Frid., I, 91. 
Myxine Linné, 1758, Systema, ed. 10, I, 650. 

For present purposes a complete synonymy of genus and species is 
unnecessary ; a few of the more important items in their history will suffice. 
The first unquestioned notice of a member of the genus is that of Kalm, 
1753, Resa, I, 100, who writes of some peculiarities of a species, likely to 
have been M. glutinosa, under the name of Pihraol or Pilor, recognizing it 
as a fish related to Petromyzon. Myxina glutinosa was named by Linné, 
1754, Mus. Ad. Frid., I, 91, Pl. 8, fig. 4, and was placed among the worms, 
where it was kept in the tenth and the subsequent editions of the Systema 
{the orthography of Myxina being changed to Myxine), also in the works of 
Gmelin and others of his followers. Bloch, 1795, in Part XII. of his great 
work, p. 67, Plate 413, definitely places the animal among the fishes, but 
gave it a name of his own, Gastrobranchus coecus. His description and 
figures give a very fair idea of the creature and of its structure. By far 
the most important works published on the subject are the classic essays 
of Johannes Miiller, 1835 to 1845, which make up his “ Vergleichende 
Anatomie der Myxinoiden, der Cyclostomen mit durchbohrtem Gaumen.” 
Some doubtful information, possibly in part to be referred to Myxine, con- 
cerning a fish of the Straits of Magellan was derived from Commerson and 
published by La Cépéde. The matter, however, must always remain 
conjectural since mucosity, roundness and diameter in an individual do 
not sufficiently establish either genus or species, and the more important 
particulars given, the entire absence of fins and an almost cylindrical tail, 
can be applied to none of the Myxinoids with which we are acquainted at 
the present time. The following are the particulars noted by La Cépéde, 
1803, Poiss., V., 652: “Point de nageoires pectorales ; point d’apparence 
d'autres nageoires; le corps et la queue presque cylindriques; la surface 
de lanimal répandant, en trés-grande abondance, une humeur laiteuse et 
gluante.” “ Murcnoblenna olivacea. La couleur générale olivatre et sans 


taches; le ventre blanchitre.” “Tl parvient 4 la longueur d’un demi-métre. 


MYXINE. 348 


Son diamétre est alors le dix-huitiéme ou a peu pres de sa longueur totale.” 
From Commerson he quotes directly “ Conger olivaceo-virens, immaculatus, 
lac et gluten plurimum fundens.” The name Mwrenoblenna was not 
approved by Rafinesque, 1815, who promptly changed it to Anopsus, with- 
out adding anything to a knowledge of the object to which the term was 
to be applied, and which he in the Analyse, page 93, placed in his sub- 
family Ap/leridia of his family Ophictia. On the next page, 94, he credits 
himself with Myzine, and with it and Gastrobranchus of Bloch forms his 
subfamily MWyainia of his family Cyclostomia. 

The specimens on which five of the species characterized below are 
based are those used by Putnam, 1874, for his Notes on the Myxinoids, 
where they were arranged as three varieties of a single species. The differ- 
ent types resemble one another so closely, and individual variation is so fre- 
quent that determination is a matter of some difficulty. In fact it is only in 
comparisons of many individuals that the distinctions become really appar- 
ent. Even when the averages are quite distinct the species may appear to 
overlap, through variations occurring in particular cases. In Myzine gluti- 


8.8 . 
sa elght 


nosa the dentition formula most common may be indicated by ; 
teeth on each side both above and below, while variations to one more or 
one less occur in the lower series and less frequently in the upper. JZ. U- 
mosa is better shown by the formula ,,, nine in each upper series and ten 
in each lower, while the most frequent variations add one more to each 
upper or subtract one from each lower series. MM. acutifrons has 33 varied 
by one more in each upper series or by one less in each of the lower. Either 
a OF qa will represent JZ. australis, and the variations include all pos- 
sible additions and subtractions of a single one from each series between the 
two formulz. All of these have the anterior two teeth of each series con- 
fluent at their bases. M/. tridentiger has ten or eleven teeth in each series 
but differs from the preceding in having the anterior three teeth confluent in 
their bases. J. circifrons has the formula {; of which the anterior three 
of each upper and the anterior two of each lower series are confluent. 
Again, if the mucous sacs, or the pores, are compared it is found that I. 
giutinosa has not as many in either the pectoral (from head to gill opening) or 
abdominal series (from gill openings to vent) as JZ imosa ; while M. australis 
is rather close to M. dimosa but has fewer pectoral and more abdominal pores 
than M. acutifrons. The species may approximately be distinguished by the 


following: 


344 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Anterior 3 teeth confluent in each upper series ; 


teeth in upper series 13; gills 5 circifrons 
teeth in upper series 10-11; gills 6 tridentiger 


Anterior 2 teeth confluent in each upper series; gills 6 ; 
teeth in upper series 10 (10-11); pectoral pores 28-32 ; 
abdominal pores 63-68 australis 
teeth in upper series 9 (8-10); pectoral pores 27-30; 
abdominal pores 62-70 limosa 
teeth in upper series 9 (8-9); pectoral pores 52-34 ; 
abdominal pores 58—59 acutifrons 
teeth in upper series 8 (7-9); pectoral pores 25-28 ; 
abdominal pores 53-57 glutinosa 


Myxine circifrons sp. n. 
Plate LX VIII. figs. 1-4. 


Body moderately stout, depth about one eighteenth of the total length, 
form rather narrow and pointed at the snout, much compressed at the tail. 
From the head to the gill opening is five sixteenths, and the length of the 
tail is less than one eighth of the entire length. Labrum, between the ante- 
rior narial barbels, broad and rounded, as in Homea_polytrema Gir. Nasal 
barbels well developed, upper but little the shorter. Buccal barbels promi- 
nent, inner pair short, outer pair strong and longer than the rostral barbels. 
Teeth in each of the upper series thirteen, the anterior three of which are 
confluent in their bases; teeth in each of the inner series eleven, the ante- 
rior two of which are united by their bases. Gill openings small, at nearly 
one third of the distance from the snout to the end of the tail. Gills five. 
In respect to the number of gills this species differs from the others of the 
genus most prominently. As in those species, the anterior two of the gills 
lie against the side of the posterior extremity of the massive tongue-muscle. 
Pectoral pores twenty-one to twenty-three; abdominal pores fifty-nine ; 
caudal pores eleven. Dorsal and anal fins moderately deep, caudal broadly 
rounded on the posterior margin. Middle of dorsal fin in advance of the 
vent, the fin rising gradually from the origin and becoming as deep as the 
muscular portion of the tail in the posterior one third of the latter. Anal 
as deep as the dorsal. Fin rays, D. 89, A. 42. Muscular segments of the 


MYXINE AUSTRALIS. 345 


body, pectoral twenty-four, abdominal fifty-nine, caudal eighteen. Abdom- 
inal keel prominent in front of the vent. 

Largest specimen eighteen and five eighths inches in length. 

Body uniform black ; head lighter anteriorly. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3395 1230, 360 IN 78° 39’ W. 730 fathoms 38.5° F. Rocky. 


Myxine tridentiger nom. sp. n. 
Myzxine australis Giint., 1870, Cat., VIII, 511, — 1887, “Challenger” Fishes, 267. 


“Ten or eleven slender teeth in each of the two series, the three fore- 
most are strongest and confluent at the base, the other teeth remaining 
separate ; in the second series the two innermost teeth are confluent at the 
base. Southern coasts of South America. Sandy Point. Tyssen Islands.” 

According to Giinther this species ‘ occurs also in the Japanese Sea, 
half a dozen specimens from nine to twenty inches long having been taken 
on the Hyalonema ground at a depth of 345 fathoms (Station 232). I also 
believe that Heptatrema cirrhatum of Schlegel, should be referred to the same 
species. The three foremost teeth of the inner series are invariably con- 
fluent at the base, but in adult specimens they are neither longer nor 
stouter than the next succeeding. The branchial apertures are subject to 
some variation, a specimen from Magellan Strait having two on the left 
side and one on the right.” 

In the earlier of the works cited Schlegel’s species was referred to 
Bdellostoma (= Homea). The results of comparisons of representatives 
of the genus from other parts of the world are such as to raise doubts 
concerning the specific identity of the Japanese species with either of the 


species of Myxine from other regions. 


Myxine australis. 


Myxine australis Jenyns, 1842, Voy. “ Beagle,” Fish, 159. 
Myxine affinis Giint., 1870, Cat., VIII, 511. 

Myzxine glutinosa var. australis Put., 1874, Pr. B. N. H. Soe., 135. 
Myxine olivacea Jord, & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47 U. S. Mus., 7. 


Plate LX VII. fig. 8. 
In the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology there are two 
lots of specimens, obtained by the Hassler Expedition, belonging to this 
species. One lot was taken at Port Famine, where this was the only species 


346 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


caught; the other was secured at Sandy Point, with the much more 
abundant species DM. acutifrons. In the original description JZ. australis is 
said to appear rather more slender than I. gludinosa, hardly differing other- 
wise unless it be that the tail appears somewhat sharper. The colors are 
given as those of an earthworm but more leaden on the upper portions, 
yellowish on the ventral surface, and purplish on the head. The specimens 
at hand agree with this, before the removal of the slimy covering, but after 
it has been rubbed off the color is dark brown on the back and white from 
snout to caudal along the median line of the belly. The white streak some- 
times is continued around anal and dorsal fins. In the two forms from 
Sandy Point the coloration is not greatly different but they are readily 
distinguished by other features. J/. australis is the more slender; it has 
from ten to eleven teeth in each series, the anterior two of each being 
confluent at their bases ; it has eighty to one hundred rays in the dorsal fin, 
and forty-five to forty-nine rays in the anal; there are twenty-eight to 
thirty-two pectoral pores, sixty-two to sixty-eight abdominal, and eleven to 
twelve caudal, on each side ; and the labrum is short and blunt or rounded, 
Pl. LXVIII. fig. 8. Tail slender, nearly one ninth of the entire length. 
The teeth are more slender and longer than those of JZ. acutifrons. 
Port Famine; Sandy Point; Straits of Magellan. 


Myxine limosa. 


Myxine limosa Girard, 1858, Pr. Phil. Ac., 223. 
Myxine glutinosa vay. limosa Put., 1874, Pr. B. N. H. Soe., 135. 


Plate LXVUIL. fig. 7. 


This species is more slender and has a greater number of teeth and a 
larger number of pores than JZ. glutinosa. ‘The narial barbels are short and 
about equal in length; the labrum is short, blunt and rounded, resembling 
a small papilla or tubercle more than a barbel. The most common formula 
of the teeth has nine in each upper series, sometimes ten, rarely eight, and 
ten or nine in each lower, the anterior two of each series being confluent in 
their bases. On one specimen the dorsal has one hundred and _ twenty- 
four rays, on another one hundred and six. The number of rays in the 
anal fin ranges from forty-nine to fifty-four. There are from twenty-seven 
to thirty-one pectoral pores, from sixty-two to seventy abdominal, and 


MYXINE ACUTIFRONS. 347 


from eleven to thirteen caudal pores, on each side. Abdominal keel 
prominent. 

The color is dark brown to blackish, leaden on the mucous covering, 
lighter on the ventral surface. 

The specimen described by Girard was from Grand Manan; many of the 
specimens at hand were obtained in the same locality. A specimen was 
taken by the “ Blake” in Lat. 41° 32’ 50” N., Lon. 65° 55’ W. at a depth 
of 524 fathoms, and another off the coast of North Carolina, in Lat. 34° N., 
at a depth of 178 fathoms. Those from Grand Manan were taken from the 
mud at 30 fathoms. Another locality is Eastport, Maine. 


Myxine acutifrons sp. n. 


Plate LX VIII. fig. 6. 


The shape in this species is similar to that of JZ. australis Jen. but is a 
little less slender ; the coloration is nearly the same. The abdominal pores 
are less numerous; there are not so many teeth in each series; and the 
labrum is acute and resembles one of the barbels to some extent. Com- 
monly there are eight teeth in the outer series, sometimes seven or nine, 
and nine, sometimes eight, in the inner; all are shorter and stouter than 
those of M/. australis. The bases of the anterior two of each series are 
confluent. Dorsal origin little forward of the vent; dorsal rays eighty- 
one to ninety-three. Anal, like the dorsal, deeper backward, with forty- 
five to forty-six rays. Tail compressed, posterior margin a broad curve. 
Pectoral pores thirty-two to thirty-four, abdominal fifty-eight to fifty-nine, 
and caudal eleven to thirteen, on each side. 

On the upper portions the color is dark brown, more or less leaden on 
the mucous covering; on the ventral surface it is lighter, especially so in 
young. 

From the collections it would appear that this species was much more 
abundant than JZ. australis at Sandy Point, Straits of Magellan; at Puerto 
Bueno again it was abundant and the only species taken; while at Port 
Famine this species was not obtained but JZ. australis was particularly 


abundant. The localities mentioned are not very widely separated. 


348 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Myxine glutinosa. 


Myzxina glutinosa Linné, 1754, Mus. Ad. Fridr., I, 91, Pl. 8, fig. 4. 
Myzxine glutinosa Linn., 1758, Systema, ed. 10, I, 650. 
Gastrobranchus coecus Bloch, 1795, Ausl. Fische, 1X, 67, Pl. 413. 


Plate LX VIII. fig. 5. 


A smaller number of teeth and a smaller number of pores distinguish 
this species from the others. The form is comparatively stout, and the lab- 
rum is short, blunt, and rounded. In the upper series there are most often 
eight teeth in each (sometimes seven or nine in one series or the other), 
and in the inner series there are either eight or nine (sometimes ten). The 
anterior two of each series are usually confluent in their bases. The pecto- 
ral pores vary from twenty-five to twenty-eight, the abdominal from fifty- 
three to fifty-seven, and the caudal from eleven to thirteen. A specimen at 
hand has eighty-eight dorsal and fifty-three anal rays. 

The color is dark brown to brownish, with more or less of leaden, when 
freshly placed in alcohol, and varies in regard to the amount of light color 
along the abdominal fold and the fins. 

The specimens examined have the localities Denmark, Norway, Great 
Britain, Liverpool, Europe, and three of them, purchased from C. L. Salmin, | 
are labelled “Triest.” These last tend to establish Bloch’s conclusion re- 
garding the presence of Myxine in the Mediterranean, based on Aristotle’s 
statement in respect to Pholis (Hist. Anim., Book IX. chap. 25), a conclu- 
sion afterward discredited by Johannes Miiller. “The mucous substance 
which the pholis emits forms around it, and resembles a chamber” is a 
statement that is sure to recall that of Kalm concerning the behavior of a 
living J. giutinosa when placed in a vessel of water. This species, accord- 
ing to Vaillant, was taken by the “ Travailleur” off the coast of Portugal at 
a depth of 251 fathoms. 


HOMEID &. 


Bdellostomide Gill, 1872, Arr. Fam. Fishes, 25. 
Bdellostomatide J. G., 1882, Bull. 16, U. S. Mus., 967. 
Heptatremide Gill, 1894, Mem. Amer. Acad., VI, 129. 
This family is so closely allied to the Myxinide as hardly to be entitled 
to a rank higher than that of a subfamily; the numbers of gills and of gill 
apertures, six or more of each, are the principal distinguishing features. 


HOMEA. o49 


Homea the typical genus (Bdellostoma of Miiller, 1854) was based on a spe- 
cies, taken by Banks in the South Seas and noted by Home in 1815, to 
which the generic and specific names Homea Banksii were applied in 1822. 
Species of this genus, Gastrobranche Dombey LaC. and Petromyzon cirrhatus B. 
S. were placed by Cuvier, 1829, in “Les Heptatremes Dumér.” In 1831 
Bonaparte made “ Heptatremus Dumér.” a synonym for Myxine, and in 
1832 Voigt translated Cuvier’s terms into “ Heptatrema Duméril,” including 
the species originally assigned. Johannes Miiller, 1834, renamed the genus 
Bdellostoma and made it to contain the species placed in it by Cuvier with 
several others since reduced to the synonymy. Girard’s statement that 
the name Heptatrema was given by Duméril in 1806 is without warrant; 
and “ Gastrobranche,” 


? 


the generic names then applied were “ Lamproie’ 
the Latin terms Petromyzon and Gastrobranchus were placed after these in 
parentheses in 1812, when Ammoceetus was added as another genus. Unless 
it can be shown that there was use of the name Heptatrema previous to 1822 
it will have to give way to Homea. That Bdellostoma was a synonym was 
known to Miiller is evident from his references. The family name £dello- 
stomide 1872, was discarded by its author for Heptatremide, 1894 ; both, being 
based on synonyms, will have to be dropped for Homeide. Crediting the 
family name Myxinde to Rafinesque, 1810, is probably due to mistake pos- 
sibly based on that author’s “ LXXI. Ordine J. Missinidi,” which being with- 
out contents is only an empty name. Rafinesque’s subfamily Myzinia of his 
family Cyclostomia dates from 1815, the name Myzinide dates from 1845. 
The family was well established by Miiller 1835 (1834) under the name 
Myzxinoidea and included both Myzxinide and Homeide. 


HomeEa. 


Homea Fleming, 1822, Phil. Zool., II, 374. 
Heptatrema Voigt, 1832, Das Thierreich, II, 529. 
Bdellostoma Mill., 1834, Abh. Ak. Wiss. Berl., and 1835, Anat. Myx. 

The history of this genus begins with the article in the Philosophical 
Transactions for 1815, in which Home records a number of particulars con- 
cerning a specimen obtained by Banks, page 258, Tab. XI. fig. 1. The 
species is identified by Giinther and others with that described by Bloch 
and Schneider, 1801, from manuscript by Forster, under the name of Petro- 
myzon cirrhatus. The name Homea Banksii was applied to it by Fleming, 


350 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


1822. That there may be less doubt about the matter in the absence of the 
works cited, Fleming’s remarks and those he quotes from Home are given 


entire. 
“ Homea. Margin of the mouth bearded. 


“T have ventured to name this genus in honor of Sir Everard Home, who 
has so successfully investigated the aérating and reproductive organs of the 
tribe to which it belongs, and who has pointed out its distinguishing internal 
characters. The trivial name is due to the late illustrious Banks, by whom 
the species was brought to this country from the South Seas. H. Banksii.” 

“Tn an animal brought from the South Seas by Sir Josepn Banks, inter- 
mediate between the lamprey and myxine, but differing so much from both 
as to form a distinct genus, the respiratory organs resemble those of the 
lamprey in the number of the external openings, and the number of bags; 
but these organs, and many other parts differ in the following particulars, 
in which they agree with those of the myxine. There is no appearance, 
whatever, of thorax, nor is the pericardium cartilaginous; the bags are 
flattened spheres placed perpendicularly, their cavities are small, their coats 
elastic, and the internal orifices communicate directly with the esophagus, 
which is small. The zsophagus does not terminate in a valvular slit, but in 
a loose membranous fold; there are two rows of teeth on each side of the 
tongue, bent downwards, long and pointed. There is a posterior nostril, and 
an appearance resembling an uvula. There is a gall bladder, a row of large 
mucous glands on each side of the belly, and there is a mesentery to the 
intestine.” See Home, 1815, Phil. Trans., p. 258, Tab. XII. fig. 1. 


Homea cirrhata. 


Petromyzon cirrhatus Bl. Sch., 1801, Syst. Ichth., 532. 
Homea Banksii Flem., 1822, Phil. Zool., 11, 375. 

Bdellostoma hexatrema Miill., 1834, Abh. Ak. Wiss. Berl., 79. 
B. heterotrema Mill., 1834, 1. ¢., 79. 

B. heptatrema Mill., 1834, 1. ¢., 79. 

B. Forsteri Mill., 1834, 1. c., 80, and 1838, 171. 

B. cirrhatum Giint., 1870, Cat., VIII, 511. 


THE LATERAL CANAL SYSTEM. 351 


THE LATERAL CANAL SYSTEM. 


Plate LXITX.-LXXXIV.; XXXIV. figs. 1-5; XXXV. fig. 4; XXXVIIL figs. 2, 
3,and7; XXXIX. fig. 2; XLI. figs. 1a, 2a. 


In Volume XVII. No. 2, 1888, of the Bulletin of the Museum of Com- 
parative Zoology the writer traced and described the “Lateral Canal 
System” of many of the rays, sharks and chimeras, with numerous illus-. 
trations, pointed out the connections between the canals of the upper and 
those of the lower surfaces, and adopted a nomenclature which is still found 
to be better adapted for comparisons than other systems of names more 
recently advocated. The terms applied in that publication with slight 
modifications are those used herein. It is not the purpose to repeat the 
descriptions, but it may be stated in a few words that on most Selachians 
and Chimerans the Lateral Canal System consists of a tube or groove, more 
or less branching 


to) ") 


are distributed. The tubes contain mucus and communicate with the 


in which nerve endings apparently of tactile functions 


water outside by means of openings rather closely corresponding in number 
and position with the ends of the nerves within. The mucus found in the 
tubes is no very essential part of the system, since so many forms have the 
papille in which the nerves end exposed without inclosure in a tube or 
channel. Sometimes the tube or groove is found to have become obsolete ; 
in such cases the ends of the nerves may appear in small isolated papille 
commonly in slight depressions on the skin, or they may be inclosed in 
cysts, remnants of the tubes, as in the so-called “Vesicles of Savi” (see Lat. 
Canal Syst. pp. 60 and 94, Plates XXXIV. and XXXV. fig. 2), where 
they may possibly have suffered some change in function. 

That the system was primarily confined to the head is evident from the 
course of its development in the embryo; and that it was twofold, that is, 
distinct on each side of the head, is sufficiently evident from the innerva- 
tion, from the common lack of an aural connection across the top of the 
head on bony fishes, and from occasional reversions to the lack of an aural 
on various Selachians, for instances Centroscyllium nigrum Plate LXIX. fig. 1, 
below, or on Heptubranchias maculatus, Lat. Canal Syst., Plate XIV. fig. 2. 


352 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


For confirmatory instances on bony fishes see Plates LX XI. to LXXXIV. of 
the present work, which represent forms on which the aurals are not con- 
necting and on which subcephalic connections between the system on the 
two sides of the head are generally absent. The facts that the neuration 
of the system on each side of the body proceeds from its own side of the 
brain developing from near the brain to the farther portions in the early 
stages, and that oral, jugular, and, in bony fishes, aural connections are 
somewhat rare, indicate rather conclusively that on ancestors of the fish- 
like vertebrates the lateral system was in two parts, one on each side of the 
middle of the head and the body. Exceptional instances of transverse 
connections in the system are to be seen in the Chimerans, Lat. Canal Syst. 
Plates III. and IV. figs. 2 and 3, where the canals are highly differen- 
tiated, also on the greatly specialized Halieutoids on which the oral is 
continuous from one side to the other, Plates XVIII. to XXV. below, and 
on Chaunax, Plate LXXIII. fig. 1, which apparently has a transverse sub- 
mental series of nerve papille. 

So far as the Plagiostomes are concerned the intention at this writing is 
merely to compare the system in the several species figured on Plates 
LXIX. and LXX. The distribution of the canals on Centroseylliwm nigrum, 
Plate LXIX, fig. 1, and on Jsistius brasiliensis, Plate LXIX. fig. 2, approaches 
that of the simplest arrangement obtaining among the sharks (Antacea). 
Excepting in regard to slight differences in directions and curvatures the 
canals of the mentioned species are similar to one another, with the further 
exception perhaps of the division of the aural (aw) on Centroscyllium, a 
division which may or may not be a peculiarity of the individual corre- 
sponding to that noticed above as occurring on Heptabranchias maculatus. 
In both Centroseyllium and Isistius the median (m) is short and longitu- 
dinal, but on Isistius oral (0) and angular (ang) are more elongate than on 
the other. Neither of them possesses a jugular (7), a gular (g), nor a spira- 
cular (sp), as seen on Chlamydoselachus anguineus, Plate LXX., which see for 
the lettering. On the last mentioned the system was originally traced as 
indicated by the outer openings of the tubules leading from the tubes (Lat. 
Canal Syst., Plate XV.); on specimens obtained subsequently the canals them- 
selves have been followed and sketched, Plate LXX., with a result corre- 
sponding nearly to the arrangement in the diagram first published. The 
median canal (m) proved to be transverse, in this particular agreeing with 
Prionodon Milberti M. H. and with Alopias vulpes Gmel. The functions of 


THE LATERAL CANAL SYSTEM. 308 


the system in Plagiostomes does not appear to have been changed to any 
extent by deep sea conditions. 

Among the bony fishes the history of the system is somewhat different. 
The arrangement of the canals differs from that on the typical Plagiostome 
to some extent, as is amply shown in the subjoined illustrations. The 
separation of the canals of the right side from those of the left is more 
general and the presence of a spiracular canal on the operculum behind the 
postorbital and usually connected with the oral is a common feature. This 
opercular canal corresponds with the spiracular (sp) of Chlamydoselachus, 
Plate LXX. In many if not most it is apparently separate from the main 
longitudinal canal at the side of the skull. Along the side of each mandible 
there is a canal which is identified with the oral (0) of the typical Galei 
(Antacea). An aural connection across the crown between the right side 
and the left may have existed in numero.s cases; if so it has to a greater 
or less degree become obsolete. A submental connection between the two 
orals, as on Chaunax, Plate LXXIII. fig. 1, appears to be exceptional. 
Accepting as typical the presence of both spiracular and postorbital, as 
seen on Lamprogrammus, Plate LXXXI. fig. 1, and on the majority of the 
figures on Plates LXXII. to LXXXIV., anomalous developments are to be 
noted on the more specialized forms, such as the changes brought about by 
a shortening of the head behind the eyes, as seen on the Scorpxnoid figured 
on Plate LXXI. fig. 1, on which the spiracular and the postorbital canals 
have fused (see Chaunax also, Pl. LXXIIL.), or on the Cottoid of the same 
Plate, fig. 2, on which the spiracular joins the orbital, forming a plan inter- 
mediate between that of the Scorpxnoid, fig. 1, and that of the Berycoid, 
fiz. 4, of the same plate. Whether the aural branches are primarily to be 
regarded as a loop, as on Lamprogrammus, Plate LXXXI. fig. 1, leaving 
the main canal opposite the parietal region and joining that canal again 
forward of the junction of the postorbital is an open question. Possibly the 
aural branches cross the head in some highly differentiated forms, like the 
Scorpenoid and the Cottoid cited above, while on others, as Lampro- 
grammus, Plate LXXXI. fig. 1, the loop represents simply another phase 
of differentiation. Owing to the amount of maceration the specimens have 
suffered it is difficult in many cases to trace the minute connecting thread 
running from disk to disk in the canals; for this reason in a number of the 
figures of specimens on which it was nearly or quite invisible no attempt 


has been made to place it; its course can safely be supplied from the posi- 


oo 
20 


354 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


tions of the fusiform glandular disks at the outer extremities of the 
nerves. 

An apparent departure from the common arrangement is that on Halo- 
saurus radiatus, Plate LXXXIV. figs. 3 and 5, but the difference is in the 
details rather than in the general plan, for though cranials, aurals, post- 
orbitals and spiraculars are perhaps without the glandular organs the 
canals are present and the minute nerve endings no doubt have their ordi- 
nary tactile functions. The most divergent feature in the system in this 
case lies in the backward extension of the oral in a short series of glands, 
similar to what obtains on Chaunax and corresponding to the canal on the 
Antacea known as the jugular, Plate LXX.7. On Halosaurus there is a 
further variation under the snout; and on Chaunax while the aural appears 
to be rudimentary there is an apparent connection between the rostral 
canals across the snout, the orbital is produced backward on the cheek to 
the spiracular, the latter is continued downward to the posterior extension 
of the oral which is continued still farther back toward the base of the 
pectoral, there are two connections between the orbital and the oral, the 
anterior being the angular (avg), and there is no postorbital. If it were 
not for the position of the vertical series on the cheek of Chaunax, so far 
backward from the orbit and behind the angular, it might be taken for the 
postorbital while the jugular extension would answer for the spiracular. 

In addition to the variations in the Lateral Canal System resulting from 
changes in the structure of parts of the fishes’ bodies adjacent to it there are 
others, consequents of changes in function; as on Phycis regius, Plate LX XXI. 
fig. 2, on which the system in the hinder portion of the cranial region has 
become rudimentary, probably on account of the acquisition by the species 
of an electric faculty. In this species the canals on the top of the head 
backward of the orbital are all affected by the change, and the origin of 
the shocks given by this fish may perhaps be traced to the aural portion 
of the head. Halosaurus also is a pertinent instance, since the system on 
the upper half of the head, where the nerve papilla (disks) are insignificant 
in size or invisible, apparently has the ordinary function of that on the 
head and body of a fish of the shoals, while in the canals of the lower half 
of the head the glandular organs are highly differentiated and evidently 
have taken on tbe office of luminous bodies and of flash lights. 

One of the most obvious modifications obtaining on bathybial fishes is 
that taking place in the organs at the ends of the nerves of the Lateral 


THE LATERAL CANAL SYSTEM. 300 


Canal System. From the simple “nerve papilla” there are all degrees of 
complexity leading up to the intricate structures possessed by Leucicorus or 
by Mixonus, Plates XXXVIII. fig. 7, and XXXIX. fig. 2. On deep sea 
species each papilla has enlarged and instead of being a minute rounded 
fleshy tubercle has become, as told from alcoholic specimens, an organ of 
considerable size in which there is a central yellowish opaque rounded body, 
corresponding to the papilla, surrounded by a whitish translucent fusiform 
portion situated transversely in the canals of the system and enveloped in a 
rounded or longitudinally elliptical mass or corona resembling thickened mu- 
cus; the structures together forming a prominent convex body, which for 
present convenience may be called a disk, partially obstructing the canals, 
which latter are filled with a thin mucus in contact with the sea water through 
pores or openings, commonly seen at the lower edge of the canal, one of 
them near each of the glandular disks. In many cases the minute pores of 
the shoal water species have given place to apertures of comparatively large 
dimensions (see figures on Plates XXVII., XXVIIL, and XXXI.). Plates 
LXXI to LXXXIV. indicate somewhat closely the various degrees of en- 
largement in the disks, since the different sketches maintain the proportions 
with regard to the size of the head as nearly as possible. On fresh speci- 
mens no doubt an enveloping mucus is present; from the material in hand 
it has entirely disappeared. The sketches most often show only the outlines 
of the fusiform and the included central body (centrum), to which is added 
in many cases the slender threadlike connection between the disks. 
Comparing these organs great variations in sizes appear in the different 
species and genera. In a general view the size of the disk is greater in 
species of the greater depth where more dependence is placed on the sys- 
tem; most often also, like the eye, the disk is of a greater comparative size 
in the young, which in all probability place more reliance upon it, than in 
the adult, in which strength swiftness or armature are more efficient. On 
young of some species the disks are very distinct while on the adult of the 
same species they can be detected only with considerable difficulty. Though 
it is true that the system attains its greater development in the greatest 
depths, it is not at all accurate to say that it increases in prominence and 
complexity in all the species. For those possessing extensive developments 
of other sensory organs, as species of Dicrolene, Pteroidonus, and Bathy- 
pterois with their greatly enlarged tactile fin rays, have rather small disks as 
compared with those of Bassozetus, Eretmichthys and Lamprogrammus, 


06 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


(3X) 


which lack the extraordinary filamentary productions and on which the Lat- 
eral System is evidently of much greater functional importance and develop- 
ment. This will be made evident beyond the need of further remark by 
contrasting Plates F and LXXV. of Dicrolene, and fig. 1 of Plate K, 
and Plate LV. of Bathypterois, with Plate XXXIV. and fig. 1 of Plate 
LXXXI. of Lamprogrammus, Plates XX XV. and LXXIX. of Eretmichthys, 
and Plate LXXVII. of Bassozetus. Another instance that may be noted is 
that of Leucicorus, Plates XXXVIII. and LXXIV. fig. 1, a fish without fila- 
mentary organs, and with few prominently developed sensory papillx, and 
one on which the eyes, probably functional early in life, are lable to deteri- 
oration in older individuals; on this fish the organs of the Lateral System 
attain a maximum size and a paramount differentiation. 

There appears to be no connection between one disk and another, pos- 
sibly it is invisible, on many species but on the more differentiated a very 
evident thread-like connection exists, Plate XLI. figs. 1* and 2* and on some 
of them the more common nerve-like thread is accompanied in its course by 
a considerable number of minute nerves, Plates XX XVIII. fig. 7, and 
XXXIX. fig. 2. Plates XXXIV. figs. 4 and 5 and XLI. figs. 1* and 2* repre- 
sent the more common appearance of the disks on forms in which the devel- 
opment has not been carried to such an extraordinary degree. A transitory 
connection between the disks in certain embryos is mentioned by Allis. 

The main nerve to each disk extends to the back, that is to the inner 
side of the central body and there sends out a number of small branches, 
varying for different disks, individuals and species; these branches distribute 
themselves irregularly through the rounded or oblong centrum, and from it 
into the lateral portions of the fusiform mass upon which it is situated. An 
approximate idea of the manner of the distribution within the fusiform 
transverse body and the included centrum may be gained from fig. 4 on 
Plate XXXV. In this case, Eretmichthys, the number of nervules leaving 
the centrum is comparatively small; it represents an intermediate between 
those cases in which none are to be observed and those like figure 7, of 
Plate XX XVIII, in which there are many. From the anterior and the pos- 
terior edges of the fusiform mass, in some species at least, the nervules pass 
into other masses, one mass at each side of the fusiform. The latter give 
to the disk in its entirety a longitudinally oblong shape, Plate XX XVIII. 
figs. 7 and 3, and Plate XX XIX. fig. 2. Whatever they may have been 
in life these portions of the organ are more opaque and whitish than the 


THE LATERAL CANAL SYSTEM. Soli 


fusiform, though still to some extent translucent. Immediately on passing 
from the fusiform into these masses the nervules dissect into a multitude of 
very fine branchlets, so fine and so numerous indeed that the masses, on 
Leucicorus and Mixonus, appear to be quite filled with them. Different 
genera exhibit few or none of the nervules outside of the fusiform or even, 
in many, outside of the centrum. Immediately on passing from the fusiform 
mass into the outer masses, in the genera just mentioned, the nervules divide 
into finer threads, but on nearing the opposite edges they again unite to 
form larger branches some of which pass inward to meet nerves going to the 
brain and others of which accompany the minute connecting thread to enter 
similar masses in the next organs. Toward the left hand end of fig. 2 
of Plate XXXIX. below the pectoral fin of fig. 1 of the same plate, an 
attempt is made to depict both the inner nerve, supplying the branches for 
the centrum, and the outer, gathering up some of the nervules and complet- 
ing the circuit. Between the two disks drawn in this figure the branchlets 
have not joined into a single nerve, but they traverse the distance as dis- 
tinct nervules which branch again on reaching the next organ. As may be 
seen from this figure there is much difference in the conditions of the nerves 
between the organs of various directly connected pairs; sometimes the ner- 
vules are numerous, but in the nearest interspace again they may be very 
few. 

' Generally the cephalic organs of the lateral system receive their nerves 
fom the trigeminal and the facial groups, and to a less extent from the 
glossopharyngeal, and those of the body depend upon the vagus. Within 
certain limits the main features of the innervation are similar in the differ- 
ent families noted below, but beyond these limits among the details there 
are considerable divergences. This is shown by comparison of the nerves 
of individuals of the same species, Lassozelus nasus, in figs. 1 and 3 of Plate 
LXXVIUI. On figs. 1 and 2 of this plate the nerve has been traced back 
from each disk to the brain. These figures give an approximate idea of the 
condition, in all of the main features, in all of the teleosts here dwelt with. 
By comparison with Ava calva it will be seen that there is a rather close 
correspondence in the principal features of the innervation. A feature of 
special interest in a contrast with these figures is the fact that Amia exhibits 
an arrangement of the system that in respect to aural and supraorbital 
branches of the cranial canal is intermediate between that of the Scorpenoid, 
or the Cottoid, of Plate LXXI. fig. 1, or figs. 2 and 3, on which the aural 


308 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


branches unite on the occiput, and the majority of the other types figured 
below which possess disunited aurals and a frontal cranial branch that tends 
toward the formation of a loop, as on Lamprogrammus, Plate XXXIV. fig. 3, 
and Plate LXXXI. fig. 1. Amia has the occipital commissure of the aural 
branches; it also possesses the frontal branch backward from the cranial 
toward the aural. For the arrangement and innervation of the system on 
Amia see the work of Allis, 1889, fig. 49. On the body of the teleostean 
the system varies from the complete, extending along the body from head 
to tail, to partial or entire absence, to interrupted series, or to several 
duplicate rows, and from lines of simple nerve papille to those of exces- 
sively modified disks, and the drafts upon the vagus vary accordingly. 
Turning attention especially to the cephalic organs a large amount of 
variation in the numbers of disks will be at once apparent; on the species 
sketched the range is from fifty disks up to ninety. Further than this, 
many species have disks of different sizes or of different degrees of develop- 
ment on different parts of the head. This diversity is a consequent of par- 
ticular habits ; species on which the function of the disks is equally important 
in all directions have the organs about equally developed on the top of the 
head on the sides and beneath, as Mixonus, Porogadus, Bassogigas, and 
Cataetyx of Plates LXXIV., LXXVI., and LXXX.; but others on which the 
function upward accords better with the habits have large disks on the upper 
parts of the head and small ones on the lower, as Bassozetus nasus, Plate 
LXXVII. and species of Eretmichthys, Plate LXXIX.; and still others as 
the Halosauroids, Plate LX XXIV. fig. 1, find a function downward more sat- 
isfying to their necessities and possess disks-of extraordinary development 
on the lower portions of the head and the body while those of the upper 
parts have suffered from neglect. Some of the species have the disks hid- 
den by darkly pigmented mantles from all directions except below; this is 
particularly the case on species of the subgenus Halosauropsis. A wide 
range of perfection in the system is to be seen on the species of Halosaurus: 
on forms like ZZ. attenuatus, Plate LX. fig. 1, the disks and their envelopes 
are so thin as to be almost invisible and so delicately attached to the sur- 
faces of the scales as to be carried away by a very slight rub; on ZH. radia- 
tus Plate LX. fig. 2,a much greater degree of advancement obtains; and on 
H. macrochir and H. rostratus the mechanism appears to have reached the 
extreme of differentiation. On these last the disks and the particular scale 


on which each is seated are much enlarged and the dark mantle by which 


59 


(oi) 


THE LATERAL CANAL SYSTEM. 


they are covered effectually directs the function downward through the 
opening at the lower edges. In some types the scale on which the disk is 
borne has become so enlarged as to lose its position and identity with others 
about it and to appear as if a superficial and accessory acquisition. There are 
such acquisitions outside of the disks, however, on Lamprogrammus. On 
the body of Phycis regius and on the top of the head of Halosauri the system 
appears to be more primitive in character than on other portions of the 
body. 

If in its inception the Lateral Canal System was tactile in function there is 
no evident reason why, in the complete darkness of the abysses, more than 
ever before demanding its exercise, this function should deteriorate or be 
lost; but instead all the circumstances would appear conducive to its en- 
hancement and perfection. Unless something better has been substituted 
for it, it is likely that the tactile function has been retained in the lateral sys- 
tems of all of the bathybial fishes. That the additional and very complex 
apparatus present on some species is to subserve the same purpose and 
nothing more is not so likely. Structure, pigmentation of adjacent tissue, 
apparatus for hiding effects or for controlling their directions, considered in 
connection with the absence or the presence of the eyes and their develop- 
ment, the character of the bathybial light and the probability of incursions 
into profound darkness all tend to make the conclusion unavoidable that the 
tactile organs of the lateral system have in the great depths become lumin- 
ous organs also, and that on many species they are so controlled by their 
possessors as to answer the purposes of flash organs. Again, the possession 
of apparatus in the disks beyond the needs of mere light organs, by blind as 
well as by eyed forms, indicates that there is yet more than the tactile and 
the luminous to be accounted for; and in these cases we are apparently 
driven to conclude that electric functions exist, functions by means of which 
the species or the sex of the individual is recognized, the members of the 
school are kept together, and by means of which the prey is captured and 
the enemy is avoided. A probable addition to the functions of the lateral 
system is the sense of taste; the sense of smell is otherwise provided for in 
well developed olfactories. 

In the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, 1888, Vol. XVII. 
p- 72, an attempt at the use of the lateral system in classification was made 
by the writer. In this essay special stress was laid upon the arrangement, 


connections, branching, ete., for the separation of species, genera and higher 


360 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


groups. Collinge and others also have made attempts in similar directions 
placing the stress mainly upon the innervation. Though the distribution of 
the nerves can be used to advantage in connection with the higher divisions, 
in an approach to the species and varieties it becomes less practical than the 
more obvious features, the arrangement and special characters of the system 
itself. It is in the numbers of the disks, their distribution, and the compar- 
ative sizes and degrees of development that the most effective aids to classi- 
fication are available; it is by means of these that most light is shed upon 
the closer and more recent affinities among deep sea fishes. 

In the following notes attention is directed to a few of the more obvious 
special features of each of twenty-six species of Teleosts from which outlines 
of the cephalic portions of the system are presented. 

Ectreposebastes imus, Cottunculus Thomsonit, and Hoplostethus pacificus of 
Plate LX XI. illustrate three types of the canals on the cheek behind the 
eye: in the first the orbital and the spiracular are reduced to a single canal, 
in the third they are distinct though tolerably close together, and in the 
second they appear to be partially reduced. The aural branches of the first 
and the second are transverse though they may not unite across the occiput, 
but on the third they evidently unite with the frontal branches of the 
cranials and form a loop, as in Lamprogrammus, ‘The disks are small and 
nearly uniform in size in each case; they are more developed than those of 
the shoalwater allies; on the head Z. imus has 52, C. Thomsonii has 56, and 
LH. pacificus has 70. 

Caulolepis subulidens and Melamphaés ngrofulvus, Plate LXXII., though 
differing in details, show considerable evidence of relationship. The post- 
orbital and spiracular branches of the canals are distinct; the frontal 
branches and the aurals are similar, but the latter bear two disks on Melam- 
phaés and only one on Caulolepis. The probability is in favor of an aural 
commissure on the occiput on both forms, and it may be the frontal 
branches are connected with the aurals; these connections have not yet 
been made out. The disks of Caulolepis appear to be rather more complex 
than those of Melamphaés; C. subulidens has 72 disks on the head and 
M. nigrofulvus has 68. 

Chaunax coloratus and Lepophidium emmelas, Plate UXXIIL., possess very 
different developments of the lateral system. The first represents the 
pediculates ; it shows postorbital and spiracular as a single series, the spira- 


cular from its position, and there appears to be an angular and a jugular 


THE LATERAL CANAL SYSTEM. 361 


connection between the orbital and the oral; there is a short series like a 
rudimentary spiracular back toward the gill opening, a transverse series 
between the rostrals on the top of the snout, and another transverse series 
between the orals on the chin; the aural and the frontal branch appear to 
have formed a very short loop on each side of the occiput ; each disk rests 
upon a peculiar transverse boat-shaped scale of which each end forms a 
spine or tubercle to protect the organ; and there are 90 cephalic disks. 
The second species is of a more common type; the disks are moderate in 
size, of a nearly uniform development; there are 66 disks on the head, 
there is a short aural branch of two disks on each side; and the cranial 
gives no sign of a frontal branch. 

Leucicorus lusciosus and Mixonus caudalis, Plate LXXIV., are closely allied 
forms, on which the disks are greatly differentiated, postorbitals and spira- 
culars are distinct, a short aural passes up and forward as if to form an 
occipital commissure, and frontal branches are absent. The blinded species, 
L. lusciosus has 58 cephalic disks, the other, IZ. caudalis, has 62. 

Dicrolene nigra and Dicrolene filamentosa, Plate LXXY., illustrate the 
most available differences for the formation of the minor divisions of the 
genera, for instances slight variations in the groupings of the disks on post- 
orbitals and spiraculars, in the interspaces, in the curves of the series, and 
in the sizes of the disks. Aural and frontal branches are similar in the 
number of disks, but differ slightly in directions ; the number of disks on 
the head is 64 in each species. 

In Poregadus longiceps and Holeomycteronus digittatus, Plate LXXVI., a 
long-headed species of one genus is contrasted with a short-headed species 
of another genus. The disks differ in size on the two species, but are 
uniformly developed on each; neither has frontal branches. On the first 
the disks are small, farther apart, there are 68 on the head, the series are 
straighter, and the aural branches contain but two disks each. On the 
second species greater dependence is evidently placed on the system; the 
disks are much larger; the series are more curved; there are three disks in 
each aural branch; and there are 64, probably 66, disks on the head. 

Bassozetus nasus, Plates LXXVII. and LXXVIIL, is a good exemplifica- 
tion of the consequences to the system of function in special directions from 
the body, due to particular habits. The disks have an extraordinary 
development on the upper portions of the head, while on the lower portions 


they are comparatively small. The disks of greatest development are those 


362 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


placed so as to bring their functional field most completely within the field 
of vision, a fact which strongly supports the theory of luminous disks on 
certain species. Those disks out of the visual field, or better those function- 
ing toward points not reached at the same instant by the eye are less devel- 
oped. Thus it happens that the disks on the forward portion of the snout 
and those back of the head at the angle of the gill opening are smaller than 
those nearer the eye, while, being in better position, they are larger than 
those below the lower jaws. Similar statements may be made concerning 
the species of Eretmichthys. On the head of B. nasus there are 58 disks. 

Evetmichthys pinnatus and EF. ocella, Plate LXXIX., resemble Lassozetus 
nasus in regard to differences in the developement of the disks on different 
parts of the head; neither of them has frontal branches and each has two 
disks in each aural branch. These forms are readily separated by details 
of the system, though the pectoral oars of EH. pinnatus and the pores on the 
head of #. ocella render it hardly necessary to go below the surface for aid. 
E. pinnatus has 54 cephalic disks and /. ocella has 56. 

Bassogigas stelliferoides and Catetyx simus, Plate LXXX., belong to very 
distinct genera. The most prominent differences in the systems, besides 
that in the number of disks, are perhaps those due to the elongation and 
the depression of the head in Catswtyx: the disks are far apart in the 
longitudinal canals and close together in the vertical, that is, in the post- 
orbital and the spiracular. In both species the disks are comparatively 
small and are of nearly uniform size on all parts of the head; both are 
without frontal branches, ZB. stedliferoides has 64 cephalic disks, two of them 
in each aural branch, and (. simus has 50 disks on the head, but one of 
which appears in each aural. 

Lamprogrammus illustris and Phycis regius, Plate LXXXI., present differ- 
ences of the most marked character. The disks of the first are large but 
very slender aud spindle-shaped; the series are complete; and, a feature 
not yet noted on others, the frontal branches have joined the aurals forming 
a complete loop, which, however, contains but three disks, the one ordi- 
narily found in each frontal branch and the two most often occurring in each 
aural. There are 56 cephalic disks; those of the body are similar to those 
of the head. On Phycis regius the disks about the eyes are the better 
developed ; those on the aural region are rudimentary and obsolescent, 
their places being occupied by a cavity of some size, filled with a gelatinous 
mass and mucus, into which canals are carried as hard-walled tubes, one 


THE LATERAL CANAL SYSTEM. 363 


of which, indicated in the sketch, is continuous with the lateral line of the 
body and another apparently with the cranial canal of the head; and no 
disks appear to be developed on the body. 

Merluccius angustimanus and Phyciculus rastrelliger, Plate LXXXII., are 
diverse forms which probably are not well placed in the same family. Both 
are Gadoids but IZ. angustimanus exhibits a lateral system that differs con- 
siderably from that of its nearest allies in the Gadide. Compared with 
them the arrangement is similar, there are no frontal branches of the cranial, 
and there are two disks in each aural, but it is in peculiarities of the disk 
that the differences appear. Each disk is a broad band-like mass of tissue 
on which there is a thin yellowish cover apparently granulated on the sur- 
face and thicker in the middle, between the ends of the connecting threads, 
in the position of the centrum. The centrum is not well differentiated, 
though the glandular mass, in greater depth at this point, probably answers 
its purpose; the fusiform portion of the disk was not to be detected. The 
linings of the canals are pigmented, which with the lack of concentration of 
the glandular tissue in a centrum may indicate differences in function. 
There are 54 cephalic disks. The disks of P. rastrelliger are like those of 
other Gadide ; they are small, nearly uniform in size over the head, and 
each aural, with two disks, turns sharply forward. The specimen possessed 
66 disks on the head. 

Microlepidium grandiceps and Maerurus anguliceps, Plate LX XXIII. repre- 
sent allied families which differ in regard to the amount of dependence placed 
on the lateral system. JZ. grandiceps of the Gadidee was taken at the greater 
depth, 1421 fathoms, but has less development in the disks, which are 
small, and nearly uniform in size. Postorbital and spiracular series are 
brought rather close together in this species; no frontal branches were dis- 
covered; there are two disks in each aural branch and 62 in the entire 
cephalic portion of the system. In Macrurus anguliceps it is evident that 
the function of the system is of more importance; it has attained a much 
higher degree of development, though the species was taken at a less depth, 
1067 fathoms. The minute disks in the frontal region illustrate the manner 
in which as some of the disks increase in size their number is reduced, some 
of them growing larger, others gradually disappearing. Including the obso- 
lescent, there are 72 disks on the head of this species. On one of the spe- 
cies on this plate the eye appears to be developed far beyond the system ; 
on the other, eye and system are about equally important. 


364 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Macrurus canus and Halosaurus radiatus, Plate LXXXI1V., exemplify very 
diverse forms, dwelling at the bottom, secured from moderate depths. 
Compared with MW anguliceps, M. canus, from 210 fathoms, has a larger eye 
and a somewhat smaller degree of development in the disks of the oral series, 
and the frontal disks are quite as well developed as any of the others. 
This species is an intermediate between Macrurus and Trachyrhynchus ; 
there are 68 cephalic disks. On Halosaurus the relative positions of the 
disks (which are no doubt lanterns and flash lights) and the eyes are much 
like that of a dark lantern and an observer who keeps himself out of sight 
in the shadow while throwing the light upon objects around him. On some 
species the disks are covered by screens which prevent escape of the light 
in other directions than downward away from the body. On the upper sur- 
faces of the head the disks are comparatively few, are much less developed, 
and are not apparent in the cranials backward of the orbital branches. 
Backward of this point the cranials and the aural branches, which latter 
unite on the occiput, are hard-walled tubes and much more primitive in char- 
acter; but on the body the greatly differentiated disks reappear, closely 
underlaid by the especially large branch of the vagus by which they are 
innervated. In the figures this nerve would appear to be forward of the 
pectorals; in reality it passes above and down immediately behind them. 


ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA. 365 


ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA. 


When dealing with species it was possible to divide the collection 
approximately into two groups, one of which contained the deep sea forms, 
the other those from the shoals or near the surface, but such a division of 
the genera is not practicable, owing to the great majority of the deep sea 
types themselves being congeneric with species only represented in the 
upper waters. While the closest affinities are necessarily to be determined 
by comparisons of particular species or of varieties of particular species, 
rather than of genera in their entirety, considerations of the last are not to 
be ignored as if without bearings of importance. Compared with a genus 
exclusively an inhabitant of the surface waters, another which dwells both 
near the surface and in the depths is likely to possess the wider distribution 
horizontally, as the surface genus may have its range limited by peculiarities 
of food and of temperature, agents which are less variable and less restric- 
tive in the depths. From this it follows that a genus, or species, of great 
vertical range may possess a comparatively narrow horizontal range at the 
surface and a much broader one in the abysses; this is shown by fishes like 
Careproctus, Paraliparis, Lycodes, or Merluccius, known in the higher lati- 
tudes from both surface and bathybial waters, but found only at great 
depths in the torrid regions. In the case of a genus well established at con- 
siderable depths there is always a likelihood that its deep sea distribution is 
greater than its range near the surface. The existence of the wider abyssal 
ranges and the expectation of their probable determination by future re- 
search farther toward the poles, closer to the surface as well as in the depths, 
tend to deprive the deep sea genera of some of their importance in the solu- 
tion of questions relating to origin and derivation, or to possible migrations 
through a channel once existing between the Caribbean Sea and the Pacific, 
or to others through a strait once dividing the Isthmus of Suez. In present 
knowledge, at the best, it may be said that definite conclusions regarding the 
sources of the Panamic deep sea fauna are not to be drawn from bathybial 


fishes alone with any great degree of assurance. 


366 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


From a consideration of evidence on the question of a recent thorough- 
fare through the isthmus between the Caribbean and the Pacific there are 
among the hundred or more genera in the collection sixteen or seventeen 
new ones that may be passed with no comment here, as they have no 
ascertained distribution outside of the Panamic region of the Pacific, and 
besides these there are a dozen others that may also be put away because 
they have not yet been discovered on the Atlantic side of the isthmus. Of 
the remainder the following thirty-eight are known to occur in both the 
Panamic and the Caribbean sections, the latter including the Gulf of Mexico: 
Raia, Centroscyllium, Pontinus, Hoplostethus, Trichiurus, Chiasmodus, 
Lophius, Chaunax, Oncocephalus, Dibranchus, Prionotus, Peristedium, Calli- 
onymus, Lepophidium, Dicrolene, Monomitopus, Bassozetus, Lamonema, 
Phyciculus, Bregmaceros, Macrurus, Monolene, Symphurus, Sternoptyx, 
Argyropelecus, Cyclothone, Chlorophthalmus, Ipnops, Bathypterois, Mycto- 
phum, Stomias, Bathytroctes, Alepocephalus, Halosaurus, Uroconger, Con- 
germurena, Ophichthys, and Cryptopterus ; and the list of those represented 
in the Panamic and in the Atlantic, but not yet found in the Caribbean and 
the Gulf is as follows: Isistius, Trachichthys, Caulolepis, Melamphaés, Care- 
proctus, Paraliparis, Gymnelis, Lycodes, Mixonus, Porogadus, Diplacantho- 
poma, Bassogigas, Merluccius, Antimora, Trachyrhynchus, Maurolicus, 
Chauliodus, Idiacanthus, Notacanthus, Chlopsis, Venefica, Serrivomer, Lab- 
ichthys, Nemichthys, and Myxine. Some of these have ranges so extensive 
as to indicate a ready passage from one ocean to the other by way of 
either the Arctic regions or the Antarctic; for instances Careproctus, Para- 
liparis, Gymnelis and Lycodes range so far to the north that they may pass 
through the Arctic, and others as Raia, Centroscyllium, Merluccius, Anti- 
mora, Macrurus, Cyclothone, Myctophum, Stomias, and Notacanthus have 
distributions indicative of possible migrations through a strait at some time 
crossing the Central American isthmus, and which also show freedom of way 
through both of the polar oceans. The genera taken by this expedition in 
the Panamic region, known also to occur in the Atlantic, and possessed of 
recorded distributions that would somewhat exclusively favor a passage 
through a Panamic strait comprise more than forty per cent of the whole 
number captured, as shown in the following list: Pontinus, Hoplostethus, 
Caulolepis, Trachichthys, Trichiurus, Chiasmodus, Lophius, Chaunax, Onco- 
cephalus, Dibranchus, Peristedium, Callionymus, Lepophidium, Mixonus, 
Dicrolene, Porogadus, Monomitopus, Bassozetus, Diplacanthopoma, Bassogi- 


ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA. 367 


gas, Lemonema, Phyciculus, Bregmaceros, Trachyrhynchus, Monolene, 
Symphurus, Argyropelecus, Bathypterois, Maurolicus, Chauliodus, Idiacan- 
thus, Alepocephalus, Halosaurus, Uroconger, Congermurena, Ophichthys, 
Cryptopterus, Venefica, Serrivomer, Labichthys, Nemichthys. This large 
proportion of all the genera secured might be regarded as much more con- 
clusively proving the existence of a Central American connection between 
the Atlantic and the Pacific if it were not that the determined ranges are 
only partial and that, presumptively, by future collecting they will in many 
cases if not in all be extended into the polar waters. 

In regard to a former strait through the isthmus of Suez the testimony 
of these genera is even more unsatisfactory than that concerning one 
through the isthmus of Panama, as Africa does not extend so far south as 
South America does by more than eighteen degrees and consequently is 
much less of a barrier to migration. The known ranges of the following 
may be cited as less or more remotely favoring the theory of a recent 
connection between the Mediterranean Sea and the Indian Ocean: Raia, 
Hoplostethus, Trachichthys, Melamphaés, Trichiurus, Chiasmodus, Lophius, 
Chaunax, Dibranchus, Peristedium, Callionymus, Dicrolene, Monomitopus, 
Diplacanthopoma, Macrurus, Symphurus, Sternoptyx, Argyropelecus, Chlor- 
ophthalmus, Bathypterois, Chauliodus, Bathytroctes, Alepocephalus, and 
Uroconger. 

Lamprogrammus, Scopelengys, Narcetes, and Xenomystax have been 
discovered in the Panamic area and in the northern portions of the Indian 
Ocean only, and Acanthonus has been secured north of New Guinea, in 
the Philippines, and in the Panamic section of the Pacific. The immense 
gaps apparently existing in these distributions are more likely to be due 
to Jack of search than to actual absence from the immense spaces inter- 
vening between the points at which species of these genera have already 
been obtained. 

A better idea of the general distribution, and of the weight and present 
condition of the evidence relating to former straits near Panama and in the 
neighborhood of Suez will perhaps be obtained from the following summa- 
ries relating to such genera in the collection as have also been obtained in 
other localities. 

Raja :— Occurring in the Panamic region of the Pacific, in the Caribbean, 
the Mediterranean, the Arabian Gulf, the Bay of Bengal, the Indian Ocean, 
on both sides of the Atlantic and of the Pacific, from north latitude of 80° to 


568 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


south latitude of 55° or more, in all oceans, in fact, this genus can be relied 
on to establish very little concerning an eastward strait from the Panamic 
or another from the Mediterranean. The species now known from the 
Caribbean and those from the Panamic region are not very closely allied. 

Centroscyllium : —Is taken in the Panamic region, in the north Atlantic 
to Greenland, near the Falkland Islands, in the Mediterranean Sea, the 
Arabian Gulf, and the Bay of Bengal, but has little bearing on early 
connections across Panama and Suez because of the close agreement of 
the species throughout the entire range. 

Isistius : — Ranging from the Panamic to Alaska, in 55° north, and to the 
middle Pacific, found in the Atlantic at Rio de Janeiro, in the Gulf of Guinea, 
and in the Indian Ocean from Madagascar to Australia, this shark is one 
of the most likely to pass from ocean to ocean at the southward of either 
America or Africa. 

Pontinus: —The present record from the Panamic, from the Gulf of 
Mexico to Cape Hatteras, from the Mediterranean and from off the north- 
west coasts of Africa, places this genus strongly in favor of recent migrations 
through a Panamic strait. 

Hoplostethus : — A distribution in the Panamic region, through the 
Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico to New York, from Madeira and the 
northwestern coasts of Africa to the Mediterranean, in the Bay of Bengal, 
and in the Sea of Japan, makes Hoplostethus at once favorable to a migra- 
tion westward from the Caribbean and to that advocated by Alcock between 
the Mediterranean and the Indian Ocean. 

Trachichthys : —Known from the Panamic region, from Chili, from 
northwest Africa to the Mediterranean, from the Bay of Bengal to Japan, 
Australia and New Zealand, this genus must be regarded as a likely one 
to range southward of the great continents. 

Cuulolepis : — The position of the three localities from which this genus 
has been recorded, off New York, off Lower California, and off Panama, 
together with the very close relationship existing between the species of 
the Atlantic and that of the Pacific, renders Caulolepis one of the best for 
the present to cite in support of a recent thoroughfare across the isthmus 
of Panama. 

Melamphats : — From the Panamic to Puget Sound, the western Central 
Pacific, off the eastern coasts of the United States and of South America, 
off the northwestern coasts of Africa, from the Bay of Bengal and from the 


ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA. 369 


Antarctic, Melamphaés gives little light on the special points under con- 
sideration ; it apparently has closer affinities between its species across the 
Pacific than across Central America, 

Trichiurus : — Panamic to Lower California, the Caribbean and Gulf to 
New York and to Montevideo, off Portugal, the Arabian Sea, Bay of Bengal, 
Japan, New Zealand, and Madagascar outline a distribution that may be 
used in support of both a Panamic and an east Mediterranean strait. The 
species on the two sides of Central America have very close affinities. 

Chiasmodus : — The known range of this genus includes the following: 
south of the Gulf of California, off Pernambuco in the mid-Atlantic, off 
northwestern Africa, and in the Bay of Bengal. These are points somewhat 
favorable to the theory of a Central American water way between the two 
oceans. . 

Lophius: — Retaining Lophiomus in this genus the distribution includes 
the Panamic and the Caribbean, Cape Hatteras to Newfoundland, Cape 
Verdes to Norway, the Mediterranean, Arabian Gulf, Bay of Bengal, Japan 
and the Philippines, and off New Guinea and South Africa. The genus 
does not readily support the idea of a Panamic strait because of the wide 
differences in the species at opposite sides of the isthmus. 

Chaunax : —Recorded from the Panamic, the Caribbean and the Gulf to 
off New York, off northwestern Africa, in the Arabian Gulf, the Bay of 
Bengal, and off the Fiji Islands. The species on opposite sides of Central 
America differ radically. Some authors find the same species in both 
the Atlantic and the western Pacific, an identification that is somewhat 
questionable. 

Oncocephalus : — Obtained from the Panamic and from the Caribbean and 
the Gulf of Mexico to Labrador and to Rio de Janeiro. Advocates of the 
theory of a recent upheaval of the Central American isthmus will hardly 
find a better instance in their favor, on account of the distribution and the 
very close relationship of the Panamic to the Caribbean species. 

Dibranchus : —Tnhabits the Panamic region to the Gulf of California, the 
Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico to New York, the region off Soudan and 
the Cape Verdes, and the Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal. As a genus 
Dibranchus supports the idea of a more or less recent Caribbean strait; the 
affinities of the species, however, are but moderately close, 

Malthopsis : — Species occur in the Panamic section to the Gulf of 
California, off the Hawaiian Islands, and in the Bay of Bengal. Not yet 


24 


370 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


known in the Atlantic. In this case it would appear as if the distribution 
had extended across the entire Pacific into the Indian Ocean. 

Prionotus : — Distributed through the Panamic area to the Gulf of 
California, through the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico to Nova Scotia 
and to Patagonia, and in the Bay of Bengal and the Sea of Japan. The 
occurrence of species of Prionotus at the southern extremity of South 
America reduces the value of its evidence concerning a Panamic strait. 

Peristedium : — Established in the Panamic waters, about the Hawaiian 
Islands, in the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico to New York, at Bahia, 
‘around Great Britain, off Portugal, in the Mediterranean, the Arabian 
Gulf, the Bay of Bengal, the Sea of Japan, and off New Guinea. The range 
of this genus gives it considerable weight as evidence in favor of either the 
Caribbean or the Mediterranean thoroughfares. 

Careproctus :— The localities include the Gulf of Panama, California to 
Oregon, Bering Sea, off Kamtchatka, Greenland to the Farées to Spitz 
bergen and to the Kara Sea, and off the Azores. The distribution will 
probably be found to extend through the Arctic Ocean. The habits of the 
species are such as, with the fact of having been already discovered near 
the equator, to induce expectation of a general extension of the range of 
the genus through all the oceans at great depths. 

Paraliparis : — Secured off Panama, in the Gulf of California to Oregon, 
Bering Sea, off New York to Iceland, the Farées and Jan Mayen. Except- 
ing the occurrence of a species off Patagonia, the range closely corresponds 
with that of Careproctus, and similar extensions may be expected. 

Callionymus : — Abundant off Panama, in the Caribbean and Gulf of 
Mexico, in the Gulf Stream to South Carolina, off the British Isles, the 
Azores, and the Canaries, in the Mediterranean and the Bay of Bengal, 
and off Japan, Tasmania, and Madagascar. From the range so far as 
determined it appears that Callionymus is of the better genera to bring 
forward in favor of either the Panamic or the Red Sea connections of the 
Atlantic. 

Maynea: — Between the Galapagos and Panama, and the Straits of 
Magellan are localities that indicate a probable range for this genus along 
the entire west coast of South America. The species from off Mexico, from 
Puget Sound and from Bering Sea heretofore placed in Maynea have been 
removed into closely allied genera, Bothrocaropsis and Bothrocara. 

Gymnelis : — Apparently ranging from the Panamic northward in the 


ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA. Sine 


Pacific to Bering Sea, and from Nova Scotia to Davis Straits, to north of 
Iceland to Norway and to Finmark. 

Lycodopsis :— Has a range, in present determination, from the Panamic area 
northward to California, Puget Sound, the Aleutian Islands and to Japan. 

Lycodes : —Tnhabits the Pacific from the Panamic to California and 
Bering Straits, and the Atlantic from off Cape Cod, Newfoundland, and 
Greenland to north of Iceland, Norway, Finmark, and to the Kara Sea; also 
found off the Azores, and the Cape Verdes, and in the Straits of Magellan. 
On the charts the distribution of this genus in a measure suggests extension 
of range from the Atlantic through the Arctic and Bering Straits into the 
Pacific and down the western coasts of North America. 

Phucocetes : — Thus far identified only from two localities, off the Bay 
of Panama and in Magellan’s Straits. 

Lycodapus : — Now known from the Panamic, Bering Sea, and off 
California and Lower California. 

Lepophidium : — With a range including the Panamic to California, and 
the Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico to South Carolina and to Bahia, Lepo- 
phidium is one of the best supports of the theory of a transisthmian 
water-way. 

Mixonus : — The small number of the localities, Panamic, off the mouth 
of the Amazon, and off the Canaries, in connection with the great depths 
at which the species are found, raises doubt whether the genus if better 
known would support the idea of a Panamic connection with the Atlantic 
as well as the positions of the ascertained localities would indicate. 

Dicrolene: —In evidence from the Panamic to Mexico, from the Carib- 
bean and the Gulf of Mexico to off New York, off the Canaries, in the 
Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal. In its known distribution this is one 
of the best of the genera to be used in confirmation of the theory of a 
passage westward from the Caribbean, as also of one eastward from the 
Mediterranean. 

Porogadus : — This genus occurs in the Panamic, in the Gulf of Cali- 
fornia, off New York, off North Australia and off Borneo. It has not yet 
been identified from the Caribbean. 

Monomitopus : — Another of the genera most available in discussions of 
probable mid-Atlantic connections with the Pacific and the Indian Ocean. 
Reported from the Panamic, the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico, the 
Canaries, the Azores, the Arabian Sea, and the Bay of Bengal. 


372 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Bassozetus : — Off Panama to Mexico, the Caribbean and the Gulf to 
off New York, the middle of the equatorial Atlantic, off North Australia, 
and off the Philippines, form a series of localities of use in favor of 
an American strait, but of little avail in relation to that east of the 
Mediterranean Sea. 

Diplacanthopoma : — Dredged in the Panamic, off Pernambuco, off the 
Cape Verdes, in the Arabian Sea, and in the Bay of Bengal. But remotely 
favoring either of the straits under consideration. 

Bassogigas : — Heretofore taken only in the Panamic, the Gulf of Cali- 
fornia, and off New York. 

Neobythites : — Restricting the genus somewhat narrowly it retains the 
following localities: Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico, off Pernambuco, Arabian 
Sea, Bay of Bengal to the Philippines and Japan, and Fiji Islands. If, 
however, its closest allies are united with it as subgenera it ranges into the 
Panamice. 

Caletyx :— The three localities from which Catetyx has been secured, 
Messier’s Straits, the Panamic region, and off California, are all in the 
eastern Pacific. 

Acanthonus : —Only known from the localities Panamic, north of New 
Guinea, and off the Philippines. 

Lamprogrammus :—Previous to its discovery in the Panamic this genus was 
known only from the Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal; as now deter- 
mined it is found in two regions near the equator and about 160° apart. 

Merluccius : — Discovery of this genus in the Panamic region deprives it 
of a supposititious bipolar distribution; it had been taken off California to 
Puget Sound, off Chili to Patagonia and to Montevideo, off Florida to Labra- 
dor, Greenland, Iceland and the British Isles, off the Cape Verde Isles to 
the Mediterranean Sea, and off New Zealand. 

Antimora : — Though not yet identified from the Straits of Magellan this 
genus has been taken in the Antarctic. Its distribution bears some resem- 
blance to that of Merluccius, in that it has been reported from the Panamic, 
from California, Puget Sound, off South Carolina to the Banks of New- 
foundland, and off Montevideo. 

Lemonema:— A theory of a Caribbean strait is well supported by the 
distribution of this genus as now determined. Species have been taken in 
the Panamie, in the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico to off Delaware, off 
the Canaries and the Straits of Gibraltar and off Montevideo. 


ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA. 373 


Phyciculus : — The points at which species of this genus have been cap- 
tured support the idea of a strait from the Caribbean fairly well, and they 
favor that of one from the Mediterranean but little less. Panamic, off 
Lower California, in the Caribbean and Gulf to off New York, off the Cape 
Verdes and the Canaries, in the Bay of Bengal and off Japan, Australia, and 
New Zealand. 

Bregmaceros : — Such a range as that indicated by the localities Panamic, 
off Acapulco, Caribbean and Gulf, Arabian Sea, Bay of Bengal, China Sea, 
Philippines, and Amboyna, and middle of the Indian Ocean is entirely 
tropical and is favorable to an outlet westward from the Caribbean, but 
somewhat less so to one in the same direction from the Red Sea. 

Mucrurus : — There are few genera with broader ranges than appears in 
the following localities for Macrurus: Panamic to Bering Sea, Chili, Straits 
of Magellan, Hawaiian Islands and southward to New Zealand and Australia, 
Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico to Nova Scotia, Davis Straits, Iceland, Farées, 
Finmark, Norway, British Isles to the Mediterranean, Azores and Cape 
Verdes, Pernambuco to Patagonia, Arabian Sea, Bay of Bengal to Celebes, 
Japan and eastward to the mid-Pacific, Madagascar, and the Antarctic. 
Favors Arctic, Antarctic, or torrid routes from ocean to ocean about equally. 

Trachyrhynchus : —n its distribution there are as yet no locations near 
the Caribbean; the genus has been secured from the Panamic, south of 
Iceland, off the Farées, off Portugal, in the Mediterranean, and off New 
Zealand. 

Monolene : — Hardly any of the genera favor a Panamic strait, either by 
relationship of species or by localities, more than this one. The known 
range is from the Panamie to Mexico and from the Caribbean and the Gulf 
of Mexico to New York. 

Symphurus :— Both the list of localities given for this genus and the 
close affinities of the species favor either of the two straits under considera- 
tion. Species have been obtained in the Panamic to California, in the 
Caribbean to off New England and to Montevideo, in the Mediterranean to 
off the Soudan, and in the Bay of Bengal to the Arabian Sea. 

Slernoptyx : — Antarctic localities render the distribution of Sternoptyx 
less important in a discussion of outlets from the Caribbean and the 
Mediterranean than that of many of the other genera. The list includes 
the Panamic, off California, the Hawaiian Islands, the Caribbean and Gulf 
of Mexico to the Newfoundland Banks, the mid-Atlantic to off Morocco 


374 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


and Sierra Leone, the Arabian Gulf, Kermadec Islands, East Indies, and 
Japan. 

Argyropelecus : — Stands fairly well toward a Caribbean strait and but 
tolerably fair im respect to one from the east end of the Mediterranean. 
It is known from the Panamie, the Caribbean, from the Banks of Newfound- 
land to South Carolina, from off Norway to France, from Portugal, the 
Cape Verdes, the Canaries, and South Africa, and from the Mediterranean 
and the Bay of Bengal. 

Valenciennellus: — Not yet known from the Panamic, having been 
collected west of San Diego, California. Other localities are Denmark 
Straits and Madagascar. 

Maurolicus : — Various species have been secured in the Panamic to the 
Gulf of California and to California, off New York, off Norway, and in the 
Mediterranean Sea. 

Cyclothone : — Evidently an inhabitant of all the deeper marine waters ; 
found in the Panamic to Puget Sound and the mid Pacific, in the Caribbean 
and the Gulf to Newfoundland Banks, in Davis and Denmark Straits and 
off Iceland, in the Bay of Biscay to Madeira, in the mid Atlantic and off. 
Sierra Leone, in the Arabian Gulf and the Bay of Bengal to the East 
Indies, Japan, Australia and New Zealand, and in the Antarctic. To be 
cited in favor of Arctic, Antarctic, or Caribbean Strait migrations with 
about the same assurance. 

Chlorophthalmus : — Present in the Panamic, the Hawaiian Islands, Chili, 
the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico to off New York in the Gulf Stream, 
in the mid Atlantic off Madeira, the Cape Verdes, Bahia, and Montevideo, 
in the Mediterranean and the Bay of Bengal, east and south of Australia 
and in the Antarctic. If the species on the two sides of Central America 
were more closely allied this genus might be considered fair evidence in favor 
of a Panamic strait. 

Scopelengys : —'Two localities only are to be given for this genus, the 
Panamic and the Laccadive Sea. 

Bathypterois: —One of the genera which by known range and specific 
affinities most favors the Central American strait. Species have been taken 
in the Panamic to the Gulf of California, mid south Pacific, Fijis, in the Car- 
ibbean and the Gulf Stream to off New York, off Pernambuco and Monte- 
video, off Madeira and the northwest coast of Africa, and in the Arabian 
Gulf and Bay of Bengal. 


ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA. 379 


Ipnops : — Vf it were not for the great extent to the southward of its dis- 
tribution Ipnops would be much better evidence for Caribbean westward 
migrations; it has been taken in the Panamic, the Caribbean and the 
Gulf of Mexico, off Pernambuco, midway from Tierra del Fuego to Cape 
Good Hope, and north of New Guinea. 

Myctophum:—General in distribution. Panamic to Alaska and the 
Hawaiian Islands, Chili, Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico to Davis and Den- 
mark Straits the Fardes and Spitzbergen, Montevideo, off northwest Africa, 
Mediterranean, off Madagascar and South Africa, Bay of Bengal, Philippines 
to Fijis, southeast of Australia, east of New Zealand, and in the Antarctic 
to 62° south, 

Chauliodus : — Too broadly distributed to have very much weight in the 
present discussion. Secured in the Panamic and along the Californian coast 
to the Aleutian Islands, off the Society Islands, off the Bermudas and Mo- 
rocco, in the mid equatorial Atlantic, in the Mediterranean, the Arabian Gulf 
and the Bay of Bengal, off Japan and New Guinea. The Panamic species is 
very distinct. 

Stomias: — The great range southward detracts from what otherwise 
would be of the best evidence in support of the tropical Atlantic outlets. 
The known localities are the Panamic to the Gulf of California, the Carib- 
bean, the Gulf Stream off New York, south of Greenland, off the Cape 
Verdes to the Bay of Biscay and the Mediterranean, the Arabian Gulf, east 
of Tasmania, and south of Australia in the Antarctic. 

Idiccanthus : — Remotely bears in favor of the Central American strait. 
Found in the Panamie, off southern California, in the mid north Atlantic, 
northwest of Australia, and north of New Guinea. 

Bathytroctes : —It may be said of the range of Bathytroctes that it points 
with tolerable directness toward the existence at some time of a strait west 
of the Caribbean; less directly toward a possible migration of species through 
the Arctic, and similarly toward a strait at Suez. The localities are Pana- 
mic, off Vancouver’s Island, the Gulf of Mexico, Denmark Straits, off the 
northwest coast of Africa to the Azores, off Pernambuco, Arabian Sea, Bay 
of Bengal, and north of Celebes. 

Narcetes : — Better perhaps placed with Bathytroctes, but adding nothing 
to its range. Discovered only in the Panamic and in the Arabian Gulf. 

Alepocephalus:—The Caribbean and the Mediterranean thoroughfares 
both find support in the distribution of Alepocephalus in its present limits. 


376 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


The genus has been located in the Panamice, off Mexico, off California, in the 
Caribbean, in the Gulf Stream off the eastern United States and the Grand 
Banks, southeast of Greenland, European coasts to the Mediterranean and 
the northwestern coasts of Africa, off the Azores, in the Bay of Bengal, and 
north of Australia. 

Halosaurus : — Important in its bearing on the Central American connec- 
tion, remote as concerns that of the Mediterranean, and fair in relation to 
migrations from ocean to ocean by way of the Antarctic. The locations 
are the Panamic, the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico to off New Eng- 
land, the mid Atlantic, the Azores and Cape Verdes to Gibraltar, the 
Arabian Gulf, the Bay of Bengal, off the Philippines and Japan, and in 
the Antarctic. 

Notacanthus : — About equally remote in its bearings toward migrations 
from or to the Atlantic or the Pacific by way of either the Arctic Ocean, the 
Antarctic, or a Central American strait. The localities include the Panamie, 
off South Carolina to the Grand Banks, south of Greenland and Iceland, off 
the Canaries, west of Magellan’s Straits, off New Zealand, and off south- 
western Australia. 

Uroconger : —Good evidence concerning a Central American strait, and 
fair in relation to that from the Mediterranean eastward, credited to the 
Panamic, the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico, the Canaries, Arabian 
Gulf and Bay of Bengal to the China Sea, Borneo and New Guinea. 

Congermurana : — Though it extends far toward the south the distribution 
of this genus in the main favors both of the straits with which we are here 
concerned ; the following localities are on record: Panamic, Gulf of Califor- 
nia, Hawaiian Islands, Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico, mid south Atlantic, 
Mediterranean Sea, Bay of Bengal, Japan, East Indies, Australia, the Fijis ; 
New Guinea, New Zealand, and the Antarctic. 

Ophichthys : — Accepting the genus in its more inclusive sense it may be 
placed with those which are used to establish the former recent existence of 
straits eastward from the Panamic and from the Mediterranean. The locali- 
ties are numerous; the range includes the Panamic to southern California 
and to southern Chili, the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico to Cape Hat- 
teras and to Montevideo, off the entire coast of Africa, the Mediterranean, 
the Arabian Gulf, the Bay of Bengal, Japan, East Indies, Australia, the 
Fijis, and other localities of the Indian and western Pacific Oceans. 

Cryptopterus : — Being shoal water species and very closely allied on the 


ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA. onl 


opposite sides of the isthmus, there are none more pertinent in the present 
inquiry than those of this genus. The two localities are the Panamic region 
and the Caribbean Sea. 

Xenonystax : — As was the case with a number of the other genera the 
species of this genus are reported only from widely separated localities. 
From the Panamic, and in the Arabian Gulf, off the Maldives and off 
Travancore. 

Chlopsis: —The known locations are the Panamic region and the Medi- 
terranean Sea. 

Venefica : — A westward Caribbean outlet would accord well with a range 
which comprises the Panamic to off southern California, off South Carolina, 
and off the Canaries. 


Serrivomer : — Similar to Venefica in its bearings on the questions before 
us; found in the Panamic, Gulf of California, east of Delaware, and off the 
Azores. 

Labichthys : — Like Serrivomer in connection with the theory of a Pana- 


mic strait, but of wider range. Has been taken in the Panamic, off Alaska, 
east of New York, off Pernambuco, off the Azores, and off Sierra Leone. 

Nemichthys :—The comparatively few localities from which species of 
Nemichthys have been taken are so distributed as to accord well with the 
theory of a strait at the west end of the Caribbean and also with that of one 
at the east end of the Mediterranean; the localities are the Panamic area, 
Gulf of California, Puget Sound, Alaska, off South Carolina to New England, 
off the Canaries and Madeira, and in the Bay of Bengal. 

Myzxine: — While the genus as a whole appears to agree in the main 
with the idea of an eastern connection of the Panamic with the Caribbean 
the great difference in the species on the opposite sides of the isthmus in 
great measure does away with the value of the testimony; the evidence is 
also rendered less important by the presence of Atlantic species in the 
Straits of Magellan. The list of localities at present includes the Panamic 
region, Straits of Magellan and vicinage, off North Carolina, off New Eng- 
land, off Nova Scotia, off the British Isles and northern Europe to Portugal 
and the Mediterranean, and off Japan. 


(\ 


LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES, 


SHOWING THEIR RANGE IN DEPTH AND. THEIR PRINCIPAL LOCALITIES. 


Explanation of Letters, ete. 
A. “Albatross” Expeditions of U. S. Fish Commission. | K. “ Knight Errant ’’ Expedition (English). 


B. “Blake” OG of U. S. Coast Survey. N. “Norwegian ” North Sea Expeditions. 
C. “Challenger ” a (English). T. “ Talisman” Expeditions (French). 

F. “Fish Hawk” ue of U. S, Fish Commission. | Tr. “ Travailleur ” & (French). 

H. “VHirondelle” ‘ of Monaco. Tt. “ Triton ” be (English). 

I. “Investigator” ‘° of India Marine Survey. |W. “Washington” “ (Italian). 
Ing. “ Ingolf” ee (Danish) * Indicates species of the present collection. 


In the Bathymetrical Range. 


-—250 A. means that the species ranges from the surface to 250 fathoms, and that the greatest depths 
were determined by the ‘‘ Albatross ” Expeditions. 

400-500 C. gives the upper and lower limits, both as determined by the “ Challenger,” or 

400-500 C. I. gives the upper limit as taken by the ‘‘ Challenger” and the lower as by the “ Investi- 
gator.” 

200 T. shows that the species has been taken at that depth by the “ Talisman,” further bathymetrical 
range being unknown. 

300 without authority means approximately of that depth. 


Bane onibente Principal Localities. 


Fathoms. 
HOLOCEPHALA Mill. 
Chimezeroidei. 
Caim#ra Linn. 
C. monstrosa Linn., 1758. -687 T. Fardes and northern Europe to Med. Sea, 
; Azores, and Soudan; Cape Good Hope. 
“C. monstrosa Linn. ?” Alc., 1892. 410 I. Off the Coromandel coast. 
C. affinis Cap., 1868. 200-1285 Both sides of the north Atlantic. 
C. Colliei L. B., 1839. -150 Off California to Alaska. 
CALLORHYNCHUS Gron. 
C. callorhynchus Linn., 1758. -150 Southern Pacific ; off west coast Chili. 
C. indicus (=Callorhynchus Sp. 
Ale., 1891). 561 I. West coast of the Andamans. 
Harriotra G. B. 
H. Raleighana G. B., 1894. 707-1081 A. Off east coast United States. 
PLAGIOSTOMIA Dum. 
PLATOSOMIA Raf. 
Raioidei. 
Urotoputs M. H. 
U. kaianus Giint., 1880. 129 C. Off the Ki Islands. 


BentTuoratis Alc. 
B. Moresbyi Alc., 1898. 430 I. Off the Travancore coast. 


380 


DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Range in Depth, 


Fathoms. 

Rata Linn. 

FR. mammilidens Alc., 1889. 597 I. 
2. isotrachys Giint., 1887. 365 C. 
R. nidrosiensis Coll., 1881. 100-300 

R. batis Linn., 1758. 200 

R. vomer Fries, 1838. 100-150 

2. fullonica Linn, 1758. 335 T. 
2. circularis Couch, 1838. 516 Tt. 
2. hyperborea Coll., 1878. 459 N. 
R. ingolfiana Liitk., 1898. 389 Ing. 


R. borea (=R. hyperborea Giint., 
1887). 


R. radiata Don., 1820. 


R. Fylle Liitk., 1887. 
R. senta Garm., 1885. 
?. levis Mitch., 1817. 
R. plutonia Garm., 1881. 
?. ornata Garm., 1881. 
R. alia(=R. Ackleyi G. B., 1896). 
* R. badia Garm. 
R. abyssicola Gilb., 1896. 
R. trachura Gilb., 1891. 


ANTACEA Raf. 


Squaloidei. 
Scytroruinus Blainy. 

. caniculus Linn., 1758. 

. canescens Giint., 1878. 

. ventriosus Garmn., 1880. 

. retifer Garm., 1881. 

. spinacipellitus Vaill., 1888. 

. acutidens Vaill., 1888. 

. xaniurus Gilb., 1891. 

. brunneus Gilb., 1891. 

- cephalus Gilb., 1891. 

. hispidus Alc., 1891. 

. profundorum G. B., 1896. 

“ S.?2 canescens ’’ Alc., 1896. 
Pristiurvs Bon. 
P. melastomus Raf., 1810. 
Crentroscytiium M. H. 
C. Fabricii Rein., 1829. 
C. granulatum Giint., 1887. 
C. ornatum Alc., 1889. 

* C. nigrum Garm. 
Ermoprerus Raf. 
E. spinax Linn., 1758. 
E. granulosus Giint., 1880. 
E. pusillus Lowe, 1839. 
CrentropHorvus M. H. 
C. granulosus M. H., 1841. 


ANNRRNRHARRARRNR 


—~D 


400-1309 K., Ing. 


—459 


426-582 Ing. 
150 
-150 
229-333 B. 
138 B. 
210 A. 
1270 A. 
1588 A. 
625-822 A. 


-100 
400 C. 

-150 
89-200 B. 
booms 
Ellas 
184-684 A. 
100 A. 
362-460 A. 
188-220 I. 
816 A. 
620-690 I. 


400-500 


-817 T. 
245 C. 
285-690 I, 
546-555 A. 


-328 
125 C. 
317 T. 


300 


Principal Localities, 


Gulf of Manaar. 

South of Japan. 

Coasts of northern Europe. 
Coasts of Europe. 


‘Coasts of northern Europe. 


Off European coasts. 

Coasts of northern Europe. 

Off Spitzbergen, in Lat. 80° N. 
Lat. 66° 35’ N., Lon. 56° 38’ W. 


Off coasts of northern Europe; north of the 
Faroes and Iceland. 

Both sides of the north Atlantic ; off Spitz- 
bergen, Lat. 79° 59’ N. 

Off S. Greenland; Denmark Straits. 

Off the Grand Banks S. of Newfoundland. 

Off New England coasts. 

Gulf Stream off S. Carolina. 

Off Alligator Key, Fla. 

Near mouth of Miss. River in Gulf of Mexico. 

Off Cape Mala, Gulf of Panama. 

Off Q. Charlotte’s Island. 

Southern California to Alaska. 


Off coasts of Europe. 
Off southwestern coasts of South America. 
Acapulco and northward. 
Off E. coast U. S. to Barbados. 
Off the Canary Islands. 
“ “ “ 
Off coasts of California, 
Gulf of California. 
“ee “ 
Andaman Sea. 
Off New Jersey in Gulf Stream. 
Arabian Sea. 


Mediterranean and neighboring Atlantic. 


Both sides of N. Atlantic; off Bank of Arguin. 
Falkland Islands. 

Bay of Bengal ; Arabian Sea. 

Off the Galapagos Islands. 


Northern Europe to the Mediterranean. 
Off southwestern coasts of South America. 


Off Madeira. 


Mediterranean and neighboring Atlantic. 


LIST OF THE KNOWN 


SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 381 


Range in Depth. 


Principal Localities. 


Fathonis. 
C. squamulosus Giint., 1877. 345 C. Off Inosima, Japan. 
C. lusitanicus B. C., 1864. 300 Off Portugal. 
C. crepidater B. C, 1864. 300 Off Portugal and Madeira. 
C. squamosus Gmel., 1785. 672-1013 T. Off coasts of Portugal. 
C. Dumérilii Johns., 1867. 300 Off Madeira. 
C. foliaceus Giint., 1877. 232, C. Off Inosima, Japan. 
C. calceus Lowe, 1839. 672-1013 T. Off the bank of Arguin. 
C. Rossi Alc., 1898. 430 I. Off the Travancore coast. 
CrentroscyMNus Boe. 
C. celolepis B. C., 1864. 400 Portugal to Madeira. 
C. obscurus Vaill., 1888. 784 T. Off Soudan. 
ScyMNopDON Boe. 
S. ringens B. C., 1864. 400 Off Portugal. 
Oxynorus Raf. 
O. centrina Linn., 1758. 300 Mediterranean and neighboring Atlantic. 
Squatus Linn. 
S. uyatus Raf., 1810. 328 W. Mediterranean. 
ScymNnorutinus Bon. 
S. licha Bonn., 1788. 328 W. Gulf of Genoa. 
Iststius Gill. 
* I. brasiliensis Q. G., 1824. 1360 A. Off Culpepper Island. 
Somniosus Les. 
S. carcharias Miill., 1776. -300 Off Norway ; Northern Atlantic, both sides. 
CHLAMYDOSELACHUS Garm. 
C. anguineus Garm., 1884. 150 Sea of Sagami, Japan; Yeddo Bay ; off Fun- 
chal ; off Norway. 
TELEOSTEA. 
ACANTHOPTERYGII. 
Percoidei. 
Polyprion Cuv. 
P. americanus B. 8., 1801. 400 Off Madeira. 
Lrorroroma Gill. 
* L. longilepis Garm. 85-100 A. Off coast of Colombia. 
SERRANUS Cuy. 
S. equidens Gilb., 1890. 112 A. Off coasts of Lower California. 
* S. Bulleri Boul., 1895. 100 A, Off the Cocos Islands. 
CENTROPRISTIS Cuy. 
C. pleurospilus Giint., 1880. 140 C. Ki Islands. 


C. annularis Giint., 1880. 
CuHeLrporerca Boul. 

C. investigatoris Alc., 1890. 
Antutas Bl. 8. 

A. megalepis Giint., 1888. 

* A. cos Gilb., 1890. 

* A. multifasciatus Gill, 1883. 
A, aquilonaris G. B., 1896. 
CENTRISTHMUS Garm. 

* C. signifer Garm. 
BATHYANTHIAS Giint. 

B. roseus Giint., 1880. 
Synacrops Giint. 

S. philippinense Giint., 1880. 
S. japonicus Dod., 1883. 


“30 or 350” C. 
102 T. 
140 C. 
112 A. 
66-112 A. 
524 B. 
127 A. 


‘© 30 or 350” C. 


102 C. 
300 


Off Pernambuco. 
Off Madras coasts. 


Ki Islands. 
Coasts of California. 


Off Dominica, W. I. 
Off Panama. 
Off Pernambuco. 


Philippines. 
Off Tokyo, Japan. 


DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Range in Depth, 


Principal Location. 


Fathoms. 
Prracantuus C. V. 
P. catalufa Poey, 1863. 243 B. Off Havana. 
PrRopoma Giint. 
P. roseum Giint., 1880. 140 C. Ki Islands. 
BrepHostoma Ale. 
B. Carpenteri Alc., 1890. 1520 I Bay of Bengal. 
Dentex Cuv. 
D. macrophthalmus Bl., 1791. 224 T Off Soudan and Morocco. 
VERILUS Poey. 
V. sordidus Poey, 1860. 200 Off Havana. 
Scomsrors T. 8. 
S. chilodipteroides Schi., 1850. 345 C: Off Inosima, Japan. 


Hypocniponia G. B. 

II. bella G. B., 1896. 
Apogon LaC. 

A. pandionis G. B., 1881. 
Epiconus Raf, 

E. telescopus Risso, 1810. 
E. occidentalis G. B., 1896. 
Matakicutuys Dod. 

M. griseus Dod, 1883. 


Scorpenoidei. 
Scorr#na Linn. 


. madurensis C. V., 1833. 

. cruenta Rich., 1842. 

. percoides Rich., 1842. 

. cristulata G. B., 1896. 

. ustulata Lowe, 1840. 

. remiger G. C., 1896. 
Pontinus Poey. 
P. filifer Val., 1842. 
P. longispinis G. B., 1896. 
P. macrolepis G. B., 1896. 
P. sierra Gilb., 1890. 

* P. furcirhinus Garm. 
SEBASTES Cuv. 

. marinus Linn., 1758. 

. viviparus Kroy., 1845. 

. hexanema Giint , 1880. 

- macrochir Gint., 1880. 

- oculatus C. V., 1833. 

- Kuhlii, Bowd., 1825. 

. alascanus Bean, 1890. 

. altivelis Gilb., 1896. 

. Jordani Gilb., 1896. 

. Goodei Hig., 1890. 

. alutus Gilb., 1890. 

. rupestris Gilb., 1890, 

. zacentrus Gilb., 1890. 

. saxicola Gilb., 1890. 

. introniger Gilb., 1890. 

. sinensis Gilb., 1890. 


RNRANHRANRANN 


RARNANRARNRARANRARNHANR 


. dactyloptera De la R., 1809. 


90-280 A. 
157-324 B. 


340-532 T. 
237 B. 


300 


-532 T. 

-312 F. 
27120 C. 
400 C. 
440 B. 
200 
298 A. 


250 T. 
111-142 A. 
130 A. 
112 A. 
210 A. 


-917 A. 
-300 
140-220 C., I. 
365 C. 
345 C. 
1274 T. 
159 A. 
625 A. 
64-124 A. 
155 
150 A. 
150 A. 
150 A. 
155 A. 
266 A. 
145 A. 


Gulf of Mexico ; off east coast United States. 
Off east coast of the United States. 


Off Canaries and Madeira. 
Off Barbados. 


Japan Sea, 


Mediterranean to the Canaries. 

Off east coasts United States ; Madeira. 
Twofold Bay, South Australia. 
Twofold Bay; off Cape Farewell. 

Off Georgia coasts, 

Madeira. 

Hawaiian Islands. 


Canaries. 

Gulf of Mexico. 

Off Yucatan. 

Off Californian coasts. 
East of the Galapagos. 


Both sides of the North Atlantic; Davis Straits. 
North Atlantic, both sides. 

Ki Islands; Andaman Sea. 

Off Inosima, Japan. 

Near Straits of Magellan. x 

Off Soudan and Bank of Arguin. 

Coasts of Alaska. 

South of Alaska. 

Coasts of California. 


oe oe 
“e oe 
3 ce 


Coast of Mexico. 
Coast of S. California. 


Coast of California. 
“ “ce 


LIST OF THE KNOWN 


SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 


383 


S. semicinctus Gilb., 1896. 

S. diploproa Gilb., 1890. 

S. aurora Gilb., 1890. 

EcrreposeBastes Garm. 
* EF. imus Garm. 

BatHyseBastes 8. D. 

B. albescens S. D., 1884. 

Lioscoreius Gunt. 

L. longiceps Giint., 1880. 

SerarcHes Johns. 

S. Gintheri Johns., 1862. 

S. fidjiensis Giint., 1887. 

S. parmatus Goode, 1880. 


Berycoidei. 
Hoptostetuts C. V. 
H. mediterraneus C. V., 182 
H. japonicus Hilg., 1879. 
H. atlanticus Coll., 1889. 
* H. pacificus Garm. 
TRACHICHTHYS Shaw. 
T. intermedius Hect. 
T. Darwinii Johus., 1866. 
* T. mento Garm. 
ANOPLOGASTER Giint. 
A. cornutus C. V., 1833. 
Cautoterts Giil. 
C. longidens Gill, 1883. 
* C. subulidens Garm. 
MetampaHaés Gunt. 
M. microps Gint., 1878. 
M. typhlops Lowe, 1843. 
M. megalops Liitk., 1877. 
M. crassiceps Gint., 1878. 


* M. mizolepis Giint., 1887. 


M. robustus Giint., 1887. 
M. suborbitalis Gill, 1884. 
M. Beanti Giint., 1887. 
M. cocles Vaill., 1888." 
* M. lugubris Gilb., 1890. 
M. cristiceps Gilb., 1890. 
* M. nigrofulvus Garm. 
* M. maxillaris Garm. 
* M. frontosus Garm. 
Melamphaés sp. Alc., 1891. 
* MaALacosarcus Gint. 
M. macrostoma Gint., 1878. 
STEPHANOBERYX Gill. 
S. mone Gill, 1883. 
S. Gillii G, B., 1896. 
Brryx Cuv. 
B. decadactylus C. V. 


9. 


Range in Depth. 


Principal Localities. 


Fathoms. 

155 A. Coast of California, 
ZACAS ne UC 
267 A. 6 & 
384 A. Off Bindloe Island. 
200 Japan Sea. 


140-220 C., I. 


150-1686 A. 


1641 A. 
776-1832 A. 


1375 C. 


675-1500 C, 


800-1573 C., A. 


1850 C. 
1149-1800 B., A. 
2949 A. 
1998 T. 
822-2232 A. 
859 A. 
1793 A. 
1573 A. 
852-955 A. 
1644-1803 I. 


2350 C. 


1253 A. 
2949 A. 


345-400 C. 


Iki Islands; Andaman Sea. 


Off the Cape Verde Islands. 
Fiji Islands. 
Off Barbados ; Gulf Stream off Cape Hatteras. 


Mediterranean Sea; off Soudan and Moroceo. 
Japan ; off Ceylon. 

Azores. 

Galapagos Archipelago. 


Off Cape Farewell; E. of New Zealand ; Ceylon. 
Madeira ; off Ceylon. 
Off the coast of Colombia. 

[30” N.; Lon. 68° 24’ W. 
European coasts; Gulf Stream in Lat. 39° 18’ 


Eastward of the Chesapeake Bay in Gulf Stream. 
Gulf of Panama; off Southern California. 


Cape Good Hope to Kerguelen Island. 
Madeira. 
South of the Azores. 

Off Pernambuco in Mid. Atl.; betw. Cape Good 
Hope and New Guinea; N. of New Guinea. 
S. of New Guinea, C.; Bay of Bengal, I.; off 

coasts of Colombia, A. 
Southwest of Sierra Leone. 
Lat. 38° N., Lon. 69° W. 
Lat. 37° N., Lon. 73° W. 
Off the Cape Verdes. 
Coasts of California to the Galapagos. 
Coasts of Oregon and Washington. 
Gulf of Panama. 
Off Colombia. 
Off Pacific coasts of Mexico. 
Bay of Bengal. 


Near the Low Archipelago. 


Lat. 41° N., Lon. 65° W. 
Gulf Stream, Lat. 37° N., Lon. 73° W. 


Off Inosima; Japan ; off northern Europe. 


384 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


pg a Principal Localities. 
B. splendens Lowe, 1833. 150-427 Madeira; northwestern Atlantic. 
Potymrx1a Lowe. 
P. japonica Giint., 1877. 345 C. Off Inosima, Japan. 
Poromitra G. B. 
P. capito G. B., 1883. 1632 A. Lat. 34° N., Lon. 75° W. 
Myripristis Cuv. 
M., Kaianus Gint., 1880, 140 C. Ki Islands. 
Baruycuupea Ale. 
B. Hoskynii Alc., 1891. 145-250 I. Andaman Sea; off Madras coasts. 
B. argentea G. B., 1896. 365 B. Nevis Island, W. I. 
Scombroidei. 
Roverrus Cocco. 
R. pretiosus Cocco, 1829. 300-400 North Atlantic. 
Tuyrsites C. V. 
T. prometheus C. V., 1831. Madeira. 
T. prometheoides Bleek., 1856. Sea of Ainboyna. 
T. Solandri C. V., 1831. Coast of New Holland. 
T. lepidopoides Less , 1830. Coast of Brazil. 
T. violaceus Bean, 1881. 125 Off Newfoundland. 
T. bengalensis Ale., 1894. 145-250 I. Bay of Bengal. 
Eprynuta Poey. 
E. magistralis Poey, 1854. Caribbean Sea. 
Nesrarcuus Johns. 
N. nasutus Johns., 1865. 300 Off Portugal. 
Neavorus Johns. 
N. tripes Johns., 1865. 2675 C. Lat. 35° N., Lon. 68° 30’ W. 
Gempyuus C. Y. 
G. serpens Cuv., 1829. 150 North Atlantic. 
* G. thyrsitoides Less., 1830, North Pacific ; off Cocos Islands. 
EvoxyMpEroron Poey. 
E. teniatus Poey, 1863. Havana. 
EB. Poeyi Giiat., 1887. South Indian Ocean. 
APHANorus Lowe. 
A. carbo Lowe, 1839. 300 Portugal. 
A. minor Coll., 1886. 125 East of Greenland ; Norway. 
Leprpopus Gouan. 
L caudatus Euphr., 1791. Northeastern Atlantic. 
L elongatus Clarke, 1877. New Zealand. 
L. tenuis Gint., 1877. 34510. Off Inosima, Japan. 
L. atlanticus G. B., 1896. 208 B. Off St. Christopher’s, W. I. 
Tricnrurus Linn. 
T. lepturus Linn., 1758. 345 C. Off Japan. 
* T. nitens Garm. 210-322 A. Off Gulf of Panama. 
ANOMALOPS Kner. 
A. palpebratus Bodd., 1793. Fiji Islands; Amboyna; Manado; Paumotu 
Baruyserioua Ale. [Archipelazo. 
B. cyanea Alc., 1890. 98-276 I. Coromandel coast. 
Cyrrus Giint. 
C. abbreviatus Heet., 1875. 400 C. Off Cape Farewell. 
ANTIGONIA Lowe. 
A. capros Lowe, 1843. 296-320 I. North Atlantic; northwest Pacific; Ceylon. 
Dirermus Johns. 
D. argenteus Johns., 1863. ; 604 T. Madeira; off Morocco. 
D. aureus Camp., 1879. New Zealand, 


LIST OF THE 


Trachinoidei. 


CHAMPSODON Giint. 
C. voraz Gint., 1867. 
Bemproprs Steind. 
B. caudimacula Steind., 187 
B. gobioides Goode, 1880. 
B. platyrhynchus Ale., 1893. 
CurasMopon Johns. 
C. niger Johus., 1863. 
C. vastator Alc., 1890. 

* C. subniger Garm. 
NororHenia Rich. 
N. mizops Girt., 1880. 
N. longipes Steind., 1876. 
Baruypraco Gunt. 
B. atlanticus Giint., 1880. 
Apuritis C. V. 
A. gobio Giint., 1878. 
ACANTHAPHRITIS Giint. 


A. grandisquamis Giint., 1880. 


Uranoscorts Linn. 
U. Kaianus Gint., 1880. 
KatHerostoma Giint. 

* K. averruncus J. B., 1889. 


Lophioidei. 
Lopativs Linn, 
L. piscatorius Linn., 1758. 
Loputomes Gill. 

* TL. caulinaris Garm. 

* L. spilurus Garm. 
L. Naresii Giint., 1880. 
L. lugubris Alc., 1894. 
L. mutilus Ale., 1893. 
A®GHONICHTHYS Clarke. 
A. Appelii Clarke, 1878. 
HimanrotopuHus Rein. 


te 


HI. grenlandicus Rein., 1837. 


H. Reinhardtii Liitk., 1880. 
Diceratias Giint. 

D. bispinosus Giint., 1887. 
Ceratias Kroy. 

C. Holbéllii Kroy., 1874. 


C. carunculatus Giint., 1887. 


CAULOPHRYNE G. B. 
C. Jordani G. B., 1896. 
Mancautas Gill. 


M. uranoscopus Murr., 1878. 


M. Shufeldtit Gill, 1883. 
CrypTopsaras Gill. 

C. Couesii Gill, 1883. 
ONEIRODES Liitk. 

O. Eschrichtii Liitk., 1871. 


KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 


385 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms. 


115-152 C. 
107 I. 
68-324 A. 
128 I. 
1500 C. 
690-920 I. 
919 A. 


120 C. 
-345 C. 


1260 C. 


140 C. 


56-210 A. 


-415 
127-153 A. 
210-259 A. 

150 C. 
142-400 I. 
128 I. 


360-636 C., I. 


345 C. 
1276 A. 


2400 C. 
372 F. 


1686 A. 


Principal Localities. 


Western Pacific. 
Madras coasts. 
Off eastern coasts United States, 
Madras coasts. 

{mid Atlantic. 
Madeira ; West Indies; off east coast U. 8.; 
Madras coasts. 


Coasts of Mexicu. 


Kerguelen Islands. 
Messier Ch vinel. 


South of Heard Island. 

Southern coasts of South America. 
Ki and Admiralty Islands. 

Ki Islands. 


Gulf of Panama. 


Off New England; European coasts. 


Gulf of Panama. 


“ce “ 
Philippines to New Guinea. 
Off Colombo, Ceylon. 
Off Madras coasts. 


New Zealand. 


Mid North Atlantic. 
Mid North Atlantic. 


Banda Island; Laccadive Sea. 


Off Greenland and Nova Scotia. 
South of Yedo, Japan. 


Gulf Stream, east of New York. 


Off the Canaries and the Cape Verdes. 
Off Martha’s Vineyard. 


Gulf Stream, east of New York. 


Off Greenland. 


386 


DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Range in Depth. 


Principal Localities. 


Fathoms, 
PARONEIRODES Ale. 
P. glomerosus Ale., 1890. 1260 I. Off Madras coasts. 
MeLanocetus Giint. 
M. Johnsoni Giint., 1864. 2618 T. Madeira; off Northern Africa. 


M. (Liocetus) Murrayi Gint., 1887. 


DotoricutHys Garm. 
* D. allector Garm. 

LInopHrRyNE Coll, 

L. lucifer Coll., 1886. 

CHauNnaAx Lowe. 

C. pictus Lowe, 1849. 


C. fimbriatus Hilg., 1879. 
C. Nuttingii Garm., 1896. 
* C. coloratus Garm. 
C. pictus Gunt., 1887. 
Haxrecrea G, B. 
I. lappa G. B., 1882. 
ONCOCEPHALUS Fisch. 
* O. porrectus Garm. 
* O. (Zalieutes) elater J. G., 1881. 
HALIEUTICHTHYS Poey. 
H. caribbacus Garm., 1896. 


Hatirutma C, V. 
II, stellata Wahl., 1797. 
HH. coccinea Alc., 1889. 
H. nigra Ale., 1891. 
HH. fumosa Ale., 1894. 
Hauinuropsis Garm. 

* IT. tumifrons Garm. 
Diprancuus Pet. 
D. atlanticus Pet., 1875. 


D. micropus Alc., 1891. 
D. nasutus Ale., 1891. 
* D. hystrix Garm. 
* D. scaber Garm. 

* D. asper Garm. 
DisraNncHopsis Garm. 
* D. spongiosa Gilb., 1890. 

DIBRANCHICHTHYS Garm. 
* D. nudivomer Garm. 

Macruopsis Ale. 

M. lutea Alc., 1891. 

M. mitriger G. C., 1896. 
* M. sparsa Garm. 
* M. erinacea Garm. 


* M. spinulosa Garm. 

* M. spinosa Garm. 
Haticmetvs Ale. 
H. ruber Alc., 1891. 


1850-2450 C. 


770 A. 


130-428 A. 


120 
978 A. 
315-272 C., I. 


125 F. 


66 A. 
56-182 A. 


70-150 B. 


265 I. 
188-220 J. 
145-250 I. 


1322-1360 
73-523 B., A. 
406-902 I. 
188-406 I. 
1175-1270 A. 
902-995 A. 
660 A. 
460-680 A. 
695-730 A, 
185-405 I. 
295-310 A. 
242-322 A. 
421-680 A. 


511 A. 
1020-1270 A. 


188-406 I. 


Between the Cape Verde Islands and St. Paul’s 


Rocks. 
Off the Cocos Islands. 


Northwest of Madeira. 


Off east coast United States; off Madeira; off 


Soudan. 
Japan. 
Between Cuba and Florida. 
Off the Cocos Islands. 
Fiji Islands; Bay of Bengal. 


Gulf Stream, off New England. 


Off the Cocos Islands. 
Off Panama. 


West Indies and off the eastern United States 


in the Gulf Stream. 


China and Japan. 
Andaman Sea. 
Andaman Sea. 
Bay of Bengal. 


Off the Galapagos. 


Gulf Stream in northwest Atlantic; Cape 


Verdes. 
Off Travancore; off Cape Comorin. 
Andaman Sea; off Travancore. 
Off Colombia; Gulf of Panama. 
Off Cocos Islands and Mexico. 
Off coasts of Mexico. 


Off coasts of Colombia. 


Andaman Sea. 
Near Hawaiian Islands, 
Off coast of Colombia. 


Gulf of Panama; Galapagos; off coasts of 


Mexico. 
Off coast of Colombia. 
“ “ “ee “ 


Andaman Sea and coast of Travancore. 


LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 


387 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms. 


Principal Localities. 


Cottoidei. 
Corrunctutus Coll. 


C. 
L. 


(Of 


microps Coll., 1874. 
Thomsoni Giint., 1882. 


inermis Vaill., 1888. 


Cortes Art. 


C. 


bathybius Giint., 1887. 


Matacocortus Bean. 
M. zonurus Bean, 1890. 
ZESTICELUsS J. E. 


Zz. 


profundorum Gilb., 1896. 


ARTEDIELLUS Jord. 


Fale 


uncinatus Rein., 1833. 


Iceus Kroy. 


If, 
ue 
ue 
Te 
dle 


il 


bicornis Rein., 1833. 
scutiger Bean, 1890. 
euryops Bean, 1890. 


spiniger Gilb., 1896. 


vicinalis Gill)., 1896. 
canaliculatus Gilb., 1896. 


Icrninus Jord. 
I. filamentosus Gilb., 1890. 


Te 


tenuis Gilb., 1890. 


I. fimbriatus Gilb., 1890. 


is 
Ts 


oculatus Gilb., 1890. 
borealis Gilb., 1896. 


Trie@tors Rein. 


Te 
Te 


pingelii Rein., 1838. 
scepticus Gilb., 1896. 


Tria@La Art. 


Ts 
ais 
f hye 
dhe 
Ee 


leptacanthus Giint., 1880. 
hemisticta Schl., 1850. 
cuculus Linn., 1758. 
lyra Linn., 1758. 
cavillone LaC., 1802. 


Leprporrigna Giint. 


L. 


spilopterus Giint., 1880. 


PSYCHROLUTES Giint. 


iPS 


zebra Bean, 1890. 


Trigloidei. 


Prristepium La. 


las) ash vas) as) ae) as) ge) as) sh as) 


- Murrayi Giint., 1880. 

. molluccense Bleek., 1850. 

. liorhynchus Giint., 1880. 

. truncatum Gint., 1880. 

. Rivers- A ndersoni Alc., 1894. 
. investigatoris Alc., 1898. 

. serrulatum Alec., 1898. 

. longispatha G. B., 1896. 

. gracile G. B., 1886. 

. platycephalum G. B., 1886. 


122-817 A., T. 


105-912 A., Ing. 


508-957 T., Ing. 


565 C. 

159 A. 

399-664 A, 
40-300 F., A. 


50-250 
159 A. 
159 A. 
—12] A. 
109-406 A. 
399 A. 


55-145 A. 
45-150 A. 
36-145 A. 
124 A. 
121 A. 


263 
43-138 A. 


140 C. 
98-102 I. 
167 T. 
224 T. 
194 T. 


140 C, 


110 A. 


188-220 I. 
140 C. 
I52IC: 

© 30 or 350” C. 

142-400 I. 
188-405 I. 
185 I. 
209-324 B. 
142 B. 
123-288 B. 


Off New England and off European coasts. 

Off New England; off European coasts; off 
Soudan, ; 

Off Soudan ; between Iceland and Jan Mayen. 

South of Yedo, Japan. 

Off Alaska. 

Bering Sea. 


North Atlantic, eastern and western. 


Northeastern Atlantic. 


Off Alaska, 
“ “ 
“ “ 
Off Unalaska. 
Off California. 
73 ce 
“ce “ 


Off Aleutian Islands. 


Eastern and western North Atlantic. 
Off Alaska. 


Ki Islands. 
Off Madras coasts. 
Gulf of Gascony. 


‘ “ “ 


Off northwestern Africa. 
Ki Islands. 


Off Alaska. 


Sea of Banda; Andaman Sea. 
Ki Islands. 

Admiralty Islands. 

Off Pernambuco. 

Off Colombo, Ceylon. 
Andaman Sea. 

Andaman Sea. 

West Indies. 

Gulf of Mexico. 

West Indies. 


388 


DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Range in Depth. 


Fathoms. 

P. miniatum Goode, 1881. 115-192 
* P. barbiger Gari. 56-127 A. 
* P. crustosum Garm. 100-182 A. 


Aconus Bl. 58. 

A. decagonus B. S., 1801. 
BatHyagonus Gilb. 

B. nigripinnis Gilb., 1890. 
Xenocurrvs Gilb. 

X. pentacanthus Gilb., 1890. 
X. alascanus Gilb., 1896. 
X. latifrons Gilb., 1890. 
X. triacanthus Gilb., 1890. 
Opontopyxis Lock. 

O. frenatus Gilb., 1896. 
ASPIDOPHOROIDES LaC. 
A. Bartoni Gilb., 1896. 


Cyclopteroidei. 
Eumicrorremes Gill. 
E. spinosus Miill., 1777. 
Lrearis Art. 
L. liparis Linn., 1766. 
LI. minor Fabr., 1780. 
L. (Carelipuris) Agassizii Put., 
1874. 
Careproctts Kroy. 
C. gelatinosus Pall., 1769. 
C. glutinosus Rein., 1843. 
. melanurus Gilb., 1891. 
. Edwardsi Vaill., 1888. 
. longifilis Garm., 1892. 
. semus Gilb., 1896. 
. ostentum Gilb., 1896. 
. eclenes Gilb., 1896. 
. micropus Giint., 1887. 
O. Colletti Gilb., 1896. 
Proanurus J. E. 
P. cypselurus J. E., 1898. 
BaruypHasMa Gilb. 
B. oviger Gilb., 1896. 
Gyrinicatuys Gilb. 
G. minytremus Gilb., 1896. 
PaRALipaRis Coll, 
P. bathybius Coll., 1878. 
P. liparinus Goode, 1881. 
P. membranaceus Giint., 1887. 
P. cephalus Gilb , 1891. 
P. rosaceus Gilb., 1890. 
P. mento Gilb., 1891. 
* P. fimbriatus Garm., 1892. 
* P. grandiceps Garm. 
* P. altenuatus Garm. 
* P. latifrons Garm. 


* P.(Merophorus) angustifrons Garm. 


By DDK Vy (Sy oye) 


50-729 Ing. 
350-477 A. 


70-339 A. 
56-138 A. 
50-204 A. 
47-204 A. 


110 
263-658 Ing. 
178-339 A. 

2s 

1823 A. 

350 A. 
105-350 A. 

350 A. 

55-976 Ing. 

625 


664-877 
1588 A. 
350 A. 


568-1010 N., Ing. 
487 
400 C. 

284-685 A. 
984 A. 
685 A. 
1772 A. 
1588 A. 
902 A. 
1793 A. 
511 


Principal Localities. 


Gulf Stream in northwest Atlantic. 

Gulf of Panama. 

Off the Gulf of Panama. 

North Atlantic, to Davis Straits and Jan Mayen. 
Off coasts of Washington to Bering Sea. 

Off coasts of California to Bering Sea. 
Aleutian Islands. 


Off Coasts of California to Oregon, 
“ce “ce “ 


Off Alaska. 


Off Alaska. 


Eastern and western North Atlantic. 


North Atlantic. 


“ ce 


Bering Sea. 


Northern Pacifie. 

Northern Atlantic. 

Western coast United States. 

Coasts of Morocco. 

West of Malpelo Island. 

South of Alaska. 

North of Unalaska. 

Off Unalaska. 

Farées to Jan Mayen and Davis Straits. 
South of Alaska. ; 


Coast of Washington ;, Bogoslof Island. 
Off Queen Charlotte’s Island. 


North of Unalaska. 
{and Greenland, 
West of Bear Island; Fardes to Jan Mayen 
Off New England. 
Off Cape St. Vincent. 
Off California and Oregon to Bering Sea. 
Off west coast of Mexico. 
Off coast of Oregon. 
Off Gulf of Panama. 
Gulf of California. 
Off the Cocos Islands. 
Gulf of Panama. 


Off Cape Mala. 


LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 389 


P. Copii G. B., 1896 (?=P. lip- 


arinus Goode, 1881). 
P. wochir Gilb., 1896. 
P. dactylosus Gilb., 1896. 
P. holomelas Gilb., 1896. 
-Rarouiparis Gilb. 

R. barbulifer Gilb., 1896. 


Gobioidei. 
CauiionyMus Linn. 
C. kaianus Giint., 1880. 
C. calauropomus Rich., 1848. 
C. Phaéton Giint., 1861. 
C. lyra Linn., 1758. 
C. carebares Alc., 1890. 


C. Agassizi G. B., 1888 (C. hi- 


mantophorus G. B., 1896). 
* C. atrilabiatus Gar. 
Gopstus Art. 
G. Lesueurii Risso, 1826. 
Botimannia Jord. 
3. macropoma Gilb., 1891. 


Blennioidei. 
ANARRHICHAS Art. 
A. minor Olat., 1772. 
A. latifrons 8. H., 1842. 
CHIROLOPHIS Swains. 
C. Ascanit Walb., 1792. 


FISTULARIIDA. 
AvLostoma LaC. 


“© A.? longipes”’ Vaill., 1888. 


MACRORHAMPHOSIDE. 
MacroruampnHosus LaC. 
M. scolopax Linn., 1766. 
POMACENTRIDA. 

He tases Cuv. 

Hi. roseus Gunt., 1880. 


ANACANTHINI. 
Zoarcoidei. 

Lycopves Rein. 

L. reticulatus Rein., 1838. 
J,. Esmarkii Coll., 1880. 
L. Liitkenii Coll., 1880. 
L. frigidus Coll., 1880. 

L. pallidus Coll., 1880. 
LT seminudus Rein., 1838. 
I. mureena Coll., 1878. 
L. Sarsii Coll., 1872. 

L. Verrillii G. B., 1877. 
L. paxillus G. B., 1879. 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms. 


Principal Localities. 


353-538 A. 

406-1005 A. 
296 A. 

406-1625 A. 


225-576 A. 


140 C. 
115: 
306 T. 
994 1. 
98-102 I. 


26-340 B. 
112-127 A. 


243 T. 


112 A. 


200 
100-471 


140-180 


635 T. 


65-128 T. 


140 C. 


-140 
224-459 
371-459 
260-1423. 

46-957 
260 
350-658 
100-311 
36-603 B. 


263-904 B., A. | 


Off eastern coasts United States. 
Gulf of California. 

Off Santa Cruz, California. 

Off Unalaska, Bering Sea. 


Off Unalaska. 


Ki Islands. 
Philippine Islands. 
Off the Azores. 
Gulf of Gascony. 
Off Madras coasts. 


West Indies and Gulf of Mexico. 
Between Malpelo Islandand Isthmus of Panama. 


Off coasts of Europe. 


Gulf of California. 


North Atlantic; off coasts of Norway. 
Eastern and western north Atlantic. 


Off Spitzbergen. 


Off coasts of Morocco. 
Off western coasts of Africa. 


Off the Ki Islands, 


Off N. E. coasts U. S. and N. W. coasts Europe. 
Off N. E. coasts U. S. and N. W. coasts Europe. 
Jan Mayen to Kara Sea. 

Off northeast coasts U. S. and off Spitzbergen. 
Northern Europe to Kara Sea. 

Northeastern Atlantic. 

Both sides of northern Atlantic. 

Off coasts of New England and in N. E. Atlantic. 


“ “ “ce “ 


“ce ce “ “ 


390 


DEEP SEA FISHES. 


. zoarchus G. B., 1896. 

. brevipes Bean, 1890. 

. porifer Gilb., 1890. 

. diapterus Gilb., 1891. 

. macrops Giint., 1880. 

. albus Vaill., 1888. 

. macrops Vaill., 1888. 

. mucosus Vaill., 1888. 

. concolor G. T., 1897. 

. serpens Garm. 

. anguis Garm. 

. incisus Garm. 

* L. cicatrifer Garm. 
Lyconema Gilb. 

L. barbatum Gilb., 1896. 
APRODON Gilb. 

A, Corteziana Gilb., 1890. 
Lycopopsis Coll. 

L. crotalinus Gilb., 1890. 
L. crassilabris Gilb., 1890. 

* TL. scaurus Garm. 
Lycoponus G. B. 

L. mirabilis G. B., 1883. 
Puucocogres Rich. 

* P. suspectus Garm. 
GyYMNELIS Rein. 

G. viridis Fabr., 1780. 

* G. conorhynchus Garm. 
BorHrocaropsis Garm. 

* B. alalonga Garm. 

* B. elongata Garm. 

* B. rictolata Garm. 
Borurocara Bean. 

B. mollis Bean, 1890. 
B. pusilla Bean, 1890. 
Maynea Cunn. 

* M. bulbiceps Garm. 
Metanostiema Giint. 

M. gelatinosum Giint., 1881. 
M. gelatinosum G. B., 1883. 
M. pamelas Gilb., 1896. 
Lycoparus Gilb. 

* L. fierasfer Gilb., 1890. 
L. dermatinus Gilb., 1896. 
L. parviceps Gilb., 1896. 
L. extensus Gilb., 1896. 


x oe O* 
SS SiS Sy SS SSS Sis 


Otophidioidei. 
Dereropicutuys Gilb. 
D. alepidotus Gilb., 1896. 
Lrpopruipium Gill. 
L. cervinum G. B., 1885. 
L. marmoratum G. B., 1885. 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms, 


130-190 A. 
58-531 A. 
857 A. 
82-376 A. 
40-140 C. 
2173 T. 

817 T. 

672 T. 

276 A. 

905 A. 
800-859 A. 
695 A. 
1672 A. 


204 A. 
191-339 A. 
483-603 A. 

414 A. 

458 A. 
721-1309 B. 


660 A. 


55-263 Ing. 
1793 A. 


905 A. 
695-1020 A. 
695 A. 


316-876 A. 
121-351 A. 


1471 A. 
319-641 F., A. 
382-456 A. 
109-1005 A. 

552 A. 


109 A. 
109 A. 


1588 A. 


56-120 
213 A. 


Principal Localities. 


Off Nova Scotia. 
Off Alaska. 
Off Lower California. 
Off coasts Oregon. 
Straits of Magellan. 
Off coasts of Southern Europe. 
Bank of Arguin. 
ce “ “ 
Bering Sea. 
Gulf of California; south of Guaymas. 
Gulf of California. 
Off Cape Mala. 
Off Mariato Point. 


Off coast of California. 

Off coast of California. 

Off coasts of California. 

Off southern California. 

Gulf of Panama. 

Off east coasts of United States. 


Off Acapulco, Mexico. 


Northeast Atlantie ; Davis Straits. 
Off Cape Mala. 


Gulf of California. 
Off the Gulf of Panama. 
Off Mariato Point. 


Off Q. Charlotte’s Island to South California. 
Off Aleutian Islands. 


Eastward of the Cocos Islands. 
Straits of Magellan. 

Off Massachusetts. 

Off Alaska. 


Alaska to the Gulf of Panama. 


Alaska. 
Alaska, off Unalaska, 
“cc “ “ 


Off Q. Charlotte’s Island. 


S. E. coasts United States to the Caribbean Sea. 
Caribbean Sea. 


LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 391 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms. 


Principal Localities. 


* T. emmelas Gilb., 1890. 


L. stigmatistium Gilb., 1890. 


L. microlepis Gilb., 1890. 
Oropaipium Gill. 


O. murenolepis Giint., 1880. 


Brotuloidei. 
Neopyruites G. B. 
N. grandis Giiut., 1877. 
NN. macrops Giint., 1887. 
N. Gillii G. B., 1886. 
N. marginatus G. B., 1883. 
N. steatiticus Alc., 1893. 
NV. pterotus Ale., 1891. 
N. squamipinnis Alc., 1889. 
N. crassus Vaill., 1888. 
BaRATHRODEMUS G. B. 
B. manatinus G. B., 1883. 
GuypropHipium Ale. 
G. argenteum Alc., 1889. 
G. macropus Alc., 1894. 
Levcicorus Garm. 
* I. lusciosus Garm. 
Nematonus Gint. 
N. pectoralis G. B., 1886. 
Mixonvs Giint. — 
M. laticeps Gunt., 1878. 
* M. caudalis Garm. 


Prerorponus Giint. 
P. quinquarius Giint., 1887. 
Dicroene G. B. 
D. intronigra G. B., 1883. 
* D. filamentosa Gari. 
* D. nigra Gum. 


* D. pullata Garm. 
D. multifilis Ale., 1889. 
D. Vaillantii Ale., 1890. 
D. nigricaudis Alc., 1891. 
Atcockia G. B. 
A. rostrata Giint.,1887. 
Porogapus G. B. 
P. miles G. B., 1886. 
P. gracilis Giint., 1878. 
* P. longiceps Garm. 
* P. atripectus Garm. 


* P. breviceps Garm. 
P. Macdonaldi G. B., 1896. 


. nudus Vaill., 1888. 
. subarmatus Vaill., 1888. 
. promelas Gilb., 1891. 


ae} as) a8) 


141-511 A, 
112 A. 
76-145 A. 


140 C. 


1875 C. 
188-375 I., C. 
111 B. 
209 B. 
107-250 I. 
100-1748 I. 
193-250 I. 
2326 T. 


647-1395 B., A. 


271-406 I. 
145-250 I. 


1879 A. 
330-1430 B. 


2500-1749 C., T. 
1322-1667. 


565 C. 


464-983 B., A. 
511-1020 A. 
421-1020 A. 


730 A. 
193-281 I. 
406-740 I. 
188-220 I. 


2150 C. 


1168 A. 

1400 C. 
134-1793. 
772-1293 A. 
859-905 A. 

1631 A. 


1270-1749 T. 
1749 T. 
1005 A. 


Off coasts of Central America and Mexico. 
Off Lower California. 
Off western coasts of Mexico. 


Ki Islands. 


Near Yokohama ; Japan. 

Andaman Sea ; off the Fijis and the Philippines. 
Gulf of Mexico, 

Off Barbados. 

Off Madras coast. 

Bay of Bengal ; Laccadive Sea. 

Bay of Bengal. 

Lat. 44° 20’ N., Lon. 17° 11’ W. 


Gulf Stream, off North Carolina. 


Andaman Sea ; off Travancore. 
Bay of Bengal. 


Southwest of Acapulco, Mexico. 
Off Dominica; Gulf of Mexico. 


Mid Atlantic ; off Cape Palmas. 
West of Malpelo; east of the Cocos Islands ; 
east of Chatham Island. 


Off Japan. 


Off South Carolina; off northwest Africa. 

Off Mariato Point ; off Cape Mala ; off Acapulco. 

Off Malpelo Island; Gulf of Panama; off 
Chatham Island. 

Lat. 7° 30’ 36” N., Lon. 78° 39’ W. 

Bay of Bengal. 

Off Ceylon; Laccadive Sea. 

Andaman Sea. 


North of Celebes. 


Off South Carolina. 

South of New Guinea. 

Panamic region of the Pacific. 

Off Acapulco; Gulf of Panama; off the Cocos 
Islands. 

Gulf of California. 

Gulf Stream, Lat. 38° 29’ 30” N., Lon. 70° 
57’ W. 

Off northwestern Africa. 

Off the Cape Verde Islands. 

Gulf of California. 


(Si) 
ie) 
bo 


DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Rang: in Depth. 


Principal Localities, 


Fathoms. 
Dermatorts Ale. 
D. trichiurus Ale., 1890. 890-1000 I. Off Baluchistan ; Laccadive Sea. 
D. melanocephalus Alc., 1891. 1644-1748 I. Bay of Bengal. 
D. melampeplus Alc., 1896. 931 I. Laceadive Sea. 
Monomiropvs Alc. 
M. nigripinnis Alc., 1889. 490-891 I. Andaman Sea; Bay of Bengal; Laccadive Sea, 


M. conjugator Alc., 1896. 
M. Agassizii G. B., 1896. 
M. metriostomus Vaill., 1888. 


M. microphthalmus Vaill., 1888. 


* M. torvus Garm. 
MoNOMEROPUS. 

* M. malispinosus Garm. 
BentHocometes G. B. 
B. robustus G. B., 1886. 
DIPLACANTHOPOMA Gint. 
D. brachysoma Giint., 1887. 


D. Rivers-Andersoni Alc., 1895. 


D. brachysoma Alc., 1889. 

D. raniceps Alc., 1898. 

D. murenolepis Vaill., 1888. 
* D. Jordani Garm. 

Bassozetus Gill. 

B. tenia Giint., 1878. 

B. normalis Gill., 1883. 

B catena G. B., 1886. 

B. glutinosus Alc., 1890. 

B. compressus Giint., 1887. 
* B. nasus Garm. 


Bassoaiaas Gill. 
B. Gillii G. B., 1886. 
* B  stelliferoides Gilb., 1891. 
HotcomycTERoNts Garm. 
* H. digittatus Garm. 
ERETMICHTHYS Garm. 
* EF. pinnatus Garm. 
* EF. ocella Garm. 
CaTAETYX Giunt. 
C. Messieri Giint., 1878. 
C. rubrirostris Gilb., 1890. 
* C. simus Garm. 
BaratHRoNes G. B. 
B. bicolor G. B., 1896. 
SaccoGastEr Alc. 
S. maculata Alc., 1889. 
PsEuDONus Garm. 
* P. acutus Garm. 
Heputuocara Alec. 
H. simus Alc., 1892. 
ALEXETERION Vaill, 
A. Parfaiti Vaill., 1888. 
Apuyonts Giint. 
A. gelatinosus Giint., 1878. 


296-406 I. 
26-291 B. 
672-788 T. 
1749 T. 
458-555 A. 


1020 A. 
130-400 B. 
350 C. 
947 I. 
490 I. 
405 I. 
2941. 
385 A. 
1050-1500 C. 
1131-1920 B. 
1467 B. 
1310 I. 


1050-1400 C. 
1672-1879 A. 


1106 A. 
112-210 A. 


1201-2322 A. 


978-1322 A. 
1270 A. 


345 C. 
205-859 A, 
1270-1471 A. 

769 B. 
145-250 I. 
885 A. 
902 I. 


2736 T. 


1400 C. 


Off Ceylon ; off Travancore. 

Off Granada Island, W. I. 

Off northwestern Africa. 

Off the Cape Verde Islands. 

Off Mariato Point; Gulf of Panama. 


Gulf of Panama. 
Off Havanaand northward, in the Gulf Stream. 


Off Pernambuco. 

Off the Indus Delta. 

Andaman Sea. 

Andaman Sea. 

Off the coast of Soudan. 

Off Chatham Island, Galapagos. 


Mid Atlantic. 

West Indies. 

tulf of Mexico. 

Off Madras coasts. 

Southeast of New Guinea ; off the Philippines. 

S. W. of Mariato Point; N. E. of Malpelo 
Island; S. E. of Acapulco. 


Off Delaware. 
Off coasts of Lower California to 7° N. Jatitude, 


West of Malpelo; Gulf of California. 


Off Cocos Islands; east of Chatham Island. 
Gulf of Panama. 


Messier Channel. 

Off coasts of California. 

East of Cocos Islands ; E. of Galapagos Island ; 
[Gulf of Panama. 

Off Guadaloupe, W. I. 

Bay of Bengal. 

East of James Island, Galapagos Arch. 

Gulf of Manaar. 

Lat. 44° 21’ N., Lon. 13° 33’ W. 


Between Australia and New Guinea. 


EEE 


LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 393 


Range in Depth. Principal Localities. 
Fathoms. 
A. mollis G. B., 1883. 955 B. Gulf of Mexico. 
TyPHLonus Giint. 
T. nasus Gunt., 1875. 2150-2440 North of Celebes; northeast of Australia. 
TAUREDOPHIDIUM Alec. 
T. Hextii Alc., 1890. 1310 I. Off Madras coasts. 
ACANTHONUS Giint. . 
A. armatus Giint., 1878. 1050-1070 C. North of New Guinea ; Philippines. 
* A. spinifer Garm. 1772 A. Northeast of Malpelo Island. 
LamprocrammMus Ale. 
L. niger Alc., 1891. 406-561 I. Andaman Sea; Bay of Bengal. 
L. fragilis Alc., 1892. 406-678 I. Off Travancore; Bay of Bengal. 
* L. illustris Garm. 511-555 A. Off Cape Mala; Gulf of Panama. 
Ruopicutuys Coll. 
R. regina Coll., 1878. 762-1280 N. Between Finmark and Jan Mayen. and Bear 
Scraponus Garm. [Islands; east of Iceland ; Faroes. 
* S. pedicellaris Garm. 1010 A. East of the Cocos Islands. 
Gadoidei. 
Metanonts Giint. £ 
M. gracilis Gint., 1878. 1957 C. Antarctic Ocean, Lat. 62° 26’ S., Lon. 95° 44’ E. 
Brosmicutts Vaill. 
B. imberbis Vaill., 1888. 251) WT. Off the Cape Verde Islands. 
B. incognitus Garm. 365 B. Off Nevis Island. (= Uraleptus maraldi G. B., 
MicroLepipium Garm. [1896, Oc. Ich. fig. 320) 
* M. grandiceps Garm. 1421 A. Gulf of California. 
M. verecundum Gilb., 1896. 364 A. Off Revilla Gigedos Islands. 
LeprorHycis Garm. 
* L. filifer Garm. 311-885 A. Galapagos Archipelago. 
Uratertus Costa. 
U. Maraldi Risso, 1810. 170 Mediterranean to Madeira. 
HanarGyrevs Gint. 
FH. Johnsoni Giint., 1862. Madeira. 
H, brevipes Vaill., 1888. 721 T. Off Morocco. 
Meruuccius Rat. 
M. merluccius Linn., 1758. 54-349 T. Coasts of Europe. 
M. bilinearis Mitch., 1814. 11-296 Off eastern coasts United States. 
* M. angustimanus Garm. 127-286 A. Off the Gulf of Panama. 
Gapus Art. ; 
G. morhua Linn., 1758. 40-250 Northern Atlantic. 
G. macrocephalus Viles., 1810. 17-128 A. Bering Sea. 
G. eglefinus Linn., 1758. —499. North Atlantic. 
G. argenteus Guich., 1850. 183-300 T. Off European coasts to those of the Soudan. 
G. poulassou Risso, 1826. 328 W. Gulf of Genoa. 
Mora Risso. 
M. moro Risso, 1810. 340-747 T. Mediterranean and neighboring Atlantic. 
LepPrIpion Swains. 
LL. lzpidion Risso, 1810. 100-600 Mediterranean Sea. 
L. eques Gint., 1887. 295-530 Ing., K. | Southwest of Iceland ; Fare Channel. 
L. ensiferus Giint., 1887. 600 C. Mouth of La Plata river. 
L. inosime Giint., 1887. 345 C. Off Inosima, Japan. 
ANTIMORA Giint. 
A. rostrata Gint., 1878. 600-1375 C. Southwestern Atlantic and southwestern Indian 


Ocean. 
A. viola G. B., 1879. 306-1434 A. | Off E. coast U. S.; Fardes to Denmark Strait. 


394 


DEEP SEA FISHES. 


A. 


* A. 


microlepis Bean, 1890. 


rhina Garm. 


L&£MONEMA Giint. 


L. 
L. 
L. 


robustum Giint., 1862. 
barbatulum G. B., 1883. 
melanurum G. B., 1896. 


* L. gracillipes Garm. 
Lorgetia Kaup. 


L. 
L. 


marginata Gint., 1878. 
macxillaris Bean, 1890. 


PuycicuLus Kaup. 


IP 
12 
12 
12 


Dalwigkii Kaup, 1858. 
japonicus Hilg., 1879. 
roseus Alc., 1891. 
argyropastus Alc., 1893. 


P. fulvus Bean., 1884. 


* P. 
*P. 
P. 


longipes Garm. 
rastrelliger Gilb., 1890. 
nematopus Gilb., 1890. 


Puycis Art. 


ae! leh as) as) as}iiass las) 


. phycis Linn., 1766. 

. blennoides Brunn., 1768. 
. regius Walb., 1792. 

. chuss Walb., 1792. 

. Chesteri G. B., 1878. 

. tenuis Mitch., 1814. 

. cirratus G. B., 1896. 


Morya Nilss. 

M. molva Linn., 1758. 

M. byrkelange Walb., 1792. 
Brosmius Cuy. 


B. 


brosme Miill., 1776. 


GAIDROPSARUS Raf. 


G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 


G. 


vulgaris Yarr., 1836. 
septentrionalis Coll., 1874. 
ensis Rein., 1838. 
Reinhardtii Coll., 1878. 
Carpenteri Giint., 1887. 
biscayensis Coll., 1890. 
cimbrius Linn., 1766. 


macrophthalmus Gunt., 1867. 


Breamaceros Thomps. 


B. 
B. 
* B. 


Macclellandi Thomps., 1840. 


atlanticus G. B., 1886. 
longipes Garm. 


Macruroidei. 
Batuy@apbus Giint. 


B. 


B. 
B. 
B. 


colloides Giint., 1878. 


multifilis Giint., 1887. 
longifilis G. B., 1885. 
macrops G. B., 1885. 


Range in Depth, 
Fathoms. 


316-1588 A. 


695-1020 


125-345 C. 
396 A. 


349-427 T. 

345 C. 
188-220 I. 
128-217 I. 


79-955 F., B. 


127-695 A. 
85-286 A. 
77-221 A. 


335) iL. 
70-200 
43-233 B. 

300 
32-538 A. 

134-304 B. 
210-324 A. 


80-150 
80-300 


30-530 K. 


61-349 
20-150 
858-1106 A. 
262-1236 Ing. 
180 P. 
84-213 H. 
724 F. 
80-180 


128 I. 


90-305 B. 
94 A. 


410-700 I., C. 


500 C. 


Principal Localities, 


Bering Sea; off Q. Charlotte’s Island; off 
California, 
Gulf of Panama. 


Off northwestern Africa. 

Off east coasts United States. 

Off east and south coasts United States. 
Gulf of Panama and Galapagos. 


Magellan’s Straits. 
Off Queen Charlotte’s Island. 


Off northwestern Africa. 

Off Inosima, Japan. 

Andaman Sea. 

Off Madras and Ceylon. 

Off eastern coasts of the U.S. to the West Indies: 
Gulf of Panaia. 

Off the coasts of Colombia. 


“ee “ “ “ 


Mediterranean and neighboring Atlantic. 
Off European to northwest African coasts, 
Off Eastern United States. 


“ “ “ “ 


Gulf of Mexico. 


Norwegian coasts. 
Off north European coasts. 


Northeastern Atlantic. 


Off European to northwest African coast. 
Norwegian coasts. 

Off east coasts North America to Greenland. 
Northeastern Atlantic. 

Faroes. 

Gulf of Gascony; Cape Finisterre. 

North Atlantic; off east coast United States. 
Off the Hebrides. 


Bengal. 
Off the West Indies. 
Off Acapulco. 


Off New Zealand; Kermadec Islands ; Bay of 
Bengal. 

South of the Philippines. 

Gulf of Mexico; coasts of Morocco. 

Gulf of Mexico. 


LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 395 


B. favosus G. B., 1886. 


B. arcuatus G. B., 1886. 
B. cavernosus G. B., 1885. 
B. dispar Vaill., 1888. 


B. melanobranchus Vaill., 1888. 


B. longifilis Alc., 1890. 

B. furvescens Alec., 1894. 
Hymenoceruatts Gigl. 
H. italicus Gigl., 1884. 

II, longibarbis Giint., 1887. 
H. heterolepis Alc., 1889. 
H. antreus G. C., 1896. 
H. Goodei Gint., 1887. 


H. Ingolfi Liitk., 1898. 
Crronurts Gunt. 

C. crassiceps Giint., 1878. 
C. globiceps Vaill., 1888. 
TRACHONURUS Gint. 

T. villosus Giint., 1877. 
T. sentipellis G. C., 1896. 
NeEMATONURUS Giint. 

N. armatus Hect., 1875. 
NV. affinis Giint., 1878. 
N. longifilis Giint., 1877. 
N. cyclolepis Gilb., 1896. 
Cuarrinura G. B. 

. leptolepis Giint., 1877. 
. Murrayi Gint., 1878. 
_ simula G. B., 1883. 


. liocephala Giint., 1887. 
. hispida Alc., 1889. 


. serrula Bean, 1890. 

. filifer Gilb., 1896. 

. clenomelas G. C., 1896. 
. brevibarbis G. B., 1896, 
Optonurts Giint. 

O. denticulatus Rich., 1848. 
O. atherodon G. C., 1896. 
MALACOCEPHALUS Giint. 
M. laevis Lowe, 1843. 

M. levis Alc., 1889. 

M. levis G. C., 1896. 

M. macrochir Giint., 1877. 
M. sublevis Vaill., 1888. 
M. sulcatus G. B., 1886. 


QIQISISISlS!S QQriais 


M. suborbitalis G. T., 1897. 


M. pectoralis Gilb., 1891. 
M. Clarkii J. G., 1898. 


M. occidentalis G. B., 1885. 


* M. bulbiceps Garm. 


Jfernandeziana Giint., 1887. 


. mediterranea G. B., 1896. 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms, 


Principal Localities, 


420-1501 A., B. 


334-476 B. 
227 B. 
604 T. 
456-869 T. 
683-740 I. 
719 I. 


224-1139 T. 

315 C. 
188-271 I. 
289-343 A. 
154-1715 A., Ing 


902-1300 Ing. 


520-600 C. 
623-1638 T. 


400-2425 C. 
1900 C, 
565 C. 
1588 A. 


350 C. 
1100 C. 
332-1731 B. A. 
1375 C. 
1875-2050 C. 
220-240 I. 
1533-1588 W. 
1569 A, 
1588 A. 
295-343 A. 
956-1731 A. 


250-850 C, 
188-265 I. 
295-351 A. 
345 C. 
76-1203 T. 
420-472 B. 
1771 A. 
685-877 A. 
664 A. 
132-164 B. 
978 A. 


Off east coast United States; off Martinique, 
West Indies. 

West Indies and Gulf of Mexico, 

Gulf of Mexico. 

Coasts of Morocco. 

Off northwestern Africa. 

Off Maldive Atoll, 


ce “ec “ec 


Off the coasts of Morocco. 

Off the Fiji Islands. 

Gulf of Manaar; off the Andamans. 

Near the Hawaiian Islands. 

Off New England ; Davis and Denmark Straits; 
off Havana. 

South and west of Iceland. 


North of the Kermadec Islands. 
Off southern Europe to the Azores, 


Off Japan and the Philippines. 
Off the Hawaiian Islands. 


Antarctic Ocean to Mid Pacific. 
Off La Plata River. 

South of Yedo, Japan. 

Off Q. Charlotte’s Island. 


Off coast of Brazil. 

Off New Zealand. 

Off E. coasts United States; Denmark Strait. 
South of Juan Fernandez. 

Off Japan ; Mid Pacific. 

Off west coast of the Andamans. 
Off Sardinia. 

East of P. of Wales Island. 

Off Q. Charlotte’s sland. 

Off the Hawaiian Islands. 

Off eastern United States. 


Off New Zealand ; off the Kermadees. 
Off the Hawaiian Islands. 


Off European coasts, off Brazil. 
Andaman Sea. 

Hawaiian Islands. 

Off Inosima, Japan. 

Off northwestern Africa. 

West Indies. 

Bering Sea, southwest of Pribilof Island. 
Off Oregon coasts. 

Bering Sea, off Pribilof Island. 

Off Granada, W. I.; off east coasts U. 8. 
East of the Cocos Islands. 


396 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


eens avi Wie Principal Localities. 


Fathoms, 
Lionurws Giint. 
L. filicauda Gint., 1878. 1375-2650 C. Southwestern Atlantic ; southeastern Pacific. 
L. microlepis Giint., 1878. 315 C. Off the Fiji Islands. 
* L. liolepis Gilb., 1890. 456-905 A. Gulf of California. 
* 1. barbiger Garm. 676 A. Off west coasts of Mexico. 
CorRYPHENOIDES Gunn. 
C. rupestris Gunn., 1765. 200-1245 P., Ing. | Farées; Denmark Strait; Davis Strait; south 
of Iceland. 
C. altipinnis Gint., 1877. 565-1875 C, Off Japan. 
C. carapinus G. B., 1883. 662-1451 A. Off east coasts United States in Gulf Stream. 
C. gigas Vaill., 1888. 2278-2327 T. Off the coasts of Portugal. 
C. asperrimus Vaill., 1888. 687-869 T. Morocco to the Azores. 
Macrurvs Bloch. 
M. berglaz LaC., 1802. 318-1870 Off European and east North American coasts. 
M. rudis Gint., 1878. 520-630 C. North of the Kermadeces. 
AM. nasutus Giint., 1877. 545-565 C. Japan. 
M. serrulatus Giint , 1878. 700 C. Northeast of New Zealand. 
M. sclerorhynchus Val., 1836. 251-1999 T. Off northwest coasts of Africa. 
M. equalis Giint., 1878. 251-721 T. Off Portugal; off northwest Africa. 
M. Bairdii G. B., 1877. 60-1255 A. Off eastern United States. 
M. holotrachys Giint., 1878. 600 C. Off La Plata River; off Newfoundland. 
M. asper Gint., 1877. 1875 C. South of Japan. 
M. carinatus Giint., 1878. 310 C. Off P. Edward's Island. 
M. acrolepis Bean, 1883. 345-786 A. Straits of Juan de Fuca ; Monterey Bay. 
M. lepturus G. T., 1897. 1401 A. Bering Sea, southwest of Pribilof Island. 
M. zaniophorus Vaill., 1888. 454-738 T. Off northwestern Atrica. 
M. japonicus Vaill., 1888. 251-1214 T. Off northwestern Africa to Cape Verdes and to 
Azores. 
M. Giintheri Vaill., 1888. 1090-1203 T. Off coasts of Morocco. 
M. investigatoris Alc., 1889. 188-490 I. Andaman Sea; Bay of Bengal. 
M.Petersoni Ale., 1891. 188-220 I. Andaman Sea. 
M. semiquincunciatus Alc., 1889. | 130-410 I. Bay of Bengal. 
M. brevirostris Alc., 1889. 490 I. Andaman Sea. 
M. macrolophus Alc., 1889. 240-410 I. Bay of Bengal; off Travancore. 
M. lophotes Alc., 1889. 285-405 I. Bay of Bengal. 
M. polylepis Alc., 1889. 193-272 I. Bay of Bengal. 
M. pumiliceps Ale., 1894. 719 I. Off north Maldive Atoll. 
M. Hoskynii Alc., 1890. 1310 I. Off Madras coasts. 
M. Hextii Alc., 1890. 865-1000 I. Laceadive Sea. 
M. Wood-Masoni Ale., 1890. 559-1000 I. Laceadive Sea; Gulf of Manaar; Konkan coast. 
M. stelgidolepis Gilb., 1896. . 267A. Off Point Conception. 
M. cinereus Gilb., 1896. 399-1033 A. Bering Sea. 
M. ectenes G. C., 1896. BlorAc Off Hawaiian Islands. 
M. propinquus G. C., 1896. 313-351 A. < ae ee 
M. holocentrus G. C., 1896. 351-375 A. te UG a 
M. gibber G. C., 1896. 851-375 A. os we Ws 
M. hirundo Coll., 1896. 692 H. Azores. 
* M. bucephalus Garm. 134-1573 A. Panamic region from Gulf of California to 
coasts of Colombia. 
* M. liraticeps Garm. 885 A. Off James Island, Galapagos Arch. 
* M. capito Garm. 458-493 A. Gulf of Panama ; off Acapulco. 
* M. leucophaus Garm. 322 A. Gulf of Panama. 
* M. boops Garm. 511-546 A. Off coasts of Colombia. 
* M. fragilis Garm. 1672-1823 A. Off Mariato Point ; 8. W. of Malpelo Island. 


LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 


397 


* M. carminifer Garm. 

* M. gracillicauda Garm. 
* M_ orbitalis Garm. 

* M. loricatus Garm. 

* M. cuspidatus Garm. 

* M. convergens Garm. 

* M. latirostratus Garm 
* M. anguliceps Garin. 


* M. latinasutus Garm. 

* M. trichiurus Garm. 
Ca@Loruayncaus Giorna. 
C. parallelus Giint., 1877. 


C. japonicus Schl., 1850. 
C. australis Rich., 1839. 
C. celorhynchus Risso, 1810. 


C. carminatus Goode, 1881. 
C. fasciatus Giint., 1878. 

C. flabellispinis Alc., 1894. 
C. quadricristatus Alc., 1890. 
C. occa G. B., 1885. 

C. caribbeus G. B., 1885. 

C. scaphopsis Gilb., 1890. 

C. gladius G. C., 1896. 

C. acipenserinus G. C., 1896. 

* C. tenuicauda Garm. 

* C. canus Garm. 
TRACHYRHYNCHUS Giorna. 
T. trachyrhynchus Risso, 1810. 
T. longirostris Gint., 1878. 
T. Murrayi Gint., 1887. 

* T. helolepis Gilb., 1891. 


Pleuronectoidei. 


ATHERESTHES J. G. 

A. stomias J. G., 1880. 
ReINHARDTIUS Gill. 

R. hippoglossoides Walb., 1792. 


Hiproaiossus Cuv. 
H. hippoglossus Linn., 1758. 


HippoanossoreEs Gottsche. 
H. platessvides Fabr., 1780. 


H. exilis J. G., 1880. 
Pascrbopserra Giint. 

P. colorata Giint., 1880. 
P. maculosa Alc., 1894. 
P. prelonga Alc., 1894. 
ANTICITHARUS Giint. 

A. polyspilus Gunt., 1880. 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms. 


322-1020 A. 
286-458 A. 


286 A. 
327-331 A. 
905 A. 


695-1020 A. 
322-511 A. 
695-1322 A. 


995 A. 
555 A. 


345-700 C. 


345 C. 
275 C. 
306 T. 


85-616 F. 
40-245 C. 
719 I. 
193-410 I. 
335 B. 
155-210 B. 
145 A. 

295 A. 
298-375 A. 
458 A. 
153-210 A. 


221-830 T. 
700 C. 


486-555 Ing., K. 
392-421 A. 


32-406 A. 


127-447 A., N. 


100-300 


362 Ing. 
50-280 A. 

140 C. 
145-250 I. 
142-400 I. 


140 C. 


Principal Localities. 


Gulf of Panama. 

Off coasts of Colombia. 

East of Cape Mala. 

Off the Galapagos Islands. 

Gulf of California. 

Off Pansma. ; 

Off western Colombia. 

Gulf of Panama; east of the Galapagos ; Gulf 
of California, 

Gulf of California. 

Off Mariato Point. 


Off New Zealand; Kermadec Islands; south of 
Japan ; Gulf of Manaar. 

Off Inosima, Japan. 

Off New Zealand and Australia. 

Off northern Europe; Mediterranean to Azores 
and Madeira. 

Off eastern U. S. to Bahamas, in Gulf Stream. 

Off eastern coast of southern South America. 

Off Maldive Atoll. 

Andaman Sea. 

Gulf of Mexico.” 

Gulf of Mexico. 

Gulf of California. 

Hawaiian Islands. 

“ee “ce 
Gulf of Panama. 
Off western coast of Colombia. 


Off northwest Africa ; Med. Sea. 
Northeast of New Zealand. 

Southwest of Iceland ; Farée Channel. 
Near Chatham Island. 


Off San Francisco ; Aleutian Islands; Bristol 

[ Bay. 

Off New England; off Bear Island, and Sean- 
dinavia. 


Off E. coast New England; Grand Banks ; off 
Scandinavia; S. of Spitzbergen. 


Off New England coasts; on Grand Banks ; off 
north Europe. 
Off coasts of California and northward. 


Ki Islands. 


Bay of Bengal. 
Off Colombo. 


Ki Islands. 


398 


DEEP SEA FISHES. 


SAMARIS Gray. 
S. maculatus Giint., 1880. 
CuHascanopserta Alc. 
C. lugubris Ale., 1894. 
Lepipopserta Giint. 
L. maculata Giint., 1880. 
LrriporHomeBts Gint. 
L. whiff-Jagonis Walb., 1792. 
PARALICHTHYS Gir. 
P. oblongus Mitch., 1815. 
P. Hectoris Giint., 1887. 
P. bodps Hect. 
P. ocellatus Giint., 1880. 
Eneyorurys J. B. 

* BE. Sancti-Laurenti J. B., 1889. 
PLATOPHRYS Swains. 
P. cornutus Giint., 1880. 
Sctanectes Alc. 
S. macrophthalmus Alc., 1889. 
PLEURONICHTHYS Gir. 
P. decurrens J. G., 1880. 
Mono.ene Goode. 
M. sessilicauda Goode, 1880. 
M. atrimana G. B., 1896. 

* M. maculipinna Garm. 

* M. dubiosa Garm. 
CrrHARIcHTHYs Bleek. 
C. aretifrons Goode, 1880. 
C. unicornis Goode, 1880. 
C. dinoceros G. B., 1886. 
C. sordidus Gir., 1854. 

* C. maculifer Garm. 
Limanpa Gottsche. 
L. Beanii Goode, 1880. 
GLYPTOCEPHALUS Gottsche. 
G. cynoglossus Linn., 1758. 
G. zachirus Lock., 1879. 
Nematops Giint. 
N. microstoma Giint., 1880. 
PELECANICHTHYS G. C. 
P. crumenalis G. C., 1896. 
Boopserta Ale. 
B. umbrarum Ale., 1896. 
EmpassicutuHys J. E. 
E. bathybius Gilb., 1890. 
Souma. 

S. solea Linn., 1758. 

S. variegata Don., 1807. 
S. profundicola Vaill., 1887. 


S. (Achirus) umbratilis Alc., 1894. 


S. kaiana Giint., 1880. 
S. pacifica Lock., 1879. 
Symeuurus Raf. 

S. nigrescens Raf., 1810. 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms. 


Principal Localities. 


140 C. 
145-250 I, 
310 C. 
33-306 T. 
400 A. 
310 C. 
150:C. 

152 C. 
56-127 A. 
32-350 C. 
98-102 I. 
21-191 A. 
68-721 A. 
288-603 B. 
112-201 A. 
141 A. 
-373 A. 
45-155 A. 
110-955 B, 
-167 A. 

66 A. 
111-896 A. 


69-858 A. 
33-252 A. 


152 C. 
295-298 A. 
180-217 I. 

603 A. 

-129 T. 
-167 T. 
136-684 T. 
91-107 I. 
140 C. 
35-350 A. 


32-229 T. 


Ki Islands, 

Bay of Bengal. 

Off P. Edward’s Island. 
Off Morocco and Azores. 


Off east coasts of New England. 
Off New Zealand. 


ae “« 
Admiralty Islands. 

Gulf of Panama. 

Off Brazil. 

Off Madras and off Arakan coasts. 


Off Californian coasts. 


Off east coasts United States. 
Off Barbados, 


Off Cape Mala; off Malpelo ; Gulf of Panama. 


Off Acapulco. 


Off east coasts United States. 
“ “ “ “ce “ 


West Indies. 
Coasts of California. 
Cocos Islands. 


Off east coasts United States. 


Off east coasts United States; off Scandinavia. 


Northeastern Pacific. 

Admiralty Islands. 

Off Hawaiian Islands. 

Off Colombo. 

Santa Barbara Channel. 

European to North African coasts. 

Off coasts of Spain to those of the Soudan. 
Coast of Portugal to Soudan, 

Off Coromandel coasts. 

Ki Islands. 


Northeastern Pacific. 


Coasts of Spain to those of Soudan. 


LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms. 


. nebulosus G. B., 1883. 
piger G. B., 1886. 
. marginatus G. B, 1883. 
pusillus G. B., 1885. 
. Wood-Masoni Ale., 1889. 
. Gilesii Ale., 1889. 
. septemstriatus Alc., 1891. 
. (rifasciatus Alc., 1894. 
* S. varius Garm. 
* S. atramentatus J. B., 1889. 
* S. microlepis Garm. 
Cyyoatossus Buch, 
C. Carpenteri Alc., 1889. 


Rnannnnnn 


PHYSOSTOMI. 


Sternoptychoidei. 


Srernopryx Herm. 

S. diaphana Herm., 1781. 

S. diaphana Giint., 1887 (part) 
* S. obscura Garm. 

ARGYROPELECUS Cocco. 

A. hemigymnus Cocco. 

A. hemigymnus Alc., 1891. 

A. affinis Gari. 

A, Olfersii Cuy., 1829. 


* A. lychnus Garm. 
Ponyrenus Giint. 
P. spinosus Giint., 1887. 
P. laternatus Garm. 
VALENCIENNELLUS J. E. 
V. ephippiatus G. C., 1896. 

* V. stellatus Garm. 
Mavro.ictus Cocco. 

* M. oculatus Garm. 

* M. lucetius Garm. 


IcHtrHyococcts Bon. 

I. ovatus Cocco, 1838. 
GonostoMa Raf. 

G. denudatum Ratf., 1810. 


G. brevidens K. S., 1870. 
LyCHNOPOLES Garm. 

L. argenteolus Garm. 
YARRELLA G. B. : 
Y. Blackfordi G. B., 1896. 
PxHoticutuHys Hutt. 

P. argenteus Hutt., 1872. 
Bonapartia G. B. 

B. pedaliota G. B., 1896. 
CycLoTHONE G. B. 

C. microdon Gint., 1878. 


* 


229 B. 
26-250 B. 
94-324 B. 
80-170 B. 

475—490 I. 
193-210 I. 
142-400 I. 
145-250 I. 
52-112 A. 

112-210 A. 
286 A. 


68-107 I. 


150-2500. 
500-2150 C. 
134-1832 A. 
180-838 C., T. 

1803 I. 

683 A. 
519-1125 A., C. 
144-2069 A. 


188-240 I. 
221 B. 


295 A. 
300 A. 


-300 A. 
100-1832 A. 
519-1110 T. 
251-645 T. 
161-500. 


210-286 A. 


399 


Principal Localities. 


Off eastern coasts United States. 
West Indies to Florida. 


West Indies ; Gulf of Mexico; E. coasts U.S. 


Off east coasts United States. 

Bay of Bengal ; Andaman Sea. 
Bay of Bengal ; off Madras coasts. 
Off Colombo ; Andaman Sea. 

Bay of Bengal. 

Cocos Islands; off Malpelo Island. 


Off Cape Mala ; off Malpelo; Gulf of Panama. 


Gulf of Panama. 


Off Coromandel coast. 


North Atlantic, both sides. 


N. W. Pacific; off Malabar; S. W. Pacific. 


Lat. 1° S. to 8° N., Lon. 78°-90° W. 


Off coasts of Europe to the Canaries. 


Bay of Bengal. 
Northwestern Atlantic. 


Off east coasts U. S.; off coasts of Portugal ; 


Cape Finisterre. 


Lat. 1° S. to 8° N., Lon. 78° to 97° W. 
[coasts. 


Off the Philippines and Borneo; off Andaman 


Off Barbados. 


Off Hawaiian Islands. 
Off coasts of California. 


Off coasts of California. 


East of the Galapagos; Cocos Islands; off 


Las Tres Marias. 


Portugal to coasts of Morocco. 


North Atlantic ; coasts of Morocco to Cape 


Verde Islands. 
West Indies. 


Gulf of Panama. 


Gulf of Mexico. 


Cook’s Straits. 


Off west coast of Cuba. 


North Atlantic ; southwestern Atlantic. 


400 


DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms. 


Principal Localities, 


Q 


C. bathyphila Vaill., 1888. 


* C. acclinidens Garm. 
* C. signata Garm. 


C. gracilis Giint., 1878. 
C. elongata Giint., 1878. 
C. elongata G. B., 1896. 
DieLopHos Giint. 

D. corytheolum Ale., 1898. 
OpistHoPRoctus Vaill. 
O. soleatus Vaill., 1888. 


Myctophoidei. 


* 


* 


Eo 


* * 


Synopus Gron. 

S. kaianus Gint., 1880. 
S. acutus Garm. 
BatuHyaco G. B. 

B. nigricans G. B., 1896. 
Batuysaurvus Giint. 

B. ferox Giint., 1878. 
B. mollis Giint., 1878. 
B. Agassizii G. B., 1883. 


B. obtusirostris Vaill., 1888. 


Harpopon Les. 

H. squamosus Alc., 1891. 
ScopeLarcnts Ale. 

S. Giintheri Alc., 1896. 
CHLOROPHTHALMUS Bon. 
C. Agassizii Bon., 1841. 
C. productus Giint., 1887. 
. nigripinnis Giint., 1878. 
- gracilis Giint., 1878. 

. chalybeius Goode, 1881. 
- corniger Alc., 1894. 


SESIQTATOTG) 


. proridens G. C., 1896. 
C. mento Garni. 
ScoPpELENGys Ale. 

S. tristis Alc., 1890. 

S. lugubris Garm. 
BentHosaurus G. B. 

B. grallator G. B., 1886. 
BatTHYPTeRO!S Giint. 

. longifilis Giint., 1878. 

. longipes Giint., 1878. 

. longicauda Giint., 1878. 
. quadrifilis Giint., 1878. 
Giinthert Alc,, 1889. 

. insularum Alc., 1892. 

. atricolor Alc., 1896. 

. dubius Vaill., 1888. 

. ventralis Garm. 

. pectoralis Garm. 


bo btwb tee bth 


. microdon Giint., 1878 (part.) 


. truculentus G. B., 1896. 


265-2900 C. 


776-1249 T. 
122-2413 A. 
1793 A. 
245-2425 C. 
360-1200 C., I 


435-2369 F., A. 


185-405 I. 


1110 


140 C. 
56-127 A. 


2393 B. 


1100 C. 
1875-2385 C. 


647-1202 B., T. 


1998 T. 
200-300 I. 
947 I. 


159-787 A., T. 
315 C. 
120 C. 
1100-1425 C. 
85-157 F., B. 
145-250 I. 
158 B. 
298-351 A. 
210-286 A. 


1000 I. 
695-1832 A. 


1537-1850 B. 


520-630 C. 
520-2650 C, 
2550 C. 
500-770. 
490-561 I. 
1140 I. 
459-891 I. 
456-894 T. 
660-880 A. 
885-1132 A. 


Northwestern Pacific; north Indian Ocean ; 
southwestern Pacific. 

Azores and Gulf of Gascony ; off E. coasts U.S. 

Lat. 1° S. to 37° N., Lon. 78°-139° W. 

Gulf of Panama. 

South of Japan. {Banda Islands. 

South of New Guinea; Laccadive Sea; off 

Off E. coasts United States to West Indies, 


Andaman Sea. 


Coasts of Morocco. 


Ki Islands. 
Southeast of Cape Mala. 


Between Santa Cruz and St. Thomas, W. I. 


East coasts New Zealand. 

Off Yedo, Japan ; mid southern Pacific. 
Off E. coasts U. S.; off coasts of Morocco.- 
Off the Cape Verde Islands. 


Bay of Bengal; off E. coast India. 
Off the Indus delta. 


Off east coasts United States; off the Azores. 
Off the Fiji Islands. 

Off Twofold Bay. 

Off New Zealand; mid tosouthwestern Atlantic. 
Off east coasts United States, 

Bay of Bengal. 

Off Barbados. 

Hawaiian Islands. 

Gulf of Panama. 


Laceadive Sea. 
Off Mariato Point ; Gulf of Panama. 


West Indies. 


Near the Kermadec Islands. 

Off E. coast U. S.; off E. coast 8. America. 
Mid South Pacific. 

Off coast Brazil ; off E. coast U. S. to Dominica. 
Off coasts Andamans. 

Laceadive Sea. 

Off the Maldives; Cape Comorin; Laccadive 
Coasts of Morocco. [Sea. 
Off Acapulco ; Las Tres Marias. 

South of Malpelo ; Gulf of Panama. 


LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms. 


401 


Principal Localities. 


Tenors Giint. 
I. Murray Giint., 1878. 


I. Murrayi Giint., 1878 (part). 
* I, Agassizii Garm. 
Mycropuum Raf. 


M. 
M. 
M. 
M. 
M. 
M. 
M. 


M. 
M. 
M. 


* M. 
* M. 
M. 
M. 
M. 


Miilleri Gmel., 1788. 
punctatum Raf., 1810. 
Humboldti Risso, 1810. 
Cocco Cocco, 1829. 
gemellarium Cocco, 1838. 
Dumerilii Bleek., 1856. 


macrolepidotum Johns., 1863. 


maderense Lowe, 1839. 
macrolepidotum Giint., 1887. 
arcticum Liitk., 1891. 
glaciale Rein., 1838. 


- elongatum Costa. 

. caudispinosum Johns., 1863. 
_ engraule Giint., 1887. 
M. nigrum Giint., 1887. 

. pyrsobolum Alc., 1890. 

. pterotum Alc., 1890. 

[. antarcticum Gint., 1878. 
- mannochir Gilb., 1890. 

. mexicanum Gilb., 1890. 
1. regale Gilb., 1891. 

. Macdonaldi G. B., 1896. 
- protocule Gilb., 1890. 

- alatum G. B., 1896. 

- gemmifer G. B., 1896. 

. lacertum G. B., 1896. 

- quercinum G. B., 1896. 

. castaneum G. B., 1896. 

. speculiger G. B., 1896. 

. lucidum G. B., 1896. 

- effulgens G. B., 1896. 

. opalinum G. B., 1896. 

- oculeum Garm. 

. tenuiculum Garm. 

. luminosum Garm. 

. aurolaternatum Garm. 


. laternatum Garm. 


nitidulum Garm. 

atratum Garm. 

urolampus G. C., 1896. 
Jibulatum G. C., 1896. 
macrolepidotum G. C., 1896. 


Omosupis Giint. 


0. 
0. 


Lowiti Giint., 1887. 
Lowii G. B., 1896. 


1507-1900 C. 


2150 C. 
1360 A. 


—2369 A. 
224-571 F. 
—1641 A. 
-2620 A. 
300-894 T. 
315 C. 
738-869 T. 
-1686 A. 


188-630 I., C. 


582-745 Ing. 


485-1040 Ing. 


845-1040 Ing. 


1782 A. 


188-250 I., C. 


500 C. 
690-920 I, 
98-102 I. 
1950-1975 C. 
266-685 A. 
3806-857 A. 
822 A. 
515-1209 A. 
584 A. 
5vd) AY 
538 A. 
—200 A. 
-1686 A. 
-192 A. 
551 A. 
1639 A. 
1639 A. 
-1536 A. 
-1772 A. 
-100 A. 
421 A. 
918-1793 A. 


-1168 A. 


-100 A, 
1216 A. 
295-310 A. 
310 A. 
343-375 


500 C. 
724 A. 


Off coast Brazil ; to mid South Atlantic ; West 
Indies. 

North of Celehes. 

Between Acapulco and Culpepper Islands. 


Off E. coasts U. S.; northeastern Atlantic. 

Off east coasts United States. 

Off E, coasts U. S.; Mediterranean Sea. 

Coasts of Morocco to those of Soudan. 

Fiji Islands. 

Coasts of Morocco. 

Madeira ; off east coasts United States. 

Kermadee Islands; Andaman Sea. 

Southwest of Iceland ; west of Greenland. 

Off east, south and western coasts of Iceland 
and Greenland. 

South and west of Iceland. 

Off east coasts United States. 

Philippines ; Andaman Sea. 

South of the Philippines. 

Off coasts of Madras. 

Off Madras coasts. 

Antarctic. 

Off northwest coasts United States. 

Off Lower California. 

Off coasts of California. 

Gulf Stream. 

Off coasts of Washington. 

Gulf Stream. 

Grand Banks, off east coasts United States. 

Gulf Stream, off east coasts United States. 


Off Leeward Islands. 

Off Leeward Islands; off E. coast U. S. 
Gulf Stream, off east coasts United States. 
Off Mariato Point. 

South of Mariato Point. 

Galapagos Islands. 

North of Malpelo Island; North of Culpepper 
Island. : 
West of Guatemala ; Gulf of Panama; Gulf of 

California. 
Lat. 27° 50’ N., Lon. 145° 45’ 30” W: 
Gulf of California. 


Hawaiian Islands. 
ce “ 


“ce “oe 


South of the Philippines. 
Lat. 28° 47’ 30” N., Lon. 87° 27’ W. 


402 


DEEP SEA FISHES 


Opontostomus Cocco. 

O. hyalinus Cocco, 1838. 

O. atratus Alc., 1893. 
PaRALEPis Risso. 

P. coregonoides Risso, 1826. 
P. borealis Rein. 
Piacyopus Stell. 

P. ferox Lowe, 1833. 


Stomiatoidei. 


CuHautiopus Bl. 8S. 
C. Sloani B. 8., 1801. 


C. Sloani Giint., 1887 (part) 


C. pammelas Alc., 1892. 
C. Maccouni Bean., 1892. 


* C. barbatus Garm. 
C. dentatus Garm. 
ASTRONESTHES Rich., 1845. 
A. niger Rich., 1845, 
A. gemmifer G. B., 1896. 
Stomras Cuv. 
S. boa Risso, 1810. 
S. ferox Rein., 1842. 
S. affinis Giint., 1887. 


S. polylepis (= S. boa Giint., 1887). 


S. nebulosus Alc., 1889. 
S. elongatus Alec., 1891. 
* S. colubrinus Garm. 
* S. hexagonatus Garm. 


* S. atriventer Garm. 
Ecuiostoma Lowe. 
E. barbatum Lowe, 1843. 
E. margarita G. B., 1896. 
OpostoMIAs Giint. 
O. micripnus Giint., 1878. 
PacuHystomias Gint. 
P. microdon Giint., 1878. 
PHOTONECTES Giint. 
P. albipinnis Déd., 1882. 
P. gracilis G. B., 1896. 
Evstomtias Vaill. 
E. obscurus Vaill., 1888. 
THAUMAsTOMIAS Alc. 
T. atrox Alc., 1890. 
PxHorostomras Coll. 
P. Guernei Coll., 1889. 
GRAMMATOSTOMIAS G. B. 
G. dentatus G. B., 1896. 
DactyLostoMIas Garm. 
* D. filifer Garm. 


Range in Depth. 


Principal Localities, 


Fathoms, 
Mediterranean. 
573 I. Bay of Bengal. 
525 A. Med. Sea ; Lat. 28° 47’ 30” N., Lon. 87° 27’ W. 
407-488 A. Off New England. 
195-275 A. Off coasts New England. 


435-2575 A., C. 


565-2000 C. 


1370 I. 
876 A. 


465-1201 A. 
2500 C. 
300 
221-984 T. 
120-1813 A. 
450 C. 
1800 C. 
597 I. 
738 I. 
1672 A. 
286-2232 A. 
1218 A. 


500-959 A. 
420 A. 


2150 C. 


2440 C. 


1526 T. 


1310 I. 


572 H. 


2069 A. 


660-2232 A. 


Northern Atlantic, both sides; off coasts of 
Morocco. 

Japan ; south of New Guinea; Bay of Bengal; 
Laccadive Sea. 

Laceadive Sea. 

Off Queen Charlotte’s Island; off Southern 
California. 

Off Mariato Point ; off Malpelo Island. 

Society Islands, 


Near Sierra Leone, Africa, 
Off Newfoundland. 


Cape Verde Islands ; Gulf of Gascony. 

Off coasts New England ; south of Greenland. 

South of Sombrero Island. 

South of Australia. 

Gulf of Manaar. 

Laccadive Sea. 

Off Mariato Point. 

Off Guatemala and the Cocos Islands ; Gulf of 
Panama. 

Gulf of California. 


Madeira ; off New England. 
Gulf of Mexico, 


South of Australia, 
Northwest of Australia. 


Off Inosima, Japan. 
Off Martinique. 


Off the Azores. 

Off Madras coasts. 

Off the Azores. 

Off east coasts United States. 


[Acapuleo, 
Off Culpepper Island; off Guatemala; off 


LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 403 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms. 


Matacosteus Ayr. 
M. niger Ayr., 1849. 
M. indicus Gint., 1878. 


M. choristodactylus Vaill., 1888. 


BaTHoPHILus Gigl. 

B. nigerrimus Gigl., 1884. 
Ipracanruus Pet. 

I. fasciola Pet., 1876. 

I. ferox Giint., 1878. 


* T. antrostomus Gilb., 1890. 


Salmoidei. 
ARGENTINA Art. 
A. silus Asc., 1775. 
A. sphyraena Linn., 1758. 
A. striata G. B., 1896. 
Levroaiossts Gilb. 
L. stilbius Gilb., 1890. 
Batayiaaus Giint. 

. atlanticus Giint., 1878. 


. pacificus Gilb., 1890. 
. borealis Gilb., 1896. 

. Benedicti G. B., 1896. 
. euryops G. B., 1896. 
3. Milleri J. H., 1898. 
Preroturissvus Hilg. 

P. gissu Hilg., 1877. 


Beebo 


by 


Alepocephaloidei. 
Leprocuinicutays Garm. 
* I. Agassizii Garm. 
BatHytrocres Giint. 
. microlepis Giint., 1878. 
. rostratus Giint., 1878. 
. macrolepis Giint., 1887. 


3. homopterus Vaill., 1888. 
. melanocephalus Vaill., 1888. 


- microlepis Alc., 1889. 
. sguamosus Alec., 1890. 
. stomias Gilb., 1890. 
. antillarum G. B., 1896. 
. equatoris G. B., 1896. 
B. megalops Liitk., 1898. 
* B. inspector Garm. 
* B. alvifrons Garm. 
* B. alveatus Garm. 
Narcetes Alc. 
NN. erimelas Alc., 1890. 
* N. pluriserialis Garm. 
ALEPOCEPHALUS Risso. 
A. rostratus Risso, 1810, 
A. niger Giint., 1878. 


B 
B 
B 
B 
B 
B. attritus Vaill., 1888. 
B 
LB 
B 
B 
B 


. antarcticus Giint., 1878. 


541-1064 A. 
500-650 C., I. 
765-1213 T. 


2750 C. 
603-1882 A. 


-200 
-200 
111 A. 


40-221 A. 


2040 C. 

1950 C. 
685-877 A. 
322 A. 

1022-1769 A. 

600-1356 A. 
776 A. 


1345” C. 


1573 A. 


1090 C. 
675 C. 
2150 C. 
608 T. 
784-1421 
788-1998 T. 
500 I. 
740 I. 
877 A. 
420 A. 
741 A. 
1040 Ing. 
1471 A. 
1360-1793 A. 
1132-1322 A. 


740 I. 
1010 A, 


453-1998 T. 
1400 C. 


Principal Localities, 


Off east coast United States to Barbados. 
Off the Philippines ; Andaman Sea. 
Off Morocco and the Azores. 


Mediterranean Sea. 


South Indian Ocean. 

Mid North Atlantic. 

Off Southern California ; off Malpelo Island ; 
Gulf of Panama. 


Off northern Europe ; off E. coast New England 
North Atlantic to Mediterranean. 
Off eastern United States. 


Off coasts of California. 


Sonth Atlantic. 

Antarctic. 

Off northwest coast United States. 
North of the Aleutian Islands. 
Off eastern coasts United States. 


“ce “es “ “ “ 


Cortez Banks, off San Diego, California. 


Off Inosima, Japan. 


Off Galera Point. 


Southeast of Cape St. Vincent. 

Off Pernambuco. 

North of Celebes. 

Bank of Arguin. 

Off coasts of Morocco and the Sondan. 
Bank of Arguin; Cape Verdes; Azores. 
Andaman Sea. 

Off the Goa coast. 

Off coasts Oregon. 

Caribbean Sea. 

Lat. 1° N., Lon. 80° W. 

West of Iceland. 

East of the Cocos Islands. 

S. of Cape Mala; N. of Culpepper Island. 
S. of Malpelo Island ; E. of Chatham Island. 


Off the Goa coasts. 
Off the Cocos Islands. 


Mediterranean to Canaries and to Azores. 
North of Australia. 


404 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Range in Depth, 


Principal Localities. 
Fathoms, 


A. Agassizii G. B., 1883. 538-1106 B. Lat. 38° N., Lon. 78° W.; Dat. 62° 25’ N., 
Lon. 28° 30' W. 
A. Bairdii G. B., 1880. 200 Off Newfoundland. 
A. productus Gill, 1884. 1362 A. Lat. 39° N., Lon. 70° W. 
A. tenebrosus Gilb., 1891. 359-822 A. Santa Barbara Channel. 
A. bicolor Alc., 1891. 240-276 A. Off Madras coasts. 
A. Blanfordi Alc., 1892. 902 I. Gulf of Manaar. 
A. edentulus Ale., 1892. 475 I. Off Madras coasts. 
A. Giardi Koeh., 1896. 437-771 Bay of Biscay. 
* A. convexifrons Garm. 660 A. Off Acapulco. 
* A. asperifrons Garm. 782-1020 A. Gulf of Panama. 


1270-1672 A. Between Cocos Islands and Mariato Point; 


® A. fundulus Garm. 
AULASTOMATOMORPHA Ale, 
A. phosphorops Alc., 1890. 
Conocara G. B. 

C. Macdonaldi G. B., 1896. 
C. macroptera Vaill., 1888. 
PLATYTROCTES Giint. 

P. apus Giint., 1878. 

P. apus Alc., 1890. 
XENODERMICHTHYS Giint. 
X. nodulosus Giint., 1878. 
X. Giintheri Ale., 1892. 

X. socialis Vaill., 1888. 

X. squamilaterus Alc., 1898. 
X. Copei Gill, 1884. 
Leproprerma Vaill. 

L. macrops Vaill., 1888. 

L. macrops Alc., 1892. 
Ronvecetia G. B. 

RL. bicolor G. B., 1894. 
Crromimus G. B. 

C. Storerit G. B., 1894. 

C. Gillu G. B., 1894. 


ANOMALOPTERUS Vaill., 1888. 


A. pinguis Vaill., 1888. 


Halosauroidei. 


Haxosaurvs Johns. 

H. Owenii Johns., 1863. 

* H. radiatus Garm. 

H. Giintheri G. B., 1896. 

H. parvipennis Alc., 1892. 
FH. carinicauda Alc., 1889. 
HH. nigerrimus Ale., 1898. 

* HT. attenuatus Garm. 

H. anguilliformis Ale., 1889. 
H. Johnsonianus Vaill., 1888. 
H. gracilis G. B., 1896. 

H. affinis Giint., 1877. 

H. pallida G. B., 1896. 

H. Goodei Gill, 1883. 

H. Hoskynii Alc., 1890. 

H. mediorostris Giint., 1877. 


1000 I, 


724-955 A., B. 
462-1156 T. 


1500 C. 
740 I. 


34510: 

6781. -» 
392-738 T. 
370-419 I. 

2949 A. 


961-1641 A. 


1535 A. 
1043 A. 


765 T. 


128-693 B., A. 
259-511 A. 
456-1156 A. 
865-880 I. 
490 I. 
459 I. 
1360 A. 
675 I. 
456-1156 T. 


769-1430 B., A. 


565-1000 C., I. 
679-1430 A. 
1098-1731 A. 
1000 I. 
700-719 C., I. 


[Gulf of Panama. 
Laccadive Sea. 


Gulf of Mexico. 

Canaries to coasts of Morocco ; off St. Kitts, 
LW. I. 

Mid Atlantic. 

Off the Goa coasts. 


South of Yedo, Japan, 

Off Madras coasts. 

Off coasts of Soudan and Morocco. 

Off the Andamans. 

Gulf Stream, Lat. 37° N., Lon. 69° W. 


Coasts of Morocco and Soudan; Bank of Arguin. 
Off Madras coasts. 


Off eastern coasts United States. 


Off eastern coasts United States. 
“cic “ee oe “ee “ee 


Off Morocco. 


[Eastern United States. 
Madeira ; coasts of Soudan and Morocco ; off 
Gulf of Panama. E 
Gulf Stream, Lat. 39° N., Lon. 72° W. 
Laccadive Sea. 
Andaman Sea. 
Off the Maldives. 
North of Culpepper Island. 
Andaman Sea. 
Coasts of Morocco and the Soudan to the 
Lat. 28° N., Lon. 87° W. [ Canaries. 
Sea of Japan; Laccadive Sea. 
Gulf of Mexico. 
Gulf Stream, off South Carolina. 
Laceadive Sea. 
W. of the Philippines; off N. Maldive Atoll. 


LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 405 


H. phalacrus Vaill., 1888. 
H. rostratus Giint., 1878. 
H. macrochir Giint., 1878. 


Notacanthoidei. 


PotyacanTHonotts Bleek. 
P. Rissoanus F. V., 1859. 
P. Challengeri Vaill., 1888. 
P. rostratus Coll., 1889. 
P. altus G. T., 1897. 
P. longus G. T., 1897. 
Noracantuts Bloch. 
N. Chemnitzii Bl., 1787. 

* N. spinosus Garm. 
N. phasganorus Goode, 1881. 
N. analis Gill, 1883. 
N. Bonapartii Risso, 1840. 
N. Moseleyi G. B., 1894. 
N. serspinis Rich., 1848. 
Lreocenys G. B. 
L. Gillii G. B., 1894. 


Murenoidei. 
Uroconeer Kaup. 
U. vicinus Vaill., 1888. 
U. vicinus Ale., 1892. 
* U. varidens Garm. 
U. vicinalis (= U. vicinus G. B., 
1896, Oc. Ich., fig. 160.) 
CotoconeER Ale. 
C. raniceps Alc., 1889. 
CoNGERMURENA Kaup. 
C. guttulata Giint., 1887. 
C. macrocercus Alc., 1889. 
C. macrura Gilb., 1891. 
C. prorigera Gilb., 1891. 


C. squaliceps Alc., 1893. 
C. nasica Ale., 1893. 
C. musteliceps Alc., 1894. 
C. caudalis Garm. 
Conerosoma Garm. 
* O, Evermanni Garm. 
Dysomma Ale. 
D. bucephalus Alc., 1889. 
DysomMMopsis. 
D. muciparus Ale., 1891. 
PROMYLLANTOR Alec. 
P. purpureus Ale., 1890. 
SIMENCHELYs Gill. 
S. parasiticus G. B., 1879. 
Histroprancuts Gill. 
H. bathybius Giint., 1877. 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms. 


Principal Localities. 


603-1213 T. 
2750 C. 
647-1637 


1625-1875 A., C. 


362-963 Ing., A. 


1401 A. 

900 A. 
322-458 A. 
407-478 A. 


400 C. 


865 A. 


346-816 T. 
475-636 I. 
259-555 A. 
146 A. 
200-400 I. 
315 C. 
200-300 I. 
145 A. 
295-401 A. 
128-210 I. 
128-210 I. 
165-250 I. 
182 A. 
128-276 I. 
240-270 I. 
1000 I. 


200-1093 A., H. 


1375-2050 C. 


Coasts of Morocco and the Soudan to the Azores. 

Mid Atlantic. 

South Indian Ocean ; off Azores to Med. Sea; 
Lat. 33°-42° N., Lon. 69°-77° W. 


South of Yedo; Bering Sea. 
Newfoundland Banks; off east coasts U. 8. 


Bering Sea. 
“e ee 


South of Greenland and Iceland. 
Gulf of Panama. 
Banks of Newfoundland. 
Lat. 32° 39’ N., Lon. 70° 77° W. 
Mediterranean Sea. 
Southwestern coast of South America. 
South of Australia and New Zealand. 
[30” W. 
Gulf Stream, Lat. 37° 46’ 30’ N.; Lon. 73° 56’ 


[Arguin. 
Cape Verdes; coasts of Soudan; Bank of 
Off Madras coasts ; Laccadive Sea. 
Off Mariato Point; off Cape San Francisco. 
Lat. 23° 10’ 36’ N., Lon. 82° 20’ 28” W. 


Andaman Sea; Bay of Bengal. 


Off Matuka, Fiji Islands. 

Andaman Sea; Bay of Bengal. 

Gulf of California. 

Between the Galapagos and Cape San Francisco, 
Ecuador ; Gulf of Panama. 

Off Madras coasts. 

Off Madras coasts. 


“ec “ee “ee 


Off Cape Mala. 

Off Cape Mala. 

Bay of Bengal off the E. coast of the Peninsula. 

Off Madras coasts. 

Laccadive Sea. 

Off New England ; between Portugal and the 
[ Azores. 


Antarctic Ocean ; mid North Pacific; South 
of Japan; Bering Sea. 


406 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Hanae ae as Principal Localities. 

H. infernalis Gill, 1883. 1435-1731 Ing., A.| Lat. 36° 30’ 30” N., Lon. 69° 8! 25” W.; 
Davis Straits. 

SYNAPHOBRANCHUS Johns. 

S. pinnatus Gron., 1854. 129-1749 B., T. Off east coasts United States ; off Morocco and 
the Soudan to Cape Verdes and Azores. 

S. affinis Giint., 1877. 345 C. Off Tnosima, Japan. 

S. brevidorsalis Giint., 1887. 345-1070 C. North of New Guinea and off Inosima. 

Inyopuis Gilb. 

I. brunneus Gilb., 1891. 634 A. Off Chatham Island. 

DericutHys Gill. 

D, serpentinus Gill, 1887. 1022 A. Off east coasts United States. 

OpruicutTuys Ahl. 

O. cruentifer G. B., 1896. 120-245 Off KE. coasts United States, Lat. 39° 57’ N., 
Lon, 69° 28’ W. 

Cryprorrervs Kaup. 

* C. frontalis Garm. 153-242 A. Gulf of Panama. 

Myrvs Kaup. 

M. pachyrhynchus Vaill., 1888. 574-784 T. Off Morocco. 

SAUROMURAZNESOX Ale. 

S. voraz Alc., 1889. 193-250 I. Bay of Bengal. 

Hopiunnis Kaup. 

H. diomedianus G. B., 1896, 111 A. Lat. 28° 36’ N., Lon. 86° 50’ W. 

XeNomystax Gilb. S 

X. atrarius Gilb., 1891. 401 A. Off west coast of Eeuador. 

X. trucidans Alc., 1894. 719-406 I. Off north Maldive Atoll; off Travancore. 

* X. rictus Garm. 322-511 A. Gulf of Panama; Galapagos Islands; off 
NETrrEeNCHELYS Ale. [Acapulco. 
N. Taylori Ale., 1898. 430 I. Off Travancore coast. 

Nerrastoma Raf. 
NN. melanurum Raf., 1810. 49-415 T. Mediterranean ; Gulf of Genoa ; coasts of Sou- 
dan to Cape Verde Islands. 
NV. parviceps Giint., 1877. 345 C. South of Yedo, Japan. 
N. teniola Alc., 1889. 240-280 I. Andaman Sea; Bay of Bengal. 
Cutopsis Raf. 
C. equatorialis Gilb., 1891. 401 A. Lat. 0° 37’ S., Lon. 81° W. 
* C. Gilbertii Garm. 511 A. - | Lat. 7° 21’ N., Lon. 79° 35’ W. 
Venerica J. D. 
V. procera G. B., 1883. 178-647 A. Lat. 33° to 34° N., Lon. 76° W. 
V. proboscidea Vaill., 1888: 1202 T. Off Morocco. 
* V. tentaculata Garm. 660-978 A. Off Cocos Islands; off Acapulco. 
* V. ocella Garm. 1067 A. Lat. 5° 30’ N., Lon. 86° 45’ W. 
SPrInivomer G. R. 
S. Goodei G. R., 1883. 9361 A. Lat. 38° 19’ 26” N., Lon. 68° 20’ 20” W. 
GAVIALICEPs Ale. 
G. microps Alc., 1889. 902-1370 I. Gulf of Manaar; Bay of Bengal; Laccadive Sea, 
SERRIVOMER G. R. 
S. Beanii G. R., 1883. 855 A. Gulf Stream, Lat. 41° 40’ 30” N., Lon. 65° 28’ 
30 We 
S. Richardi Vaill., 1888. 1637 T. Off the Azores. 

* S. sector Garm. 134-1672 A. Lat. 3° 9’ to 7° 5’ 30” N., Lon. 79°-87° W. 
Laprcutuys G. R. 

L. infans Gint., 1878. 500-2500 C. Off Pernambuco; Mona Channel; mid Atlantic. 
L. carinatus G. R., 1883. 906 A. Gulf Stream, Lat. 41° N., Lon. 65° W. 
L. elongatus G. R., 1888. 1628 A. Gulf Stream, Lat. 39° 22’ N., Lon. 68° 34’ W. 


LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF DEEP SEA FISHES. 407 


- 


Range in Depth. 
Fathoms, 


Principal Localities. 


I. Gillii Bean, 1890. 

* [. Bowersii Garm. 
Nemicutays Rich. 
NV. scolopaceus Rich., 1848. 


NV. avocetta J. G. 

N. acanthonotus Alc., 1894. 
* N. fronto Garm. 

Cyrema Giint. 

C. atrum Giint., 1878. 

C. atrum Vaill., 1888. 

SaccoPHARYNX Mitch. 

S. ampullaceus Harw., 1827. 

EvurypHarynx Vaill. 

E. pelecanoides Vaill., 1888. 

Gastrostomus G. R. 

G. Bairdii G. R., 1883. 


MYXINIA. 


SYMPHYTOBRANCHII. 
Myxinoidei. 

Georria Gray, 

G. chilensis Gray, 1851. 

G. australis Gray, 1851. 

Morpacta Gray. 

M. mordax Rich., 1848. 

M. lapicida Gray, 1851. 

PETroMyzon Art. 

P. marinus Linn., 1758. 

P. macrostomus Burm., 1868. 

P. tridentatus Rich., 1836. 

P.(Bathymyzon) Bairdii Gill, 1883. 

Homea Flem. 

H. cirrhata Bl. S., 1801. 

H. polytrema Gir., 1854. 

H. Stouti Lock., 1878, 

Myxine Linn. 

M. glutinosa Linn., 1758. 


M. aculifrons Garm. 
M. limosa Gir., 1858. 


M. australis Jen., 1842. 
M. tridentiger Garm. 
M. cirrhata Schl. 

* M. circifrons Garm. 


1569 A. 
1471-2232 A. 


216-2369 F., A. 


A. 
475 I. 
458-1588 A. 


1500-1800 C. 
1208 T. 


898 B. 


574-1257 T. 


389-1632 A., B. 


-247 


547 A. 


251) Dr: 


345 C. 
730 A. 


East of P. of Wales Island. 
Midway from Cocos Islands to Mariato Point. 


South Atlantic; Madeira; Bank of Arguin ; 
off New England. 

Puget Sound. 

Bay of Bengal. 

Gulf of Panama; Gulf of California. 


South Pacific; Antarctic Ocean. 
Off Morocco. 


Lat. 35° 44’ 40” N., Lon. 74° 40’ 20” W. 
Off coasts of Morocco. 


Off eastern coasts U. 8.; Lat. 34°-42° N., Lon. 
[65°-76° W. 


Off coasts of Chili. 
Off southern coasts of Australia. 


Off the coasts of New Zealand. 
Off the coast of Chili. 


Off coasts Europe and of eastern United States. 
Off the southeastern coast of South America. 
Off northwestern coasts of North America. 
Lat. 40° 2/ N., Lon. 68° 50’ 30” W. 


Off Australia ; off New Zealand ; South Seas. 
Off coasts of Chili. 
Off coasts of California. 


Coasts of British Isles and northern Europe to 
Mediterranean Sea; coasts of Portugal. 

Straits of Magellan. 

Off New York to Greenland; Lat. 41° 32’ N., 
Lon, 65° 55’ W. 

Tierra del Fuego ; Straits of Magellan. 

Southern coasts of South America. 

Seas of Japan. 

Gulf of Panama. 


LIST OF STATIONS AND OF SPECIES COLLECTED 
AT EACH STATION. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3353 (Oud b! Nis 80° 34’ W. 695 fathoms 39° F. Gn. M. 


Dibranchichthys nudivomer, Bothrocaropsis rictolata, Bothrocaropsis elongata, Lycodes incisus, An- 
timora rhina, Phyciculus longipes, Macrurus carminifer, Macrurus convergens, Macrurus anguliceps, 
Argyropelecus lychnus, Scopelengys dispar, Stomias hexagonatus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3354 7° 9' 45” N. 80° 50’ W. 322 fathoms 46° F. Gn. M. 


Trichiurus nitens, Malthopsis sparsa, Macrurus leucopheus, Macrurus carminifer, Macrurus 
latirostratus, Halosaurus radiatus, Notacanthus spinosus, Congermurena caudalis, Xenomystax rictus, 
Atopichthys cingulus, Atopichthys lychnus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3355 Weomloe2OUeNt 80° 55’ W. 182 fathoms 54. 1° Bs Bk. G. Sh. 


Pontinus furcirhinus, Zalieutes elater, Peristedium crustosum, Laemonema eracillipes, Phyciculus 

? ’ te} P , “ 
longipes, Phyciculus rastrelliger, Macrurus canus, Monolene maculipinna, Symphurus atramentatus, 
Congrosoma Evermanni. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 
3356 7° 9! 30” N. 81° 8’ 30” W. 546 fathoms 40.1° F. Sft. bl. M. 


Centroscyllium nigrum, Melamphaés mizolepis, Macrurus bodps, Sternoptyx obscura, Argyropelecus 
lychnus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 


3357 6° 35! N. 81° 44’ W. 782 fathoms 38.5° F. Gn. S. 


Raia badia, Macrurus convergens, Sternoptyx obscura, Alepocephalus asperifrons, Uroconger 
varidens, Atopichthys sicarius. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3358 6° 30’ N. 81° 44’ W. 555 fathoms 40.2° F. Gn. 8. 


Centroscyllium nigrum, Melamphaés mizolepis, Malthopsis erinacea, Dicrolene filamentosa, 
Dicrolene nigra, Monomitopus torvus, Lamprogrammus illustris, Macrurus trichiurus, Cyclothone 
acclinidens, Myctophum oculeum, Stomias hexagonatus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3359 6° 22/ 20” N. 81° 52! W. 465 fathoms 42° FB. Rocky. 


Raia badia, Chauliodus barbatus. 


410 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Station Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3360 6° 17’ N. 82° 5’ W. 1672 fathoms 36.4 F. Fne. bk. dk. gn. S. 


Lycodes cicatrifer, Bassozetus nasus, Macrurus fragilis, Sternoptyx obscura, Argyropelecus lychnus, 
Scopelengys dispar, Stomias colubrinus, Alepocephalus fundulus, Serrivomer sector. 
Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature Bottom. 


3361 6° 10’ N. 83° 6’ W. 1471 fathoms 36° 6’ F. Gn. Oz. 


Maynea bulbiceps, Cataetyx simus, Stomias hexagonatus, Bathytroctes inspector, Serrivomer sector, 
Labichthys Bowersii. 


Station. Latitude Longitude, Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 
3362 5° 56’ N. 85° 10! 30” W. 1175 fathoms 36.8° F. Gn. M. S. rky. 


Dibranchus hystrix, Mixonus caudalis, Macrurus anguliceps, Cyclothone acclinidens, Stomias 
hexagonatus, 


Station, Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3363 5° 43’ N. 85° 50’ W. 978 fathoms 37.5° F. Wh. glob. Oz. 


Chaunax coloratus, Eretmichthys pinnatus, Macrurus bulbiceps, Cyclothone acclinidens, Venefica 
tentaculata. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature Bottom. 
3364 5° 30’ N. 86° 8’ 30” W. 902 fathoms 38° F. Y1. glob. Oz. 


Dibranchus scaber, Paraliparis attenuatus, Cyclothone acclinidens, Venefica tentaculata. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature Bottom. 
3365 5° 31’ N. 86° 31’ W. 1010 fathoms 37° F. Y1. glob. Oz. 


Sciadonus pedicellaris, Narcetes pluriserialis. 


Station. Latitude Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3366 5° 30’ N. 86° 45’ W. 1067 fathoms ie id Y1. glob. Oz. 


Mixonus caudalis, Porogadus atripectus, Eretmichthys pinnatus, Macrurus anguliceps, Myctophum 
oculeum, Venefica ocella, Atopichthys ophichthys. 
e 


Station. Latitude Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3367 5° 31’ 30” N, 86° 52’ 30” W. 100 fathoms Dielaak. Rocky. 


Serranus Bulleri, Pontinus furcirhinus, Peristedium crustosum, Symphurus varius, Maurolicus 
lucetius. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. * Depth Temperature. Bottom, 
3368 5° 32’ 45” N. 86° 54’ 30” W. 66 fathoms 58.4° EF. Rocky. 


Anthias multifasciatus, Pontinus furcirhinus, Oncocephalus porrectus, Hippoglossina vagrans, 
Citharichthys maculifer, Platophrys leopardinus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3370 5° 36’ 40” N. 86° 56’ 50” W. 134 fathoms 54.8° F. Rocks and 8. 


Porogadus longiceps, Macrurus bucephalus, Sternoptyx obscura, Cyclothone acclinidens, Stomias 
hexagonatus, Serrivomer sector. 


LIST OF STATIONS AND SPECIES. 411 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3371 5° 26" 20 Ni. 86° 55’ W. 770 fathoms 39° F. Glob. Oz. 


Dolopichthys allector, Macrurus anguliceps, Venefica tentaculata, Serrivomer sector. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. 


3374 2° 35’ N. 83° 53’ W. 


Temperature, Bottom. 


1823 fathoms 36.4 F, Gn. Oz. 


Careproctus longifilis, Holeomycteronus digittatus, Macrurus fragilis, Sternoptyx obscura. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. 


Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 
3375 2° 34’ N. 82° 29’ W. 


1201 fathoms 36.6° F. Gy. glob. Oz. 


Dibranchus hystrix, Holecomycteronus digittatus, Sternoptyx obscura, Argyropelecus lychnus, 
Cyclothone acclinidens, Chauliodus barbatus, Idiacanthus antrostomus, Atopichthys dentatus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3376 3, 9! N. 82° 8’ W. 1132 fathoms 36.3° F. Gy. glob. Oz. 


Mixonus caudalis, Macrurus anguliceps, Bathypterois pectoralis, Chauliodus barbatus, Bathytroctes 
alveatus, Serrivomer sector. 


Station. Latitude. 


Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3377 3° 56’ N. 81° 40’ 15” W. 764 fathoms 38° F, Mud. 
Sternoptyx obscura, Cyclothone acclinidens. 
Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth, Temperature, Bottom, 
3378 3° 58’ 20” N. 81° 36’ W. 112 fathoms 50.92) By. Brk. Sh. 


Anthias multifasciatus, Pontinus furcirhinus, 


Callionymus atrilabiatus, Monolene maculipinna, 
Symphurus varius, Symphurus atramentatus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3379 3° 59’ 40” N. 81° 35’ W. 52 fathoms 00,0° F, Rocks. 
Symphurus varius. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3380 4°3/N. 81°31” W. 899 fathoms Bye 104 Rocks. 
Lycodapus fierasfer, Dicrolene nigra, 
Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3381 4° 56’ N. 80° 52’ 30” W. 1772 fathoms 35.8° F. Gn. M. 


Paraliparis fimbriatus, Porogadus longiceps, Bassozetus nasus, Acanthonus spinifer, Sternoptyx 


obscura, Argyropelecus lychnus, Cyclothone acclinidens, Myctophum oculeum, Serrivomer sector, 
Atopichthys acus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. 
3382 6° 21" IN. 80° 41’ W. 


Temperature, Bottom, 


1793 fathoms 35.8° F. Gn. M. 


Melamphaés nigrofulvus, Paraliparis latifrons, Gymnelis conorhynchus, Porogadus longiceps, 


Argyropeleeus lychnus, Cyclothone signata, Cyclothone acclinidens, Scopelengys dispar, Myctophum 
tenuiculum, Myetophum aurolaternatum, Bathytroctes alvifrons. 


412 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3383 GEPOTe ING 79° 2! W. 1832 fathoms 36min. Gr. glob. Oz. 


Caulolepis subulidens, Sternoptyx obscura, Argyropelecus lychnus, Cyclothone acclinidens, Scope- 
lengys dispar, Stomias hexagonatus, Idiacanthus antrostomus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3384 7°.31' 30” N. 79° 14’ W. 458 fathoms 42° F. Gn. S. 


Trachichthys mento, Lycodopsis scaurus, Monomitopus torvus, Macrurus capito, Macrurus gracilli- 
cauda, Macrurus latirostratus, Macrurus tenuicauda, Argyropelecus lychnus, Notacanthus spinosus, 
Xenomystax rictus, Nemichthys fronto. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3385 ieio27 36 aINE M9216! Wi, 286 fathoms 45.9° F. Gn. M. 


Malthopsis sparsa, Lepophidium emmelas, Merluccius angustimanus, Lemonema gracillipes, Phyci- 
culus longipes, Phyciculus rastrelliger, Macrurus gracillicauda, Macrurus orbitalis, Symphurus microlepis, 
Argyropelecus lychnus, Lychnopoles argenteolus, Chlorophthalmus mento, Stomias hexagonatus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3386 oIBS CLO ON, CAS IETAT SSL NY 242 fathoms 48° F. Fhe. gy. S. 


Malthopsis sparsa, Lepophidium emmelas, Phyciculus rastrelliger, Lychnopoles argenteolus, 
Chlorophthalmus mento, Cryptopterus frontalis, Atopichthys obtusus. 


Station. : Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3387 7° 40' N. TOS Oe Wee 127 fathoms 562° EF. Fne. gy. S. 


Anthias eos, Centristhmus signifer, Pontinus furcirhinus, Kathetostoma averruncus, Lophiomus 
caulinaris, Peristedium barbiger, Callionymus atrilabiatus, Merluccius angustimanus, Phyciculus 
longipes, Engyophrys Sancti-Laurenti, Monolene maculipinna, Symphurus atramentatus, Synodus 
acutus, Myctophum oculeum. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3388 HOG We 79° 48’ W. 1168 fathoms 36.2° F. Gn. glob. Oz. 


Melamphaés mizolepis, Melamphaés lugubris, Sternoptyx obscura, Argyropelecus lychnus, Cyclo- 
thone acclinidens, Myctophum oculeum, Myctophum laternatum, Stomias hexagonatus, Serrivomer 
sector, Labichthys Bowersii, Atopichthys falcidens, 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3389 Mio 67457 ON: 79° 56’ 30” W. 210 fathoms 48,8° F. Gn. M. 


_ Pontinus fureirhinus, Trichiurus nitens, Kathetostoma averruncus, Lophiomus spilurus, Bassogigas 
stelliferoides, Macrurus canus, Monolene maculipinna, Symphurus atramentatus, Lychnopoles argen- 
teolus, Chlorophthalmus mento, Congermurena proriger, Cryptopterus frontalis. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 


3390 7° 26 10” N. 79° 53! 50” W. 56 fathoms 62.6° F. Fne. gy. 8. G. 


Kathetostoma averruncus, Zalieutes elater, Prionotus frontalis, Peristeditm barbiger, Engyophrys 
Sancti-Laurenti, Synodus acutus, 


LIST OF STATIONS AND SPECIES. 413 


Temperature. Bottom. 


Depth, 
55.8° F. Gnu. M. 


Longitude. 
153 fathoms 


Station. Latitude. 
79° 43’ 20” W. 


3391 7° 33’ 40” N. 
Anthias eos, Pontinus furcirhinus, Kathetostoma averruncus, Lophiomus caulinaris, Peristedium 
crustosum, Bassogigas stelliferoides, Merluccius angustimanus, Phyciculus longipes, Macrurus canus, 


Monolene maculipinna, Symphurus atramentatus, Cryptopterus frontalis. 


Bottom. 
Hard; Rhabdamina. 


Depth. Temperature. 


1270 fathoms 36.4° F. 


Longitude. 


Latitude. 
79° 40’ W. 


7° 5’ 30” N. 
Raia badia, Dibranchus hystrix, Malthopsis spinosa, Porogadus atripectus, Eretmichthys ocella, | 
Cataetyx simus, Macrurus anguliceps, Sternoptyx obscura, Argyropelecus lychnus, Alepocephalus 
fundulus 


Station, 
3392 


. Serrivomer sector. 
Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
36.8° F. Gn. M. 


1020 fathoms 


Longi‘ude. 


Latitude. 
79° 36’ W. 


Station. 
3393 igs WN 
Malthopsis spinosa, Bothrocaropsis elongata, Dicrolene filamentosa, Dicrolene nigra, Porogadus 
longiceps, Monomeropus malispinosus, Antimora rhina, Macrurus bucepbalus, Macrurus carminifer, 


Macrurus convergens, Bathypterois pectoralis;Alepocephalus asperifrons, Serrivomer sector. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3394 Wo 21 N. 79° 35' W. 511 fathoms 41.8° F. Dk. gn. M. 
Lepophidium emmelas, 


'  Trachichthys mento, Malthopsis spinulosa, Paraliparis angustifrons, 
Dicrolene filamentosa, Monomitopus torvas, Lamprogrammus illustris, Macrurus bodps, Macrurus 


latirostratus, Halosaurus radiatus, Xenomystax rictus, Chlopsis Gilbertii. 


Temperature. Bottom. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. 
3395 7° 30° 36” N. 78° 39’ W. 730 fathoms 38 5° F. Rocky. 


Dibranchichthys nudivomer, Dicrolene pullata, Macrurus carminifer, Argyropelecus lychnus, 


Myxine circifrons. 
Temperature. Bottom. 


Depth, 
47.4° F, Hrd. gy. M.S. 


259 fathoms 


Longitude. 


Station. Latitude. 
78° 36’ 30” W. 


3396 7° 32’ N. 
Trachichthys mento, Lophiomus spilurus, Malthopsis sparsa, Merluccius angustimanus, Phyciculus 


rastrelliger, Halosaurus radiatus, Uroconger varidens. 


Temperature. Bottom. 


Depth. 
57.3° F. Stf. gn. M. brk. 


Longitude. 
85 fathoms 


Station. Latitude. 
78° 34’ 20” W. 


3397 UP eBy is 
Liopropoma longilepis, Anthias multifasciatus, Centristhmus signifer, Pontinus furcirhinus, 


Phyciculus rastrelliger. 
Bottom, 


Gn. Oz. 


Temperature. 


Depth. 
36° F. 


Longitude. 
1573 fathoms 


Station. Latitude. 
3398 1°7' N. 80° 21’ W. 
Melamphaés mizolepis, Melamphaés maxillaris, Macrurus bucephalus, Sternoptyx obscura, Lepto- 


chilichthys Agassizii. 
Temperature, Bottom. 


Depth. 
36° F. Gn. Oz. 


Latitude. Longitude. 
1740 fathoms 


Station. 
NO 7/4 IN 81° 4’ W. 


3399 


Sternoptyx obscura, Cyclothone acclinidens, 


414 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 


3400 0° 36'S. ~ 86° 46’ W. 1322 fathoms 36° F. Lt. gy. glob. Oz. 


Halieutopsis tumifrons, Mixonus caudalis, Eretmichthys pinnatus, Cataetyx simus, Macrurus 
anguliceps, Sternoptyx obscura, Bathytroctes alveatus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 


3402 0° 57’ 30” S. 89° 3’ 30” W. 421 fathoms 42.3° F. R. glob. Oz. 


Malthopsis erinacea, Dicrolene nigra, Trachyrhynchus helolepis, Sternoptyx obscura, Myetophum 
oculeum, Myctophum luminosum. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3403 0° 58’ 30” S, 89° 17! W. 384 fathoms 43.3°F, Fhe. gy. S. bk. Sp. 
Ectreposebastes imus, Hoplostethus pacificus. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3404 12378: 89° 28’ W. 385 fathoms 43.2° F. R. 


Diplacanthopoma Jordani, Leptophycis filifer, Xenomystax rictus, 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth, Temperature. Bottom. 

3406 0° 16’ S. 90° 21’ 30” W. 551 fathoms 41.3° F. R. 
Argyropelecus lychnus, Cyclothone acclinidens. 

Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 

3407 0° 4S. 90° 24’ 30” W. 885 fathoms 37.2° E. Glob. Oz. 
Pseudonus acutus, Macrurus liraticeps, Bathypterois pectoralis. 

Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 

3409 0° 18’ 40” N. 90° 34’ W. 327 fathoms 42.3° F. Bk. S. 
Macrurus loricatus. 

Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 

3410 0° 19’ N. 90° 34’ W. 331 fathoms 44,2° F. Bk. S. 


Leptophycis filifer, Lamonema gracillipes, Macrurus loricatus, Argyropelecus lychnus, Atopichthys 
cinctus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3411 0° 54’ N. SISO Wie 1189 fathoms 36.2° F. Y1. glob. Oz. 
Cyclothone acclinidens. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3412 123 Ns 91° 43' W. 918 fathoms 38° F. R. 


Myctophum aurolaternatum. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3413 2° 34’ N. 92° 6’ W. 1360 fathoms 36° F. Glob. Oz. dk. Sp. 


Tsistius brasiliensis, Halieutopsis tumifrons, Cyclothone acclinidens, Ipnops Agassizii, Dactylo- 
stomias filifer, Bathytroctes alvifrons, Halosaurus attenuatus. 


LIST OF STATIONS AND SPECIES. 415 


Station. Latitude. Longitude, Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3414 10° 14’ N. 96° 28’ W. 2232 fathoms 30.8- Be Gn. M. 


Melamphaés lugubris, Holeomycteronus digittatus, Argyropelecus lychnus, Cyclothone acclinidens, 
Myctophum laternatum, Stomias hexagonatus, Dactylostomias filifer, Labichthys Bowersii. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3415 14° 46’ N. 90° 40’ W. 1879 fathoms 36° F. Br. M. glob. Oz. 


Leucicorus lusciosus, Bassozetus nasus, Holeomycteronus digittatus. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom, 
3417 16SS2h INE 99° 48’ W. 493 fathoms 40.6° F. Gn. M. 


Dibranchopsis spongiosa, Lepophidium emmelas, Macrurus capito, Xenomystax rictus. 
P pong1osa, ’ J 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3418 UG BEY INE 99° 52’ 30” W. 660 fathoms 39° F. Br. S. bk. Sp. 


Dibranchus asper, Dibranchopsis spongiosa, Malthopsis erinacea, Phucocoetes suspectus, Dicrolene 
filamentosa, Macrurus liolepis, Cyclothone acclinidens, Bathypterois ventralis, Dactylostomias filifer, 
Alepocephalus convexifrons, Venefica tentaculata. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3419 16° 34’ 30” N. 100° 3’ W. 772 fathoms 39° F. Gn. M. bk. Sp. 


Porogadus atripectus. 


Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3421 16° 47’ 20” N. 100° 0' 10” W. 338 fathoms 42.9° F, Dk. gn. M. 


Lepophidium emmelas. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3422 16247230 Ne 99° 59! 30” W. 141 fathoms 53.5° F. Gn. M. 


Lepophidium emmelas, Monolene dubiosa. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3423 16° 47’ 30” N. 99° 59’ 20” W. 94 fathoms 56° F. Gn. M. 


Lepophidium emmelas, Bregmaceros longipes. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3424 Q1° 15! N. 106° 23/ W. 676 fathoms Bsa Oe Gy. S. bk. Sp. Glob. 


Macrurus barbiger, Macrurus liolepis. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3425 21° 19’ N. 106° 24’ W. 680 fathoms 39° F. Gn. M. & S. 


Dibranchopsis spongiosa, Malthopsis erinacea, Bathypterois ventralis. 


Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3428 21° 36’ 30” N. 106° 25’ W. 238 fathoms 48.1° F. Dk. gy. S. Glob. 


Maurolicus lucetius. 


416 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Station, Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3429 22° 30’ 30” N. 107° 1’ W. 919 fathoms 37° F. Gn. M. glob. Oz. 


Chiasmodon subniger. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3430 23° 16’ N. LORS TOA Wie 852 fathoms 37.9° F. Bk. S. 
Melamphaés frontosus, Macrurus bucephalus. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3431 23° 59’ N. 108° 40’ W. 995 fathoms 37° F. Lt. bro. M. Glob. 
Melamphaés frontosus, Dibranchus scaber, Macrurus latinasutus, Bathypterois pectoralis. | 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3432 24° 22! 30" N. 109° 3/ 20” W. 1421 fathoms 37.8° F. Br. M. bk. Sp. 
Microlepidium grandiceps. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3433 25° 26’ 15” N. 109° 48’ W. 1218 fathoms ~ 36.5° F. Br. M. bk. Sp. 
Myctophum oculeum, Myctophum atratum, Stomias atriventer. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3434 25° 29' 30" N. 109° 48’ W. ~- 1588 fathoms 36.4° F. Br. M. bk. Sp. 
Paraliparis grandiceps, Holeomycteronus digittatus, Nemichthys fronto. 
Station. Latitude, Longitude. Depth. Temperature. Bottom. 
3435 26° 48’ N. 110° 45’ 20” W. 859 fathoms 37.3° F. Br. M. bk. Sp. 
Lycodes anguis, Porogadus breviceps, Macrurus anguliceps, Cyclothone acclinidens, Myctophum 
oculeum. 
Station. Latitude. Longitude. Depth. Temperature, Bottom. 
3436 27° 34’ N. 110° 53’ 40” W. 905 fathoms 37.22 F. Br. M. bk. Sp. 


Bothrocaropsis alalonga, Lycodes anguis, Lycodes serpens, Porogadus breviceps, Macrurus liolepis, 
Macrurus cuspidatus, Cyclothone acclinidens, Myctophum oculeum. 


Station, Locality. Depth. Temperature. Bottom, 
3487 About 50 miles south of Guaymas 628 fathoms 40° F. Br. M. bk. Sp. 


Myctophum oculeum, Myctophum laternatum, Taken in the submarine townet dragged on the 
bottom. 


SYSTEMATIC LIST. 


The new Genera and the new Species are those not followed by the Name of an Authority. 


HoLocEPHALA. 
PLAGIOSTOMIA. 


Platosomia. 
Raiide. 
Raia badia. 
Raia borea. 
2aia hyperborea Coll. 
Raia alia. 


Antacea. 
Scyliorhinide. 
Squalidee. 
Centroscyllium nigrum. 
Scymnorhinide. 
Tsistiidee. 
Isistius brasiliensis Q. G. 
Chlamydoselachidee. 


Chlamydoselachus anguineus Garm. 


TELEOSTEA. 


Acanthopterygii. 
Serranide. 
Liopropoma longilepis. 
Serranus Bulleri Boul. 
Anthias eos Gilb. 


Trachinide. 
Chiasmodon subniger. 
Uranoscopidee. 
Kathetostoma averruncus J. B. 
Lophidia. 
Lophiide. 
Lophiomus spilurus. 
Lophiomus caulinaris. 
Ceratiide. 
Dolopichthys. 
Dolopichthys allector. 
Antennariide. 
Chaunax (Chaunacops) coloratus. 
Oncocephalide. 
Oncecephalus porrectus. 
Zalieutes elater J. G. 
Halieutopsis. 
Halicutopsis tumifrons. 
Dibranchus hystrix. 
Dibranchus seaber. 
Dibranchus asper. 
Dibranchopsis. 
Dibranchopsis spongiosa Gilb. 
Dibranchichthys. 
Dibranchichthys nudivomer. 


Anthias mullifasciatus Gill. Malthopsis sparsa. 
Centristhmus. AMalthopsis erinacea. 
Centristhmus signifer. Malihopsis spinosa. 
Scorpenidee Malthopsis spinulosa. 
Pontinus furcirhinus. Triglide. 
Ectreposebastes. Prionotus frontalis. 
Ectreposebastes imus. Peristediide. 
Berycidie. Peristedium barbiger. 


Hoplostethus pacificus. 
Trachichthys mento. 
Caulolepis subulidens. 


Peristedium crustosum. 
Discoboli. 
Liparidide. 


Melamphaés mizolepis Giint. Careproctus longifilis Garm. 


Melamphaés lugubris Gilb. 


Melamphaés nigrofulvus. 

Melamphaés mawillaris. 

Melamphaés frontosus. 
Trichiuride. 


Gempylus thyrsitoides Less. 


Trichiurus nitens. 
Teuthidide. 
Teuthys elegans. 


Paraliparis fimbriatus Garm. 

Paraliparis grandiceps. 

Paraliparis attenuatus. 

Paraliparis angustifrons. 

Paraliparis latifrons. 
Gobiide. 

Callionymus atrilabiatus. 
Blenniide. 

Entomacrodus cruentatus. 


€ 


~) 
4 


b 


418 DEEP SEA FISHES. 
Anacanthini. Lemonema gracillipes. 

Zoarcide. Phyciculus longipes. 
Bothrocaropsis. Phyciculus rastrelliger. 
Bothrocaropsis alalonga. Bregmaceros longipes. 
Bothrocaropsis rictolata. Macruride. 
Bothrocaropsis elongata. Macrurus bulbiceps. 
Gymnelis conorhynchus. Macrurus bucephalus. 
Lycodopsis scaurus. Macrurus livaticeps. 
Lycodes anguis. Macrurus barbiger. 
Lycodes serpens. Macrurus liolepis Gilb. 
Lycodes incisus. Macrurus capito. 
Lycodes cicatrifer. Macrurus leucophceus. 
Phucoceetes suspectus. Macrurus boips. 
Phucocetes latitans Jen. Macrurus fragilis. 
Lycodapus fierasfer Gilb. Macrurus carminifer. 
Maynea Cunn. Macrurus gracillicauda. 
Maynea bulbiceps. Macrurus orbitalis. 

Ophidiide. Macrurus loricatus. 
Lepophidium emmelas Gilb. Macrurus cuspidatus. 

Brotulide. Macrurus convergens, 
Leucicorus. Macrurus latirostratus. 
Leucicorus lusciosus. Macrurus anguliceps. ; 
Mixonus caudalis. Macrurus latinasutus. 
Dicrolene filamentosa. Macrurus trichiurus. 
Dicrolene nigra. Macrurus tenuicauda. 
Dicrolene pullata. Macrurus canus. 
Porogadus longiceps. Trachyrhynchus helolepis Gilb. 
Porogadus atripectus. Pleuronectide. 
Porogadus breviceps. Hippoglossina vagrans. 
Monomitopus Ale. Engyophrys Sancti-Laurenti J. B. 
Monomitopus torvus. Citharichthys maculifer. 
Monomeropus. Platophrys leopardinus Giint. 
Monomeropus malispinosus. Monolene maculipinna. 
Bassozetus nasus. Monolene dubiosa. 
Diplacanthopoma Jordani. Symphurus varius. 
Bassogigas, stelliferoides Gilb. Symphurus atramentatus, J. B. = 
Holcomycteronus. Symphurus microlepis. 
Holcomycteronus digittatus. 
Eretmichthys. Pryeostom: 
Eretmichthys pinnatus. 
Eretmichthys ocella. Sternoptychide. 
Cataetyx Giint. Sternoptyx obscura. 
Cataetyx simus. Argyropelecus lychnus. 
Pseudonus, Argyropelecus caninus. 
Pseudonus acutus. : Argyropelecus affinis. 
Acanthonus spinifer. Polyipnus Giint. 
Sciadonus. Polyipnus laternatus. 
Sciadonus pedicellaris. Valenciennellus stellatus. 
Lamprogrammus Alc. Maurolicus oculatus. 
Lamprogrammus illustris. Maurolicus lucetius. 

Gadide. Lychnopoles. 
Microlepidium. Lychnopoles argenteolus. ~ 
Microlepidium grandiceps. Cyclothone signata. 
Leptophycis. Cyclothone acclinidens. 
Leptophycis Silifer. Synodontide. 
Merluccius angustimanus. Synodus simulans. 


Antimora rhina. Synodus acutus. 


Chlorophthalmide. 
Chlorophthalmus mento. 
Scopelengys dispar. 
Bathypterois ventralis. 
Bathypterois pectoralis. 
Ipnops A gassizii. 

Myctophide. 

Myctophum oculeum. 
Myctophum tenuiculum. 
Myctophum luminosum. 
Myctophum aurolaternatum. 
Myctophum nitidulum. 
Myctophum laternatum. 
Myctophum atratum. 

Chauliodidee. 

Chauliodus barbatus. 

Chauliodus dentatus, 
Stomiatide. 

Stomias Cuy. 

Stomias colubrinus. 

Stomias hexagonatus. 

Stomias atriventer. 

Dactylostomias. 

Dactylostomias filifer. 
Idiacanthide. 


Idiacanthus antrostomus Gilb. 


Alepocephalide. 
Leptochilichthys. 
Leptochilichthys A gassizii. 
Bathytroctes alvifrons. 
Bathytroctes alveatus. 
Bathytroctes inspector. 
Narcetes pluriserialis. 
Alepocephalus asperifions. 
Alepocephalus convexifrons. 
Alepocephalus fundulus. 

Halosauride. 

Haosaurus atlenuatus. 
Halosaurus radiatus. 

Notacanthide. 

Notacanthus spinosus. 

Murenide. 

Uroconger varidens. 
Congermurena caudalis. 


SYSTEMATIC LIST. 419 


Congermureena prorigera Gilb. 
Congrosoma. 

Congrosoma Evermanni. 
Cryptopterus frontalis. 
Ophichthys biserialis. 
Pisodontophis peninsule Gilb. 
Echidna cocosa. 

Echidna scabra. 

Xenomystax rictus. 


Nettastomide. 


Chlopsis Gilberti. 
Venefica ocella. 
Venefica tentaculata. 


Nemichthyide. 


Serrivomer sector. 
Labichthys Bowersit. 
Nemichthys fronto. 


Atopichthyes. 


Atopichthys esunculus. 
Atopichthys sicarius. 
Altopichthys cinctus. 
Atopichthys dentatus. 
Alopichthys falcidens. 
Atopichthys acus. 
Atopichthys ophichthys. 
Atopichthys cingulus. 
Atopichthys lychnis, 
Altopichthys obtusus. 
Atopichthys longidens. 


Myxinia. 
Symphytobranchii. 
Myxinide. 


Myzxine Linn. 

Myzxine circifrons. 
Myzxine tridentiger. 
Myzine australis Jen. 
Myzxine limosa Gir. 
Myzxine acutifrons. 
Myzine glutinosa Linn. 


Homeide. 


Tomea Flem. 
Homea cirrhata B. 8. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


Acassiz, A., 1888, “Three Cruises of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey 
Steamer ‘ Blake, in the Gulf of Mexico, in the Caribbean Sea, and along the 
Atlantic Coast of the United States, from 1877 to 1880.” Fishes in Vol. IL., 
chapter XV., with numerous figures. 

ALcock, A., 1889, “ List of the Pleuronectids obtained in the Bay of Bengal [by the 
steamer ‘ Investigator’] in 1888 and 1889, with Descriptions of new and rare 
Species,” in Jour, As. Soc. Bengal, LVIII.; 1889, “ On the Bathybial Fishes of 
the Bay of Bengal and neighboring waters, obtained during the seasons of 
1885-1889,” in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) IV., 376-450 ; 1890, “ On the Bathybial 
Fishes collected in the Bay of Bengal during the season of 1889-90,” in Aun. 
Mag. N. H., (6) VI., 197, 295; 1891, “ On the Results of Deep Sea Dredging 
during the Season of 1890-91,” in Ann. Mag. N. H., (6) VIIT., 16, 119, 268, 427 ; 
1891, “ On a viviparous bathybial Fish from the Bay of Bengal,” in Proc. Zool. 
Soe. Lond., 226; 1892, “On the Bathybial Fishes collected during the Season of 
1891-92,” in Ann. Mag. N. H., (6) X., 845; 1892-98, “ Illustrations of the Zoology 
of H. M. Indian Marine Surveying Steamer ‘ Investigator, under the command 
of Commanders Carpenter and Hoskyn ;” 1893, “ An account of the Deep Sea 
Collection made during the Season of 1892-93,” in Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, LXII. ; 
1894, “ An Account of a Recent Collection of Bathybial Fishes from the Bay of 
Bengal and from the Laccadive Sea,” in Jour. As. Soc. Beng., LXIII. ; 1896, “ A 
supplementary List of the Marine Fishes of India, with descriptions of two new 
Genera and eight new Species,” in Jour. As. Soc. Bene., LX V.; 1898, “ A Note on 
the Deep-sea Fishes, with Descriptions of some new Genera and Species, including 
another probably viviparous Ophidioid,” in Ann. Mag. N. H., (7) I., 186. 

Bean, B. A., 1898, “ Notes on the Capture of rare Fishes,” in Pr. U. S. Mus., XXI., 639. 

Bran, T. H., 1884, “ Notes on some Fishes collected by James Swan in Washington 
Territory, including a new Species of Macrurus,” in Pr. U. S. Mus., VI., 862; 
1886, “ Description of a new Species of Plectromus (P. crassiceps) taken by the 
United States Fish Commission,” in Pr. U. S. Mus., VIII., 73 ; 1890, “ New Fishes 
collected off the coast of Alaska and the adjacent region southward,” in Pr. U.S. 
Mus., XIII., 87. 

Bennett, F. D., 1840, “ Narrative of a Whaling Voyage round the Globe.”’ Fishes in 
Vol. IT., p. 255. 

BEnneEtTT?T, G., 1860, “ Gatherings of a Naturalist in Australasia.” 

BuAINVILLE, H. M. D., 1816, “ Prodrome d’une nouvelle distribution systématique du 
réene animal.” 

Buocu, M. E., 1782-1795, “ Oeconomische Naturgeschichte der Fische Deutschlands,” 
and *‘Naturgeschichte der ausliindischen Fische.” 


422 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


BLocu, SCHNEIDER, 1801, “ Systema ichthyologiae iconibus cx illustratum.” 

Bocace & CapeLio, 1864, “Diagnoses de algumas especies inéditas da Familia 
Squalidae ;” 1866, “ Peixes Plagiostomos.” 

Bonaparte, O. L., 1832-1841, “ Iconografia della Fauna Italica,’ Tomo III., Pesci. 

Bouencer, G. A., 1895, “ Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, I.” 

Branpt, J. F., 1851, “ Remarques sur le Mémoire de Mr. Lowe,” etc., in Mém. des 
Sav. Etr., VII. 

CanestRINI, G., 1863, “I Gadidi e Macrouridi del Golfo di Genova,” in Arch. per la 
Zool., II., 803. 

Carte, A., 1866, “ Notes on the Genus Chiasmodon,” in Pr. Z. 8. Lond., 35. 

Cuarke, F. E., 1878, “On two new Fishes,” in Trans. New Zealand Inst., X., 248. 

Cocco, A., 1838, ‘Su di aleuni Salmonidi del mare di Messina, Lettera del Professore 
Anastasio Cocco al Ch. Principe D. Carlo Luciano Bonaparte,” in Nuovi Annali 
delle Scienze Naturali, Bologna, II., 161. 

Cotuett, R., 1879, “On a new Fish of the Genus Lycodes from the Pacific,” in Pr. 
Z. S. Lond., 381; 1879, “Fiske fra Nordhayvs-Expeditionens sidste Togt, Som- 
meren 1878,” in Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christ.; 1880, ‘“‘Den Norske Nordhavys- 
Expedition 1876-1878,” Zoologi, Fiske; 1886, “On a new Pediculate Fish from 
the Sea off Madeira,” in Pr. Z. S. Lond., 138; 1890, “Sur quelques Poissons rap- 
portés de Madére par le Prince de Monaco,” in Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 218; 
1890, “‘ Descriptions de deux espéces nouvelles du genre Onus Risso,” in Bull. 8. 
Z. de F., 105; 1896, “ Le Genre Cyclothone Goode et Bean,” in Bull. 8. Z. de F., 
94; 1896, “ Poissons provenant des campagnes du Yacht ‘L’H1ronpeLip’ (1885- 
1888)”; 1897, “On Chlamydoselachus anguineus Garm., a remarkable Shark 
found in Norway, 1896,” “ Seraftryk af Universitetets Festskrift til Hans Majes- 
tet Kong Oscar I] i Anledning af Regjeringsjubileet 1297.” 

CunnincHam, R. O., 1870, “ Notes on the Reptiles, Amphibia, Fishes, Mollusca, and 
Crustacea obtained during the voyage of H. M. 8. ‘ Nassau’ in the years 1866-69,” 
in Trans. Linn. Soc., XX VII., 465. 

Cuvier, G., 1817, “ Le Regne Animal,” II. ; 1829, “ Le Régne Animal,” II. 

Cuvier & VALENCIENNES, 1828-1849, “ Histoire naturelle des Poissons.” 

Dummnt, A. M. C., 1806, “ Zoologie Analytique.” 

DumeriL, A., 1865, “ Histoire naturelle des Poissons, ou Ichthyologie générale,” I. 

Garman, S., 1881, “ Report on the Selachians” collected by the U. S. Coast Survey 
Steamer “ Blake” during the Summer of 1880, in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. VIIL., 
231; 1884, “ New Sharks,” in Bull. Essex. Inst., XVI. ; 1885, “ Chlamydoselachus 
anguineus Garm. — A living Species of Cladodont Shark,” in Bull. Mus. Comp. 
Zool., XII., 1; 1888, “On the Lateral Canal System of the Selachia and Holo- 
cephala,” in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XVII.; 1892, “The Discoboli,” Mem. Mus. 
Comp. Zool., XIV., No. 2; 1892, “The Distribution of Fishes,” in Science, XIX., 
187; 1896, “ Report on the Fishes collected by the Bahama Expedition of the 
State University of Iowa, under Professor C. C. Nutting in 1893,” in Bull. 
Univ. of Iowa Lab. Nat. Hist., IV., 76. 

GicLIoL!, H., 1893, “ Di una nuova specie di Macruride appartenente alla fauna abis- 
sale del Mediterraneo,” in Zool. Anz., XVI., 343. 

GitBert, C. H., 1890, “ A preliminary Report on the Fishes collected by the Steamer 
‘ Albatross’ on the Pacific Coast of North America during the Year 1889, with 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 423 


Descriptions of twelve new Genera and ninety-two new Species,” in Pr. U. S. 
Mus., XIII., 49; 1891, “ Descriptions of Apodal Fishes from the tropical Pacific,” 
in Pr. U.S. Mus., XIV., 347 ; 1891, “ A supplementary List of Fishes collected at 
the Galapagos Islands and Panama, with descriptions of one new Genus and three 
new Species,” in Pr. U. S. Mus., XIII., 449; 1892, “ Descriptions of thirty-four 
new Species of Fishes collected in 1888 and 1889, principally among the Santa 
Barbara Islands and in the Gulf of California,” in Pr. U. S. Mus. XIV., 539; 
1896, “The Ichthyological Collections of the U. 8. Fish Commission Steamer 
‘Albatross’ during the years 1890 and 1891,” in Rep. U. S. Commissioner of 
Fisheries for 1893, p. 893; 1898, “On the Occurrence of Caulolepis longidens Gill, 
on the Coast of California,” in Pr. U. S. Mus. XXI., 565. 

Gitbert & Cramer, 1896, “ Report on the Fishes dredged in deep water near the 
Hawaiian Islands, with Descriptions of twenty-three new Species,’ in Pr. U. S. 
Mus., XIX., 403. 

GitL, T., 1864, “« A Synopsis of the eastern American Sharks,” in Pr. Phil. Ac., 258 ; 
1879, ‘‘ Synopsis of the Pediculate Fishes of the Eastern Coast of extra-tropical 
North America,” in Pr. U.S. Mus., I., 215; 1879, “ Note on the Ceratiide,’ in 
Pr. U. S. Mus., I., 227; 1879, “ Note on the Maltheiide,’ in Pr. U. S. Mus., L., 
231; 1883, “ Supplementary Note on the Pediculati,’ in Pr. U. S. Mus., V., 551 ; 
1884, “ Diagnosis of new Genera and Species of Deep-sea fishlike Vertebrates,” in 
Pr. U.S. Mus., VI., 253. 

Gitt & Rypnr, 1884, “ Diagnoses of new Genera of Nemichthyoid Eels,” in Pr. U. S. 
Mus., VI., 260; 1884, “ On the Anatomy and Relations of the Eurypharyngide,’ 
in Pr. U. S. Mus., VI., 262. 

GILL & TownsenpD, 1897, “ Diagnoses of new Species of Fishes found in Bering Sea,” 
in Pr. Biol. Soc. Wash., XI. 231. 

Girarp, A., 1893, “ Htude sur un poisson des grandes profondeurs du genre Himan- 
tolophus dragué sur les cdtes du Portugal,” etc., in Bol. Soc. Geogr. de Lisb. 

Goope, 1881, “ Descriptions of seven new Species of Fishes from deep soundings on 
the southern New England Coast, with Diagnoses of two undescribed Genera of 
Flounders and a genus related to Merlucius,” in Pr. U.S. Mus., III., 337; 1881, 
“Fishes from the deep Water on the south Coast of New England obtained by 
the United States Fish Commission in the Summer of 1880,’ in Pr. U. S. Mus., 
II., 467 ; 1881, “ Notacanthus phasganorus, a new Species of Notacanthide from 
the Grand Banks of Newfoundland,” in Pr. U. S. Mus., IIT., 535. 

Goopr & Bean, 1877, “‘ Descriptions of two new Species of Fishes, Wacrurus Bairdii 
and Lycodes Verrillit,’ in Am. Jour. Sci., 470; 1880, “ Description of Alepo- 
cephalus Bairdii, a new Species of Fish from the Deep-sea Fauna of the Western 
Atlantic,” in Pr. U. S. Mus., II., 55; 1880, “ Description of a species of Lycodes 
(L. pazillus) obtained by the United States Fish Commission,” in Pr. U. 8. Mus., 
II., 44; 1882, “ Description of a new Species of Fish, Apogon pandionis, from the 
deep Water off the Mouth of Chesapeake Bay,” in Pr. U. S. Mus., IV., 160 ; 1882, 
“ Benthodesmus, a new Genus of Deep-sea Fishes, allied to Lepidopus,”’ in Pr. 
U.S., Mus., IV., 379; 1883, “ Report on the Fishes ” collected by the U. 8. Coast 
Survey Steamer “ Blake” in 1880, in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., X., 183; 1886, 
“ Deseription of Leptophidium cervinum and L. marmoratum, new Fishes from 
deep Water off the Atlantic and Gulf Coasts,” in Pr. U. S. Mus., VIII, 422; 


424 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


1886, “ Descriptions of new Fishes obtained by the United States Fish Commission 
mainly from Deep Water off the Atlantic and Gulf Coasts,” in Pr. U.S. Mus., 
VIII., 589; 1886, ‘ Description of thirteen Species and two Genera of Fishes 
from the ‘ Blake’ Collection,’ in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XIT., 153 ; 1894, “On 
Cetomimide and Rondeletiide, two new Families of Bathybial Fishes from the 
northwestern Atlantic,” in Pr. U. S. Mus., X VIL, 451; 1894, “ A Revision of the 
Order Heteromi, Deep-sea Fishes, with a Description of the new Gencric Types 
Macdonaldia and Lipogenys,” in Pr. U.S. Mus., XVII, 455 ; 1894, “On Harriotta, 
a new Type of Chimeroid Fish from the deeper Waters of the northwestern 
Atlantic,” in Pr, U. S. Mus., XVII., 471; 1896, ** Oceanic Ichthyology, a Treatise 
on the deep-sea and pelagic Fishes of the World based chiefly upon the Collec- 
tions made by the Steamers ‘ Blake,’ ‘ Albatross, and ‘ Fish Hawk’ in the north- 
western Atlantic,” Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXII., published with the Smithsonian 
Institution and the U. S. National Museum. 

Gunnerus, J. E., 1765, “ Efterretning om Berglaxen, en rar norsk Fisk, som kunde 
kaldes Coryphenoides rupestris,” in Trond. Selsk. Skr., III. - 

Guntruer, A., 1859-1870, “‘ Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum ;” 1877, 
“ Preliminary Notes on new Fishes collected in Japan during the Expedition of 
H. M. S. ‘Challenger, ” in Ann. Mag. N. H., (4) XX., 483; 1878, “ Preliminary 
Notices of Deep-sea Fishes collected during the Voyage of H. M. S.‘ Challenger,’ ” 
in Ann. Mag. N. H., (5) IL, 17, 179, 248; 1880, “ Report on the Shore Fishes 
procured during the Voyage of H. M.S. ‘ Challenger’ in the Years 1878-1876 ;” 
1880, “ An Introduction to the Study of Fishes ;” 1881, “ Reptiles, Batrachians 
and Fishes” of the Survey of H. M.S.“ Alert,” in Pr. Z. S. Lond., 18; 1887, “ Report 
on the Deep-Sea Fishes collected by H. M. S. ‘ Challenger’ during the Years 
1873-76 ;”. 1889, “Report on the Pelagic Fishes collected by H. M.S. ‘ Challenger’ 
during the Years 1873-76; ” 1889, “ Report of a Deep-sea Trawling Cruise off the 
S. W. Coast of Ireland, under the Direction of Rey. W. Spotswood Green,” Fishes, 
in Ann. Mag. N. H., (6) IV., 415. 

Harwoop, J., 1827, “On a newly discovered Genus of serpentiform Fishes,” in Phil. 
Trans., 49. 

Hecror, J., 1875, “ Notes on New Zealand Ichthyology,” in Trans. New. Zeal. Inst., 
VII., 245. 

Hermann, J., 1881, “ Schreiben an den Herausgeber ueber ein neues amerikanisches 
Fischgeschlecht, Sternoptyx diaphana, der durchsichtige Brust-Falten-Fisch,” in 
Der Naturforscher, XVL., 8. 

Hott, BE. W. L., 1898, “Report on a Collection of very young Fishes obtained by 
Dr. G. H. Fowler in the Farée Channel,” in Pr. Z. 8S. Lond., 555, 

Hurton, F. W., 1879, “ Descriptions of two new Fishes from New Zealand,” in Ann. 
Mag. N. H., III., 53. 

Jenyns, L., 1842, “ Fish” of the Zoology of the Voyage of H. M.S. “ Beagle,” pt. IV. 

Jounson, J. Y., 1862, “Remarks on the Specimen of Alepisaurus ferox recently 
obtained at Madeira,’ in Pr. Z. S. Lond., 126; 1863, ‘ Description of five new 
Species of Fishes obtained at Madeira,” in Pr. Z. 8. Lond., 36; 1863, “ Description 
of three new Genera of Marine Fishes obtained at Madeira,’ in Pr. Z. S. Lond., 
403; 1865, “Description of a new Genus of Trichiuroid Fishes obtained at 
Madeira, with remarks on the Genus Dicrotus Gthr., and on some allied Genera 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 425 


of Trichiuride,” in Pr. Z. S. Lond., 434; 1866, “Description of Trachichthys 
Darwinii,’ in Pr. Z. S. L., 311; 1867, “ Description of a new Genus of Spina- 
cidae,” in Pr. Z. S. Lond., 713. 

JorpDAN & BoLiMAn, 1889, “ Descriptions of new Species of Fishes collected at the 
Galapagos Islands and along the Coast of the United States of Colombia, 1887- 
88,” in Pr. U. S. Mus., XII., 149. 

Jorpan & Davis, 1891, “ A preliminary Review of the Apodal Fishes or Eels inhab- 
iting the Waters of America and Europe,” in Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., for 1888, 
p- 581. 

Jorpan & EverMAnn, 1896-98, “The Fishes of North and Middle America: A 
descriptive Catalogue of the Species of fish-like Vertebrates found in the Waters 
of North America, north of the Isthmus of Panama,” in Bull. 47 U. S. Mus. 

Jorpan & GILBERT, 1881, “ Description of a new Species of Nemichthys (Nemichthys 
avocetta) from Puget Sound,” in Pr. U. S. Mus., HI, 409; 1882, “ Synopsis of the 
Fishes of North America,” in Bull. 16 U. 8. Mus. 

Kaup, 1856, “ Catalogue of Apodal Fish in the Collection of the British Museum.” 

Korater, R., 1896, “ Résultats scientifiques de la Campagne du Caudan dans le Golfe 
de Gascogne.” 

Kroyer, H., 1838-1853, “ Danmarks Fiske beskrevne.” 

La C&pkps, 1798-1803, “‘ Histoire naturelle des Poissons.” 

LENDENFELD, R. von, 1887, “ Report on the Structure of the Phosphorescent Organs 
of Fishes,” in Vol. XXII, p. 277, of the “ Challenger” Reports. 

Linné, C., 1758, “‘ Systema Naturae,” ed: 10, I. ; 1766, “‘ Syst. Nat.,” ed. 12, I. 

Lowe, R. T., 1843, “ Notices of Fishes newly observed or discovered in Madeira during 
the Years 1840, 1841, and 1842,” in Pr. Z. S. Lond., 82; 1850, “An Account of 
Fishes discovered or observed in Madeira since the Year 1842,” in Pr. Z. S. Lond., 
247 ; 1851, “ Description d’un nouveau genre de poisson de la famille des Muré- 
noides,” in Mém. des Sav. Htrangers, VII., 171; 1852, “An Account of Fishes 
discovered or observed in Madeira since the Year 1842,” in Ann. Mag. N. H., (2) 
X., 49; 1843-60, “ A History of the Fishes of Madeira.” 

LurKen, C., 1871, “ Oneirodes Eschrichti Ltk. en ny greenlandsk Tudsefisk,” in Overs. 
Vid. Selsk. Forh., 56; 1877, “'To sjeldnere pelagiske Berycider,” in Overs. Vid. 
Selsk. Forh., 175 ; 1877, “ Korte Bidrag til nordisk Ichthyographi,” I., Notacan- 
thus nasus Bloch, in Vidensk. Medd., 145 ; 1878, “Til Kundskab om to arktiske 
Sleeter af Dybhavs-Tudsefiske: Himantolophus og Ceratias,” in Vid. Selsk. Skr., 
(5) XL, 309; 1887, “ Fortsatte Bidrag til Kundskab om de arktiske Dybhavs- 
Tudsefiske, Serligt Slegten Himantolophus,” in Vid. Selsk. Skr., (6) IV.; 1887, 
“En for Groenlandshavet ny Rokke-Art (Raja Fylle n. sp. ad int.)” in Vid. 
Medd.; 1887, “ Et Bidrag til Kundskab om Kara-Havets Fiske,’ in Dijmphna- 
Togtets zoologisk-bofaniske Udbytte ; 1891, “‘ Nogle sjeldnere Dybhavsfiske fra 
Davis- og Danmarks-Stredet,” in Vid. Medd., 28 ; 1891, “ Nogle nordiske Laxesild 
(Scopeliner) ” in Vid. Medd., 203 ; 1892, “ Scopelini Musei Zoologici Universitatis 
Hauniensis. Bidrag til Kundskab om det aabne Hays Laxesild eller Scopeliner. 
Med et Tilleg om en anden pelagisk Fiskeslegt,’ in Vid. Selsk. Skr., (6) VIL; 
1894, “ En Bemerkning i Anledning af Fangsten af en Himantolophus Reinhardti 
i Havet Vest for Portugal,” in Vid. Medd., 78; 1898, “The Ichthyological Results 
of the Expeditions of the ‘Ingolf’” in Vol. IT. 


426 DEEP SEA FISHES. 


Mircnity, S. L., 1824, “ Description of an extraordinary Fish, resembling the Style- 
phorus of Shaw,” in Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. of N. Y., I., 82. 

Moss.ey, H. N., 1887, “ Report on the Structure of the peculiar Organs of the Head 
of Ipnops,” in Zoology of the Voyage of the “ Challenger,” XXIL, 269. 

Miter & HENLE, 1841, “ Systematische Beschreibung der Plagiostomen.” 

Norrine, ©. C., 1895, “ Narrative and preliminary Report of the Bahama Expedition of 
the State University of Iowa,” in Vol. HI. Bull. Lab. Nat, Hist. Univ. lowa, and 
separate. 

Peters, W., 1875, “Ueber eine neue, mit Halieutea verwandte Fischgattung, Dz- 
branchus, aus dem atlantischen Ocean,” in Monatsb. K. Akad. der Wissenschaften 
zu Berlin, 736; 1876, ‘* Uebersicht der Gazelle gesammelten und der K. Akad. der 
Wissenschaften uebersandten Fische,” in Mb. Brl. Akad., 831. 

Quoy & GammarD, 1824, Zoology of Freycinet’s “ Voyage autour du Monde.” 

Rarinesqug, C. S., 1810, “‘ Caratteri di aleuni nuovi Generi e nuove Specie di 
Animali e Piante della Sicilia”; 1810, “Indice d’ Ittiologia Siciliana”; 1815, 
« Analyse de la Nature ou Tableau de Univers et des Corps organisés.” 

Remuarpt, J., 1838, “Ichthyologiske Bidrag til den Grénlandske Fauna,” in Vid. 
Selsk. Afh., VII., 85. 

Ricuarpson, J., 1843-1845, ‘Fishes of the Voyage of the ‘Sulphur’;” 1844-1848, 
“Fishes of the Voyage of the ‘Erebus’ and ‘Terror’ ;” 1850, “ Fishes of the 
Voyage of the ‘Samarang.’ ” 

Risso, A., 1810, “ Ichthyologie de Nice ;” 1820, “ Mémoire sur deux nouvelles espéces 
du genre Scopelus” in Mém. Accad. Torin, XXV.; 1826, “ Histoire Naturelle des 
principales Productions de Europe Méridionale,” II. 

StesoLp, TemMIncK & SCHLEGEL, 1850, Fauna Japonica, IV. 

Suaw, G., 1789-1813, “ Vivarium Nature sive Rerum Naturalium, varie et vivide 
Icones, ad ipsam naturam depictae et descriptae.” 

SrempacHNer & DOpERLEIN, 1883-1887, “ Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Fische Japan’s”’ 
in Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, XLVII., XLVII., XLIX., LIT. 

Varuiant, L., 1888, “ Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn 1882-1883, Poissons,” in 
Tome VI.; 1888, ‘“ Expéditions Scientifiques du ‘Travailleur’ et du ‘ Talisman’ 
pendant les Années 1880, 1881, 1882, 1883, Poissons.” 

Vinciauerra, D., 1879, “ Intorno ai Macrurus del Golfo di Genova,” in Ann. Mus. Civ., 
X1V., 609; 1883, “ Risultati Ittiologici della Crociere del ‘Violante, ” in Ann. 
Mus. Civ., XVIII., 465; 1885, “ Sopra aleune pesci nuovi pel Golfo di Genova,” in 
Ann. Mus. Civ., (2) IL., 446. 

Watsaum, J. J., 1792, “ Petri Artedi sueci Genera Piscium in quibus systema totum 
ichthyologiae proponitur cum classibus, ordinibus, generum characteribus, specie- 
rum differentiis, observationibus plurimis, redactis Speciebus 242 ad Genera 52. 
Ichthyologiae pars III., emendata et aucta a lohanne Tulio Walbaum.” 

Woop-Mason & Aucock, 1891, “On the Results of Deep-sea Dredging [by H. M. 
Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator ’] during the Season of 1890-91,” in 
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) VIII., 16, 119. 


AGANTHONUS) < 5 =. «© = « 
A. spinifer. Plate F, figs. 3, 3° 
Acanthopterygii . 6. 10 
Alepocephalidze 

Alepocephaloids . 

Alepocephalus Ay ems toe 
A. asperifrons. Plate LIX, fig. 1 
A. conyexifrons. Plate LIX., fig.2 . 
A.fundulus. Plate LVIL., fig. 2 
Anacanthini . Si Dyas. Fe 
Antacea 

Antennariide 

Anthias eos 

A. multifasciatus 

Antimora . 


A. rhina 
Argyropelecus 
A. affinis - 


A. caninus Cuttin Ue etoe eke oe 

A. lychnus. Plate J, figs. 1-1» 
Atopichthyes yp 2% 
Atopichthys CaO COA: io aca 
-acus. Plate LXVI., figs. 5, 5°. 

- cinctus. Plate LXVI., figs. 2,.2%. 
. cingulus. Plate LXVII., figs. 2, 2 
. dentatus. Plate LXVI., figs. 3, 3° 
-esunculus. Plate LXV., figs. 2, 2° 
. falcidens. Plate LXVI., figs. 4, 4* 


-lychnus. Plate LXVILI., figs. 3, 3° 
. obtusus. Plate LXVII., figs. 4, 4* 
- ophichthys. Plate LXVIL., figs. 1, 15 
. sicarius. Plate LXVIL., figs. 1-1» 


rPrPro> b> PP Pb b> > 


BassoGIGas . Ope eon Beto 
B. stelliferoides. Plate LXXX., fig. 1 
Bassozetus 


B. nasus. Plates LXXVII., and 


LXXVIII. . 
Bathypterois. . . .. . 
B. pectoralis. Plate K, fig. 1 
B. ventralis. Plate LV., fig. 1. 
Bathyinoctesirss Cael yey uss: 
B. alveatus. Plate LVIII., fig. 1 . 
B. alvifrons. Plate LVIII., figs. 2, 28 


.longidens. Plate LXVILI, figs. 5, 5° . 


Pace 
B. inspector. Plate M, fig.1 ... . . 288 
Berycide . cia tou eH ofirei ihe 2 - 56 
Beryecoidsiayee, ys) 1) cs. lel el © =) TOs GS 
Biblicgraphyse. sce =) a ~) te = © wy 4 
IM NTTGES As corso NOG arg 6 BS spe 18) 
Blenmoidsy ee he eo) wlOS 0589 
Bothrocaropsis 3 Oe eG. Seen Dal emia 
B. alalonga. Plate XXXII, fig. 2 . . . 127 
B. elongata. Plate XXXIII., fig.2 . . . 129 
B. rictolata. Plate XXXIII., fig, 1 . . . 128 
iBrepmacenosm iss af tines iy erat 2) dio 
B. longipes. Plate XLIII., figs. 6-9. . . 191 
vonlboes eles Go oma tn co eee By 


By RW Go oo oo og deo Jue Peatent 
CALEIONYMUS) |. Sele «+ * oo een oO 
C. atrilabiatus 122 
Callorhynchus 20 


C. callorhynchus. Plate LXIV., fig.2 . . 20 
(Chahaslenis” Ccta 9G Je nn oy coe, oem ee | OAL 
Canal System. Plates LXIX.-LXXXIV. . 351 
Careproctus acerca Age 115, 370 
C. longifilis. Plates XXVII., XXVIIL, fig. 

I, el VOID ee sy TS ge a te) alls 


Catetyx Be Osea Wor pn 167, 372 
C.simus. Plates E, fig. 2, XX XIX., figs. 3- 

Ghandi NeOXe foe tee: | on ALOU oOe 
Caulolepis Stes oe 60, 368 
C. subulidens. Plates B, XII., and LXXIL., 

Ties le) "Gey tou tcllo 6) Sogo fone GOBIND 
Gentriscidsam i -aecin iim on Notte en 
Centristhmus  . . Suton See, eel 


C. signifer. Plate LXIX., fig.5 . . . . 48 
Centroscyllium . . ..- - . 28, 368 
C. nigrum. Plates I., fig. 2, IV., V., and 
TANSEX., fig sel. Baar co . 28, 352 
G@eratide me cnse ous ap Ms Le or sO 
@hanliodideuce 4 oo) sensu .omce aeRO 
Chauliodus Oh pouresta ye 271, 375 
C. barbatus. Plate K, figs. 2,2" . . . . 271 
C. dentatus SaaS Se ao coM Com 67-1103 
GliMaccouliion co) suet ash cc) \sncor 1 emmenmecdye 
@ipamme)lasi-mins mol Renae ss) om 274 
C. Sloani. Plate K,fig.3 . . - - - - 278 


= 
KGhaunacops) coche. 2 Gil) eis cs ole 76 


428 INDEX. 
Pace Pace 
Chaunax i fie CAR en, ae . 83, 369 | EcuipNA cCocosaA 313 
C. coloratus. Plates C, XVI., XVII, FE. scabra . 314 
and LXXIII., figs 1, 2 83, 360 | Ectreposebastes . 53 
Chiasmodon . : 73, 369| E. imus. Plate VIII., Ix,, isa LXX, 
C. subniger (| rites al 5 - 53, 360 
Chimera . 20 | Engyophrys Sancti- Tenet 38d) 6. ig ERY 
C. affinis 20 | Entomacrodus cruentatus. Plate L’, fig. 1 . 128 
C. Colliei . 20 | Eretmichthys é 164 
C. monstrosa . : 20] E. ocella. Plates XXXVIL, fig. 1, and 
Chimeeroids 20, 379 LXXIX., fig. 1 : : 166, 362 
Chlamydoselachidze . . . 41] E. pinnatus. Plates XXXV,, and LXXIX., 
Chlamydoselachus anguineus. Plate LXX. 41, 352 fig. 2 165, 362 
Chlopsis Shigeo ob lek 3h hg 316, 377 
C. Gilbertii. Plate LXII., fig. 2 . 316 | FisruLarupa 124, 389 
Chlorophihalmids-) chee fie nen -eoOS 
Chlorophthalmus - . . 253,374) Gavin 180 
C. mento. Plate LIV., foe. qs - . . . 253} Gadoids 177, 393 
Citharichthys maculifer . 224] Gempylus serpens 68 
Congermurena . 305, 376 | G. thyrsitoides 69 
C. caudalis 305 | General Discussion . 5 
C. prorigera . 307 | Generic Distribution 365 
Congrosoma . niki) mole 308 | Gobiide = 22 
C. Evermanni. Plate LXIL., fig. 1 308 | Gobioids 121, 389 
Cottoids 4g 107, 387 | Gymnelis SS BS Bodie el at 
Cottunculus ioanGon Plate LXXI., figs. G. conorhynchus. Plate XXXI., fig. 2 131 
PE BS 4 360 
Cryptopterus . 309, 376 | HALiEuTopsIs Bente 89 
C. frontalis . . 809] H. tumifrons. Plate XXV. 90 
Cyclopteroids 114, 388 | Halosauride . 294 
Cyclothone spi aa Man 6 246,374 | Halosauroids . 294, 404 
C. acclinidens. Plate J, fig. 4 . 247 | Halosaurus. js 26 eehca, SOR COO ROTO: 
C. signata. Plate J, fig. 3 246 | H. attenuatus. Plate LX., figs. 1, 1* 296 
H. radiatus. Plates LX., figs. 2, 25, and 
DactTyLosTomias ee os ee 2 EXT, figs-13—6 298, 364 
D. filifer. Plate LVI., ae 6 - . . . . 279) Harriotta Raleighana . PAL 
Dibranchichthys Send atin 99 | Hippoglossina vagrans 2am 
D. nudivomer 99 | Holeomycteronus Tas 6. 
Dibranchopsis ad 96] H. digittatus. Plates XXXVI, fig. 1, and 
D. spongiosa. Plate XX. 97| LXXVLI., fig. 2 163, 361 
Dibranchus 92, 369 | Holocephala . . 20, 379 
D. asper 5 6 95 | Homea . 349 
D. hystrix. Plate XXIII. 92 | H. cirrhata 350 
D. seaber. Plate XXIV. . . 94) Homeide . 348 
Dicrolene . > > 3 oo oo 149, 371 | Hoplostethus . . 56, 368 
D. filamentosa. Plates F., fig. 1, and H. pacificus. Plates A, fig. 1, X,, XI., fig. 1, 
LXXYV., fig. 2 E 149, 361] and LXXL, fig. 4 : 56, 360 
D. nigra. Plates XXXVIL, oe 2, and Hyperoartia 340 
LXXV., fig. 1 a 150, 361 | Hyperotreta . 340 
D. pullata . o HEY) 
Diplacanthopoma 160, 372 | IpIACANTHIDE . cae ae 280 
D. Jordani TGONWdiacanthus 4 a ye ea eet ke ae ee mSO nao 
Discoboles 114 | I. antrostomus 280 
Distribution of the Gare 365 | Ipnops . 259, 375 
Dolopichthys . Sy Spee en eta 81/ I. Agassizii. Plate TH, Gene ere 259 
D. allector. Plates XII1., XIV., and XY. 81 | Isistiide Sete oa 32 


INDEX. 429 
PAGE PAGE 
Isistius ‘ . 33, 368) M. bucephalus, Plate XLIV., figs. 2-2» 195 
I. brasiliensis. Plates L fig. ah ins III., and M. bulbiceps. Plate XLIV., figs. 1-1» . 194 
LXIX., fig. 2 34,352) M. canus. Plates XLIX., fig. 2, and 
XXXIV. > 1S} 2 
KATHETOSTOMA AVERRUNCUS . 74 ae Beets ae ee 
Known species of Deep-sea Fishes . 379 | vy carminifer. Plate XLVI, fig. 2 904 
ercH Tae ae Reet 323, 377 M. conyergens. Plate XLVIIL. ee 1 210 
L. Bowersii. Plate LXIV., fig. 1 Boa] Cusp ams : ae 
Teomenavnd aces _ 187, 372 M. fragilis. Plate XLVI. fig. 1 sd 08} 
L. gracillipes. Plate XLIL., iss. ficta 197 | M. gracillicauda. Elateva gel.) 5, byes) 206 
Lamprogrammus fe 2 iysna M. latinasutus Gh bhp toh ors > Coen teh sao Ree 
De allustwia’ Plates XXXIV, and LXXXI., M. latirostratus. Plate XLVIIL, fig. 2 . 211 
fps . 174, 362 M. leucophzeus tied kept ere 201 
Lateral Canal Siiads. Plates LXIX.- ue holepis pe A tite CE AG 199 
LXXXIV. 351 | M- liraticeps. Plate XLV., figs. 1-1" - 196 
Leptochilichthys : 284 M. loricatus. Plate XLVIL., fiTS oe ten ve COS) 
TA ie aE late LVIIL., fig. 3 : _ 985 M. orbitalis. Plate XLVIL., figs. 1-1» 207 
Repophidiam : wnt 142. 371 M. tenuicauda. Plate XLIX., fig. 1 216 
L. emmelas. Plate LXXIIL, fig.3 . 142, 360 a Bern E Spor ike: oe en 
Leptophycis ; 189 Malthopsis ec 101, 369 
Delite. Plats sane, figs. 2 2. 182 M. erinacea. Plate XIX. - 108 
Tesco ; Wate 1s “146, 361 M. sparsa. Plate XVIII. 101 
L.lusciosus. Plates XXXVIII, and LXXIV,, M. spinosa. Plate XXII. 104 
font , SP een S61 M. spinulosa. Plates XXI., and XXVIL 106 
Liopropoma longilepis . 45 Maurolicus , 241, 374 
ements 115 | ME Iucetius. Plate i: fig. Pa. 5 242 
List of Deep-sea Fishes 379 M. oculatus. Plate LULL, fig. 3 Fata, ee 
List of Stations and Species . ee 209) Maynea eae aa ee 140, 370 
Mophidia . 15, 385 M. bulbiceps. Plate E, fig. 1 se LAO 
ibaysinhabs ‘ 77 Melamphaés ueay eG - 62, 368 
Lophiomus caulinaris . 79 i frontosus ; 67 
ii, Galena 77 M. lugubris Se epee 63 
Bouts 3¢9 | M- maxillaris. Plate D, fig. 1 . 66 
Moehondes 124 M. mizolepis CH CMACCE MG pda wo ent Te) 
iyetnepoles) = A et Bee cee aa O44 M. nigrofulvus. Plates D, fig. 2, and 
L. argenteolus. Plate LIIL., figs. 4, 4 244 a Ran Boe) arp cate Me Date Oe SOL 
Lycodapus . a eee BOOM ect ccoes ee ote 
TA Rorasise easy M. angustimanus. Plates XLL, fig. 1, and 
Lycodes. Tot rate ae PSP STU ee 183, 363 
L. anguis. Plate XXX., fig. 1 ~ peg | A testes 180 
Tn cicatitcr Paik An 136 M. grandiceps. Plates XLII. ag 1- i ccd 
- cica : ate XXXI., fig. 
I. incisus. Plate XXX., fig. 2 1G | oe SSE 181, 868 
Tieenpens: Seale _ 134 Mixonus Sen Oe eli 
Lycodoids . 195. 389 | M- caudalis. Plates XSXSKV I fig oh 
Lyecodopsis ere CRM 132, 371 Se rertbiy fig. 2, and LXXIV., fig. 2 148, 361 
L. scaurus. Plate XXXIL, fig. 1 3} ciga)| Plouelene zee 
as a4 5 M. dubiosa See yl th aa 297 
MacroruaAmMPHosip& 124, 389 | M. maculipinna. Plate LIL, figs. 1b?) 226 
Macruride . . 194] Monomeropus 157 
Macruroids 192, 394 | M. malispinosus. Plate XL., ig 2 - 158 
Macrurus . 194, 373 | Monomitopus - 156, 371 
M. anguliceps. “Plates G, ae 1 The -» and M. torvus. Plate XL., eat a albye 
LXXXIII., fig.2 . 212, 363 | Mureenidse . 3804 
M. barbiger. Plate Sai figs. 2 197 | Murnoids 302, 405 
M. boodps 202 | Myctophide . - 260 


430 INDEX. 
Pace Pace 
Myctophoids. . ... .- .- . - 249,400/ P. crustosum. Plate A., fig. 2 oko aS) 
Myctophum : 260, 375 | Phucoccetes Rmuke hace. ihe 137, 371 
WG RAT BG ol Oo 6 a 9 - . 268] P. latitans eo Sa gaia 6 138 
M. aurolaternatum. Plate LV., fig. 3 264) P. suspectus. Plate XXX., figs. 3, 3° 137 
M. laternatum. Plate LVL., fig. 1 267 | Phyciculus coe en ee ea eee eee OMS OF 
M.luminosum. Plate LY., fig 2. . . 263 P. longipes. Plate XLII., figs. 2,2. 188 
M. nitidulum. Plate LVI., fig. 3. . . . 266) P. rastrelliger. Plate LXXXII, fig.2 189, 363 
M. oculeum. Plate LVI., fig.2 . . . . 260] Phycisregius. Plate LXXXLI., fig. 2 362 
M. tenuiculum. Plate J, fig. 5 . 262 | Physostomi Cuetebeet Ge ol «pe ail Sie) 
Myxine DiC ees 342, 377| Pisodontophis . .. . 311 
M. acutifrons. Plate LXVIIL, fig. 6 347 | Plagiostomia . Z . 2 879 
M. australis. Plate LXVIIL., fig. 8 . 345 | Platophrys leopardinus Big. PEE) 
M. circifrons. Plate LXVIII., figs. 1-4 344 | Platosomia - 215379 
M. glutinosa. Plate LXVIII., fig. 5. 348 | Pleuronectidz 221 
M. limosa. Plate LXVIIL., fig. 7 . . . 846] Pleuronectoids 220, 397 
M. tridentiger Ah co 345 | Polyipnus . 237 
Myxiniay <7) 339, 407 | P. laternatus . 238 
Myxinide . 340 | Pomacentridee 124, 389 
Myxinoids . 339, 407 | Pontinus tee Veen ts - 51, 368 
P. furcirhinus. Plate VII. 51 
NARCETES se se 6) | OD Oo!) Porozadus'. eo 6 Oo oo 4 5 0 WBS Sal 
N. pluriserialis. Plate LVII., fig. 3 . 289 | P. atripectus. Plate XXXVII., fig. 3 154 
Nemichthyidee CA Meeks e - 9320] P. breviceps a pee Eta scle eats 155 
Nemichthys i eee oo 324, 377 | P. longiceps. Flates F., fig. 2, LXXVI., 
N. fronto. Plate LXV., fig. 1. > . 024) fig. 1 oS oS 153, 361 
INeobythites#=.0 8 ge) ee ere = ee en oneiperionotusme 108, 370 
Netiastomide . . . +. . . . = « » 9816] P. frontalis 108 
MLE 6 oO oF a 8 56 & 301 | Pseudonus Pie ey no Og ates 169 
Notacanthoids . .... . . . 800, 405/P. acutus. Plate XXXIX., fig. 1 169 
Notacanthus . Bn Che 301, 376 
N. spinosus. Plate L’, figs. 4-4” G GIN Ae BG 5 22, 367 
R. alia . eis: Aovab re 25 
ONCOCEPHALIDE . .... .. . . §86|R.badia. Plate VI., fig. 1, 2 22 
Oncocephalus =) 2005 S09))| Even DOLGay esc. tole Vol vei) etl ce 24 
O. porrectus . . - . ... =... +. 86/|R. hyperborea 24 
Ophichthys 311, 376 | Raiide .. . >) hee 
OMbiserialiss) esti 311| Raioids . . . 21, 379 
OFTrontalisy fe jeu vsney ee) ee 309 
Ophidiide - 142] Sarmoips. . 282, 403 
Otophidioids . 141, 3890} Sciadonus . Sedum Ach ro 171 
S. pedicellaris. Plate F, fig. 4 . ~ Lf 
PARALIPARIS se ee oo  dIG) 28710! Secombroids 36m 68, 384 
P. angustifrons. Plates XXVII., fig. 4, Scopelengys . Bice g, bo 6 254, 374 
XXVIIL, fig. 4, and XXIX., fig. 8 119|S. dispar. Plate LIV., figs. 2-2* . 254 
P. attenuatus. Plates XXVIL, fig. 8, Scorpenide . .. . ae 51 
XXVIII, fig. 8, and XXTX., fig 2 - 118} Seorpenoids . - 50, 382 
P. fimbriatus. Plates D, fig. 3, and XXIX., Seyliorhinide  . 26 
fig. 1 De a) hed omy, Seer, Be 116|Scymnorhinide . ... . 3l 
P. grandiceps. Plate XXIX., figs. 4—4¢ 117 | Serranide : 45 
P. latifrons. Plates XXVII., fig. 2, and Serranus Bulleri . . . =o Ae 
XXVIII, figs. 2-2¢ . re 120| Serrivomer . Bae 320, 377 
Percoids = 3 6 « « « « « 45, 381 S. sector. Plate I2XiII. . 5 of Et) 
Reristediidsay ral sma ace i emars uaa enene 110 | Special Discussions and Descriptions . 20 
Peristedium 110, 370 | Squalide . 26 
P. barbiger . . 110] Squaloids . 26, 380 


Stations and Species . . .. .» 
Sternoptychide . . .. . 


Sternoptychoids 

Sternoptyx did OS) to an 
S. obscura. Plate LIIIL, fig. 1. 
Stomias 


S. atriventer. Plate LVI., fig. 4 . 
8. colubrinus. Plate LVIL., fig. 1 
S. hexagonatus. Plate LVI., fig. 5 
Stomiatidee cb tO. 0 6 
Stomiatoids 
Symphurus 

S. atramentatus . So ee 
8. microlepis. Plate LII., fig. 3 
S. varius Sy piece cates 
Symphytobranchii . 
Synodontidee . 

Synodus acutus . a. 

S. simulans. Plate L’, fig. 3 
Systematic List . : 


TABLE OF CONTENTS . 

Teleostea . 

Teuthidide 

Teuthidioids . ce ael vot 
Teuthys elegans. Plate L’, fig. 2 . 
Trachichthys . suet 2S 
T. mento. Plate XI., figs. 2-7 


INDEX. 


“I co 


“I 
a on ort c 


bo dD bw PO oo 
a 


to = 
is) 


58, 368 
Hr 758 


sRTACHINId commen weueperen rap 
Trachinoids 
Trachypteride 
Trachyrhynchus 
T. helolepis. 
Trichiuridee 
Trichiurus 
T. nitens 
Triglide 
Trigloids 


URANOSCOPIDE . 
Uroconger 

U. varidens. 
U. vicinalis 


V ALENCIENNELLUS 


V. stellatus. Plate LIII., fig. 


WEHOWD So 69.a 6 0 
V. ocella. Plate LXI., fig. 2 
VY. tentaculata. 


XENOMYSTAX . 
X. rictus. Plate N 


ZALIEUTES ELATER 
ZOALcldey ty 3) tee ts. sel 
Zoarcoids 


Plate LXLI., fig. 


Plate M, fig. 


Plates G, fig. 2, and LI. 


nw, 


wo, 


108, 


304, 


mh) dee PM ee Ae) LAT i Ah vi Ni! Ay cael ee 5 AR 


i etre ey hae: 


¥ fi iv , 7 : Pm i 
al i i Pr ae a i ety \ i 


filge wt iin i 
ea Asya dh ies i ; 


i *' ay 
a a 
1! Mi 


afta! 


) 
pay. mi Y 
iy L T 


1 
ta 


iy 
4 tly 
iis Mn fii A Ty, ata 
\ ae. } 


ie i 7 i ; 
* Ae Sa AT AY Wiha 
Ve 7 eval Cn oy A Pa y edit SHR my 


ei ala W ‘ i 


> 
wie 


a 


i 
Le 
~ 
d 
Tie Ly ret re: Lh 
Geen ee ane 
: ‘ Wwe al We ue ki W) { 
f 
Tala > 
PEL Aiiet a en 
ww vy i ; 
di) | { ( 
es gy \ 
i 
f 
f 
’ 
j 
(etc 
, i 
Pa 
a 
1 { ; 
i nA y 
: i 
’ / 
i j ak 
jal } 
i 
oan if : 
any 1 
1 ‘ 1a) L 
i 
ue { 
Ab Aner NAD } 
fg ae ii : 


oe TP ARR ay oT hale tae 
ee ted rit pa ie 


a 


so 
: om 
ast, 
} ey pip i 
ee wi 4 a 
wid 
Patti 7 t he i 
- | 
: ’ i ; 
ae 
a 
i t We 
a | ‘, 
ee Pg 
by ie A 


, 
i 
f 
- 
ey . 
4 
i 
~ s 
— 
. 
= i 
i 
' 
' 
4 ) 
. 
a? 
_ v7 > 
ee in 7 
= ¢ > j 
We i es 
f DS i@ ¢ “a 
7) oe f ; 
rei . a 
i f 4 
; i 
") ; u 
} i 
nee i 
i ‘ — = 
i 
i * i 
i 
i Ai 
i 
} t 
j i u 
A 


Tie Male: 
| OEC YY 


———— 
————— 
a 


* " d 


~oeoye 


Peete 3